PAVING THE ROAD TO TUNIS-WSIS II PAVER LA VOIE DE TUNIS-SMSI II

MESSAGE DU PRSIDENT DE LA COMMISSION CANADIENNE POUR LUNESCO La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO est fire de vous prsenter les rflexions de la socit civile canadienne en prparation du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation (SMSI) - phase II qui aura lieu Tunis en Tunisie, du 16 au 18 novembre 2005. En 2003, la Commission canadienne publiait un rapport intitul Information, Communication et Savoir Btir des socits contemporaines. Ce rapport donnait les points de vue de la socit civile canadienne en prparation de la phase 1 du SMSI tenue Genve en dcembre de cette mme anne. La Commission a donc poursuivi son engagement donner la parole la socit civile en organisant une confrence qui a runi plus de 200 participants venus de toutes les provinces et territoires. Cette confrence, tenue Winnipeg, au Manitoba, du 13 au 15 mai 2005, tait intitule: Paver la voie de Tunis SMSI II : points de vue de la socit civile canadienne sur le Plan daction de Genve et rsultats possibles de la Phase II. Les participants ont t invits discuter les lments du Plan daction de Genve qui sont les plus pertinents dans le contexte canadien, les valuer et prsenter des recommandations aux gouvernements concerns. En offrant une tribune aux reprsentants de la socit civile et en se faisant en quelque sorte le porte-parole de celle-ci, la Commission canadienne remplit son mandat de recueillir et de transmettre aux autorits comptentes les divers points de vue des groupes et des citoyens. Si la mondialisation des conomies a gnr de lespoir, elle a aussi donn naissance des inquitudes mondiales. Ces inquitudes ont t exprimes sur

MESSAGE FROM THE PRESIDENT OF THE CANADIAN COMMISSION FOR UNESCO The Canadian Commission for UNESCO is proud to present the perspective of Canadian civil society in preparation for the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) Phase II, being held from November 16 to 18, 2005 in Tunis, Tunisia. In 2003, in preparation for the first phase of the WSIS, held in Geneva in December 2003, the Canadian Commission published a report entitled Information, Communication and Knowledge: Building Contemporary Societies, which presented the points of view of Canadian civil society. The Commission then pursued its commitment to giving a voice to civil society by organizing a conference that brought together over 200 participants from every province and territory. Held in Winnipeg, Manitoba from May 13 to 15, 2005, the conference, entitled Paving the Road to Tunis - WSIS II: The Views of Canada's Civil Society on the Geneva Plan of Action and the Prospects for Phase II, invited participants to initiate discussion on the elements of the Geneva Plan of Action that were most relevant to the Canadian context, by assessing and presenting recommendations to the governments involved. By offering representatives from civil society a forum and by becoming the forum's messenger of sorts, the Canadian Commission is fulfilling its mandate to gather and share the various viewpoints of groups and citizens with the competent authorities. Although the globalization of economies has generated hope, it has also given rise to global concerns. These concerns have been expressed across the networks of the Web, which offers unprecedented empowerment and serves as a place to express a new commitment to peace,

tous les rseaux de la Toile. Celle-ci offre une autonomisation sans prcdent et sert de plate-forme pour exprimer un nouvel engagement en faveur de la paix, de la justice, de la transparence, de la bonne gouvernance, du respect des droits de la personne et des principes dmocratiques de si nombreux lments chers aux aspirations de lUNESCO et de tout le systme des Nations Unies. La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO croit que la dmocratie se ralise pleinement grce une participation vritable et un engagement des citoyens dans de tels dbats. Lmergence dune socit civile pancanadienne qui se fait entendre et qui unit ses efforts ceux de la socit civile globale grce aux technologies est un signe encourageant dun changement positif pour une plus grande participation des citoyens. Et nous croyons que cet apport de la socit civile dans les dbats nationaux et internationaux doit sinscrire dans les stratgies de tous les tats soucieux de leur avenir et de celui de leurs concitoyens. Comme le mentionnait Fernando Henrique Cardoso, prsident du Groupe de personnalits minentes sur les relations entre lOrganisation des Nations Unies et la socit civile, dans sa lettre denvoi prsentant le rapport du groupe Kofi Annan, Secrtaire gnral des Nations Unies : La monte de la socit civile est bien lun des vnements majeurs de notre poque. La gouvernance mondiale nest plus du seul ressort des gouvernements. La participation et linfluence croissantes des acteurs non tatiques renforcent la dmocratie et redfinissent le multilatralisme. Les organisations de la socit civile sont aussi les grands moteurs de certaines des initiatives les plus novatrices pour lutter contre les nouvelles menaces mondiales .

justice, openness, good governance, respect for human rights and democratic principles - so many elements dear to the ideals of UNESCO and the entire United Nations system. The Canadian Commission for UNESCO believes that democracy is fully realized through genuine and committed citizen participation in debates such as these. The emergence of a vocal pan-Canadian civil society that links its efforts with those of the global civil society, through technology, is an encouraging sign of positive change toward greater citizen participation. And we believe that these contributions of civil society to national and international debates must be part of the strategies of all States that are concerned about their future and the future of their fellow citizens. As Fernando Henrique Cardoso, President of the Panel of Eminent Persons on United Nations-Civil Society Relations, said in his cover letter presenting the group's report to U.N. Secretary General Kofi Annan: "The rise of civil society is indeed one of the landmark events of our times. Global governance is no longer the sole domain of Governments. The growing participation and influence of non-State actors is enhancing democracy and reshaping multilateralism. Civil society organizations are also the prime movers of some of the most innovative initiatives to deal with emerging global threats." This effort by the Canadian Commission for UNESCO is an integral part of this spirit of including civil society. We are convinced that the quality and relevance of the opinions expressed by the representatives of Canada's civil society present at the Winnipeg Conference will inspire government actors here and elsewhere; we know that the concerns presented are in harmony with those of many citizens around the world.

Cet effort de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO fait partie intgrante de cet esprit dinclusion de la socit civile. Nous sommes convaincus que la qualit et la pertinence des opinions exprimes par les reprsentants de la socit civile canadienne prsents la confrence de Winnipeg inspireront les acteurs gouvernementaux dici et dailleurs; nous savons que les proccupations exprimes ici sharmonisent celles des citoyens du monde entier. Et nous souhaitons que ce partage dides contribue, mme modestement, ldification de socits de linformation qui rpondent aux aspirations de la vaste et diversifie communaut humaine.

And we hope that this sharing of ideas will contribute, however modestly, to the construction of information societies that can respond to the aspirations of the vast and diversified human community.

Max Wyman, O.C.

AVANT-PROPOS Une socit de linformation pour qui ? pourquoi ? Franois-Pierre Le Scouarnec, Ph. D. Prsident de la Commission sectorielle Culture, Communication et information Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO & Chercheur associ ORBICOM Une question toujours actuelle Il y a dj plus de dix ans, le professeur Astrad Torres posait la question suivante dans un article crit pour Le Monde Diplomatique : qui profitent les <autoroutes de linformation1> ? Lauteur y reprenait les hypothses souvent vhicules concernant la concentration de la proprit des grands rseaux de tlcommunication, principalement amricains, au dtriment de lEurope et la ncessit perue, par certaines lites europennes, de favoriser des conglomrats de grands fournisseurs de contenus pour rsister linvasion de la culture amricaine. Depuis, le dbat qui dcoule de ces craintes a t servi toutes les sauces, sur tous les continents. A loppos des critiques, les commentateurs les plus optimistes ont imagin comment les nouvelles technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) allaient devenir un vhicule significatif qui, prenant appui sur la numrisation et les nouveaux protocoles de communication, permettrait de dvelopper le commerce international, lapprentissage en ligne, la tlmdecine et 2 les muses virtuels . En moins de dix ans, lenthousiasme suscit par les TIC sest traduit par un engouement immodr pour les titres des socits associes ce secteur puis, au tournant du sicle, a t suivi de lclatement dune bulle financire. la veille de la deuxime phase du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation, quen est-il aujourdhui ? Aux menaces identifies au moment o linternet prenait son envol,

FOREWORD An information society for whom and to what end? Franois-Pierre Le Scouarnec, Ph. D. President of the Sectoral Commission on Culture, Communication and Information Canadian Commission for UNESCO & Research Associate, ORBICOM An Ongoing Issue More than ten years ago, Professor Astrad Torres wrote an article in Le Monde Diplomatique that posed the following question: "Who benefits from 'information highways' "? The author repeats the hypotheses that are often made concerning the concentrated ownership of large, mainly American telecommunications networks, to the detriment of Europe, and the need perceived by certain elite Europeans to favour the conglomerates of large content providers to resist the invasion of American culture. Ever since, the debate arising from these fears has been used in a variety of ways, on every continent. Unlike critics, the most optimistic commentators imagined how new information and communications technologies (ICT) would become a significant vehicle, built on digitization and new communications protocols, that make it possible to develop world trade, online learning, telemedicine and virtual museums. 2 In fewer than ten years, the enthusiasm created by ICTs resulted in an inordinate infatuation with shares in companies in this sector then, only to be followed by the burst of the financial bubble as we enter the 21st century. Now, on the eve of phase II of the World Summit on the Information Society, where does that leave us? In addition to the threats identified as the Internet was taking off, there are new risks associated with cyberterrorism, assaults on privacy, and

sont ajouts de nouveaux risques associs au cyberterrorisme, aux atteintes la vie prive et laccumulation, lgale ou non, des renseignements personnels pour traquer tantt quelque fraudeur, tantt un consommateur, un lecteur ou un citoyen qui signent, consciemment ou non, leurs parcours lectroniques. Aux promesses non ralises du bureau sans papier, se sont substitus des gains importants de productivit, laugmentation du tltravail et de la relocalisation confirms comme stratgies de dveloppement organisationnel, des outils intelligents qui amliorent la vie douvriers, demploys de bureau, de personnes handicapes et dapprenants de tout ge. Dans le march boursier et les magasins virtuels, on transige non seulement des parts du march achetes et vendues mais galement des objets neufs ou usags, des pices usines, des biens et services de consommation courante, des livres et revues en ligne qui prsentent de nouvelles perspectives sur le dveloppement durable et la diffusion du savoir. En dernier lieu, de nouveaux mtiers ont t crs, de nouveaux mots sont apparus et la cyberculture est ne. La relation pouvoir-valeurs-savoir Nombre de ceux qui, hier encore, dnonaient lubiquit des tlphones cellulaires et invoquaient le spectre du Big Brother, utilisent maintenant des appareils 3 de tlcommunication portables discrets . Ils reconnaissent que, malgr les cybercriminels de tout acabit, plusieurs usagers dveloppent graduellement, un peu partout dans le monde, une thique de la communication ou adoptent, tout le moins, un comportement qui tmoigne de leur adhsion des valeurs adaptes au nouveau contexte. Les technologies nont pas invent les pirates pas plus que la censure. Elles nont pas cr de nouveaux mdicaments, ni se sont substitues lcrivain ou lartiste. Elles ont indniablement facilit la tche tant

the accumulation, whether legal or not, of personal information to track not only fraud, but also a consumer, voter, or citizen who knowingly or unknowingly sign their electronic trails. The unrealized promises of the paperless office have been substituted with significant increases in productivity; the rise in teleworking and relocation has confirmed these strategies for organizational development, and "intelligent" tools have improved the lives of workers, office employees, disabled individuals and learners of all ages. On the stock market and in virtual stores, not only are company shares bought and sold, but so are new or used items, machined parts, common consumer goods and services, and online books and magazines that present new perspectives on sustainable development and the dissemination of knowledge. Lastly, new trades have been created, new words have appeared, and cyberculture is here to stay. The Power-Values-Knowledge Relationship Many of those who, just yesterday, denounced the ubiquity of cell phones and warned of the spectre of Big Brother now use discreet portable telecommunications devices3 and acknowledge that, despite cybercriminals of all kinds, many users around the world are gradually developing a communications ethic or, at the very least, are adopting behaviour that shows they adhere to values adapted to the new context. These new technologies did not invent pirates or censorship. They have not created new medications, nor can they substitute for writers or artists. They undeniably facilitate the tasks of both crooks and scientists, both totalitarian political regimes and militant movements in favour of democracy. 4 They speed up everything. Those users that do not have access in their vernacular language have noted that the gaps that distance them from the

des fraudeurs que des scientifiques, tant des rgimes politiques totalitaires que des mouvements militants en faveur de la 4 dmocratie . Pour tous, elles acclrent le rythme. Ceux et celles qui ny ont pas accs, dans leur langue vernaculaire, constatent que les carts qui les loignent des inforiches risquent de les condamner leur appauvrissement relatif sur plusieurs plans : vie dmocratique et culturelle, connaissances, sant, conomie. Lisolement et linfopauvret touchent des sections entires de lhumanit dans les pays en voie de dveloppement et les pays dvelopps. Dans tous les tats, la socit de linformation stimule lmergence ou laffirmation de nouvelles classes sociales discrimines par laccs au savoir et la capacit dagir sur linformation. une poque o le temps semble sacclrer, pour assurer sa prennit, le capital ne suffit plus, il doit tre intelligent, inform et inscrit dans une action qualifiante , qui lui donne la possibilit de crotre rapidement par un positionnement rflchi. Aujourdhui, les convergences des technologies en faveur des supports numriques, des grands producteurs de contenus, des fournisseurs de produits et services et de la rglementation qui se rapproche inexorablement des rgles qui sappliquent la radiodiffusion des tlcommunications, souvent au dtriment de la diversit culturelle et de la protection des marchs locaux, se conjuguent lessor de lInternet. Cette concentration contribue accentuer des carts de toutes sortes, des dficits culturels et une uniformisation des regards sur le monde. Linfopauvret ne se rsume pas labsence daccs aux nouvelles technologies. La premire phase du Sommet, qui a russi saffranchir de ltiquette officieuse de Sommet des technologies de linformation pour celle de Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation, a port surtout sur les nouvelles technologies et sur les moyens dencadrer leur dveloppement et leur utilisation. Les dbats, les confrences, les groupes de pression et mme les kiosques

"information haves" risk leaving them impoverishedt in several respects: democracy and cultural life, knowledge, health, economy. Isolation and infopoverty touch entire sections of humanity in developing and developed countries. In all States, the information society stimulates the emergence or affirmation of new social classes that are characterized by access to knowledge and the capacity to act on information. In an era when time seems to be accelerating, capital must be more than just capital if it is to ensure its own durability; it must be intelligent, informed and inscribed within a "qualifying" action that provides the possibility of rapid growth through well conceived positioning. Today, the convergence of technologies in favour of digital support, large content producers, product and service providers, and regulations that more and more begin to resemble those applying to broadcasting of radio and telecommunications (often to the detriment of cultural diversity and the protection of local markets) have a combined effect on the expansion of the Internet. This concentration helps to widen all kinds of divisions, cultural deficits, and a standardization of views of the world. In other words infopoverty is not merely a lack of access to new technologies. Phase I of the Summit, which successfully broke away from the unofficial label of an information technology summit in favour of a new label, the World Summit on the Information Society, focussed mainly on new technologies and how to steer their development and use. Debates, conferences, lobbies and even kiosks for participants were centred mainly on technologies to which a minority of the global population have access. This inevitable and necessary recognition of the importance of new technologies since the advent of the Internet must not overshadow the fundamental role of the most widespread technologies that continue to be at the heart of the information society. Today, in 2005, television, radio, telephony, the printed press, books and archives, to

amnags pour les participants taient axs principalement sur des technologies auxquelles une minorit de la population mondiale a accs. Cette reconnaissance invitable et ncessaire de limportance des nouvelles technologies depuis lavnement dInternet ne devrait pas clipser le rle fondamental des technologies les plus rpandues qui continuent dtre au cur de la socit de linformation. Aujourdhui, en 2005, la tlvision, la radio, la tlphonie, la presse crite, les livres et les archives, pour ne nommer que quelques plate-formes de linformation, rejoignent beaucoup plus de gens quInternet. lobsession dInternet, il faut opposer les enjeux fondamentaux. Aprs plus dune dcennie domine par les nouvelles technologies de linformation, lurgence dagir perue par la communaut internationale ne reposet pas sur la simple apparition ou la dissmination dune technologie, elle simpose par la rvolution de lune des composantes fondamentales de lactivit humaine : le savoir. Enjeu technique et conomique, laccs au savoir est aussi un enjeu social et politique. Il permet lexpression des cultures et de leur crativit, la participation dmocratique, 5 le dialogue entre les peuples . Ayant un potentiel norme pour le dveloppement des savoirs, des tres et des avoirs, la technologie au service de lindividu transforme le pouvoir des agents conomiques tout comme il influe en profondeur sur la production intellectuelle au point de bouleverser les ides reues et les valeurs tablies en matire de proprit 6 intellectuelle . Lre de linformation fournit des outils de pression sur les rgimes dont la survie repose sur le contrle de linformation. Ici, lenjeu demeure toujours le savoir, plus que jamais disponible ou plus que jamais limit. Aux initiatives enthousiasmantes des programmes daccs communautaires, comme les tlcentres qui pullulent dans plusieurs pays africains et en Inde ou
4

name just a few information platforms, reach far more people than the Internet does. Any obsession with the Internet must be countered with the fundamental issues at stake. After more than a decade dominated by new information technologies, the international community's perceived urgency to act is not based on the simple appearance and dissemination of a technology, but rather is dominated by the revolution of one of the fundamental components of human activityknowledge. Access to knowledge is not only a technical and economic issue, but also a social and political issue. It makes cultural and creative expression possible, and enables democratic participation and dialogue between peoples. 5 With its enormous potential for the development of knowledge, people and assets, technology in the hands of the individual transforms the power of economic agents, just as it "has so profoundly affected intellectual output to the extent that it upsets previously accepted ideas and values in the domain of intellectual property." 6 The computer age provides tools for pressuring regimes whose survival depends on the control of information. Here, as ever the issue remains knowledge, more than ever available or more than ever restricted. In contrast to the plethora of ways of fighting, there exist exciting community access program initiatives, such as call centres that abound in several African countries and in India, or "smart buses" that criss-cross Sri Lanka, fully equipped for computer use and Internet access. These iniatives contrast with the thousand and one 7 control methods. Civil Society The Winnipeg meeting is an integral part of the reflections of the global civil society that must continue to insist on bringing to the fore the human aspect of the knowledge society. Every discussion about this topic can only serve to highlight the powers,

comme les smart bus , autobus quips adquatement pour lutilisation dordinateurs et laccs lInternet qui sillonnent le Sri Lanka, sopposent les mille et une mthodes 7 de contrle . La socit civile La rencontre de Winnipeg sinscrit dans la ligne des rflexions de la socit civile mondiale qui doit insister pour rappeler la dimension humaine de la socit du savoir. Toute discussion sur le sujet ne peut que mettre en exergue les pouvoirs, les luttes, les espoirs.

struggles, and hopes involved. A vision of an increasingly global knowledge society, through new computer technologies, has been negotiated to ensure a positive conclusion to Phase I of the World Summit on the Information Society. The expectations go far beyond an array of skilfully weighed words, which are still today tinged with hope, if tempered by scepticism.

When it comes to human suffering international organizations are often accused of cynicism. Yet, to address such cynicism, we must begin with the operational players and authorities. The Une vision dune socit des savoirs, opening of the Summit to civil society and mondialise de pus en plus grce aux the private sector, which is characterized as nouvelles technologies de linformation, a a separate player in civil society, 8 bears t ngocie en vue dassurer une conclusion positive de la premire phase du witness to a realistic observation concerning stakeholders and their contribution to Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation. Les attentes dpassent de loin realizing the plan of action. Thus the Summit's success is based on all the lalignement de mots savamment pess, stakeholders involved, sharing an obligation aujourdhui toujours teints despoirs mais for results that will need to be a joint and doss de scepticisme. interdependent effort at the implementation Le cynisme souvent reproch aux level. organisations internationales face la misre humaine doit sadresser dabord aux If it takes shape in the field, this obligation, acteurs du systme, aux dtenteurs des which presupposes consultation between pouvoirs. Louverture du Sommet la parties, will be one of the greatest victories socit civile et au secteur priv, distingu 8 of this Summit, which has not yet ended. comme acteur distinct de la socit civile , Thanks to the Summit, its unfolding, rules tmoigne dun constat raliste concernant les parties prenantes et leur contribution la and procedures, there is a second victory arising: the emergence of an international ralisation du plan daction. Le succs du structuring of civil society.Though work Sommet repose donc sur lensemble des dtenteurs de pouvoirs impliqus partageant remains to be done to consolidate this structure, there is no doubt that several dsormais une obligation dobtenir des rsultats qui, sur le plan pratique, devra tre groups have learned to work together and will be able to pursue their common conjointe et solidaire. activities. Si elle se concrtise sur le terrain, cette Building the Future obligation qui suppose une certaine concertation constituera une des premires grandes victoires de ce Sommet pas encore Given this information, which avenues should be pursued to formulate responses termin. La seconde victoire, acquise en to the appeals from civil society in support partie, est lmergence, grce au Sommet, of humanism? Here are three suggestions: son fonctionnement, ses rgles et ses procdures, dune structure internationale de la socit civile. Il y a encore du travail
5

faire pour la consolider mais il ny a aucun doute que plusieurs groupes ont appris travailler ensemble et seront en mesure de poursuivre leurs actions communes. Prparer lavenir Quelles sont donc les pistes suivre pour formuler des rponses aux cris de la socit civile en faveur de lhumanisme ? Voici trois suggestions. 1) Le rejet du statu quo Dj, par la seule tenue du Sommet, la communaut internationale reconnat le besoin dagir. Il ne suffira pas, cependant, de sen tenir ce constat, assaisonn dune vision. Le plan daction qui conclura la deuxime phase du Sommet doit mener un rejet effectif du statu quo par des gestes concrets. Les actions auront plus de chances dtre ralises si elles sont inscrites dans le cadre dindicateurs internationaux reconnus, tels que ceux dvelopps entre autres par linstitut des 9 statistiques de lUNESCO et dORBICOM . Le Sommet ne pourra pas tout rsoudre, cependant la mise en valeur des enjeux et des diffrends permet de dgager certains chemins que peuvent emprunter les responsables de ngociations ainsi que des champs dexprimentation, terreaux de solutions long terme. Enfin, pour que soient appropries les actions prconises par les participants au Sommet, il faudra tenir compte de la spcificit mme de la socit des savoirs qui permet et favorise des approches multidisciplinaires et transdisciplinaires et qui prend appui sur les contributions dun plus grand nombre dacteurs informs et producteurs de savoirs. 2) Un regard transversal, la mesure des nouveaux prismes offerts par la multiplicit Le dveloppement dune socit de

1) Reject the status quo By the simple fact of holding the Summit, the international community has recognized the need to act. However, it is not enough to limit ourselves to this finding, with a bit of vision thrown in for good measure. The Plan of Action that will conclude Phase II of the Summit must use concrete actions to lead to an effective rejection of the status quo. These actions will have a better chance of being carried out if they are part of recognized international indicators, such as those developed by the UNESCO and ORBICOM Institute for Statistics, among others. 9 The Summit cannot resolve every difficulty; however, highlighting the issues and controversies involved will make it possible to stake out some paths that those actors who are responsible for negotiations can take, as well as defining areas for experimentation, which can serve as breeding grounds for long-term solutions. Finally, in order that the actions recommended by Summit participants be appropriate, we must take into account the very hallmark of the knowledge society, which enables and favours multidisciplinary and transdisciplinary approaches and which finds support in the contributions of a larger number of informed stakeholders and producers of knowledge. 2) A cross-disciplinary view in step with the perspectives offered by multiplicity Developing an information society, managing complex structures, and producing and disseminating knowledge require nuanced approaches that take account of several variables we can no longer ignore. For example, commenting on research in international development, intellectuals state that "the disciplines that we practice now are already crossbreeds, influenced by other, related disciplines in ways that depend as much on a sought-

linformation, la gestion des structures complexes, la production et la dissmination des savoirs, requirent des approches nuances qui tiennent compte de plusieurs variables quon ne peut plus ignorer. Par exemple, commentant sur la recherche en dveloppement international, des intellectuels affirment que les disciplines que nous pratiquons maintenant sont dj des ensembles mtisses, influencs par dautres disciplines voisines selon des modalits qui dpendent autant douvertures recherches vers dautres pratiques que dune sorte de magntisme quexercrent certains grands patrons (on pense Braudel, Lvi-Strauss ou Roger Bastide)10 . 3) Intgrer les variances tout en protgeant les caractres distincts Lintensification de la mondialisation, corollaire de la socit de linformation, a lavantage daugmenter laccs potentiel des formes varies dexpression de la vie dans plusieurs cultures, la sensibilisation aux besoins lgitimes de plusieurs minorits et groupes trop souvent ngligs (dont les femmes, les personnes handicapes et les autochtones), et le dialogue entre les peuples. La protection de lindividualit se fait par la protection de la diversit. Les caractres distincts et les aspirations dun groupe ou dune culture participent aux multiples faons dtre qui doivent tre reconnues et parfois soutenues, tant quelles ne se manifestent pas contre lexistence lgitime de lautre. Laltrit exige donc la reconnaissance de la diversit ainsi que le respect. Ainsi, le Sommet doit rappeler limportance de la diversit, clbrer sa richesse et dvelopper des actions cohrentes cet gard. Dans chaque famille, larrive dun nouveaun ajoute de la vitalit un rseau neuronal intergnrationnel complexe. Lenfant grandit, prend sa place et, le temps dune vie, contribue sa socit de linformation. Les groupes sociaux et les mouvements, les jeunes, les gens gs, les communauts

after openness to other practices as a sort of magnetism conveyed by certain large employers (Braudel, Lvi-Strauss or Roger Bastide come to mind). [Translation]" 10 3) Integrating variations while protecting distinct features The intensification of globalization, a corollary of the information society, has the advantage of increasing potential access to various forms of life expression in different cultures, generating awareness of the legitimate needs of many minorities and groups that are too often neglected (including women, disabled persons, and Aboriginals), and promoting dialogue among nations. The protection of individuality occurs through the protection of diversity. The distinct features and aspirations of a group or culture participate in many ways of being that must be acknowledged and sometimes supported, as long as they do not act against the legitimate existence of others. That is, otherness demands recognition of diversity, as well as respect. Thus, the Summit must restate the importance of diversity, celebrate its wealth, and develop consistent actions in this regard. In each family, the arrival of a newborn adds vitality to a complex, intergenerational, neural network. The child grows, takes its place and, in its lifetime, contributes to its information society. Social groups and movements, youths, seniors, and cultural and ethnic communities participate in and contribute to society; their contribution to the global info-neural network is undeniable. They must have their place in the international family. Do not Abandon Hope or the Future Always relevant, the question of what purpose humanity's inventions, technology and institutions are to serve remains topical for a better understanding of the concept of an information society, and to direct its future. The Summit may be a great catalyst

culturelles et ethniques, participent et contribuent la socit; leur apport au rseau info-neuronal mondial est indniable. Ils doivent avoir leur place dans la famille internationale. Ne pas mettre en berne aspirations et devenirs Toujours pertinente, la question de la finalit des inventions de lhumanit, de ses technologies et des institutions quelle met en place, demeure dactualit pour mieux saisir ce quest la socit de linformation et pour orienter son devenir. Le Sommet peut tre un grand catalyseur despoirs et de mises en chantier; il peut galement consacrer la mdiocrit. Lhumanit vaut plus que cela.

for hope and breaking ground, but without concrete follow-up by all stakeholders, it can also lead to an entrenchment of mediocrity. Humanity deserves far better.

TORRES, Astrad, A qui profitent les autoroutes de linformation . Le Monde diplomatique, Novembre 1994 pp. 26-27. 2 LANOIX, Jean, Internet 2025 Limportance dimaginer le futur, Les ditions Transcontinental, Montral, 2003. 3 Par exemple, linstar des fabricants dassistants numriques personnels qui facilitent la baladodiffusion (ipodcasting), les horlogers helvtes, dont Tissot et Swatch, ont intgr des informations disponibles en ligne dans leurs montres branches sur les (mmes) serveurs de grands fournisseurs de services et dinformations. 4 Et ce, malgr la collusion de grandes multinationales, telles Yahoo et Google, avec des rgimes qui exigent le retrait des termes dmocratie , droits de lhomme et libert de sites ou de blogues hbergs sur leurs serveurs. VIDE : SAINT-PIERRE, Nicolas (avec lAgence FrancePresse), Microsoft billonne les internautes chinois , La Presse (quotidien), Montral, 26 juin 2005. 5 La libert dexpression dans la socit de linformation, Rapport final du colloque international organis au sige de lUNESCO, 15-16 novembre 2002, Commission nationale franaise pour lUNESCO, Paris, 2002. 6 Sous-Commision de la COMEST sur Lthique de la socit de linformation , Rapport, Commission mondiale dthique des connaissances scientifiques et des technologies, UNESCO, Paris, 18-19 juin 2001. 7 HURLEY, Deborah, Ltoile polaire : les droits humains dans la socit de linformation, Droits et dmocratie, Centre international des droits de la personne et du dveloppement dmocratique, Montral, 2003, p. 36 et ss. 8 Cette distinction apporte initialement par lUnion internationale des tlcommunications tend favoriser les grands groupes industriels et les organisations mondiales reprsentant les entreprises au dtriment des petites et moyennes socits, sous-reprsentes, qui sont les plus grandes gnratrices demplois dans les communauts les plus diverses. 9 ORBICOM, Le Rseau international des chaires UNESCO en communication, www.orbicom.uqam.ca 10 DOLLFUS, Olivier & LE ROY, tienne, Prolongations : Ce nest quun dbut, continuons le combat , in CHOQUET, C., DOLLFUS, O., LEROY E. & VERNIRES, M., tat des savoirs sur le dveloppement, Karthala, Paris, 193, p. 216.

TORRES, Astrad, A qui profitent les autoroutes de linformation . ["Who benefits from 'information highways'" (Tr.)], Le Monde diplomatique, November 1994 pp. 26-27. 12 LANOIX, Jean, Internet 2025 Limportance dimaginer le futur [Internet 2025: The importance of imagining the future Tr.], Les ditions Transcontinental, Montreal, 2003. 13 For example, following the example of manufacturers of personal digital assistants that facilitate iPodcasting, Swiss watchmakers, such as Tissot and Swatch, have integrated the online information to their watches, linked to the (same) servers of major service and information providers. 14 This is true, despite the involvement of large multinationals, such as Yahoo and Google, whose regulations require the removal of the terms "democracy", "human rights" and "liberty" from sites or blogs that are hosted on their servers. VACANT: SAINT-PIERRE, Nicolas (with Agence France-Presse), Microsoft billonne les internautes chinois [Microsoft gags Chinese Internet users Tr.], La Presse (daily), Montreal, June 26, 2005. 15 Freedom of expression in the information society, Final report of the international symposium organized at UNESCO Headquarters, November 15-16, 2002, Commission nationale franaise pour lUNESCO, Paris, 2002. 16 COMEST Sub-Commission on "The Ethics of the Information Society" Report, World Commission on the Ethics of Scientific Knowledge and Technology, UNESCO, Paris, June 18-19, 2001. 17 HURLEY, Deborah, Pole Star: Human Rights in the Information Society, Rights and Democracy, International Centre for Human Rights and Democratic Development, Montreal, 2003, p. 36 ff. 18 This distinction, which first was made by the International Telecommunication Union tends to favour large industrial groups and global organizations that represent business, to the detriment of small and medium enterprises, which generate the most jobs in the greatest diversity of communities. 19 ORBICOM, The international network of UNESCO chairs in communications, www.orbicom.uqam.ca 20 DOLLFUS, Olivier & LE ROY, tienne, "Prolongations : Ce nest quun dbut, continuons le combat", in CHOQUET, C., DOLLFUS, O., LEROY E. & VERNIRES, M., tat des savoirs sur le dveloppement, Karthala, Paris, 193, p. 216.

11

CHAPITRE 1 : INTRODUCTION Contexte Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO (CCU) a t cre en vertu de larticle 8 de la Loi sur le Conseil des Arts du Canada (1957); ses pouvoirs lui ont t confrs par dcret (Conseil priv, 1957-831) et en vertu de larticle VII de la constitution de lUNESCO (Organisation des Nations Unies pour lducation, la science et la culture). Les fonctions de la CCU sont prsentes dans la Charte des commissions nationales approuve par la Confrence gnrale de lUNESCO en octobre 1978. La Commission coordonne et met en uvre les activits lies aux programmes de lUNESCO au Canada; elle encourage la participation canadienne aux activits de lUNESCO ltranger et, cette fin, elle demande lassistance et les conseils dorganismes gouvernementaux et non gouvernementaux spcialiss. Elle soumet des propositions sur les programmes de lUNESCO venir et sur ses prvisions budgtaires, en consultation avec les Affaires trangres Canada. Au Canada, elle assure le suivi des activits pour soutenir les programmes et les objectifs de lUNESCO et elle conseille les Affaires trangres sur les enjeux politiques lis lUNESCO et ses activits. UNESCO

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION Background Canadian Commission for UNESCO The Canadian Commission for UNESCO (CCU) was established under section 8 of the Canada Council Act (1957), and powers have been conferred on the Commission by Order in Council (Privy Council, 1957-831) and under Article VII of the Constitution of UNESCO. The functions of the CCU are further set out in the Charter for National Commissions approved by the General Conference of UNESCO in October 1978. The Commission coordinates and carries on activities in Canada related to UNESCOs programs; it encourages Canada to take part in UNESCO activities abroad and to that end, seeks assistance and advice from specialized agencies, both governmental and non-governmental. It also submits proposals on future UNESCO programs and on budget forecasts, in consultation with Foreign Affairs Canada. It also carries on activities in Canada consistent with the programs and objectives of UNESCO and provides advice to Foreign Affairs on policy issues related to UNESCO and its activities. UNESCO As its name suggests, UNESCOs mandate within the UN system relates to the fields of education, science, culture, communication and information. The latter field is what led to UNESCOs interest in the issues to be addressed by the World Summit on Information Society (WSIS). The Commission is accordingly fulfilling its mandate by consulting with, and disseminating the views of, Canadian civil society on these issues.

Comme son nom le suggre, le mandat de lUNESCO au sein du systme de lONU concerne les domaines de lducation, de la science, de la culture, de la communication et de linformation. Ce dernier domaine est celui qui a men lUNESCO sintresser aux questions qui seront traites au Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation One of UNESCOs principal tasks is to (SMSI). Par consquent, la Commission promote the free flow of ideas and remplit son mandat en consultant et en knowledge by word and image, and

10

diffusant les opinions de la socit civile canadienne sur ces questions. Lune des principales missions de lUNESCO est de favoriser la libre circulation des ides et du savoir avec des mots et des images. Pour ces motifs, elle a un rle fondamental jouer en prparation du SMSI. LUNESCO se proccupe de la dimension thique, juridique, sociale et culturelle de la socit de linformation. Elle favorise aussi les occasions que les technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) offrent aux utilisateurs. LUNESCO croit quautant de participants possibles devraient prendre part aux prparatifs du SMSI : des dcideurs politiques, des groupes professionnels, des reprsentants de la socit civile, le secteur priv et des partenaires bilatraux et multilatraux. Lobjectif de la cration dune socit de linformation ouverte tous sera possible seulement si ces divers groupes participent la discussion. SMSI Phase 1 En prparation de la premire phase du SMSI, le gouvernement canadien a mis sur pied un comit de coordination interministriel compos de reprsentants de tous les ministres concerns et des gouvernements provinciaux. En agissant de la sorte, le gouvernement met au point la position du Canada et assure la meilleure participation possible de tous les acteurs gouvernementaux. La dlgation canadienne tait dirige par les Affaires trangres et Industrie Canada. Au printemps 2002, la Commission a entrepris une srie de consultations pancanadiennes afin de fournir au comit de coordination les opinions dorganismes sur le terrain, dONG et de reprsentants du milieu universitaire. Le rapport final rsume les opinions exprimes dans le cadre des dix tables rondes tenues entre mai 2002 et juin 2003. Au total, 162 participants y ont assist, incluant 125 ONG et 37

therefore feels it has a fundamental role to play in the preparations for WSIS. UNESCO is concerned about the ethical, legal, social and cultural dimensions of the information society. It also promotes opportunities that the information and communication technologies (ICTs) offer users. UNESCO believes that as many players as possible should take part in the preparations for WSIS: political decision-makers, professional groups, representatives of civil society, the private sector, and bilateral and multilateral partners. The objective of creating an information society open to all will be possible only if these various groups are involved in the discussion. WSIS Phase I In preparation for the first phase of the WSIS, the Canadian government set up an interdepartmental coordinating committee including representatives of all the departments concerned and of provincial governments to develop the Canadian position and ensure the best possible participation by all the government players. The Canadian delegation was led by Foreign Affairs and Industry Canada. In the Spring of 2002, the Commission began to hold a series of cross-Canada consultations to provide the coordinating Committee with the views of organizations in the field, NGOs and representatives of academe. The final report summarizes the views expressed at the ten roundtables held between May 2002 and June 2003. In all, 162 participants attended, including 125 NGOs and 37 academics. The final report entitled Information, Communication And Knowledge- Building Contemporary Societies, was distributed at the WSIS Third Preparatory Committee in September 2003 in Geneva and at the 32 nd UNESCO General Conference in October 2003 in Paris, France. In addition, all National Commissions for UNESCO around the world received a copy of the report.

11

universitaires. Le rapport final intitul Information, Communication et Savoir Btir des socits contemporaines, a t distribu la troisime runion du Comit prparatoire du SMSI en septembre 2003 Genve et la 32e Confrence gnrale de lUNESCO qui a eu lieu en octobre 2003 Paris, France. De plus, toutes les Commissions nationales de lUNESCO du monde entier ont reu un exemplaire du rapport. SMSI Phase II Le 23 janvier 2004, juste aprs le Sommet de Genve, la Commission a organis une session-bilan avec des ONG et des reprsentants gouvernementaux qui ont particip lvnement. Lune des recommandations mises pendant cette runion tait lorganisation dun Sommet canadien pour traiter la question de la transition vers une socit de linformation, tout en amliorant le dialogue entre le gouvernement et la socit civile. Le projet dun Sommet canadien a reu lappui de nombreux participants. Il sagissait dune ide intressante mais ambitieuse, qui aurait ncessit beaucoup de ressources. Compte tenu de la taille et des ressources du secrtariat de la Commission, lide dorganiser une confrence dune dure de deux jours semblait plus raliste.

WSIS Phase II On 23 January 2004, just after the Geneva Summit, the Commission organized a debriefing session with NGOs and government representatives who participated in the event. One of the recommendations made during the meeting was to consider organizing a Canadian Summit to discuss the transition to an information society while improving the dialogue between the government and civil society. The project for a Canadian Summit received the support of numerous participants. That was an interesting but ambitious idea that would have required a lot of resources. Considering the size and the resources of the secretariat of the Commission, the idea of organizing a conference over two days instead appeared to be more realistic. Objectives of the Conference

As suggested by the title: Paving the Road to Tunis - WSIS II: The Views of Canada's Civil Society on the Geneva Plan of Action and the Prospects for Phase II, the main objective of the conference was to collect views on the Geneva Plan of Action from a Canadian civil society perspective. Private sector, civil society and governments has been invited to examine the status of major elements included in the Plan of Action: infrastructure, cost of access, community Objectifs de la confrence networking, free standards and free Comme le suggre le titre : Paver la voie de software, adapted technologies, education, Tunis SMSI II : points de vue de la socit traditional media, freedom of expression in both traditional and new media, cultural civile canadienne sur le Plan daction de Genve et rsultats possibles de la Phase II, diversity, preservation of indigenous languages, partnerships with developing lobjectif principal de la confrence tait de countries, Internet governance and recueillir des points de vue de la socit applications. In addition, civil society civile canadienne dans loptique du Plan representatives were invited to contribute to daction de Genve. Le secteur priv, la the Civil Society Communiqu that includes socit civile et les gouvernements ont t the beliefs, expectations and hopes of their invits examiner la qualit des lments organizations at the Canadian and majeurs du Plan daction : infrastructure, international levels in building genuine cot daccs, rseautage communautaire, information societies. The final text of the normes gratuites et logiciels libres, technologies adaptes, ducation, mdias communiqu is included in this document. traditionnels, libert dexpression dans les mdias traditionnels et nouveaux, diversit

12

The conference brought together more than 200 people coming from all provinces and territories and the private sector, civil society, academia and all levels of government, federal, provincial and municipal. The Commission prepared the list of participants based on previous active participation in the process and on input required from specific groups for the process. The Commission invited provincial and national NGOs as well as grassroots organizations. A special attention was given Participants to Community groups offering services to the public at large and/or to targeted groups La confrence a runi plus de deux cents personnes venues de toutes les provinces et (people with disabilities, Aboriginals, women, etc.), as well as content creators territoires, du secteur priv, de la socit such as museums, libraries and archives, civile, du milieu universitaire et de tous les journalists, etc. The list of participants is also niveaux du gouvernement : fdral, included in this document. provincial et municipal. La Commission a tabli la liste des participants en fonction de Outcomes leur participation active antrieure et des suggestions ncessaires de groupes The results of the conference were spcifiques pour le processus. La communicated to the Canadian Government Commission a invit des ONG provinciales with the view to helping their spokespersons et nationales, ainsi que des organismes au to report to other delegations at the Summit niveau de la communaut. Une attention on accomplishment made at the civil society particulire a t accorde aux associations level and of guiding them for future policy communautaires qui offrent des services du and initiatives. All Canadian stakeholders domaine public et/ou des groupes cibles involved in the preparatory process of the (personnes handicapes, autochtones, WSIS Phase II receive a copy of this report femmes, etc.), ainsi quaux crateurs de as well as the participants at the conference. contenu tels les muses, les bibliothques The report will be distributed at the 33rd et les archives, les journalistes, etc. La liste UNESCO General Conference in des participants est galement incluse dans October 2005 at the Summit in Tunis in le prsent document. November 2005. Rsultats Les rsultats de la confrence ont t donns au gouvernement canadien afin daider leurs porte-parole informer les autres dlgations du Sommet des ralisations accomplies au niveau de la socit civile, et les conseiller sur la politique et les initiatives futures. Tous les intervenants canadiens qui ont particip au processus prparatoire de la phase II du SMSI recevront un exemplaire de ce rapport, ainsi que les participants la confrence. Le rapport sera distribu la Partners

culturelle, prservation des langues vernaculaires, partenariats avec les pays en voie de dveloppement, gouvernance dInternet et applications. Les reprsentants de la socit civile ont aussi t invits collaborer au Communiqu de la socit civile qui inclut les croyances, les attentes et les espoirs de leurs organismes lchelle nationale et internationale dans la cration de vritables socits de linformation. Le texte dfinitif du communiqu est inclus dans ce document.

Participants

The conference was sponsored by Foreign

Affairs Canada, Department of Canadian Heritage, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, Industry Canada and International Development Research Centre. The Canadian Commission for UNESCO operates under the aegis of the Canada Council for the Arts and gratefully acknowledges its co-operation.

13

33e Confrence gnrale de lUNESCO qui aura lieu en octobre 2005 et au Sommet de Tunis en novembre 2005. Partenaires La confrence tait parraine par les Affaires trangres Canada, le ministre du Patrimoine canadien, les Ressources humaines et Dveloppement des comptences Canada, Industrie Canada et le Centre de recherches pour le dveloppement international. La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO uvre sous lgide du Conseil des Arts du Canada et le remercie pour sa prcieuse collaboration. propos de cette publication Cette publication reproduit les textes des confrenciers dans la langue dans laquelle ils ont t communiqus, anglais ou franais. Dautres textes, comme celui-ci, ont t traduits. Les confrences ont t donnes dans le cadre de neuf sessions diffrentes sur les thmes suivants: accs aux rseaux; accs au savoir; ducation de qualit pour tous; gouvernance dInternet; respect pour la diversit culturelle et linguistique; la socit de linformation en action; le rle de la socit civile dans ldification dune socit de linformation globale; le rseautage des communauts au Canada; de la recherche lexprience locale; rle des mdias et libert dexpression.
Le lecteur est pri de noter que les opinions exprimes ne refltent pas ncessairement la position de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO ou de ses partenaires.

About this publication This publication reproduces the texts of the speakers in the language they were delivered, English or French. Other texts, like this one, have been translated. The speeches were delivered within nine different sessions: Access to Networks; Access to Knowledge; Quality Education for All; Internet Governance; Respect for Cultural and Linguistic Diversity; The Information Society in Action; Civil Societys Role in Building a Global Information Society; Community Networking in Canada: From Research to Grassroots Experience; Role of Media and Freedom of Expression.
The reader is reminded that the opinions expressed do not necessarily reflect the position of the Canadian Commission for UNESCO or its partners.

14

CHAPITRE II : CRMONIE DOUVERTURE La confrence Paver la voie de Tunis a dbut avec un dner-confrence. Lvnement a t soulign par la prsence de lHonorable Reginald B. Alcock, prsident du Conseil du Trsor du Canada et ministre responsable de la Commission canadienne du bl. Dans son allocution, le ministre Alcock a souhait la bienvenue aux participants la confrence et sest adress tous via le cybergouvernement. Cet outil de diffusion est sous la responsabilit de son cabinet. Le gouvernement du Manitoba tait aussi reprsent par M. Jim Bakken, sousministre adjoint au ministre de lnergie, de la Science et de la Technologie, qui a pris la parole au nom du ministre David W. Chomiak. M. Bakken a prsent quelquesunes des initiatives du Manitoba dans le secteur des nouvelles technologies. Les participants au dner-confrence ont aussi pu entendre M. Abdul Waheed Khan, sous-directeur gnral pour la Communication et lInformation lUNESCO, ainsi que M. Max Wyman, prsident de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO, et la confrencire principale, Ann Medina. Les textes de ces trois allocutions sont repris ci-dessous.

CHAPTER II: OPENING CEREMONY The Paving the Road to Tunis conference began with a dinner conference. One highlight was the presence of Honourable Reginald B. Alcock, President of Treasury Board of Canada and Minister responsible for the Canadian Wheat Board. In his speech, Minister Alcock welcomed participants to the conference and spoke to everyone on the government online, another of his responsibilities within his office. The Government of Manitoba was also represented by the Assistant Deputy Minister for the Department of Energy, Science and Technology, Jim Bakken, who spoke on behalf of Minister David W. Chomiak. Mr Bakken presented a few of Manitoba's initiatives in the new technology sector. The dinner conference participants also heard a message from Abdul Waheed Khan, Assistant Director-General for Communication and Information, Max Wyman, President of the Canadian Commission for UNESCO, and Ann Medina, the keynote speaker. These three speeches have been reprinted below.

15

Discours du Sous-directeur gnral de lUNESCO pour la Communication et lInformation Abdul Waheed Khan Vido Cest avec plaisir que je vous transmets aujourdhui les meilleurs vux de lUNESCO. Je regrette de ne pouvoir tre avec vous Winnipeg, la capitale du Manitoba, province accueillante . Je remercie la Commission nationale canadienne de mavoir si aimablement invit madresser vous en utilisant les TIC. Jaimerais fliciter la Commission nationale canadienne davoir travaill si proactivement pour sassurer que les proccupations de lUNESCO soient adquatement reconnues au Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation (SMSI). Japprcie particulirement quelle se soit concentre sur la diversit culturelle, laccs communautaire, les TIC et lducation et la libert dexpression. Japprcie aussi les efforts de nos amis de la Commission nationale visant impliquer la socit civile canadienne ce projet. Les organisations de la socit civile comme les vtres sont les grands moteurs de certaines des initiatives les plus novatrices pour faire face aux nouveaux problmes mondiaux, particulirement lis aux enjeux de la socit de linformation. Tel que cit par le Groupe dexperts de haut niveau sur les relations ONU-socit civile, dirig par lancien prsident Cardoso du Brsil, lascension de la socit civile est nen pas douter lun des vnements qui marquera notre poque. Lengagement

Address by the UNESCO Assistant Director-General for Communication and Information Abdul Waheed Khan Video It is my pleasure to bring to you today the best wishes from UNESCO. I regret that I am not able to be with you in Winnipeg the capital of glorious Friendly Manitoba. I am thankful to the Canadian National Commission for its kind invitation to address this meeting using ICTs. I would like to commend the Canadian National Commission for having worked so proactively to ensure that UNESCOs concerns are adequately recognized in the WSIS process. I particularly appreciate its focus on cultural diversity, community access, ICT and education and freedom of expression. I appreciate also the efforts of our friends of the National Commission on involving the Canadian civil society in this process. Civil society organizations like yours are the prime movers of some of the most innovative initiatives to deal with emerging global challenges, particularly in relation to the issues of the Information Society. As the High-Level-Panel on the UN-Civil Society relations, led by the former president Cardoso of Brazil, states, the rise of civil society is indeed one of the landmark events of our times. Effective involvement and participation of civil society is now recognized as an essential condition for meeting the goals of the Millenium Declaration. The growing participation and influence of non-State actors is enhancing democracy

16

et la participation efficaces de la socit civile sont maintenant reconnus comme une condition essentielle pour atteindre les objectifs de la Dclaration du Millnaire (Millenium Declaration). La participation et linfluence croissantes des acteurs non tatiques renforcent la dmocratie et redfinissent le multiculturalisme. Et cest fondamental au dveloppement. La vision de lavenir exprime dans les Objectifs du Millnaire pour le dveloppement est fonde sur lanalyse de la situation mondiale actuelle. Elle reconnat que les dangers pour la paix dcoulant du terrorisme, de la guerre civile et du non-respect des liberts civiles sont troitement lis la plaie que sont la pauvret et la maladie. Lutilisation efficace des TIC est trs prometteuse pour la croissance conomique, la transformation sociale, lmancipation politique et lenrichissement culturel. Les TIC ont la possibilit de servir doutil puissant pour la cration de socits du savoir ouvertes tous. Les composantes de base des socits du savoir sont la cration du savoir, la prservation du savoir, la transmission et lutilisation du savoir. Leurs principes sont la libert dexpression, laccs universel linformation et au savoir, la diversit culturelle et linguistique, et lducation de qualit pour tous. Crer des socits du savoir est essentiel lamlioration de la qualit de vie long terme et la puissance conomique des socits. Permettez-moi de me rfrer aux conclusions des deux vnements de haut niveau que nous avons organiss dans le cadre de la phase I du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation (SMSI) : Les socits du savoir se dfinissent par

and reshaping multilateralism. And it is crucial for development. The vision of the future that is expressed in the Millennium Development Goals is based on the analysis of where the world stands today. It recognizes that the dangers to peace emanating from terrorism, civil war, and non-respect of civil liberties are intimately linked to the plague of poverty and disease. The effective use of ICTs holds great promise for economic growth, social transformation, political empowerment and cultural enrichment. ICTs have the potential to serve as a powerful tool for building inclusive knowledge societies. The building blocks of knowledge societies are knowledge creation, knowledge preservation, knowledge dissemination and knowledge utilization. Its principles are freedom of expression, universal access to information and knowledge, cultural and linguistic diversity, and quality education for all. Building knowledge societies is essential for the improvement of the long-term quality of life and the economic strength of societies. Let me draw on the conclusions reached at two high-level events that we hosted in Phase I of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS): Knowledge societies are about the capabilities to identify, produce, process, transform, disseminate and use information to build and apply knowledge for human development. They require an empowering social vision, which encompasses plurality, inclusion, solidarity and participation. I believe that the paramount challenge for knowledge societies is to create an enabling environment to pursue these goals at various levels, to build the requisite capacities, to create content

17

leur capacit identifier, produire, traiter, transformer, transmettre et utiliser linformation pour dvelopper le savoir et lappliquer au dveloppement humain. Elles ncessitent une puissante vision sociale qui englobe la pluralit, linclusion, la solidarit et la participation.

accessible to various communities, to ensure its preservation and to guarantee its free flow. These challenges remain at the centre of UNESCOs contribution to Phase II of the WSIS, in which we focus on implementation and action and on operationalizing the concept of Knowledge Societies. UNESCO has both competency and responsibility for implementing the WSIS Action Plan. Half of the 150 actions included in the Plan fall within UNESCOs mandate. We involve civil society and NGOs very closely in our implementation work. UNESCO was highly praised for this attitude in phase I of the Summit where we organized four thematic meetings, one plenary meeting and an online discussion forum. I am pleased to report that this involvement continues in Phase II. For example, the UNESCO/ORBICOM meeting on Freedom of Expression in Africa and the Arab Region in Marrakech, in November last year, the four thematic meetings for WSIS that we are presently organizing and our side events in Tunis itself. Ladies and Gentlemen, UNESCO is committed to continue involving Civil Society, and the Canadian civil society is a most welcome partner in this process. I wish you a successful meeting.

Je crois que le dfi primordial des socits du savoir consiste crer un environnement capable datteindre ces objectifs des degrs divers, de dvelopper les capacits ncessaires, de crer un contenu accessible une gamme de collectivits, dassurer sa prservation et de garantir sa libre circulation. Ces dfis demeurent au centre de la participation de lUNESCO la phase II du SMSI, o nous nous concentrons sur la mise en uvre et laction et loprationnalisation du concept des socits du savoir. LUNESCO a la comptence et la responsabilit dexcuter le Plan daction du SMSI. La moiti des 150 mesures incluses dans le Plan font partie du mandat de lUNESCO. Nous faisons participer trs troitement la socit civile et les ONG lexcution de notre travail. LUNESCO a t comble dloges pour son attitude dans la phase I du Sommet. Quatre runions thmatiques, une runion plnire et un forum lectronique en direct ont t organiss au cours de cette phase.

Jai le plaisir de vous faire part que cette participation se poursuit dans la phase II. La runion UNESCO/ORBICOM sur la libert dexpression en Afrique et dans les rgions arabes tenue Marrakech en novembre lan dernier, les quatre runions thmatiques du SMSI que nous organisons actuellement et nos vnements parallles
18

 Tunis mme sont de bons exemples de cette continuation. Mesdames et messieurs, LUNESCO est dtermine maintenir la participation de la socit civile, et la socit civile canadienne est un partenaire de choix dans ce processus. Je vous souhaite une runion productive.

19

ALLOCUTION DOUVERTURE Max Wyman Prsident de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO

OPENING REMARKS Max Wyman President of the Canadian Commission for UNESCO

Je vous souhaite la bienvenue et vous remercie davoir accept notre invitation participer cette confrence. Mes premiers remerciements vont la province du Manitoba et la ville de Winnipeg pour leur accueil chaleureux. Je me rjouis de clbrer mon anniversaire ici, en ce temps apparemment de lente transition entre neige et moustiques! La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO est ravie daccueillir ici ce soir des reprsentants de toutes les provinces et de tous les territoires. Vous aurez loccasion de rencontrer dautres participants au cours des prochains jours. Si vous vous demandez qui sont ces personnes assises autour de vous, je serais ravi de vous les prsenter. Ce sont des gens qui partagent avec vous cet engagement de dveloppement de leurs communauts laide des technologies de linformation et des communications des technologies qui offrent un meilleur service et du pouvoir aux femmes, aux jeunes, aux ans, aux Autochtones, aux personnes handicapes et aux groupes appartenant des minorits visibles. Ce sont des reprsentants du milieu universitaire, des scientifiques et des chercheurs qui tentent de mieux comprendre les changements sociaux, conomiques, scientifiques et lgaux que les socits et les individus ont constats au cours de ldification des socits de linformation.

Welcome and thank you for accepting our invitation to participate in this conference. My first thanks go to the province of Manitoba and the city of Winnipeg for their warm hospitality. I am so glad to be celebrating my birthday here, in this time of apparently slow transition between snow and mosquitoes The Canadian Commission for UNESCO is delighted to greet representatives from all Canadian provinces and territories here tonight. You will have the opportunity to meet other participants in the coming days, but if you wonder who all these people are who are seated around you, I would be pleased to introduce them to you. They are people who share with you a commitment to the development of their communities through the use of information and communication technologies technologies that better service and empower women, youth, seniors and elderly, aboriginals, people with disabilities and visible minority groups. They are representatives of academia, scientists and researchers who are trying to better understand social, economic, scientific and legal changes societies and individuals have witnessed as the information society grew. Others are professionals of information, such as, librarians, archivists, museologists and journalists in short, creators of content

20

Dautres sont des professionnels vous linformation, tels les bibliothcaires, archivistes, musologues et journalistes bref, des artisans des contenus, qui font face quotidiennement aux dilemmes qui y sont associs. Certains sont des dfenseurs des droits de la personne et de la libert dexpression, des lments de base essentiels pour crer de vritables socits de linformation. Certains sont des crateurs et des experts qualifis dans les nouvelles technologies qui mnent des innovations et des solutions nouvelles aux problmes qui touchent les Canadiens ainsi que les citoyens trangers. Dautres sont des artistes et des promoteurs de leur culture et de leur langue, profondment engags leur prservation, leur protection et leur promotion en utilisant les mdias traditionnels et nouveaux. Je crois que ce que nous avons en commun, cest cette conviction que linformation ne suffit pas. Lacquisition du savoir et le partage du savoir demeurent le but ultime. Parce que nous reconnaissons que lducation est au cur de linformation ou, comme le prfre lUNESCO, au cur de la socit du savoir. Cette transition vers la socit du savoir exige que tous les groupes participent activement sa dfinition et son fonctionnement. Cest pourquoi nous sommes runis ici aujourdhui. Ce groupe inclut des personnes reprsentant ce que lUNESCO appelle la socit civile, cest--dire le grand public, plus le secteur priv et les gouvernements : les trois acteurs principaux dans le processus du Sommet mondial. Et nous comptons sur vous pour transmettre linformation que vous recueillez ici et pour rassembler les opinions de vos rseaux afin denrichir le dbat. Une fois de plus, la technologie vous permet de communiquer avec les personnes qui ne

who daily face difficult choices in their pursuits. Some are advocates for human rights and freedom of expression - basic and essential ingredients to create genuine information societies. Some are skilled creators and experts in new technologies that lead to innovations and to new solutions for problems affecting Canadians as well as citizens of other countries. Others are artists and promoters of their culture and language, deeply committed to their preservation, their protection and promotion through the use of new and traditional media. What we all share, I think, is the belief that information is not enough. Acquisition of knowledge and knowledge sharing remains the ultimate goal. Because we recognize that education is at the heart of the information or, as UNESCO prefers, the knowledge society. This shift to the information society requires that all groups participate actively to its definition and its functioning. This is why we are gathered here today. This group includes individuals representing what UNESCO calls civil society that is, the public at large - plus the private sector and governments: the three key players in the process of the World Summit. And we count on you to relay the information that you gather here and collect views from your networks to enrich the discussion. Once again, this technology allows you to communicate with persons who cannot be physically present. The Montreal group le sans fil has kindly set up for you a wireless Internet connection allowing you to link with your networks and dialogue throughout the conference.

21

peuvent tre avec nous physiquement. Le groupe montralais le sans fil a aimablement mis notre disposition une installation Internet sans fil qui vous permet de communiquer avec vos rseaux et dchanger tout au long de la confrence. De plus, K-net a accept de mettre notre disposition son matriel de vidoconfrence Breeze permettant la diffusion Web de ce dner-confrence et de toutes les sances plnires. Voil certainement un bel exemple de groupes de la socit civile qui soutiennent la socit civile en gnral. Lune des tches principales de lUNESCO est de favoriser la libre circulation des ides et du savoir. Par consquent, lUNESCO estime quelle a un rle fondamental jouer dans la prparation du SMSI, en particulier pour les questions qui touchent les dimensions thiques, juridiques, sociales et culturelles de la socit de linformation tous des secteurs proccupants lgitimes pour lorganisation qui est, en effet, la branche thique et morale de lONU. Nous avons donc une tche importante devant nous. Nous vous avons demand dvaluer ltat de plusieurs lments du Plan daction de Genve adopt en dcembre 2003 la suite de la premire phase du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation. La gouvernance et le financement dInternet sont un point central cl dans cette deuxime phase -- infrastructure, cot daccs, logiciels gratuits, technologies adaptes et cela nous dirigera vers des questions plus gnrales sur lducation, la libert dexpression, la diversit culturelle, la prservation des langues vernaculaires, et des partenariats avec les pays en dveloppement. Les reprsentants de nos gouvernements sont ici pour couter ce que vous avez dire et changer des ides avec vous. Ne soyez pas timides. Je vous demande vivement de profiter de cette occasion pour articuler clairement votre vision et vos

Furthermore, K-net has agreed to make K-net's breeze video conferencing facility available for web casting this dinner conference and all plenary sessions. This is certainly an example of civil society groups supporting civil society at large! One of UNESCOs principal tasks is to promote the free flow of ideas and knowledge. It therefore feels it has a fundamental role to play in the preparations for WSIS - in particular questions around the ethical, legal, social and cultural dimensions of the information society all legitimate areas of concern for the organization that is in effect the ethical/moral arm of the UN. So we have an important task before us. We asked you to assess the status of several elements included in the Geneva Plan of action adopted in December 2003 as a result of the first phase of the World Summit on the Information Society. Internet governance and financing are a key focus in this second phase - infrastructure, cost of access, free software, adapted technologies and that will lead us to broader issues of education, freedom of expression, cultural diversity, the preservation of indigenous languages, and partnerships with developing countries. Representatives of our governments are here to listen to what you have to say and exchange ideas with you. So there is no room for shrinking violets. I urge you to take this opportunity to articulate clearly your vision and your expectations - and make sure they are reflected in the communiqu that will be adopted on Sunday. Your contribution, which I already know to be rich and diversified, is essential to the process. You must not belittle its impact internationally. The first phase has shown that many countries are impatient to learn what Canadians are both thinking and doing. Prior to the Geneva phase, the Canadian Commission conducted ten roundtables across Canada over the period of a year

22

attentes et assurez-vous quelles sont refltes dans le communiqu qui sera adopt dimanche. Votre contribution, que je sais dj riche et diversifie, est essentielle au processus. Il ne faut pas sous-estimer son impact au niveau international. La premire phase a dmontr que plusieurs pays sont impatients de savoir ce que les Canadiens pensent et font. Avant la phase de Genve, la Commission canadienne a tenu dix tables rondes par tout le Canada sur une priode dun an il en est rsult un document important dobservations et de recommandations. Ce document tait trs populaire Genve et ses exemplaires se sont envols rapidement. Plusieurs dlgations ont mentionn quil leur avait apport une aide dune grande valeur pour les aider se faire une opinion sur les enjeux. Nous produirons une publication semblable rsumant VOS ides et commentaires. Elle sera distribue la Confrence gnrale de lUNESCO qui aura lieu en octobre Paris, et au Sommet de Tunis en novembre et je mattends ce quelle produise le mme impact. En dautres mots, vous contribuerez un rapport qui aura une porte mondiale. Tout ceci naurait pu tre possible sans le travail du personnel de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO. Jaimerais remercier particulirement Pauline Dugr, Charge de programme en Communication et Information et linfatigable Franois-Pierre Le Scouarnec, prsident de notre Commission sectorielle en Culture, Communication et Information. Jaimerais aussi remercier Affaires trangres Canada, Patrimoine canadien, Ressources humaines et Dveloppement des comptences Canada, Industrie Canada et le Centre de recherches pour le dveloppement international pour leur gnreux soutien dans lorganisation de cette confrence.

resulting in a substantial document of observations and recommendations. The document was very popular in Geneva and copies disappeared quickly. Many delegations told us it was invaluable in helping them shape their own thinking about the issues. We will be producing a similar publication summarizing YOUR ideas and comments for distribution at the UNESCO General Conference in Paris in October and at the Summit in Tunis in November and I expect it to have the same impact. You will be contributing, in other words, to a report heard round the world. All of this would not have been possible without the work of the staff of the Canadian Commission for UNESCO. In particular, I would like to thank Pauline Dugr, Programme Officer in Communication and Information, and the inexhaustible FranoisPierre Le Scouarnec, Chair of our Sectoral Commission on Culture, Communication and Information. I would also like to thank Foreign Affairs Canada, Canadian Heritage, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, Industry Canada and the International Development Research Centre for their generous support in the organization of this conference. We were told during the roundtables we undertook in preparation for the Geneva Summit that people who work and communicate through technology need to meet face to face sometimes. Well, here we are and it is reassuring to see how normal we all look - technology does not change us completely after all, despite what Hollywood may try to tell us! During the coming days, we will have a chance to get to know each other better, in the process of exchanging ideas and opinions on some of the most pressing issues facing humanity today. I hope you find it a significant experience both for

23

Lors des tables rondes tenues en prparation du Sommet de Genve, on nous a mentionn que les personnes qui travaillent et communiquent par le biais de la technologie ont parfois besoin de se rencontrer en personne. Alors, nous voil et il est bien rassurant de voir que nous paraissons tous normaux aprs tout, la technologie ne nous change pas compltement malgr ce quHollywood tente de nous faire croire! Au cours des prochains jours, nous aurons la chance de mieux nous connatre en changeant des ides et des opinions sur certaines des questions les plus pressantes auxquelles fait face lhumanit aujourdhui. Jespre que vous trouverez cette exprience apprciable pour vous-mmes et pour les personnes avec qui la technologie nous permettra de partager lvnement. Une fois de plus, bienvenue et merci.

yourselves and for the others with whom technology will allow us to share the event. Again, welcome bienvenue - and thank you.

24

GUEST SPEAKERS PRESENTATION Ann Medina Host of History Televisions History on Film And Former Foreign Correspondent CBCs The Journal Well... I have to tell you, UNESCO gave me a real challenge of an assignment. I was asked to talk about where Canada stands in what it calls: The Knowledge Society. And what the criteria are for deciding. Where are we in terms of universal access? Where are we in terms of FREE Access? Where are we in terms of diversity? What are the social and ethical impacts and much much more. Well, if I did deliver on all of these issues, you could probably just sit back and relax because most of these are the very issues that youre supposed to be discussing over the next couple of days. But I guess the organizers intended for me to touch on, at least a few of these issues. But, I confess, I havent done any definitive comparative study with respect to where we are today versus 10 years ago, or where we are today versus other countries. However, I do have a few comments: namely, to offer three cautionary notes. First, way back, when we first began exploring the possibilities of technology, we had no idea as to where it would take us. I remember back in the early 80's, buying my first real computer. It was called the PC Junior and it had the big old floppy discs and an enormous tome that went with it. At the time I had no idea what I would use it for or even whether it would help me do things. I just knew I wanted to start to discover what the dickens it was. As it turned out, I was totally confused by the humongous manual. It was DOS-based in those days, and you had to write Command lines with slashes and colons and single letters. I just never seemed to have the time to sit down and try and figure it all out! And then I saw it! The computer had games! And, whats more, you could play them without doing all the complicated stuff mentioned in the manual! So thats what the new technology did for me... way back then. It began my career as a Gamer and I still am one. But, very soon, I even got good at DOS commands when I graduated to a Tandy 100. And why did I finally master them? Because I saw that I could write on computers, and correct mistakes on computers, and save scripts on computers. All of which was much faster than re-typing a whole script on an old typewriter, or fumbling through file folders in this drawer or that. In short, I saw a need for it! Fast forward to a few years ago. I have a friend, Maria. Shes Italian and sews and cleans houses and doesnt speak English very well. Shes one of those amazing immigrants to Canada who landed in Montreal and had to get herself, in addition to her three small children, to Toronto where her husband had preceded her. At that time she didnt speak a single word of English; but she did it! Well, shed come to my house, and was fascinated with my computer. Eventually, when I bought a new one, I gave her my old one, and today! Marias on the computer more than in front of the TV. She sends email to Italy; she reads Italian papers; she loves it! She had enrolled in a class, and found a friend to help her in addition to me, and she was off to the race, which brings me to my first cautionary note. Its not about the hardware! Oh, the hardware is the enabler, but unless we see a need to actually use it, it might as well be a kitchen sink sitting in our

25

office! (The way my PCJunior was before I discovered the games!). So one criterion for assessing how Canada stands in regard to being part of the Knowledge Society is not the hardware! Its not how wired we are or how many homes have the internet! Its how and who, and even whether we use the hardware. How many people do you know who have all the latest gadgets and yet, do very little with them? A few years back I was on an Advisory Board to put together a plan to bring more technology into Ontarios Education system. And yes, School NET was an important step in doing that, but more, much more still had to be done. Well, there was a split in the Committee. Some of the members wanted to put computers and networks into the schools (and naturally, given the Canadian self-proclaimed sense of fairness, it had to go into every school or none at all). And then, there were the others. They said, No, lets first finance the creation of compelling content. Well, after months of studies and meetings and reports and more meetings, the Committee, finally recommended a whole shopping list of hardware and networking paraphernalia to go into every school on a slow roll-out basis. The result! The government took one look at the price tag for the list and, mysteriously, the Final Report never got acted on. Nothing. nada. Needless to say, I was part of the minority group who were overruled. It wasnt just the expense, however. It was putting the cart before the horse. Until theres creative and imaginative software for the schools, theres no point in buying the hardware! No ones going to see a need to use it! But strangely thats what everyone just loves to focus in on, the gadgetry. So my first cautionary note is: the measure of being part of the Knowledge Society is not about the technology. Which brings me to my second cautionary note: even if you have the content, can people get to it? Now here, typically, people talk about having access to, yup, once again, the technology! But, instead I want to talk about the access strictly from the content side. Not, do they have the wires? But even if they did, is the content useable? Pretty basic stuff. Back in 1999 The Council of Europes CDCC (evidently that stands for the Council for Cultural Co-operation which beats me!) launched its NIT project (thats New Information Technology, does make sense). (And by the way, Ill have something to say about acronyms in a bit!) Anyway, in connection with NIT, it later adopted the so-called Helsinki Guidelines for European Cultural policy that defined Public Access as including: Affordability, Availability and Usability. Again, pretty basic stuff. So lets take Usability. A couple of years ago, I ran into Pamela Wallin shortly after she became our Consul General in New York. We talked and then I asked for her new email! And she groaned. You wont believe it! she told me. And I didnt. Are you ready for this? Its pamela.wallin@ dfait-maeci.gc.ca! Huh! Pamela was furious about it and had tried, and is still trying to get it changed. Thats an address written by bureaucrats not people whose prime motivation is to get email! Not only is it absolutely insane to use dfait so that only those in Ottawa will understand! But then, to compound the stupidity by repeating it in French and making it doubly unintelligible or unusable! I mean is Newyorkcanadianconsulate too hard to fathom? Or is the French spelling all that different? Those of us with our PDAs and Blackberries may be able to zap it in, but, what of the immigrants-to-be? How in the dickens are they supposed to make sense of

26

what appears to be a random set of letters when they may have to send in a form, or a letter? A few years back, I was asked to speak to the Treasury Board at its annual Staff Conference. Michelle DAuray wanted me to take a look at its e-government initiative and give them some feedback. Well, there were a lot of nifty things they did with it, but there was one big (and a few not-quite-so big) drawback with it. It was just a few months after 9/11, and so one of the tests I did with the site was to pretend I was a travel agent affected by the catastrophe looking for some kind of support program being offered by the government. Well, I couldnt find one, but that wasnt the flaw. The flaw was I couldnt find any mention of the events of September 11th! I was stunned. Here was an event that jolted probably 99% of Canadians and yet, it might as well have never happened according to our e-government. And what about fears and questions that Canadians had? There wasnt even the recognition by the government that there were those fears and questions; at least not that I could find in the places that seemed logical! No Were sorry folks! We know many of you are experiencing major economic squeezes because of the events of September 11, but we cant help you because of this and that reason. Not even an acknowledgment! I also tried to find out what the government was doing about anthrax. Was there something about that? Answer: nowhere obvious! After I searched and searched, I got one. Yes, one very general reference to it. Now, we all know that Canadas e-government website has won kudos all over the world, but mainly, the praise has been aimed at its ability to deliver government services on the Web. (And, speaking as one who files her tax electronically, that it does in spades!) But there are also the issues of relevance and information that might not be connected to any existing program and theres the importance of anticipating various concerns of Canadians. Often those are the very elements that establish that magic called Making Connections. And, isnt that part of what the Knowledge Society is all about? And another point about usability. And you knew it was coming: acronyms. Theres WCCD, HLEG, ICT, WSIS, INCD, CDCC, NIT. One of the things I do love about the World Bank is its not TWB! And thats because Im one of those dummies out there with frustrated stares when I read a lot of reports. Im constantly referring back, and searching for where the report or article told me what the dickens those letters stood for! We spend so much time worrying about words and their meanings. Should we use Information Society or Knowledge Society (while the world out there usually says Knowledge economy and Information Society or Information Age)? Anyway, we spend so much time on words, and then we come up with all the gobbledygook of acronyms! My main problem with acronyms isnt simply that theyre unintelligible; its that theyre only unintelligible to those of us Jane or Joe Smiths of the world. Theyre elitist. Theyre elitist in their very nature in that they keep us out. They blatantly, signal Youre not in the loop if you dont know what the letters stand for! And that really is the main point Im trying to make here. Usability for whom? And, Im sure this isnt an issue just with Canada. But, we must get out of our Ottawa circles, or government circles wherever they are! And the same holds true for NGOs. So often, when I go on the Web to look up something relating to Culture, or Websites about social

27

issues, too often I come across words or acronyms that belong to another world, a world that Im certainly not a part of. Now talking about email addresses and acronyms may sound silly, but I worry that theyre symptomatic of a bigger problem: the accessibility question. In its Introduction to the latest wording of the Convention on the Protection of Diversity, the UNESCO Chairperson noted and I quote: It was considered important that a convention designed to create a favourable environment for the flourishing of diversity of cultural expression should be drafted in accessible language without recourse to obscure technocratic words (my emphasis) that do a disservice to the cause of all cultures. Amen! And indeed, in the entire document, there is only a single Acronym. But the Acronym has now become a name recognized worldwide: UNESCO. We can talk all we want about a new Knowledge Society that embraces diversity and free expression, and one that empowers the citizenry and is inclusive. But if the very people that are advocating that only seem to talk amongst themselves because others of us cant understand them, what kind of diversity are they demonstrating? And, were not only talking about diversity of women, or native Canadians or Blacks or Chinese or East Indians or 62 year-olds with the name of Medina (its also a diversity of ages). And I challenge you to go out into the streets and talk with a bunch of kids about DFAIT or Civil Society or, any Instrument or Convention on Cultural Diversity; you will get some very strange looks. And notice, I said kids not youth. I dont know how many of you have read Irshad Manjis book, The Trouble with Islam, or heard her speak, or have taken a look at her website. But I recommend that you do. Not so much for a discussion of Islam and her call for reform, but to see how serious, very serious issues can be discussed in a way that is inclusive and does encourage diversity. Canada could become the plugged-in country, instead of the plugged-in city that Philadelphia aspires to be. But to that I say: Who cares? Again, its not about the hardware! Its about the CONTENT! Have we got sites that work with good compelling content and an easy way to navigate to them? Are people really connecting with each other? Are communities using it? And, if were setting up programs and funding to encourage others to communicate with each other, are we doing it in the language of the Others? Or are we funding programs to people who speak bureaucratese and, therefore, know how to jump through all the hoops of applying for funding. If usability and accessibility are important criteria for saying that Canada is part of the new Knowledge Society (and I would maintain they should be), then thats what Canada should focus on, even to lead the way. Canada might be doing it better than others but doing it better may not be good enough. My final cautionary note relates to the very nature of the Knowledge Society and how we view it. All of us would love to see a world where basic human rights and free expression are recognized and acted upon, a world where diversity is celebrated and encouraged, a world where access to information and stimulation and creativity is available to everyone.

28

Wed love to see the advancement of democratic, educational, environmental and cultural goals, but we must beware that we dont put too much stock in the new technologies to do it for us. These days, it seems that many governments are saying: This is the way to a better world: if only we do this or do that with the new technologies, if we give networked computers with High-speed to villages or Canadian libraries or school and community centers, if we build the baseball field ... and they will come! Well, I say maybe, maybe not. And I come back to where I began, trying to make sense of that awful manual for my PC Junior. People must see a need. They must know theres some critical information that will make a difference in their lives before they come. And when they do arrive at that field, just watch them and learn from them. You see, Im not as pessimistic as some about the great divide, about the haves and the have-nots. I think we all remember 20-30 years ago when small tiny villages in India would jury-rig a power connection and set up a single television for the whole village to watch. And then there were fax machines in China, the Philippines and elsewhere. And then later, in some towns with power, hundreds of satellite dishes were hanging out of windows, way before they started popping up here in Canada. I remember going to Bamako in Mali, and seeing a group of students huddled around a computer, devouring information. When theres a need, a hunger even, people will invent all sorts of ways to get at what they want: Musicians are collaborating on-line: Cubans with Canadians, Europeans with Americans. Young Lebanese were very instrumental in driving Syrian troops out of their country through using the Web. Doctors in small Middle East communities are searching for important medical information to help their patients. And these examples came to be on their own, a kind of spontaneous combustion.

All of this is not to say we dont need an International Convention of Cultural Diversity, or programs to strengthen access to technology, or a strategy to Connect Canadians, or a World Summit of the Information Society, or to apply pressure at the trade negotiating tables in Europe and North America, but it is to underline where theres a need, things can happen! The technology itself cant make people care to talk to one another. It cant change governments that ignore human rights. Its not the panacea. People still are! Now, there are those, as you know better than I, who feel that Canada should be viewed as a Role Model for other governments at the upcoming WSIS II, or as I know it as: the World Summit of the Information Society. And, maybe it should be since, as I mentioned, it may be doing a better job than other countries. Certainly, its Vision of what it calls the Global Information Society is impressive and Ill quote it: ...one that includes all people, women and men, boys and girls. We believe that everyone has the potential to participate in the information society, and that people, everywhere should have the opportunities to benefit from the possibilities it brings in all

29

areas of human life. These benefits include improved governance, sustainable economic development, strengthened social cohesion, expanded knowledge and new forms of social expression. Canada also says WSIS should focus on poverty reduction and development, and a lot more! Whew! Is there anything it left out? Certainly, very laudable goals! But, when I start looking beyond the vision statement and our pretty good egovernment site, when I begin looking into what CIDA is doing, or when I see the hundreds of millions of dollars being poured into building hightech infrastructure, or when I try to find out more about the Governments Community Access Program in its Connecting with Canadians initiative, and I get hit with the requested website is not available.... Ironic! I wonder.

I see a lot of partnerships with private industry, and yes, partnerships with Nongovernmental organizations, and university and academic institutions, and I see a lot of partnerships with other governments and organizations around the world like UNESCO. But where are the Partnerships with communities? And with student groups, not school Boards or Parent Associations or professors, but student groups? And where are the partnerships with Construction workers, and local Immigrants and single mothers and rappers (or as the guy from Linux adds kick-ass punkers)? These are pretty important ingredients to becoming a Model. And I come back to content and diversity, and here Im not talking about Advisory Boards and Conferences and libraries of Journals and academic papers that may involve diverse groups. Im talking again, about content and using the technology. Im talking about whats out there and what people, ordinary people, see a need for! Where are the young people plugging in? Where are the older generations (at 62, I hate the word elderly)? Where are immigrants like Maria going? And what are the tangible results here at home for Canadians if weve done such a good job? Are they healthier? Is the system more democratic? Are they more tolerant? Is there freer expression? Are women more empowered? There may be hundreds even thousands of examples that many of you know about or have even help set up (and no doubt youll point them out to me, which is good!), but those examples arent being spotlighted and boasted about in much of the literature Ive read or on the government and NGO websites Ive visited (and they have been numerous). I see big, grand announcements of big, grand projects, but not the outcomes! What is the Knowledge Society? It is ALIVE! Its constantly changing. Its crass and its in your face. Its the Marias of Canada: curious, hungry for ideas, exploring. Its the protesters who want to shove events along and bring down old structures and institutions. A real Knowledge Society shocks, its iconoclastic, its fun! And if it truly works, we learn from it and all of us begin to change. Are you being changed? If you are, then hold Canada up high as a model. If youre not, take a second look as to why not.

30

CHAPITRE III : Accs aux rseaux La socit de linformation est souvent associe aux infrastructures et au matriel ncessaires pour accder Internet. Les travaux complts dans le cadre du SMSI ont heureusement permis dlargir la dfinition de la socit de linformation pour inclure les bibliothques, les archives, les muses ainsi que les mdias traditionnels, bref, tous les systmes dinformation traditionnels et nouveaux. Nous verrons, dans les chapitres venir, quel rle ces divers services jouent dans la socit de linformation. La session sur lAccs aux rseaux a donn un aperu des infrastructures disponibles au Canada et de lvolution du cot daccs. Elle a identifi les secteurs qui ncessitent une attention spciale, en ciblant particulirement les rgions rurales et loignes et les besoins des personnes handicapes. Le Canada peut-il se proclamer un chef de file dans les TIC? Les citoyens ont-ils vraiment accs aux outils ou sont-ils encore rservs aux privilgis de notre socit? Les outils sont-ils adapts aux besoins de tous pour sassurer que tous les groupes de la socit sont inclus? Voil des questions qui ont t tudies fond au cours de cette session. Trois confrenciers ont pris la parole: Bill Graham, directeur, Politique et coordination des tlcommunications internationales Industrie Canada; Chris Schmitt, directeur principal, Optimisation du rseau, Affaires rglementaires MTS Allstream, et Betty Dion, prsidente de la Commission internationale sur les technologies et laccessibilit, section Amrique du Nord. Le prsident de session tait Franois-Pierre Le Scouarnec, prsident de la Commission sectorielle Culture, Communication et Information la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO. Le compte-rendu du rapporteur, Devon McDonald, reBOOT Canada, a soulign les commentaires de lauditoire.

CHAPTER III : Access to Networks The information society is often associated with the infrastructures and the hardware necessary to access the Internet. The work completed for the WSIS fortunately expanded the definition of information society to include libraries, archives, museums and traditional media; in sum, all traditional and new information systems. In the following chapters, we will see the role that these various services play in the information society. The Access to Networks session outlined the infrastructures available in Canada and evolution of the cost of access and identified the sectors that require special attention, particularly focussing on rural and remote regions, and the needs of persons with disabilities. Can Canada proclaim itself a leader in ICTs? Do citizens have access to tools, or are they still reserved for society's privileged? Are tools adapted to everyone's needs to ensure the inclusion of all social groups? These were the questions explored in this session. Three speakers addressed the group: Bill Graham, Director, International Telecommunications Policy and Coordination, Industry Canada; Chris Schmitt, Director, Network Optimization, Regulatory Affairs for MTS Allstream and Betty Dion, Chair, International Committee on Technology and Accessibility North America. The session chair was FranoisPierre Le Scouarnec, Chair, Sectoral Commission, Culture, Communication and Information, Canadian Commission for UNESCO. The report by rapporteur Devon McDonald, reBOOT Canada, outlined the audience's comments.

31

UNE VUE DENSEMBLE DU SECTEUR CANADIEN DES TLCOMMUNICATIONS (English text follows) Bill Graham Directeur, Politique et coordination des tlcommunications Industrie Canada LES TLCOMMUNICATIONS : La pierre angulaire de la nation
Installations et services de tlcommunications favoriser la croissance sociale et Le secteur est ax sur la technologie : Expansion des services de cellulaire, PDA, satellites, ordinateurs Internet : rsidentiel et commercial, cybercommerce, cybersant Numrisation : questions de convergence Les Canadiens sont de fervents utilisateurs des installations et des services de Les tlcommunications comprennent le spectre des radiofrquences une ressource

conomique lre des socits de linformation

communications

internationale partage par tous les pays et par plusieurs services de tlcommunications

Politiques sur les tlcommunications et rles de rglementation Politiques Industrie Canada Tlcommunications Radiocommunications Radiodiffusion Tlcommunications Radiodiffusion Radiocommunications

Patrimoine canadien Rglements Conseil de la radioduffusion et des tlcommunications canadiennes Industrie Canada

Le cadre lgislatif du Canada Loi sur les tlcommunications 1993 axe sur lconomie, neutre sur le plan de la technologie Loi sur la radiodiffusion 1991 soutient la culture canadienne Loi sur la radiocommunication 1989 gestion du spectre Loi sur la concurrence 1985 cadre antitrust gnral Lvolution des technologies ncessite des ajustements il faut encourager la mise en place dun environnement favorable Une conomie mondiale ouverte ncessite ladoption dune approche plus concurrentielle

32

Rsultats : Linfrastructure rseau de classe mondiale du Canada Rseau de communications sur fil Un des rseaux de tlcommunications les plus perfectionns au monde : Plus de 99 % des lignes sont lies un rseau numrique Rseau de fibre optique lchelle nationale Plus de 98 % des mnages ont au moins un tlphone Un rseau perfectionn de distribution par cble : 92 % des mnages ont accs au cble 74 % de ces mnages sont branchs au cble 70 % des mnages ont accs Internet haute vitesse par cble Rsultats : Linfrastructure rseau de classe mondiale du Canada Communications sans fil Trois rseaux nationaux sans fil Rseau national de communications par satellite (Tlsat) Radiodiffuseurs et fournisseurs de services concurrentiels Diffusion par tlvision et par radio Deux licences de diffusion par satellite directe domicile Services mobiles par satellite Communications sans fil fixes Industries des services de communication Intervenants cls

33

Industries des services de communication, revenus segments de march, 1998-2003

en milliards de $ $40 March total $35 $30 $25 $20 $15 $10 $5 $0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 69 % 54 % $31.3 8,7 % 14 % 4,4 % 6,5 % $34.4 $36.7 $37.5 $38.0 11 % 22 % Fournisseurs de SRD/SDM* Cblo-diffuseurs Fournisseurs de services sans fil Revendeurs, satellite et autres services Fournisseurs de services filaires concurrents (AFSI et ESLC) Socits exploitantes de tlcommunications filaires titulaires/ESLT

$32.1

*Systmes de diffusion directe (SRD) et de distribution multipoint (SDM). Source: Compilations dIndustrie Canada partir de Statistique Canada, Enqute sur les fournisseurs de services de tlcommunications; CRTC, Relevs statistiques et financiers de la distribution de radiodiffusion; et des rapports annuels des entreprises (avril 2004)
Industries des services de communication, abonns, 1998-2003
Nombre d'abonns 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Abonns au sans fil Lignes tlphoniques d'affaires Lignes tlphoniques rsidentielles March total
34.6 38.0 45.9 41.6 48.2 50.5

Abonns aux SRD/SDM* Abonns au cble Abonns l'Internet

*Systmes de diffusion directe (SRD) et de distribution multipoint (SDM). Source: Compilations dIndustrie Canada partir de Statistique Canada, Enqute sur les fournisseurs de services de tlcommunications et de CRTC, Relevs statistiques et financiers de la distribution de radiodiffusion (avril 2004).

34

Le PIB du secteur des tlcommunications a connu une augmentation constante

En 2004, lindustrie des tlcommunications* a produit une valeur ajoute de 26,8 milliards de dollars** (en dollars constants de 1997) au produit intrieur brut (PIB) du Canada, ce qui reprsente une augmentation de 2,4 % par rapport 2003. La part des tlcommunications du PIB total sest continuellement accrue avant 2002, mais elle est ensuite demeure la mme, 2,6 %.
PIB du secteur des tlcommunications*, de 1997 2004
PIB rel (en milliards de dollars constants de 1997) 30 Part, en pourcentage, du PIB total 5.0% 23,6$ 25,2$ 25,5$

25 20
16,4$ 19,8$ 17,3$ 21,6$

4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0.0%

15 10 5 0

2,0%

2,0%

2,2%

2,3%

2,5%

2,5%

2,5%

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003
Part en %

PIB - Services de tlcommunications

PIB - Distribution de radiodiffusion

* Lindustrie des tlcommunications comprend les services de tlcommunications et la distribution de la radiodiffusion. ** On utilise le terme valeur ajoute pour dcrire la valeur nette de la production dun groupe dindustries. Cest lquivalent de la diffrence entre la valeur du produit dune industrie et la valeur des matriaux, de lnergie et des services utiliss par lindustrie dans sa production. Source : Statistique Canada, Produit intrieur brut par industrie, base de donnes du CANSIM (fvrier 2005).

Le nombre demplois dans le secteur des tlcommunications continue de saccrotre Emplois dans le secteur des En 2004, lindustrie des tlcommunications*, tlcommunications* employait 130 926 Employs (en de 1999 2004 personnes, ce qui reprsente une

augmentation de 3,5 % par rapport 2003.

milliers)
140

Depuis 1998, la composition de lemploi dans le secteur des tlcommunications est demeure relativement stable : environ 87 % des emplois proviennent des services de tlcommunications***, et les 13 % restants proviennent des services de distribution par cble. Laugmentation de lemploi dans les services de tlcommunications a t entrane par les services sur fil et sans fil; dans lensemble, on a compt 4 478 nouveaux emplois.

120

116
15 8 22

118
15 9 23

119
15 10 23

120
15 10 23

126
16 11 23

131
17 12 23

100

80

60

40

71

72

71

72

77

79

20

* Lindustrie des tlcommunications comprend les services de tlcommunications et la distribution de la radiodiffusion. ** Les autres comprennent les revendeurs, les satellites et les autres types de tlcommunications. *** Les services de tlcommunications comprennent les services sur fil, sans fil et dautres services. Les chiffres ayant t arrondis, leur somme peut ne pas correspondre aux totaux indiqus.

1999
Filaire

2000
Sans fil

2001

2002

2003

2004

Autres**

Cablo-distribution

Source : Statistique Canada, Enqute sur lemploi, la rmunration et les heures de travail (EERH), base de donnes du CANSIM (mars 2005).

35

Les salaires dans lindustrie des tlcommunications continuent de surclasser lconomie totale

Les salaires moyens annuels dans lindustrie des tlcommunications* continuent de surclasser lconomie totale. En 2004, les salaires moyens dans les secteurs des services sur fil et sans fil taient de 49 038 $ et de 42 125 $, soit 34 % et 15 % de plus que pour lconomie totale. Seul le secteur des services sur fil a connu une augmentation des salaires entre 2003 et 2004.

Salaire moyen par segment, 1998-2004

(en milliards $ constants) 50 Filaire Autre**

45

40

Sans fils Cablo-Distribution

35 Le salaire moyen du secteur de la distribution de la radiodiffusion a connu une rduction de 2,1 %, pour atteindre 43 236 $. 30 1998 1999 2000 2001

Ensemble de l'conomie 2002 2003 2004

* Lindustrie des tlcommunications comprend les services de tlcommunications et la distribution de la radiodiffusion. ** Les autres comprennent les revendeurs, les satellites et les autres types de tlcommunications. Source : Statistique Canada, Enqute sur lemploi, la rmunration et les heures de travail (EERH), base de donnes du CANSIM (mars 2005).

Les revenus du secteur sans fil continuent de crotre

Revenus totaux du secteur sans fil*, 1999-2003

En 2003, les revenus du secteur sans fil ont augment de 14 % pour atteindre environ 8,2 milliards de dollars. Entre 1999 et 2003, les revenus du secteur sans fil ont augment un taux annuel compos de prs de 16 %.
En milliards $ 10.0 d'accroissement annuel % 30% $8.2 8.0 $6.0 $7.2 20% 21% $5.4 $4.6 4.0 11% 2.0
Source : Statistique Canada, Enqute auprs des fournisseurs de services de tlcommunications (avril 2004).

6.0

17% 14% 10%

5% 0.0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 0%

36

Aujourdhui, on compte un tlphone pour chaque Canadien

Nombre dabonns des lignes daccs tlphonique filaire et mobile (sans fil) (par tranche de 100 habitants) 120.0
100.0 80.0

Tldensit, 1994-2003
94,4 101,1 102,0 104,6

65,8
60.0 40.0 20.0 0.0 Sans fils

68,6

72,4

76,2

81,5

87,0

1994
6.4

1995
8.8

1996
11.8

1997
14

1998
17.7

1999
22.7

2000
28.3

2001
34.2

2002
37.7

2003
41.7

Filaire

59.4

59.8

60.6

62.2

63.8

64.3

66.1

66.9

64.2

62.9

* Les voies daccs sur fil et sans fil sont prsentes en termes dquivalent de qualit tlphonique (EQT). LEQT correspond aux pratiques de lUIT et de lOCDE en ce qui concerne le calcul du nombre de lignes tlphoniques par 100 personnes. Les chiffres ayant t arrondis, leur somme peut ne pas correspondre aux totaux indiqus. Source : bas sur lEnqute auprs des fournisseurs de services de tlcommunications de Statistique Canada.

Mais les investissements dans linfrastructure des tlcommunications ont continu de diminuer en 2003
Les dpenses en capital des services de tlcommunications ont diminu de 15 %, pour atteindre 4,8 milliards de dollars en 2003, la suite dune diminution de 26 % en 2002. Par rapport lconomie totale, la part des services de tlcommunications des dpenses en capital tait de 2,9 % en 2003; il sagit du niveau le plus bas des sept dernires annes.

Dpenses en capital* des services de tlcommunications, de 1997 2003

En milliards $ $8.0 7.3 $ $7.0 6.1 $ $6.0 $5.0 4.2% $4.0 $3.0 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003
Investissements dans le spectre
Investissements de capitaux dans les services de tlcommunication
Part en %

En % des placements de capitaux au Canada 8.0%

7,0$
1.5 $ 0.2 $

7.0% 6.0% 5,7$ 4.8 $ 5.0% 4.0% 3.5% 2.9% 3.0% 2.0%

5,5$

5.9 $

5.6 $

5.9 $

4.3% 3.7%

4.4%

4.5%

Les chiffres ayant t arrondis, leur somme peut ne pas correspondre aux totaux indiqus.
* Les dpenses en capital des services de tlcommunications comprennent uniquement les services sur fil et sans fil.

Source : bas sur lEnqute auprs des fournisseurs de services de tlcommunications de Statistique Canada et sur la base de donnes du CANSIM (avril 2004).

37

En 2003, les revenus des services tlphoniques locaux et interurbains sur fil ont continu de diminuer
Depuis 1998, les revenus des services tlphoniques sur fil diminuent un taux annuel moyen de 3,4 %. Cependant, la diminution est beaucoup moins importante que celle qui a eu lieu en 2002. Cette anne-l, les revenus des services tlphoniques locaux et interurbains avaient respectivement diminu de 6,7 % et de 12 %. En 2003, le revenus des services interurbains ont diminu de 92 millions de dollars (1,2 %), tandis que les revenus des services locaux ont diminu de 85 millions de dollars (2,1 %), comparativement 2002.

En milliards $ 14 12 10 8 6 4 $6.5 2 0 1998 $13.3

Revenus des services tlphoniques sur fil, 1998-2003

$12.5 $12.4 $12.3 $11.3 $6.8 $5.0 $4.4 $4.3 $11.1 Interurbain

$5.9

$5.6

Local

$6.5

$6.9

$7.3

$6.9

$6.8

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

Source : Statistique Canada, Enqute auprs des fournisseurs de services de tlcommunications (avril 2004).

Dans lensemble, lindustrie des communications est concurrentielle La concurrence est vive dans le domaine des tlcommunications longue distance et commerciales, ainsi que dans le domaine de laccs Internet et des services de communications personnelles. Elle est galement de plus en plus vive en ce qui concerne la distribution de la radiodiffusion entre les services par cble et les services directs domicile par satellite. Depuis peu, la concurrence est trs forte dans le domaine de laccs Internet haute vitesse. On constate galement une nouvelle concurrence dans les marchs des services locaux aux entreprises. Bien que le service rsidentiel local demeure principalement un monopole, les fournisseurs de tlvision par cble ont labor des stratgies daccs grce la technologie de systme vocal sur Internet. Initiatives actuelles du gouvernement fdral en matire de politique Projet de loi C-37, liste nationale de numros de tlphones exclus tlmarketing non dsir Transfrabilit des numros sans fil Attribution au CRTC dun pouvoir direct dimposition damendes Ministre Emerson, groupe d'tude sur le cadre rglementaire des tlcommunications, le 11 avril 2005 Examen du cadre national de politiques et de rglementation Formulation de recommandations sur un cadre moderne des tlcommunications avant la fin de lanne concevoir un cadre de rglementation efficace, juste et avant-gardiste au service des consommateurs et des entreprises encourager un accs fiable et abordable aux tlcommunications, appropri linfrastructure moderne promouvoir ladoption et lutilisation des services de tlcommunications de pointe dans lensemble de lconomie (catalyseur des TIC) Objectif : faire en sorte que lindustrie des tlcommunications soutienne les objectifs long terme du Canada (Membres : Gerri Sinclair, Hank Intven, Andr Tremblay)
38

Certains points de rfrence internationaux En raison de la concurrence et des faibles prix daccs, la pntration de la large bande est importante au Canada

ce qui a contribu limportante part du march de la large bande que dtient le Canada

39

Concurrence relativement vive entre les exploitants canadiens de rseaux sans fil

Les prix pratiqus par les exploitants canadiens de services radiotlphoniques mobiles ne sont plus les plus bas parmi les pays de lOCDE

40

Le taux de pntration des services canadiens sans fil na pas augment autant que dans les autres pays de lOCDE

Linvestissement du Canada dans les tlcommunications, par habitant, correspond la moyenne de lOCDE, mais il est infrieur celui des .-U. depuis prs dune dcennie

41

Les tlcommunications une partie du secteur gnral des TIC Les technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) des outils habilitants essentiels pour les autres secteurs Des vecteurs dinnovation et damlioration de la productivit dans lensemble de lconomie Elles permettent de rduire lcart de productivit avec les tats-Unis : elles sont essentielles pour amliorer le niveau de vie des Canadiens Les TIC jouent un rle essentiel dans latteinte de cet objectif Au cours de la deuxime moiti des annes 1990, les industries productrices de TIC et les industries qui utilisent les TIC de faon intensive ont t lorigine de 62 % de la croissance de la productivit globale du travail au Canada* *Ho, Rao et Tang (2004), Sources de la croissance de la production des industries du Canada et des tats-Unis lre de linformation Les TIC sont extrmement importantes pour la cration de richesses Les services de communications et dinformatique, la fabrication dquipement de tlcommunications, les logiciels, etc. les technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) sont la plate-forme sur laquelle repose lconomie du savoir Le secteur des TIC reprsente lui seul 5,5 % de la production du Canada, soit un PIB de quelque 55,4 milliards de dollars (en dollars de 1997) en 2003 les services de tlcommunications reprsentent 42 % de ce montant Le secteur des TIC emploie 545 000 personnes, exporte des biens et services dune valeur de 27,3 milliards de dollars et investit 5,2 milliards de dollars dans la R-D, ce qui reprsente 43 % de toute la R-D du secteur priv Linfluence des TIC du gouvernement est la plus forte dans le secteur des services de communications Le dveloppement du secteur des TIC est dtermin par lindustrie prive qui agit en fonction des changements technologiques et de la demande des consommateurs Les politiques et les rglements en matire de communications sefforcent de rpondre aux objectifs conomiques, sociaux et culturels La Loi sur les tlcommunications rpond principalement aux objectifs conomiques La Loi sur la radiodiffusion rpond principalement aux objectifs culturels La question fondamentale consiste savoir comment le gouvernement peut le mieux promouvoir le dveloppement gnral du secteur et rpondre aux besoins des Canadiens en matire de biens et de services lis aux TIC Objectifs gnraux du gouvernement Accrotre la productivit grce aux TIC Une industrie des TIC dynamique et saine Une conomie gnrale plus dynamique grce aux services et aux applications de pointe en matire de TIC Le dveloppement social grce aux TIC Accs des services de pointe pour tous les Canadiens Amlioration de lexcution des programmes sociaux grce aux TIC Des industries culturelles dynamiques Capacit de soutenir la concurrence lchelle internationale Production et prsentation continues du contenu canadien Une industrie nationale prospre

42

De Winnipeg Tunis le SMSI La dclaration du SMSI reconnat linfrastructure des tlcommunications. Il sagit dun fondement essentiel de la socit dinformation ouverte tous. Laccs universel, omniprsent, quitable et abordable linfrastructure et aux services en matire de TIC est un objectif cl pour la plupart des pays. Les Canadiens disposent dun secteur de classe mondiale. Le dfi : demeurer parmi les chefs de file dans notre monde dynamique. Le dfi du SMSI : saisir le potentiel des technologies de linformation et des communications pour encourager latteinte des objectifs de dveloppement de la Dclaration du Millnaire des Nations Unies.
Portail, Spectre, technologies de l'information et tlcommunications, Industrie Canada Ce site comprend le document Services de tlcommunication au Canada : Un aperu de

Rfrences dIndustrie Canada

http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/app/sitt/portal/LoadMainPortalPage.do?lang=fr

l'industrie http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/epic/internet/insmt-gst.nsf/fr/sf05637e.html Renseignements sur le SMSI - Canada www.wsis-smsi.gc.ca Site principal de lUIT www.itu.int/wsis

43

AN OVERVIEW OF CANADAS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SECTOR Bill Graham Director, International Telecommunications Policy and Coordination Industry Canada TELECOMMUNICATIONS: Backbone of the nation Telecommunication facilities and services - enable social and economic growth in era of Information Societies Sector is technology driven: Cellular expansion, PDAs, satellites, computers Internet: home and business; e-commerce, e-health Digitalization; convergence issues Canadians - avid users of communications facilities, services Telecoms includes radio frequency spectrum - an international resource shared by all countries and several telecommunications services Canadas Legislative Framework Telecommunications Act 1993 Economic focus, technology neutral Broadcasting Act 1991 Nurture Canadian culture Radiocommunication Act 1989 Spectrum management Competition Act 1985 General anti-trust framework Changing technology requires adjustments - foster enabling environment Open world economy imposes more competitive approach Outcomes: Canadas World Class Network Infrastructure Wireline Communications Network One of the most developed telecommunications networks in the world: More than 99% of the lines are linked to a digital network Nation-wide fibre-optic network More than 98% of households have at least one telephone A well developed cable distribution network: 92% of households have access to cable 74% of these actually subscribe to cable 70% of households have access to high speed cable internet Outcomes: Canadas World Class Network Infrastructure Wireless Communications Three national wireless networks National satellite communications network (Telesat) Competitive radio carriers and service providers Over the air television and radio broadcasting Two Direct to Home satellite broadcasting licenses Satellite mobile services Fixed wireless, e.g., MDS

44

Canadas Communications Service Industries Key Players

Communications Service Industries Revenues Canadas Market Segments, 1998-2003

$ Billions $40 Total Market $35 $30 $25 $20 $15 $10 $5 $0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 69% 54% $31.3 8.7% 14% 4.4% 6.5% $34.4 $36.7 $37.5 $38.0 11% 22% DTH/MDS* Providers Cable Providers Wireless Service Providers Resellers, Satellite and Other Wireline Competitive Service Providers (APLDS, CLECs) Wireline Incumbent Carriers (ILECs)

$32.1

*Direct-to-Home (DTH) and Multipoint Distribution Systems (MDS). Source : Industry Canada estimates based on Statistics Canada, Survey of Telecommunications Service Providers, CRTC, Broadcast Distribution Statistical and Financial Summaries, and company annual reports (April 2004).
45

Communications Service Industries Subscribers 1998-2003

Subscribers (Millions) 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 *Direct-to-Home (DTH) and Multipoint Distribution Systems (MDS). Source : Industry Canada compilations based on Statistics Canada, Survey of Telecommunications Service Providers and CRTC, Broadcast Distribution Statistical and Financial Summaries (April 2004). Wireless Subscribers Business Wired Telephone Lines Residential Wired Telephone Lines Total Market 38.0 34.6 41.6 45.9 48.2

50.5

DTH/MDS* Subcribers Cable Subcribers Internet Subcribers

Telecom Sector GDP has Steadily Increased

In 2004, the telecommunications industry* produced $26.8 billion of value added** (1997 constant dollars) to Canadian gross domestic product (GDP), a 2.4 percent increase over 2003. Telecommunications share of total economy GDP had continually increased prior to 2002, but since then it has remained steady at 2.6 percent.

Telecommunications* GDP, 1997-2004

Real GDP (billions of constant 1997$) 30
25 20

$25.2 $23.6 $19.8 $16.4 $17.3

2.0% 2.2% 2.3% 2.5%

% Share of Total Economy GDP 5.0% $26.8 $26.1

4.0% 2.6% 2.6% 3.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0.0%

$21.6
2.5%

15 10

2.0%

*Telecommunications industry includes telecommunications services5 and broadcast distribution. **Value added is the term used to describe the net value of production 0 by an industry group. It is equivalent to the differences between the value of an industrys output and the value of the inputs of materials, energy and services purchased and used by the industry in the production of its output.

1997

1998

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Broadcast Distribution GDP Telecommunications Services GDP % Share

2004

Source: Statistics Canada, Gross Domestic Product by Industry, CANSIM database (February 2005).

46

Employment in Telecommunications Continues to Increase

In 2004, the telecommunications industry* employed 130,926 persons, an increase of 3.5 percent from 2003. Since 1998, the composition of employment in telecommunications has remained relatively stable with approximately 87 percent coming from telecommunications services***, and the remaining 13 percent from cable distribution. The increase in telecommunication services employment was led by the wireline and wireless segments, as overall employment grew by 4,478. *Telecommunications industry includes telecommunications services and broadcast distribution. **Other includes resellers, satellite and other telecommunications. ***Telecommunications services include wireline, wireless and other. Numbers may not add up due to rounding.

Thousands of Employees
140

Telecommunications* Employment, 1999-2004

126 131

120

116

118

119

120

16
15 10 23

17 12 23

15
100

15 9 23

15 10 23 11 23

8 22

80

60

40

71

72

71

72

77

79

20

0
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004

Wireline

Wireless

Other**

Broadcast Distribution

Source: Statistics Canada, Survey of Employment, Payrolls and Hours (SEPH), CANSIM database (March 2005).

Salaries in Telecommunications Industry Continue to Outperform the Total Economy

Average annual salaries in the telecommunications industry* continue to outperform the total economy. For 2004, the average salary in the wireline and wireless segments were $49,038 and $42,125, 34 percent and 15 percent higher than the total economy. Wireline was the only telecom segment to see an increase in salary between 2003 and 2004. The broadcast distribution segments average salary declined by 2.1 percent to $43,236. *Telecommunications industry includes telecommunications services and broadcast distribution. **Other includes resellers, satellite and other telecommunications.

Average Annual Salary by Segment, 1998-2004

Thousands of current dollars 50 Wireline Other**

45

40

Wireless Broadcast Distribution

35 Total Economy 30 1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

Source: Statistics Canada, Survey of Employment, Payrolls and Hours (SEPH), CANSIM database (March 2005).

47

Wireless Revenues Continue to Grow

IIn 2003, wireless revenues increased 14 percent to approximately $8.2 billion. Between 1999 and 2003, wireless revenues have grown at a compound annual rate of almost 16 t * Includes Cellular, PCS and ESMR.

Total Wireless* Revenues, 1999-2003

$ billions 10.0 % Annual Growth 30% $8.2 8.0 $6.0 $7.2 20% 21% $5.4 $4.6 4.0 11% 17% 14% 10%

6.0

Source: Statistics Canada, Survey of Telecommunications Service Providers (April 2004).

2.0 5% 0.0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 0%

Today there is a Telephone for Each Canadian

Wired Telephone Lines* & Wireless Subscribers per 100 population 120.0 100.0 80.0

Teledensity, 1994-2003
104.6

94.4 68.6 72.4 76.2 81.5 87.0

101.1

102.0

65.8
60.0 40.0 20.0 0.0 Wireless
Wireline

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

6.4
59.4

8.8
59.8

11.8
60.6

14
62.2

17.7
63.8

22.7
64.3

28.3
66.1

34.2
66.9

37.7
64.2

41.7
62.9

* Wireline and Wireless access paths are in terms of Voice Grade Equivalents (VGE). VGE conforms to ITU and OECD practice when calculating the telephone lines per 100 population indicator. Numbers may not add up due to rounding. Source: Based on Statistics Canada, Survey of Telecommunications Service Providers (April 2004).

48

But Investment in Telecommunications Infrastructure Continued to Decline in 2003

Capital expenditures for telecommunications services fell 15 percent to $4.8 billion in 2003, following a drop of 26 percent in 2002. Relative to the total economy, the telecommunications services share of the economy's capital investment was 2.9 percent in 2003, its lowest level over the past seven years.
Numbers may not add up due to rounding. *Telecommunications services capital expenditure (capex) includes wireline and wireless only.

Telecommunications Services Capital Expenditure*, 1997-2003

$ billions $8.0 $7.3 $7.0 $6.0 $5.5 $5.0 4.2% $4.0 $3.0 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Spectrum Expenditure Telecommunications Services Capex* % Share 2003 4.3% 3.7% 3.5% 2.9% 2.0% 4.4% 4.5% $6.1 $0.2 $5.9 $7.0 $1.5 $5.6 $5.7 $4.8 4.0% 3.0% 7.0% 6.0% 5.0% % Share of Canadian Capital Investment 8.0%

$5.9

Source: Based on Statistics Canada, Survey of Telecommunications Service Providers and CANSIM database (April 2004).

2003 Saw Both Wireline Local And Long Distance Voice Revenues Continue to Fall
Wireline voice revenues have been declining at an average annual growth rate of 3.4 percent since 1998. However, the decrease was much smaller than the drop which occurred in 2002, which saw voice revenues drop in the local and long distance segments by 6.7 percent and 12 percent, respectively. In 2003, long distance revenues decreased by $92 million (1.2 percent), while local voice revenues declined by $85 million (2.1 percent), when compared to 2002.

Wireline Voice Revenues,1998-2003

$ billions 14 12 10 8 6 4 $6.5 2 $7.3 Local $6.8 $5.9 $5.6 $5.0 $4.4 $4.3 $13.3 $12.5 $12.4 $12.3 $11.3 $11.1 Long Distance

$6.5

$6.9

$6.9

$6.8

0 Source: Statistics Canada, Survey of Telecommunications Service Providers (April 2004)

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

49

Overall, a Competitive Communications Industry Vigorous competition in long distance and business telecommunications, as well as Internet access and PCS, and increasingly in broadcasting distribution between cable and Direct-toHome satellite. Competition in the provision of high-speed bandwidth and Internet access has also emerged as a powerful new force. Competition is emerging in local business service markets While local residential service remains largely a monopoly, cable television operators have developed entry strategies using Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) technology. Current Federal Government Policy Initiatives Bill C-37, National Do Not Call List unwanted telemarketing Wireless number portability Providing CRTC with direct fining authority Minister Emerson, Telecommunications Policy Review Panel, April 11, 2005 Review national policy and regulatory framework Make recommendations on modern telecom framework by year-end efficient, fair, forward-looking regulatory framework that serves consumers and business reliable, affordable telecoms access appropriate to modern infrastructure -promote adoption, use of advanced telecom services across economy (ICT enabler) Goal: ensure that telecom industry supports Canadas long-term competitiveness (Members: Dr. Gerri Sinclair, Hank Intven, Andr Tremblay) Some International Benchmarks Low Access Prices and Competition Have Led to Canadas High Level of Broadband Penetration

50

 Which has Contributed to Canadas High Broadband Market Share

Competition is Relatively Strong Among Canadian Wireless Operators

51

Canadian mobile prices are not the lowest among OECD countries, but are affordable

Canadas Wireless Penetration Rate Has Not Grown as Dramatically as in Other OECD Countries

52

Canadas Per Capita Telecom Investment is Consistent with the OECD Average, but it Has Been Below the U.S. for Nearly a Decade

Telecoms - Part of Broader ICT Sector Information and Communications Technologies (ICTs) - essential enabler for other sectors drive innovation, productivity improvement across entire economy Narrowing productivity gap with US: key to improving Canadians standard of living ICTs play essential role in achieving this objective Second half 1990s: ICT- producing and ICT-intensive industries contributed 62 % share towards aggregate labour productivity growth in Canada* * Ho, Rao and Tang (2004), Sources of Output Growth in Cdn, US Industries in the Information Age

ICTs are Extremely Important to Wealth Creation Communications & computer services, telecom equipment manufacturing, software etc, information and communications technologies (ICTs) are the platform on which the knowledge-based economy rests The ICT sector itself represents 5.5 % of Canadian output, some $55.4 billion in GDP ($1997) in 2003 telecom services represent 42% of these amounts The ICT sector employs 545,000 people, exports $27.3 billion in goods and services and invests $5.2 billion in R&D 43 % of all private sector R&D

53

Governments ICT Influence Strongest in Communications Services Sector ICT sector development determined by private industry driven by technological change and consumer demand Communications services policy and regulation strives to meet economic, social and cultural objectives Telecommunications Act primarily economic objectives Broadcasting Act primarily cultural objectives Fundamental question is how government can best promote overall sector development and meet the needs of Canadians for ICT goods and services Overall Government Objectives Increase productivity through ICTs A strong and healthy ICT industry A stronger overall economy enabled through advanced ICT services and applications Social development through ICTs Access to advanced services for all Canadians Improved delivery of social programs through ICTs Strong cultural industries Capacity to compete internationally Continued production and presentation of Canadian content A thriving domestic industry From Winnipeg to Tunis and the WSIS WSIS Declaration recognizes telecommunications infrastructure Essential foundation for an inclusive information Society Notes that Universal, ubiquitous, equitable and affordable access to ICT infrastructure and services is a key objective for most countries. Canadians have a world class sector Challenge: to remain among the leaders in this dynamic world. WSIS Challenge: to harness information and communications technology to promote the development goals of UN Millennium Declaration Industry Canada References
Industry Canadas Spectrum, Information Technologies and Telecommunications portal Includes Telecommunications Services in Canada An Industry Overview WSIS Canadian Information

http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/app/sitt/portal/LoadMainPortalPage.do?lang=eng http://strategis.ic.gc.ca/epic/internet/insmt-gst.nsf/en/sf05637e.html

www.wsis-smsi.gc.ca Main ITU site www.itu.int/wsis

54

THE COST OF ACCESS: EVOLUTION AND PROSPECTS FOR THE FUTURE Chris Schmitt Director, Network Optimization, Regulatory Affairs for MTS Allstream Introduction At the first conference for the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS), delegates identified a number of guiding principles that would be used to form a common vision of the information society. One of those principles deals with the role the communications infrastructure plays in building a solid foundation for an inclusive information society. The WSIS identified connectivity as a central enabling agent in building an information society. In particular, that an objective of all stakeholders should be to provide to the greatest extent possible universal, ubiquitous and affordable access to information and communications infrastructure and services. The WSIS viewed a greater use of broadband and other innovative technologies as a means of accelerating the social and economic progress of countries and the well being of individuals, communities and peoples. My discussion today will focus on MTS Allstreams efforts to expand broadband services in the province of Manitoba. I will share some of the successes of MTS Allstreams initiatives, and talk about some of the challenges we face in delivering a digital telecommunications infrastructure, particularly in Manitobas vast northern regions. Given MTS Allstreams experience in delivering broadband service to high cost areas it is not clear what model will provide a sustainable broadband service in remote communities. In some of these communities it is simply not possible for MTS Allstream to provide broadband service on an economically viable basis. My presentation should raise some healthy debate as to what the role of industry; the government; and the community should be in achieving the WSIS goal of providing universal, ubiquitous and affordable broadband services to remote communities. Before I continue, I would like to take a brief moment to talk about my company and what we do. MTS Allstream is a national telecommunications service provider of local, long distance, mobile, Internet and private line services. In Manitoba, MTS is the incumbent local telecommunications company responsible for providing telephone service to over a million inhabitants throughout the province - in Winnipeg, you wont have to stray too far before you see the MTS logo - or see Morty the bison in an MTS television commercial. The Allstream division serves national business customers with a world-class portfolio of connectivity, infrastructure management and IT services. MTS Allstream has an extensive broadband fibre-optic network spanning more than 24,000 kilometres, and the greatest reach of any competitive communication solutions provider in Canada. Why broadband? My discussion today will focus on delivering broadband communications in the province of Manitoba, or more specifically, high-speed Internet Protocol (IP) service. Broadband is a great enabler: it gives service providers the ability to consolidate and converge networks, and to introduce new and innovative services. For our customers, broadband IP enables a whole world of capabilities: access to a diverse range of content and information, great ways to keep in contact with friends, family and associates,

55

opportunities for distance learning, and most recently, a range of IP-based telephony and TV services. Starting in 2000 MTS Allstream invested over $300M to expand its broadband capabilities in the province of Manitoba. Today, MTS Allstreams broadband network extends to 137 communities, or 85% of the population of Manitoba. In Winnipeg, MTS Allstream expanded its fibre footprint to within about 900 metres of most homes and businesses enabling the company to offer broadband and a successful TV service. However, Manitoba is a big province spanning over 650,000 square kilometres with the more densely populated areas at the southern end of the province. In fact, over half of the population in the province is located right here in the city of Winnipeg. While the lower third of the province is densely wired, there are hundreds of communities in Manitoba that do not have broadband access, many of these communities consist of only a handful of residents. The challenge is how to economically extend the reach of its broadband network to these smaller, and quite often, very remote and sparsely populated communities. Sustainable Business Models: Cost of Access MTS Allstreams primary broadband service delivery mechanism within smaller communities on our fibre backbone is asymmetrical digital subscriber line (ADSL). As many of you know ADSL technology enables the same wires that are used to provide telephone service to be used to provide high-speed digital services. However, the effectiveness of ADSL technology decreases as the customer gets farther away from the central office (CO). As a rule of thumb, the customer needs to be within about 5 kilometres of a CO. Through continued improvements in technology, reduced costs, and an increased demand for the services that can be delivered over our network, MTS Allstream has been able to continue to expand its broadband footprint incrementally, year-after-year. This year, for example, MTS plans to roll out broadband to an additional 20 communities. A recent addition to MTS broadband service coverage is the rural village of Reston, Manitoba, located about 100 kms from Brandon, and about the same distance from the North Dakota border. Reston, which has a population of about 550, has a hospital, an RCMP (Royal Canadian Mounted Police) office, a high school and an elementary school, a community centre and a hockey arena. Even though the village of Reston is pretty small, it is a good candidate for deployment of broadband services. Most of the homes in Reston are clustered within an area of about 1 square kilometre: well within the footprint of MTS Allstreams broadband solution. Furthermore, Reston is on MTS Allstreams fibre backbone network providing excellent connectivity to the Internet through our gateway in Winnipeg. Lastly, ongoing service maintenance costs are sustainable because of Reston's relatively close proximity to major urban centres. In summary, the existence of the following factors should make it economically viable for MTS Allstream to extend broadband service to Reston and other similarly situated communities:

56

1 2 3 4

DSL capable local infrastructure; Connectivity to our high-speed backbone network; Acceptable ongoing service maintenance costs; coupled with, A critical mass of customers within a narrow geographic area.

However, the absence of this combination of factors, as is the case in many of Manitoba's smaller and more remote communities, makes it extremely challenging to economically deploy broadband. Providing Service in Remote Communities The remoteness of some of these communities would require MTS Allstream to extend its digital backbone network over great distances under challenging circumstances. Often the residents in these communities are too far from the CO for ADSL to be an effective broadband solution. Furthermore, installation and ongoing maintenance of these services can be extremely costly since many of these communities have no permanent road access. These factors, along with a limited population base, present major hurdles for broadband rollout. An example of a remote community is Red Sucker Lake having a population of just over 600 residents. Red Sucker Lake is located approximately 350 air kilometres northeast from Winnipeg and 285 air kilometres southeast from Thompson. Currently, residents in Red Sucker Lake receive dial-up Internet services via an MTS-provided satellite service. In 2006, MTS Allstream intends to replace the existing analog transmission facility to this community with digital radio transport network. While Red Sucker Lakes telecommunications infrastructure will meet the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commissions (CRTCs) basic service requirements, the provision of broadband service is far more challenging: Digital radio has a relatively limited capacity (compared to fibre optic transmission facilities) to provide a high-speed IP transport and the use of DSL technology is limited by the length and quality of the copper facilities. Like many remote northern communities, Red Sucker Lake is not a typical urban centre with housing laid out in tight geographic clusters with a CO at the centre, but rather strung out with homes located around lakes or other terrain features, leading to longer distances from the CO to the homes. Since this community has no road access, an MTS technician has to be flown into the community any time a piece of equipment needs to be installed or serviced. In summary, due to the technology issues and the cost associated with installation and maintenance of broadband service, a DSL-based deployment is not likely to be a viable proposition in Red Sucker Lake. In response to a Request for Proposal from Broadband Communications North Inc. (BCN), MTS Allstream has investigated the provision of broadband service to 27 remote communities, such as Red Sucker Lake, with populations ranging from 69 in the smallest community to about 4000 in the largest. More than a third of these communities have no permanent road access. There are a number of challenges faced when providing broadband access service to each of these communities including lack of appropriate digital transport; the unsuitability of ADSL access technology; the very high service installation and maintenance costs; and the limited and often dispersed population base. MTS Allstream is also looking at other communications technologies such as broadband wireless and satellite to provide broadband access. One promising technology is

57

Telesats Ka-band broadband service. In 2004, Telesat launched the Anik F2 satellite capable of delivering cost-effective, two-way broadband services. According to Telesat, the service is capable of offering 2 Mbps download and 0.5 Mbps upload speeds anywhere in Canada. Telesats distributor, Barrett Xplore Inc., markets the service to residential customers ranging from $60 to $100 per month depending on upload and download speeds. As well, a fairly substantial up front investment in hardware is required. There are still considerable challenges associated with using the Ka-band service to provide broadband to rural communities. The service is likely to be too expensive for residents in these remote communities, especially given the lower incomes and standards of living of many of the residents. Moreover, given this is a satellite service, Industry Canada requires that a trained and certified installation professional be used to ensure that the dish is pointed at the satellite accurately and all connections are made properly. The Industry Canada satellite requirements alone present a significant cost challenge as an expert would need to be flown into the community to install and maintain the service or alternatively a local technician living in the community would need to be trained and properly equipped, which is a significant expense given the limited number of local customer installations the technician would be supporting. Addressing the Challenges A National Broadband Task Force was put in place in January 2001 by the Minister of Industry. The task force recommended that by 2004 broadband facilities and services should be deployed to and within all Canadian communities. We are now into 2005 and there are still large numbers of unserved communities. This factor among others raises the question of whether a sustainable funding model can be built to address the needs of remote communities. In Canada, experience has shown that subsidies do not facilitate a sustainable competitive telecommunications infrastructure. In 1992 the CRTC established a mechanism for long distance competitors to contribute towards subsidizing local telephone services. Initially, the mechanism led to inequities because long distance competitors were burdened with a disproportionate share of the responsibility of subsidizing local rates. It took the CRTC many years to correct the subsidy regime to better promote competitive equity and fairness. Although the CRTC tried to balance local rates to reflect costs and thereby reduce the need for subsidies these rates do not reflect the true costs of providing the service in smaller more remote communities. While other subsidized funding mechanisms have been proposed it is questionable whether the cost of deployment and the associated subsidy should be borne by the Industry and whether there is any form of subsidy that would not create market disruption and competitive inequities. At the federal level, Industry Canada has piloted the Broadband for Rural and Northern Development Pilot Program (BRAND) as a competitive process to bring broadband, or high capacity, Internet to unserved rural, remote and Aboriginal communities. The BRAND model requires that applicants submit proposals to obtain funding for broadband initiatives and while it funds a portion of the initial costs of deployment, it does not fund on-going operating expenses or future equipment upgrade costs.

58

The Broadband Communications North initiative is contingent upon a successful application for funding from the BRAND pilot project. However, these broadband initiatives will need continued funding to ensure proper ongoing provisioning and maintenance and to support the inevitable upgrades required for the equipment deployed for these broadband networks. Moreover, there must be individuals qualified to provision and maintain the broadband service in each of these communities. The question then becomes: can these remote regions of the country pay for, attract and/or develop, and retain such qualified personnel? What is clear is that further creativity is required to fulfil an objective of providing broadband services to all communities.

59

THE WORLD SUMMIT AND INCLUSION OF PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES Betty Dion Chair of International Committee on Technology and Accessibility (ICTA) North America Thank you very much for the invitation to participate in this important meeting, Paving the Road to Tunis. In order to ensure that this presentation is accessible to everyone, there are large print and CD copies available in both PowerPoint and Word. Please let me know if you would like a copy. I would like to start by discussing technology. In the 1970s when I was working with the deaf community, we used to have a team of deaf people who would convert the old teletype machines that were originally used for communication from Canadas DEW line in the north. A deaf engineer who lived in California had figured out a way to convert them to transmit in Baudot tones, so that deaf people could communicate with each other. So we had a team of volunteers, deaf people, who would deliver machines to the homes of deaf people across Canada. The machines were about the size of a washing machine! These teletypewriters, designed for use by deaf people provided the first text messaging / emails / visual communication. Actually this technology was the forerunner to our modern visual communication systems. Other technologies that were also originally designed for people with disabilities include the remote control, designed to assist people with mobility limitations and computer voice input such as Naturally Speaking or Dragon Dictate also designed for people with mobility limitations. All of these technologies are mainstream technologies used now by everyone. Ironically, consideration for the needs of people with disabilities is quickly forgotten when new mainstream technologies are being developed. ICTA Global I would like to take a moment to tell you a little about ICTA. The International Commission on Technology and Accessibility. ICTA is a commission of RI (Rehabilitation International), an international non-governmental organization. ICTAs mandate is the promotion of accessibility: communications, assistive technologies, accessible web design, housing and transportation. We have 6 regions around the world including Asia Pacific, Europe, Africa, Arab, Latin America and North America and members in over 100 countries. Check out our website at www.ictaglobal.org We are familiar with the Millenium Goals set to address poverty alieviation. People with disabilities are the poorest of the poor. The World Bank has recognized this and has initiated programs to address accessibility to the Information Society for persons with disabilities.

60

ICTA North America ICTA-NA has been following WSIS since October 2002. Catherine Roy, Secretary of ICTA-NA attended a meeting at the GlobalCN World Congress in October 2002. She was the only person with a disability there. She brought the issue of the World Summit to the attention of ICTA -North America, and after some negotiations with ICTA Global and RI, ICTA-North America was mandated to take the lead for RI. RI has accreditation with the UN and applied to WSIS to become a participation organization. At the fall meeting of ICTA -North America in 2003 in Montreal, Catherine Roy presented a report on WSIS to inform members about WSIS, and to encourage more people to get involved in the process to ensure that issues of accessibility for persons with disabilities were appropriately dealt with. ICTA-NA drafted a position paper, authored by Catherine Roy with assistance from Betty Dion. The position paper is posted on the ICTA-NA site (www.starlingaccess.com/ictana/ ) and is available in French, English, and in alternate formats. ICTA Position Paper The position pager began by introducing readers to an international overview of the situation of people with disabilities. While there are more than half a billion people with disabilities in the world, their living conditions remain largely unknown to the general population. The developing countries constitute more than 80% of the world-wide disabled population. The United Nations estimates that in the majority of countries of the globe, approximately one person in ten lives with a disability of one kind or another, be it vision, hearing, motor, intellectual impairment, or related to mental health. The position paper began by highlighting the lack of access to buildings, the accessible public infrastructure including telecommunications systems and information technologies resulting in constant challenges for people with disabilities. The technological revolution has indeed provided new opportunities, but it has also created new forms of exclusion. Numerous technologies remain inaccessible to persons with disabilities. As well, their needs are not sufficiently taken into account during the developmental phase. There is considerable technical expertise to be found within the disability community. A person who worked for me for 10 years was a quadriplegic and he used voice input to do word processing, but as consultants in the design of buildings, he also developed over 100 drawings by using a mouth stick to prepare drawings using AUTOCAD, which were quite a feat. There was no adaptive software available in AUTOCAD. Some of ICTAs recommendations included establishing: - A goal concerning accessible procurement; - A goal concerning the accessibility of information technologies, notably web sites; - A goal concerning the promotion and adoption of accessibility standards.

61

Procurement of accessible goods and services. This type of measure, linked to other policies and programmes, represents an excellent means, by which accessibility may be achieved. Several governments including Canada and the United States have adopted policies that require that accessibility criteria be taken into account when purchasing equipment and technologies. This ensures that any purchases for the federal governments must be accessible to employees who have disabilities. The Web Accessibility Initiative, an international program of the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), has developed guidelines concerning the accessibility of web sites. Certain governments have integrated these guidelines or have been inspired by them to develop standards that take into account the needs of persons with disabilities. Standardisation has been referred to several times in the draft Geneva Declaration and the Plan of action. Standards are important for persons with disabilities. Indeed, several advances concerning accessibility have taken place thanks to the development of standards that have considered the needs of persons with disabilities, be they with reference to architecture, urban planning, technologies, etc. We are therefore pleased to note that standardisation is identified as one of the essential building blocks of the Information Society. However, a warning is in order. The reference to standards does not ensure automatic accessibility for persons with disabilities. Several countries use standards concerning web technology, for example, that do not take into account accessibility for persons with disabilities. WSIS Phase I Geneva I as ICTA-NA Chair attended the Geneva Summit in December 2003 and worked with other groups from the disability community to bring the issues of persons with disabilities to the table. A parallel Disability Forum took place that was very successful, producing a declaration, but the overall presence of inclusion of people with disabilities in the main activities was very disappointing. Canadian participation, at the first meeting of WSIS meeting in Geneva, was coordinated by an inter-departmental committee that planned the Canadian presence. Departments such as CIDA (Canadian International Development Agency), HRDC (Human Resources Development Canada), IANA (Indian and Northern Affairs Canada), IC (Industry Canada) hosted booths but there was no evidence of information available in alternate formats, furthermore, despite Canada having innovative information and communication technologies, assistive technologies and being world leaders in accessible design, there was no information on accessibility for people with disabilities in the materials available. In addition, even some of the booths were inaccessible to people who use wheelchairs, and it appeared to the casual viewer that Canada was not concerned about accessibility for people with disabilities. In a report from the Canadian Commission for UNESCO, the Report on the Debriefing Session on the World Summit on the Information Society, the lack of accessibility for persons with disabilities was highlighted. At the opening ceremony of the Summit, Kikki Nordstrm, President of the World Blind Union and President of the International Disability Alliance spoke on behalf of civil society. Preparing her speech turned out to be a nightmare, since there was no Braille

62

tool on the Summit site. Makeshift means were put into place. Kikki read her speech using her Braille notes, which were taped together. Although Canada has tools for persons with disabilities, none were provided, Canada has leaders in the fields of assistive technologies; Canada has a wealth of people with disabilities who are experts in Information Technology. Canadian Consultation We returned from Geneva encouraged to develop a program in our own countries. In order to ensure that the ICT needs of people with disabilities were given due consideration by the Canadian government, ICTA, in partnership with Easter Seals Canada initiated a Canadian Consultation on WSIS. The objective of this consultation was to assess the degree of knowledge on the part of Canadians with disabilities about the issues of accessibility and the World Summit to solicit comments and recommendations. In order to conduct the consultation, a questionnaire was developed to provide insight into the level of community-based knowledge about WSIS, the position of the Canadian government, their consultation with Canadians with disabilities and a measure of their understanding of accessible ICTs and people with disabilities. The purpose of the questionnaire was twofold. In addition to gauging current understanding of WSIS, it also served as a means to gather feedback and information, on what additional concerns and issues should be considered by the Canadian government in the development of their position paper for Phase II. A summary of the analysis of the information gleaned from the survey has been provided to the Canadian government in order to assist them in including accessibility issues and concerns relating to the needs of people with disabilities. The questionnaire was distributed via email to approximately 75 organizations representing national organizations of people with disabilities and over 100 Community Access Program sites (CAP). Attempts were made to contact Canadian federal government representatives who participated in the development of the Canadian position paper for Phase I. This proved to be very difficult, as many of the participants active in drafting the original position paper had changed jobs and WSIS related issues are no longer in their portfolio or they just did not return our calls. The results of the consultation sadly indicated a very low level of understanding about the issues and virtually no consultation with the Canadian community of people with disabilities. Only 19% of people interviewed had heard of WSIS, 6% of them only knew of the name, but could not associate it with anything. 0% had any participation in WSIS related projects or initiatives. 0% was aware the Canadian government submitted a position paper. An amazing enthusiastic 93.7% indicated there were unaware of any Canadian government initiatives being developed for Phase II of WSIS but they were interested

63

in consulting further with the Canadian government on their position. 87.5% agreed that people with disabilities are marginalized by lack of access to the information society.

The consultation provided examples of the greatest CHALLENGES facing people with disabilities in terms of inclusion in the information society: 1 2 3 4 Lack of financial resources/cost of technology; User interfaces, which are incompatible with assistive and adaptive technologies or software; Adequate user support and training; Lack of access to built environment/transportation for training and access to the technology.

In closing, I would like to bring to your attention to the fact that the United Nations is currently negotiating a Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. There have been 5 international meetings and at the next meeting in August, they will be negotiating Article19, which deals with accessibility to information and communications technologies. ICTA looks forward to working with the Canadian Commission for UNESCO to ensure that issues of accessibility for people with disabilities play a key role, in fact, are the focus of the Canadian mission as youth were in the first Summit. We look forward to working together with the Canadian government to PAVE THE ACCESSIBLE ROAD TO TUNIS.

64

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Devon MacDonald Directeur excutif, reBOOT Canada tant donn ltendue du sujet, il y a eu beaucoup de discussions et les participants ont pos dexcellentes questions. Voici les questions et commentaires soulevs : Inclusion 1) Dans une discussion au sujet de laccs, on a soulign que la disponibilit de la technologie dans sa propre langue tait un lment-cl. Comme il ny a que 153 langues prsentes sur le Web sur une possibilit de 6 000 dans le monde, laccs est une grande question. 2) La technologie agit comme un galisateur pour les personnes handicapes. Elle leur permet de participer et de se mesurer sur un pied dgalit. 3) Il y a une foule dexemples excellents dinitiatives communautaires qui ont permis doffrir la technologie partout au Canada. Ces initiatives ont t plus conomiques que les solutions de lindustrie et elles rpondent exactement aux besoins des collectivits auxquelles elles sappliquent. 4) Quand on parle daccs, il y a trois secteurs impliqus dans le processus : le gouvernement, lindustrie et la communaut. Le besoin et lutilisation de la technologie viennent de la collectivit. Le gouvernement et lindustrie devraient impliquer la collectivit dans la recherche dune croissance et dun contenu durables. Cot 1) Doit-on toujours ramener les questions de technologie et daccs la question du dollar tout puissant?

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Devon MacDonald Executive Director, reBOOT Canada Given the breadth of the topic, there was a great deal of discussion and some excellent questions were made by attendees. Questions and Comments that were raised included: Inclusion 1) In a discussion about access, having technology available in your own language is a key component. With only 153 languages on the web out of 6,000 world wide, access is a big question 2) Technology acts as an equalizer for people with disabilities. It enables them to participate and compete on a level playing field. 3) There are a lot of great examples of community based initiatives that have been able to deliver technology to all parts of Canada. These initiatives have been cheaper that industry solutions and meet the exact needs of the communities that they are in 4) When talking about access there are three sectors involved in the process: government, industry and community. The need and use of the technology come from the community. The community should be engaged by government and industry to look for sustainable growth and content. Cost 1) Do technology issues and access always need to come down to the almighty dollar? 2) Companies that have invested into the development of the technology infrastructure need to amortize their investments. We have developed a national hard wire infrastructure over the past 60 years. Some developing

65

2) Les compagnies qui ont investi dans le dveloppement de linfrastructure de la technologie doivent amortir leurs investissements. Nous avons dvelopp une infrastructure nationale cble au cours des 60 dernires annes. Certaines socits en dveloppement vitent linfrastructure cble pour aller directement vers la technologie sans fil. Cest excellent pour le service sans fil, mais cela limite le dveloppement dautres technologies qui utilisent le cble comme laccs Internet. 3) La demande des consommateurs doit tre suffisante pour que les socits spcialises en infrastructure investissent dans la livraison des technologies aux rgions. 4) Au Canada, y a-t-il des modles de financement pour aider le monde en dveloppement? Le Canada est en mesure daider avec des programmes incluant : lACDI, les contributions faites la Banque mondiale et la participation lUNESCO. 5) Au Canada, on utilise deux modles dominants pour dvelopper les tlcommunications : le financement et le monopole. Y a-t-il un modle de rechange viable, comme une vente aux enchres, qui peut tre utilis pour amliorer les tlcommunications au Canada? Infrastructure

companies are skipping the hard wire infrastructure and moving straight towards wireless. While this is great for wireless service it limits the development of other technologies that use hard wire like internet access 3) There must be sufficient consumer demand in place for infrastructure companies to invest in delivering technologies to regions. 4) Are there financing models available within Canada to help the developing world? Canada is able to help through programs including: CIDA, contributions made to the World Bank, and involvement in UNESCO 5) In Canada there are two dominant models that area used to develop telecommunications funding and monopoly. Is there a viable alternative model available, such as auction, which can be used to improve telecommunications in Canada? Infrastructure 1) Technology and service delivery strategies have typically been delivered from the top down. For success in rural communities the approach/strategy should be developed from the community or bottom up. 2) In Canada a great base for basic service has been established. How do we ensure that this base is maintained? Given the influx of new technologies what will the new base be comprised of? The bar is being raised.

1) La technologie et les stratgies de prestation de services ont 3) Has Canada set a bad example by gnralement t livres de manire regulating VoIP (Voice over Internet descendante. Pour russir dans les Protocol)? The decision will allow communauts rurales, la competition to flourish. The prices will mthode/stratgie devrait tre go down just as they did when longdveloppe partir des intresss, ou distance telephone was opened to the par ascendance. market. 2) Au Canada, une bonne fondation a t 4) Is the private sector responsible tablie pour le service de base. enough to maintain and control the Comment sassurer que cette fondation telecommunications system? Perhaps est bien solide? Compte tenu de lafflux it is time that telecommunications be des nouvelles technologies, de quoi seen as an essential service and sera constitue cette nouvelle

66

fondation? La barre est haute. 3) Le Canada a-t-il donn le mauvais exemple en rglementant le systme vocal sur lInternet (IP)? La dcision permettra une vive concurrence. Les prix diminueront comme ce fut le cas des appels interurbains quand le march est devenu libre. 4) Le secteur priv est-il assez responsable pour maintenir et contrler le systme des tlcommunications? Il est peut-tre temps que les tlcommunications soient considres comme un service essentiel et contrles comme les soins de sant.

controlled like health care.

67

CHAPITRE IV : Accs au savoir Si, lorigine, lInternet a t conu principalement dans le but de partager linformation et les ides, la ralit est toute autre. Plusieurs y ont vu une occasion ingale de favoriser la cration et de contribuer au dveloppement conomique. Laccs est un concept multiples facettes. Il va bien au-del des infrastructures et des rseaux. Il inclut galement laccs au savoir et au contenu, gratuitement ou un cot raisonnable. La session sur lAccs au savoir sest centre sur les dimensions de la proprit intellectuelle, le logiciel en libre accs et linformation du domaine public. Ce sont l des questions lgales qui touchent les droits des crateurs et des utilisateurs. Trois confrenciers ont prsent leurs points de vue sur le sujet : dabord, JeanClaude Gudon, professeur en littrature compare de lUniversit de Montral, Evan Leibovitch, prsident de Linux Professional Institute, et Marcus Bornfreund, gestionnaire du Programme Droit et Technologie de lUniversit dOttawa. Seuls les textes de messieurs Gudon et Bornfreund sont reproduits ici. La session tait prside par Robert Guerra, de Privaterra et membre de Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility. Manon A.B. Lavoie, administratrice du Programme de droit international lUniversit dOttawa, tait le rapporteur.

CHAPTER IV: Access to Knowledge Although the Internet was initially created in the aim of sharing information and ideas, its reality is quite different. Many saw it as an unequalled opportunity to foster creativity and economic development. Access is a multi-faceted concept. It reaches far beyond infrastructures and networks. It also includes access to knowledge and content, either free of charge or at a reasonable price. The Access to Knowledge session focussed on the dimensions of intellectual property, open source software and information in the public domain. These are legal questions that affect the rights of creators and users. Three speakers presented their points of view on the issue: Jean-Claude Gudon, Professor of Comparative Literature at the Universit de Montral, Evan Leibovitch, President, Linux Professional Institute and Marcus Bornfreund, Manager, Law and Technology Program, University of Ottawa Only the texts of Mrs.Gudon and Bornfreund are available. The session was chaired by Robert Guerra from Privaterra and member of Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility. Manon A.B. Lavoie, Administrator, International Law Program, University of Ottawa, was the rapporteur.

68

PROPRIT INTELLECTUELLE, ACCS LIBRE ET DOMAINE PUBLIC : UNE RELATION REPENSER Jean-Claude Gudon Professeur en littrature compare, Universit de Montral

Lorigine du copyright amricain, on le sait, se situe dans le prolongement des dbats anglais sur la proprit littraire, mais il en modifie profondment la signification sociale : alors que la limite temporelle sur la proprit littraire correspondait une contre-attaque de la monarchie anglaise, soucieuse de recouvrer l'essentiel d'un absolutisme devenu problmatique depuis Cromwell et depuis la Rvolution de 1689, alors que cette limite correspondait en fait une transposition peine dguise du principe du privilge largement pratiqu dans le reste de l'Europe et particulirement en France, le copyright amricain se fondait sur un calcul, un march en somme, suffisamment important pour que le principe soit inscrit au cur mme de la constitution amricaine. En gros, dans le contrat social amricain, le march suivant tait conclu : faites preuve de crativit et vous serez rcompens. Cette incitation la crativit prenait la forme tangible d'un monopole temporaire de 14 ans au terme duquel l'uvre cre tombait dans ce que l'on appelait le domaine public . Contre un petit monopole temporaire, la constitution amricaine assurait ainsi l'alimentation constante du domaine public par de nouvelles uvres de cration. De cette faon, les besoins en matriaux culturels et ducatifs de la jeune nation nord-amricaine pouvaient tre satisfaits, d'autant plus que cette lgislation ne protgeait que les uvres cres aux tats-Unis et non celles venant de l'tranger. Longtemps importateurs nets d'uvres culturelles diverses, les tats-Unis n'ont accord une protection aux uvres d'origine trangre que trs tardivement, pillant d'ailleurs allgrement le patrimoine culturel d'autres nations, en particulier celui de la Grande-Bretagne, particulirement vulnrable en vertu du partage de la langue anglaise par ces deux nations. La suite de cette histoire est assez bien connue : augmentant progressivement sa production culturelle au point de devenir au XXe sicle un trs important exportateur de biens culturels, surtout avec l'avnement du cinma, du disque et de la tlvision, les USA ont ralli, tardivement certes, mais avec vigueur les accords internationaux en matire de protection de la proprit littraire avant de devenir les champions (avec l'Europe) d'une protection extrme de la protection intellectuelle, terme plus rcent et qui couvre aussi les proprits protges par les brevets, voire les noms de marque. Nous en sommes maintenant une protection de 70 ans aprs la mort du crateur ce qui, au passage, soulve quelques questions amusantes, par exemple les effets d'une telle lgislation sur la crativit d'un cadavre et une proprit intellectuelle appartenant une personne morale comme diraient les Franais en clair, une corporation perdure pendant 90 ans aprs son apparition. Cette dernire extension, aux USA, est souvent appele l'extension Mickey puisqu'elle a servi, entre autres objectifs, maintenir le personnage Mickey dans la panoplie commerciale de Walt Disney. Au Canada, on estime que l'on ne peut plus stimuler la crativit d'un cadavre aprs 50 ans, ce qui demeure impressionnant tout de mme. Pour le moment, cette lgre trace d'une attitude un peu plus raisonnable demeure. Mais la pression norme des accords passs dans le cadre de l'OMC (Organisation Mondiale du Commerce) et de l'OMPI (Organisation Mondiale de la Proprit Intellectuelle) fait prvoir un ralignement prochain du Canada sur ses grands partenaires commerciaux que sont les USA et l'Europe. La partie est-elle perdue pour autant? Le reste du texte va tenter de dmontrer

69

que ce n'est pas le cas. En parallle de tous ces dveloppements, la notion de domaine public a fait l'objet de critiques diverses au point que, loin de constituer la base intellectuelle et culturelle d'une socit saine, elle en est venue ne plus signifier, aux yeux de certains, que le reliquat, le reste peu apptissant du festin culturel national. Peu apptissant parce que les uvres du domaine public, de rares exceptions prs, seraient souvent considres comme peu intressantes, vieillies, justement ngliges, etc. La notion mme de domaine public, parfois appele aussi commons par les anglophones, a galement t critique sur la base de dveloppements thoriques appuys sur l'conomie : la clbre formule anglaise de Garett Hardin, la tragedy of the commons rsume adquatement l'essentiel de cette critique : sans propritaire attitr, personne ne veille prserver les commons ; au contraire, fonds de ressources intressantes mais forcment limites, les commons font l'objet d'une surexploitation d'autant plus rapide qu'il s'agit pour chacun de battre de vitesse le voisin et/ou concurrent. Ces rsultats ont t appliqus avec succs, en particulier, divers problmes environnementaux, par exemple les ressources en poissons dans la mer : sans propritaires-protecteurs, les pcheurs puisent rapidement ces ressources, d'autant plus rapidement que ainsi va le raisonnement si je ne le fais pas, quelqu'un d'autre le fera de toutes les manires; mieux vaut donc en profiter le plus vite possible. Cette faon d'aborder le domaine public a t nuance par la suite grce en particulier divers auteurs issus des coles de droit aux tats-Unis. Lawrence Lessig, par exemple, a soulign la distinction essentielle tablir entre ce qu'il appelle les rivalrous goods et les non-rivalrous goods . Derrire ce jargon un peu rbarbatif se dcouvre une ide en fait fort simple : si je tombe sur des champignons dans une fort publique et si je les ramasse, personne d'autre ne pourra en disposer; en revanche, si je trouve un journal et le lis, dans la mesure o je le laisse derrire moi, il demeure la disposition des autres. Ainsi que le disait Jefferson, si j'allume la chandelle de quelqu'un d'autre avec ma chandelle, je ne perds rien mais ai pu au contraire donner quelque chose mes concitoyens. Par consquent, la notion de domaine public et des tragdies qui censment l'accompagnent doit tre rvalue lorsqu'il s'agit de biens dont l'essence est de pouvoir tre consomms sans tre pour autant dtruits. Au contraire, l'accs libre ces biens dans le domaine public peut leur donner une notorit qui contribue en fait en augmenter la valeur. Inversement, crer des barrires conomiques autour de biens culturels peut aisment rduire la porte et la valeur de ces biens. Tout le dbat actuel autour de l'accs libre aux revues savantes porte prcisment sur ce point. Prenons le cas des revues savantes pour examiner toute cette question d'un peu plus prs. Soutenus en grande partie par des fonds publics, les chercheurs veulent publier les rsultats de leurs recherches le plus largement possible. En transfrant leur copyright aux diteurs de revues savantes, ils effectuent un change pas entirement rationnel : en effet, par ce biais, ils cherchent la plus grande exposition possible de leurs travaux, mais les diteurs, pour transformer ces rsultats de recherche en marchandises, doivent crer artificiellement un effet de raret : ils augmentent donc les prix, profitant au passage d'autres mcanismes sur lesquels je ne m'tendrai pas ici, mais qui leur permettent de jouir des effets de ce que les conomistes appellent un march inlastique . Pour les chercheurs, ce transfert de copyright est le prix payer pour avoir accs au capital qui compte pour eux, savoir le capital symbolique de l'autorit, du prestige ou, au moins, de la visibilit. Pour obtenir ce capital symbolique

70

- le terme vient de Pierre Bourdieu en fait , ils offrent des hommes d'affaires, des capitalistes en fait, si l'on veut parler un peu plus brutalement, la possibilit de gagner du capital sonnant et trbuchant, ce capital que les conomistes crivent avec un K, peuttre en souvenir de ce Karl Marx dont ils ont eu si peur. Le levier de ce troc, ce qui le rend possible en fait, c'est l'orthogonalit des objectifs : ce que le chercheur veut ne correspond pas ce que le capitaliste veut, d'o l'apparence d'une complmentarit positive, d'une situation de style win-win en thorie des jeux. Mais un regard un peu plus appuy rvle rapidement que cette complmentarit n'est que partielle au mieux : loin de faciliter la circulation des faits, informations et connaissances scientifiques, le systme actuel des publications savantes entretient un systme hirarchique complexe o peu y trouvent vritablement leur compte, et beaucoup en sont exclus. Ceci est particulirement vrai des pays pauvres, mais pas seulement. Hors les lites scientifiques, ce systme impose une structure hirarchise de pouvoirs o gate keepers et maisons d'dition entretiennent des complicits parfois louches. Cela dit, devrait-on mettre les publications scientifiques dans le domaine public? Cette solution serait-elle mme de rtablir une certaine quit et justice dans le systme gnral de la circulation des ides scientifiques, en laissant de ct pour le moment les questions pineuses des modes de financement d'un tel domaine public scientifique. La rponse est probablement non et ceci pour les raisons suivantes : mme en n'appuyant pas trop sur la question des profiteurs, des free riders pour employer l'expression classique des conomistes anglophones, les commons aprs tout sont conus comme institution dont il faut profiter , la question essentielle demeure alors : qui va s'en occuper? Stocker des textes scientifiques dans un coin, au fur et mesure qu'ils sont produits, ne donnera jamais une bibliothque. De la mme manire, si l'on dcrte que les passages habituels des gens constituent le systme routier commun, on ne dpassera jamais le niveau de pistes incertaines et peu praticables. Bref, le problme du domaine public, c'est qu'il ne sait pas comment s'entretenir tout seul et spontanment. Le mme argument pourrait s'appliquer aux routes. C'est prcisment le rle de l'tat (en gros) de construire un service d'entretien des routes : pour autant, ces routes ne sont pas dans le domaine public; elles appartiennent en fait l'tat, mais elles sont effectivement accessibles tous. Ce qui compte le plus, par consquent, dans l'exemple retenu, c'est la question de l'accessibilit et non plus celle de la proprit. La proprit, dans cette perspective, ne devient plus qu'un dispositif lgal visant grer le degr d'accessibilit accord l'individu X par rapport l'objet Y envisag sous sa fonction Z. Trop abstrait sans doute, l'nonc prcdent peut devenir plus transparent si l'on considre la question des logiciels. La commercialisation du logiciel s'est finalement fonde sur la distinction entre le code source, lisible par les programmeurs, et le rsultat de la compilation de ce code pour une machine de type donn. En cachant le code et en ne distribuant que des versions compiles, les propritaires de ce code ne modifiaient pas le statut de proprit de leurs logiciels; ils ne faisaient que rduire l'accessibilit certaines facettes de ces logiciels, un peu comme on garde secret un tour de main pour produire une belle porcelaine : limiter svrement l'accs au savoir-faire ne touche en rien la proprit; on ne fait que rduire le risque de concurrence en rendant plus difficile l'imitation de son produit. Mais si ce produit peut tre utile dans certaines circonstances, non menaantes pour la vie conomique d'une entreprise, par exemple, en milieu scolaire, on peut imaginer une variante d'accs adapte ce genre de circonstance. Pour autant, encore une fois, la proprit en tant que telle n'a pas chang. Dans cet exemple, pour une fonction ducative (le Z ci-dessus), l'tudiant ou le professeur (X)

71

peut avoir accs au code source du logiciel (Y). Ces exemples suffisent dmontrer que le domaine public ne constitue pas forcment la seule voie, ni d'ailleurs la meilleure, pour rsister aux extensions voraces des apptits gostes ; il peut mme constituer une rponse inadquate certaines situations en offrant une solution fragile, facilement dgradable : le cas gnral de l'environnement, dj soulev, offre un exemple patent cet gard. Mais alors, que dire des droits de proprit? Une rponse simpliste, parce que trop rapide, mais le cadre de cet expos l'impose, consisterait dire que, en fait, la question de la proprit importe relativement peu, au deuxime degr, en quelque sorte. Reprenons le cas du logiciel : certains de ces logiciels sont dfinis comme libres parce qu'ils donnent entirement accs au code source. Mais, y regarder de plus prs, ces logiciels placent certaines conditions importantes et intressantes cet accs : si vous utilisez ce logiciel, dclarent les propritaires, vous avez le droit de regarder le code et vous avez le droit de le modifier, mais si vous mettez en circulation de quelque manire ce logiciel modifi, vous devez le faire accompagner de son code source galement modifi. En d'autres mots, vous pouvez tout faire tant que vous rvlez ce que vous avez fait. Le rsultat est videmment une sorte de systme viral , chaque stade d'laboration contaminant en quelque sorte, et dans le sens le plus positif possible du mot contamination , l'tape subsquente. Si vous empruntez une partie de mon code dans votre logiciel, vous devez rvler le code de votre logiciel. La science elle-mme, aprs tout, n'a jamais fonctionn autrement aprs le XVIIe sicle. Ici encore, il faut souligner le fait que le statut de proprit n'a pas t touch. Peu importe si le copyright est tendu l'infini au sein de quelque acte lgislatif dlirant (mais pas impossible) puisque le propritaire se concentre sur les rgles d'accs et exclusivement sur elles; en mme temps, parce qu'il y a un ou des propritaires (une communaut par exemple), ces objets, si accessibles soient-ils, ne sont jamais orphelins. En bref, placer l'accent sur l'accessibilit contribue dplacer les enjeux, dplacer les termes des combats, mettre en place de nouvelles stratgies. De tout ceci merge une double conclusion qui devrait apparatre dj fort vidente : 1. Il faut continuer de lutter contre les extensions abusives des droits de proprit intellectuelle, surtout lorsqu'elles ne correspondent plus du tout aux enjeux, lgitimes, de leur origine : offrir un monopole court, pour stimuler la crativit parat fort bien pens et tout le sens de Eldred vs Ashcroft, aux USA, portait justement sur cette extension abusive, si abusive en fait qu'elle trahit l'intention originelle des concepteurs du copyright. 2. Mais il ne faut pas se limiter l; il faut au contraire multiplier les situations qui permettent, en parallle, et au sein du systme rgnant de proprit intellectuelle, de dfinir les termes qui permettent le mieux nos socits de fonctionner tant sur le plan de l'quit que du commerce et de l'efficacit. C'est ici qu'intervient la grande leon des Creative Commons, invention conceptuelle particulirement intelligente de Lawrence Lessig. On ne transfre pas ses droits en bloc; on gradue son transfert en fonction de ses objectifs. En d'autres termes, lorsque des politiques, des principes, des objectifs sont noncs au cur de grandes manifestations comme le SMSI, il ne faut pas compltement

72

s'hypnotiser sur l'opposition frontale qui consiste contester, millimtre par millimtre, les extensions de la proprit intellectuelle. Il faut rsister, bien sr, mais en parallle, en jouant sur les distinctions qui peuvent jouer au sein des X (les gens), des Y (les objets marchandises) et les Z (les fonctions), il faut ngocier des transferts de droit qui, en fait, prservent l'essentiel pour la plus grande partie de la population, tout en offrant des conditions optimales de protection du Y vis. Un copyright gnral pour des objets aussi divers que des articles scientifiques, des chansons populaires et des logiciels n'a aucun sens, surtout quand il recouvre une pratique gnrale du transfert intgral. En engageant littralement des centaines et des milliers de ngociation sur tel objet dans telle circonstance et touchant tel segment de la population, on ouvre des possibilits totalement indites et en mme temps immenses l'action militante. Moins hroque que la contestation frontale sur un unique champ de bataille, cette contestation diffrencie et granularit faible correspond plutt une forme de gurilla qui se rvlera beaucoup plus efficace en fin de compte. Et pourquoi cela? Tout simplement parce que, en bout de ligne, les crateurs, ce sont nous-mmes et il ne tient qu' nous tous en tant que crateurs de ne pas cder trop facilement ce qui nous appartient de par notre travail. Penser comment duquer, soutenir, encourager chacun de nous retenir ses droits, tout en encourageant chacun de nous optimiser, maximiser l'accs, voil, me semble-t-il, un des grands dfis de notre poque et cette thse devrait tre entendue Tunis.

73

CREATIVE COMMONS CANADA Marcus Bornfreund Manager, Law and Technology Program, University of Ottawa

About us As part of an international effort to facilitate the availability of open source licences, the Canadian Internet Policy and Public Interest Clinic (CIPPIC) has translated the popular Creative Commons (CC) licence for use under Canadian law. The Creative Commons Canada (cc|ca) licence suite will enable Canadian digital creators to independently construct and attach copyright licences to their creative works. Read: No lawyers required! The CC licence has been embraced by creators worldwide and can currently be found in use on over 15,000,000 digital artworks ranging from literary works to music to digital artworks as well as the websites, through which they are promoted. The Creative Commons Licence: Some Rights Reserved Too often the debate over creative control tends to the extremes. At one pole is a vision of total control a world, in which every last use of a work is regulated and in which all rights reserved is the norm. At the other end is anarchy a world, in which creators enjoy a wide range of freedom but are left vulnerable to exploitation. Balance, compromise, and moderation once the driving forces of a copyright system that valued innovation and protection equally have become endangered species. The Creative Commons project is working to revive reasonableness The freely-available suite of CC licences offers creators a best-of-both-worlds way to protect their works and encourage pre-defined uses by others. The goal is to build a layer of reasonable, flexible copyright in the face of increasingly restrictive default rules. Using the CC licence, a creator can declare that there are some rights reserved. This allows other creators open access to the works source code under the publicized terms and conditions. Open Source Culture The term open source is best understood as a community-centric framework, which advocates sharing of knowledge and the collaborative development of information based products of all mediums and genres. This is accomplished by utilizing the internets revolutionary data communication capabilities and omnipresence. By allowing access to creative works, sharing sets the stage for subsequent innovation. The CC licence helps to make sharing both possible and predictable. Without continued innovation, culture risks becoming dangerously stagnant. Creativity builds on the past. Creative Commons vs. FLOSS The CC licence takes its inspiration in part from Free/Libre Open Source Software (FLOSS). The term FLOSS was popularized in a June 2001 letter to the European Commission; FLOSS was created by combining the competing terms free and open source software, as advocated by the Free Software Foundation (FSF) and Open

74

Source Initiative (OSI), respectively. Libre is used to connote that free as in freedom is the intended understanding, rather than free of charge, i.e. gratis. Source code refers to the form of a work, in which it may be modified. The term FLOSS refers to software released under a copyright licence that conforms to the principles enumerated in the Open Source Initiatives (OSI) Open Source Definition or the Free Software Foundations (FSF) Four Freedoms. Note that OSI and FSF definitions are complementary and nonexclusionary though elucidated in different language, they are the same. In a nutshell, to be officially considered open source, the licence that the work is offered under must allow for, at a minimum: 1. royalty-free redistribution (including source code); and 2. modifications and derived works. Open Source Copyright Licensing A licence, which meets these requirements is referred to as open source. Some licences, in particular the GNU GPL, go further by reciprocal licensing; that is, where a works copyright licence requires that users of the work continue to make it (and any derivatives in which it forms whole or part) freely available to others under the terms of the parent licence. A licence, which contains this additional restriction, is referred to as copyleft. In the Creative Commons jargon this is referred to as ShareAlike. Copyright law itself is relied upon to provide a mechanism for insuring compliance, by subjecting violators to legal sanctions. Alternatively, non-copyleft licences are non-reciprocal and do not carry such a requirement. This is the freedom to offer a derivative work under any licence. For example, non-copyleft licenced works can be subsequently offered under proprietary licences. This is how non-copylefted works, such as the BSD TCP/IP network stack, have found themselves incorporated into proprietary product offerings. However, non-copyleft is an important option for creators who wish to make their works freely available but without any restrictions on the licensing of derivative works. See Appendix 1 for a simple illustration of the spectrum of restrictiveness of copyright licences. Spectrum of Restrictiveness To recap, the GPL and licences like it are copyleft licences, in that they require derivatives to carry the parent (or analogous) licence. This mechanism for encouraging creators to adopt copyleft licences has been highly successful in producing a critical mass of high quality software products. Open Source for Non-Software Unlike the GPL, the CC licence is not designed for software, but, rather, for other kinds of creative works: websites, texts, courseware (these are all considered literature), music, film, photography, etc. Again, choosing to use an open source licence for your creation allows others to copy, modify and redistribute it. Electing to use a copyleft licence ensures that your work remains freely available by adding the caveat that derivative works must carry the parent licence. This helps to encourage peer-production. Creative Commons Licence Suite There are only two of the CC licences, which would, in fact, qualify as open source if they were applied to software; namely, Attribution (non-copyleft in its lack of restrictions) and Attribution-ShareAlike (copyleft). The other four permutations, which contain the requirement of no derivatives and/or no commercial use would not qualify under the Open Source Definition nor the FSFs Four Freedoms.

75

The six Creative Commons licences (in order of increasing restrictiveness): Attribution Attribution-ShareAlike Attribution-NoDerivatives Attribution-NonCommercial Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives It is interesting to note that the CC licences are broader in scope than FLOSS licences in that they allow for peer-distribution without the accompanying requirement of authorizing peer-production, i.e. Derivative works, mandated by open source licences. As such, when used in connection to the CC licences, the term open source more correctly refers to a methodology used to encourage innovation through the sharing of resources. Why use a Creative Commons Licence? If I have seen further, it is by standing on the shoulders of giants. 8. Sir Isaac Newton (1642-1727) Some people may be attracted to a CC licence by the notion of others building upon their work, or by the prospect of contributing to an intellectual commons. As the Creative Commons community grows, licensors will play an important role in providing the foundational resources for commons-based peer production. Others might license their creations purely out of self-interest. A scholar might want her writings to be copied and shared so that her ideas spread around the world. An upstart designer may want to encourage the unfettered dissemination of his sketches to help build a reputation. An established commercial musician might post samples to whet the publics appetite for his other, pay-for-play songs. A political activist may want her message to reach the widest possible audience through unlimited copying. The CC licence allows creators to publicize their works without relinquishing undue control of their copyright. Read more examples on the CC website. In fact, the page you are reading now makes use of the fact that the Creative Commons website is licensed under Creative Commons Licence Attribution 2.0, i.e. The CC site allows anyone to use its content as long as attribution is made to Creative Commons. Choosing a Licence Offering your work under a CC license does not mean giving up your copyright. It means offering some of your rights to any interested party, and only under certain conditions. The CC licence allows creators to mix and match various allowable uses to generate a rights-specific licence tailored to their personal preferences. The chosen CC licence is then attached to a work by technological means particular to the medium of the work. For example, an HTML page can use a hyperlink to attach the licence; an MP3 file can use an ID3 frame. Again, each licence has the effect of enabling the creator to publicize that there are some rights reserved with respect to the digital work. The CC licence applies worldwide, lasts for the duration of the works copyright, and is non-revocable. With the cc|ca licence, there are six possible licences each of which reserves a different subset of copyright(s). The appropriate licence is generated on a creators response to the following two questions:

76

1. Do you want to restrict commercial uses of your work, i.e. permit others to copy, distribute, display, and perform the work and derivative works based upon it only for non-commercial purposes? 2. Do you want to allow modifications of your work? a. Yes, i.e. permit others to create derivative works. b. Yes, as long as others share alike, i.e. permit others to distribute derivative works only under a licence identical to the licence that governs your work. c. No, i.e. permit others to copy, distribute, display and perform only verbatim copies of the work, not derivative works based upon it. Once a creator has selected the appropriate cc|ca licence version for their digital work, the Creative Commons website will generate three different formats of the licence, each with its own specialized function: Commons Deed A simple, plain-language summary of the licence, including the relevant Creative Commons icons for easy reference. (See Schedule 2) Legal Code The legal draft component; legalese fine print that ensures that the licence meets the necessary requirements to be valid under the applicable national laws and regulations. Digital Code A machine-readable translation of the licence that should be added to your digital work. The code helps search engines and other applications identify your work by its terms of use. The digital code also includes a hyperlink that will link your work with the desired Commons Deed. The Commons Deed and Legal Code are posted online via the Creative Commons website. The hyperlink looks like this: This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Licence Copyright Notice The composition of this FAQ is a derivative work based on text found on the Creative Commons website: Attribution 2.0; and, in turn, is offered under the Canadian version of that licence.

77

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Manon A.B. Lavoie Coordinator of the International Law Program, University of Ottawa

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Manon A.B. Lavoie Coordinator of the International Law Program, University of Ottawa

Lvolution des anciennes socits vers la socit de linformation devait nous permettre de nous librer de certaines de nos contraintes quotidiennes despace et de temps. Un progrs qui devait garantir un accs plus rapide et gal toutes les technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC). Il est toutefois devenu clair que, dans la socit de linformation actuelle, nous sommes tmoins dun mouvement favorisant lapplication de lois protgeant les droits des auteurs sur leurs uvres (y compris les logiciels et la plupart des uvres et crations). Il en dcoule que les intrts privs prvalent sur les intrts et les droits des citoyens et des consommateurs et quils en bnficient dans tous les domaines du secteur de la technologie. Laccs gal ces technologies nest donc pas assur. Ce groupe dexperts a cherch traiter la question de laccs aux TIC et sest demand quelles initiatives particulires doivent tre soutenues pour que cet accs soit plus gal et efficace. Rsum des commentaires des participants au groupe dexperts Linclusion et le soutien des ides de Linux et de Creative Commons devraient faire partie de la position du gouvernement canadien au Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation (SMSI). Ces ides reprsenteraient ainsi la position de la socit civile sur laccs aux nouvelles technologies de linformation et de la communication, un droit de la personne. Nous devrions viser linclusion de cette position dans toute dlibration du Sommet mondial sur la socit de

The evolution of past societies into the new Information Society was thought to allow us to be liberated from some of our daily restrictions of space and time, progress that would guarantee a faster and more equal access to all information and communication technologies. It has now become clear, however, that in the existing information society we are seeing a movement towards legislation that increasingly seeks to protect the rights of authors to their works (including software and most works and creations). As a result, private interests are prevailing over the interests and rights of citizens and consumers to their benefit in all areas of the technologies sector and equal access to these technologies is not assured. The present panel sought to address the issue of access to new information and communication technologies and what specific initiatives must be supported in order to make this access more equal and efficient. Resume of comments from the participants to panellists The inclusion and support of the ideas of Linux and Creative Commons should be part of the Canadian governments stance to the WSIS, as they would be representing the civil societys position on access to new information and communication technologies, a human right. We should strive to include this position in any WSIS deliberation and push to include it in the Plan of Action. The Canadian government should promote such initiatives as Linux and Creative

78

linformation et insister pour linclure dans le plan daction. Le gouvernement canadien devrait promouvoir des initiatives comme celles de Linux et de Creative Commons auprs du public canadien et dans le monde entier. Il faut noter que les intrts conomiques vidents des acteurs privs empchent peut-tre la promotion du logiciel libre et des licences de Creative Commons. La bataille pour inclure ces nouvelles notions est intrinsquement et profondment politique. Il faudrait surveiller la cration de partenariats entre les acteurs privs intresss aux tlcommunications et autres technologies et le gouvernement canadien. La socit civile croit quil ne faudrait pas tablir de tels partenariats alors que le gouvernement devrait plutt promouvoir des initiatives comme celles de Linux et les licences de Creative Commons. Ces partenariats avec les acteurs privs devraient tre dnoncs. Il faut remarquer que lenjeu principal de la discussion sur les licences de Creative Commons, sur les logiciels libres et sur laccs aux technologies est une question de droit de la personne. La question nest pas de savoir de quelle manire ces nouvelles initiatives devraient tre commercialises. Les nouvelles technologies de linformation et de la communication devraient tre considres comme des biens publics et devraient tre accessibles tous. Tel quil est, le processus est davantage ax sur le march quorient sur les droits de la personne et cela doit changer. Les nouvelles initiatives du gouvernement canadien concernant les logiciels libres et les licences de Creative Commons ont reu lappui des groupes de la socit civile dans la mesure o elles augmentent laccs aux TIC la socit en gnral.

Commons to the Canadian public as well as around the globe. It should be noted that the obvious economic interests of private actors are perhaps preventing the promotion of logiciel libre and Creative Commons licenses. The battle to include these new notions is inherently deeply political. The creation of partnerships between telecommunications and other technologyinterested private actors and the Canadian government should be monitored. Civil society believes that these partnerships should not be concluded when the government should be promoting initiatives such as Creative Commons licenses and Linux. These partnerships with private actors should be denounced. It should be noted that the main issue within the discussion of Creative Commons licenses and logiciels libres and access to information and communication technologies is that this access is a human right. The issue is not the manner by which these new initiatives should be marketed. These new information and communication technologies should be seen as public goods that should be made available to all. As it stands, the process is more marketdriven than human rights oriented and it needs to change. The Canadian governments new initiatives regarding logiciels libres and Creative Commons licenses are supported by civil society groups to the extent that they give accrued access to ICTs to society at large. Canada should not only be a moderator with regards to the question of standards with regards to logiciels libres. We need open unencumbered standards for a level playing field to allow logiciels libres to be evaluated on their merits. It is important to not cater to the demands of the proponents of proprietary interests. Canada needs to encourage innovation, through open standards. Canada should take a forceful

79

Le Canada ne devrait pas tre seulement un modrateur relativement la question des normes relatives aux logiciels libres. Nous avons besoin de normes ouvertes et libres pour instaurer des rgles du jeu quitables qui permettront dvaluer les logiciels libres en fonction de leurs qualits. Il est important de ne pas rpondre aux demandes des promoteurs des intrts privs. Le Canada doit encourager linnovation avec des normes ouvertes. Il devrait prendre une position ouverte et vigoureuse au sujet des standards. Cela garantirait un accs gal. Ce ne serait pas ncessairement une panace pour laccs linformation, mais a permettrait aux gens de faire des choix entre les TIC. La rticence des organisations non gouvernementales, des autres groupes et des citoyens utiliser les nouvelles initiatives que sont les logiciels libres de Linux et les licences de Creative Commons est aussi une question qui doit tre surveille. Le gouvernement canadien a un rle jouer pour assurer la diminution de cette rticence en essayant dduquer ses citoyens et en leur donnant une bonne information sur le recours des initiatives de sources ouvertes et autres qui augmenteraient laccs aux TIC.

and open stance regarding standards. This would guarantee the equal access. This would not necessarily be a panacea to access to information but it would enable people to make choices between ICTs. The reticence of non governmental organizations, other groups and citizens to use the new initiatives of Linux logiciels libres and Creative Commons licenses is also an issue that must be monitored. The Canadian government has a role to play in assuring that this reticence is diminished by striving to educate its citizens and make them well-versed in the use of open source and other initiatives that would give accrued access to ICTs.

80

CHAPITRE V : ducation de qualit pour tous Lducation dans la socit de linformation est sans aucun doute lune des dimensions des plus importantes. Linformatique donne accs au savoir pour tous, peu importent lge, la race, le sexe, la formation, le lieu de rsidence, le statut socio-conomique et les intrts. Laccs au savoir facilite lautonomisation individuelle et communautaire. Par consquent, la matrise de linformatique devient un soutien considrable au dveloppement socio-conomique. La socit de linformation requiert plusieurs niveaux de littracie. Dabord, il faut tre alphabtis. Ensuite, il faut apprendre les fonctions de base de loutil. Compte tenu de lvolution rapide des technologies, il est essentiel aussi de mettre constamment jour ses connaissances dans ce domaine. Puis, lducation des mdias permet didentifier le contenu de qualit et davoir une pense critique concernant les sources innombrables qui prsentent des versions diffrentes dune mme ralit. Cette session sest penche sur plusieurs facettes de lducation dans le contexte de la socit de linformation. On a tudi fond lutilisation des TIC dans la salle de classe : lordinateur est-il utilis pour apprendre sen servir ou pour lapprentissage? Comment sont forms les professeurs? Quelle importance a lducation aux mdias dans la socit de linformation? Les bibliothques et les archives sont-elles toujours ncessaires? Comment lducation aux adultes sest-elle ajuste aux exigences de la socit de linformation? Lducation distance estelle la solution idale pour notre vaste pays, terre de contrastes avec ses villes imposantes et ses rgions rurales et

CHAPTER V : Quality Education for All Education in the information society is undoubtedly one of the most important dimensions. Computers provide access to knowledge for everyone, of every age, race, sex, education, place of residence, socio-economic status or interests. Access to knowledge facilitates individual and community empowerment. Mastering the computer, therefore, is a considerable support to socio-economic development. The information society requires several kinds of literacy. The ability to read is essential. Next, the basic functions of the tool must be learned. Given the rapid evolution of technology, it is also essential to constantly update one's knowledge in this field. Next, media education enables the identification of quality content and critical thinking regarding innumerable sources that present different versions of the same reality. This session focussed on several facets of education in the context of the information society. The use of ICTs in the classroom was explored: Is the computer used to teach how to use it or for learning? How are teachers trained? How important is media education in the information society? Are libraries and archives still necessary? How has adult education adjusted to the requirements of the information society? Is distance education the ideal solution for our vast country, a land of contrast, with its imposing cities and its rural and remote regions? There were five speakers at this session: Noreen OHaire, Director of Professional and Developmental Services, Canadian Teachers' Federation; Jane Tallim, Director, Education, Media Awareness Network; Barbara Clubb, Vice-President,

81

loignes? Cette session a runi cinq confrencires et confrenciers : Noreen OHaire, directrice des services davancement de la profession la Fdration canadienne des enseignants, Jane Tallim, directrice du programme ducatif au Rseau ducation Mdias, Barbara Clubb, vice-prsidente de lAssociation canadienne des bibliothques et bibliothcaire en chef de la Bibliothque publique dOttawa, Manuel Cisneros, charg de projet lInstitut de coopration dducation aux adultes, et Jacinthe Robichaud, directrice, Apprentissage en ligne et technologie au ministre de lducation du Nouveau-Brunswick. La session tait prside par Martha B. Stone, partenaire principale de Moenston and Associates, et Amanda Mallon, prsidente de lAssociation des enseignantes et enseignants des Territoires du Nord-Ouest tait le rapporteur.

Canadian Library Association and Chief Librarian of the Ottawa Public Library; Manuel Cisneros, Project Manager at lInstitut de coopration dducation aux adultes and Jacinthe Robichaud, Director, E-learning and Technology, New Brunswick Department of Education. The session was chaired by Martha B. Stone, Senior Partner, Moenston and Associates and Amanda Mallon, President, Northwest Territories Teachers' Association, was the rapporteur.

82

TEACHER PERSPECTIVES ON TECHNOLOGY Noreen OHaire Director of Professional and Developmental Services Canadian Teachers Federation

A nationwide poll conducted in May and June for CTF by Vector Research and Development reveals dilemmas and opportunities in teacher use of information and communication technology (ICT). The survey, part of a CTF study of the integration of ICT into Canadian schools and classrooms, was funded by Industry Canada. In spite of their extensive use of ICT, elementary and secondary teachers say they have little voice in decision-making about technology at their boards and schools, they lack confidence that they are using ICT as well as they would like and have no common vision about the future of ICT in education. Teachers in the survey have accepted computers and ICT in their classes and are integrating ICT in their lessons. Eight out of 10 say computers are essential or important in the way they teach. Nearly every teacher in the survey uses a computer (98%). Computer applications have spread widely throughout Canadian classrooms. Two thirds of teachers report using the Internet and instructional CD-ROMS in their classes. One third use desktop publishing for their classes, while half use spreadsheets, computer games and simulations. Nearly half use PowerPoint and other presentation software. More than nine out of 10 teachers have Internet access at school provided by their board, and 65% say their board pays for e-mail accounts for teachers. Computers are transforming the way teachers approach their work and how students learn. 71% agree that computers have changed how teachers teach and 77% think that computers have changed how students learn. For example, the Internet has become a teaching aide. Eight of 10 teachers surveyed used it to prepare lesson plans and 71% indicate that their students use the Net for assignments. One quarter of the elementary teachers indicate that students submit their assignments electronically and this rises to 44% at the secondary level. 21% of the teachers surveyed say that students use notebook or laptop computers in class. The survey reveals an English-French computer technology gap. Anglophone teachers are much more likely to say they use the Internet, spreadsheets and desktop publishing softwares. Twice as many Anglophone teachers have taken technology courses after University graduation. Only 58% of Francophone teachers compared to 84% of Anglophones say their Boards provide technical support. In general terms, Francophones are less likely to use computer technology than Anglophones. According to Statistics Canada, 44% of French-speaking Canadians use the Internet, compared to 58% of English-speaking Canadians. Computers seem to be entering public education from the bottom of the age ladder for teachers. Compared with relatively new teachers, twice as many teachers who are 55 or older say they never use the Internet. 47% of teachers under 35 say they use the Internet for class related research compared to 34% of teachers who are 55 or older.

83

As further evidence of the dilemma surrounding ICT, in spite of the acceptance and use of classroom technology, 55% of those surveyed say there is too much emphasis on computers to the detriment of other important areas that would improve learning. Teachers seek and find assistance with technology for their classroom in many ways. Nearly all are learning on the job, are self-taught or rely on other teachers. Nine of 10 say they get help from other teachers or manuals, while half ask students to help them. For 39% of teachers, a colleague who teaches computer courses is the technology leader at school. One in 10 of the teachers surveyed is a self described school technology leader. Only 30% of the teachers rely on university training to integrate ICT in their lessons. Teachers take advantage of computer in-service; over half have taken courses since graduation; three quarters have taken in-service training from their board or district, which they (8 of 10) rate highly. In-service training in computers for classroom instruction is widely available but has not closed the gap between teachers expectations and capabilities. Most teachers feel they are not adequately trained to use computer technology in their classes and lesson plans. There is a significant opportunity for teacher organizations to take the lead in this important part of a teachers professional life. Responses to the survey also show that there is an opportunity to shape and define how teachers will integrate ICT in schools and classrooms. More study and dialogue is needed. By a margin of 63% to 34%, teachers disagree that ICT represents the future of education and that eventually students will receive most of their instruction through computers and the Internet. The disagreement however isnt over computers vs. traditional instruction but rather, over the way to use computers in education. Most teachers in the survey believe that technology can empower both the learner and, to a lesser degree, the teacher. 76% say students take more initiative outside class if they use a computer. 61% say students work harder on their assignments and projects when they have a computer. 47% agree that students help one another more if they use computers than if they do not. In spite of the agreement about the potential for using computers in schools, many feel that computers and other instructional technologies are unproven. 41% say computers help students learn reasoning and problem solving skills faster than other teaching techniques while 54% disagree. 35% agree that students learn more in less time using computers for instruction while 60% disagree. In their analysis of the data, Vector Research segmented the respondents into four groups: Innovators (11%), Adopters (43%), Skeptics (41%) and Resistors (5%). The Innovators (one in 10 teachers) are driving ICT in education, use it very extensively and are enthusiastic about it. 86% of this group says that ICT makes the teacher more productive and 91% say students learn more in less time using computers for instruction.

84

In the survey, overall, 17% of male teachers are innovators as compared to only 8% of female teachers. Adopters, the largest group, use the Internet and other computer technology extensively but are less enthusiastic than the Innovators. Skeptics use fewer technologies and with less enthusiasm than Adopters or Innovators. While there is not much consensus on the details, teachers tend to agree on the trends. Even 68% of Skeptics believe computers have changed how students learn (compared with 92% of Innovators). The Innovators foresee a school system where students get most of their learning through computers, a future where instructional technology has not replaced teachers but has empowered them. 79% of Innovators say computers and the Internet are the future of education and that eventually students will get most of their instruction online. Segmenting the profession illuminates the profound differences among teachers in their perceptions of technologys benefits for public education. More profound than the differences among Francophone and Anglophone teachers or between newer and experienced teachers is the gap between Innovators and the other groups. While nine out of 10 Innovators think students learn faster with computers, only 46% of Adopters agree. Innovators, by a margin of 91% to 13% over Skeptics, say students learn more in less time when they use computers. Innovators, by a margin of 86% to 18% over Skeptics, say using computers effectively makes teachers more productive by reducing their need to lecture. The segmentation also defines the debate over computers in education. Only 23% of Innovators, for example, versus 46% of Adopters and 68% of Skeptics, say there is too much emphasis on computers to the detriment of other changes that would improve student achievement. The poll and the study of which it is a part are important steps for the CTF and member organizations in providing leadership in the continued debate about integration of ICT within Canadian classrooms and schools.

85

MEDIA LITERACY: ESSENTIAL LEARNING IN THE DIGITAL AGE Jane Tallim Director, Education, Media Awareness Network

The last decade has seen tremendous change in our media environment. Convergence, competition and globalization have dramatically increased the volume of media offerings; technology and economic prosperity have greatly expanded access; and media no longer represent a passive transfer of content from producer and carrier to receiver. Given this environment, we believe media literacy can provide an educational framework that compliments and expands traditional notions of information literacy. For nearly ten years Media Awareness Network has worked to establish media education as a cornerstone for informed and engaged citizens. Our focus on our Web site and in our work is children and youth. Our approach is to empower the adults in kids' lives so they can help young people successfully navigate through an increasingly complex media landscape. In this continually shifting environment, individuals young and old alike assume a number of roles as consumers, users, citizens, creators, cultural actors, and members of social groups. The challenge we face is to develop an educational and policy framework that addresses these multiple roles. To better understand and meet these challenges, I would like to offer two perspectives: the Canadian experience reflected through the work of Media Awareness Network and an international case study that of OfCom in the United Kingdom. But before doing this, let's take a minute to look at the relationship between media literacy and information literacy. I am sure you are all familiar with this UNESCO definition for information literacy. In a nutshell, information literacy encompasses identifying, locating, evaluating and using media materials. Success can be measured according to increasingly higher order indicators such as: 1 2 3 4 5 being able to assess the nature and extent of the information needed; finding that information effectively and efficiently; critically evaluating the information and its sources; effectively using information to accomplish a specific purpose; and understanding the economic, legal, and social issues surrounding the use of information including accessing and using information ethically and legally.

Media literacy is also recognized as a critical literacy one that involves interaction, analysis, evaluation, production and critical reflection. Media literacy is increasingly recognized as contributing to: 1 2 3 active citizenship the knowledge economy and lifelong learning.

86

Although media literacy and information literacy are often seen as being separate, they share many of the same values with the lines between them becoming increasingly blurred. Both literacy traditions must be considered when developing educational and policy frameworks especially in relation to converging media and information technologies such as cell phones and the Internet. In many countries, governments are responding to technology-related issues with various combinations of laws, codes of practice, state and self-regulation, and public information and awareness. In countries such as Canada and the U.K., this has resulted in a significant shift in responsibility from government to the home. (A shift, which has increased the importance of public education.) Like the CRTC in Canada, OfCom, the independent regulator of the UK communications industry, has opted for education and awareness over regulation. However, the British Government has gone one step further than ours, mandating the promotion of media literacy as a requirement of its Communications Act. As you can imagine, this is a tall order, but OfCom appears to be taking a thoughtful, measured approach engaging the expertise of pioneers in media education. This past month, OfCom released an extensive literature review on adult media literacy research that identifies a series of key barriers and enablers to media literacy. In particular, the "enablers" OfCom has identified provide a directional template for education practices here in Canada. They include: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 design of technologies and contents education opportunities consumer information and awareness perceived value of media goods and services skills and confidence social networks that support access family composition work involving the use of computers and new technologies and institutional stakeholders

If Canada is to provide "quality education for all" in relation to information and communications technology, these enablers must be taken into account. In a climate where governments are relying more and more on the adults in kids lives to regulate their media exposure, organizations such as Media Awareness Network have become increasingly significant. Following the CRTC decision in 1999 not to regulate Internet Service Providers, the Canadian government released its strategy on illegal and offensive Internet content. The strategy identifies awareness, education and knowledge as one of the key pillars of its approach. Because of our pioneering role in "Internet literacy", MNet was recognized in both the CRTC decision and the government strategy as the leading public education organization working in this area. In 2001, we surveyed over a thousand parents and nearly six thousand children and teens. Because the Internet was so new in the lives of kids and adults at that time, the main focus of our research was to better understand what Canadian kids were doing online and whether they were engaged in risky behaviours. What we learned from our

87

research has lead to the creation of extensive professional development and public awareness programs to address safe and responsible Internet use; marketing and privacy concerns and authenticating and evaluating online information. Needless to say, when it comes to the Net, it is the safety risks that have captured the most attention and raised the most concerns. They include risks associated with interactive environments how the Net's immediacy and anonymous nature can easily foster potentially harmful online relationships. How instant messaging and text messaging can be used to spread gossip and promote relentless bullying. And the culture of cruelty masquerading as humour. There is easy access to sexually explicit images, as well as offensive, hateful or illegal materials. Not to mention numerous situations where young people may inadvertently put their personal privacy and safety at risk. These are all important issues, which MNet has addressed with a number of resources and initiatives. However, our research has also identified equally important aspects relating to young people and the Internet that are less likely to make the news. Such as the ways, in which the Internet is an ideal medium for companies to target young people who are now recognized as a lucrative and easy-to-reach market. How branded commercial Web sites capitalize on interactivity to create special online worlds for kids where advertising and entertainment are seamlessly integrated. And how marketers for products not intended for young people like beer and alcohol use similar tactics to attract kids and teens to their Web sites. There are privacy issues related to commercial sites, where contests, registration forms and surveys are commonly used by companies to collect detailed personal information from users. And finally, there is the tremendous need to help kids develop the critical thinking skills needed to authenticate and evaluate online information by showing them how to: evaluate the accuracy and quality of online information consider the pros and cons of using the Internet for research investigate who is behind a Web site examine bias and purpose in Web content optimize online searches to weed out inappropriate information and apply ethical behaviour when they are online.

This past winter, we have just completed a second national survey and will be releasing our findings in the fall. This time, we are trying to get a more accurate snapshot of where today's kids are at when it comes to the Net, with less emphasis on risky behaviour and more emphasis on the significant ways, in which youth are using and driving this technology. One only has to look at the annual ChildNet International award winners to see how young people are using technology for civic engagement. Like the eight-yearold boy who created Animals in Danger, a Web site about endangered and saved animals, or the sixteen-year-old girls who created this Web site where young people can meet, discuss, and learn about conserving energy or this twelve year old from Nigeria who created a web site about the growing emergence of street children and child labourers in Northern Nigeria. There are also thousands of teens who are using the internet for cultural expression. At Deviant Art, aspiring young photographers can post images that reflect their realities and

88

get thoughtful feedback from peers. There is also much to learn about the impact of new media on the lives of individual adolescents how this technology relates to the social dimension and development of self-identity. In focus testing for our most recent survey, we discovered that young people are using the multiple arenas of social interaction on the Net to explore modes of communication attitudes and even different identities in ways not possible off-line. Unfortunately, schools do not get high marks from these kids when it comes to really optimizing the Net for learning. The introduction to the technology that young people are receiving in schools is sufficient to "get them going" but they tell us that the emphasis is more on technical skills rather than broader issues. Kids also feel that teachers do not really understand the technology and how students are using it. This can be seen in the ongoing debate around whether or not use of information communication technology comes at the cost of traditional literacies such as reading and writing. Text messaging whether used to communicate through instant messaging or cell phones reflects a growing trend in communication that is brief, simple, and to the point. Text messaging is highly transportable, affordable (when you consider that instant messenger is free), adaptable and discrete all elements that appeal to youth. But their use of the Internet and cell phones has created "a wide range of projected fears and hopes." For example, concerns that this kind of communication has resulted in the erosion of standardized English and writing skills. Or, on the other side, that Internet English is not only an example of how language is constantly developing and changing, but also as a type of literacy in and of itself, which can be capitalized on to engage students in more traditional learning. Kids can be quite articulate when they want to be, and there is little doubt that through technology, they are writing more than ever. The challenge for educators is to help them understand what constitutes correct language in different situations. We are only just beginning to understand the broader issues surrounding new technology. However, this same technology that poses such a challenge provides educator's with a phenomenal tool to ensure "education for all." Back in 1994, when Media Awareness Network was initially conceived as a media education clearinghouse, the decision to do so using the newly emerging Internet was novel to say the least. Ten years later, our Web site has become one of the largest educational Web sites in Canada, averaging 600,000 visits each month from users around the world. The Internet has helped us to fulfil our public education agenda in ways that we could only imagine in 1994. It is time now to take a look at the whole picture at media education as a positive and forward-thinking strategy for a thoughtful, engaged and informed citizenry. The digital information age is now an integral part of our lives and it has changed, quite abruptly, the way we communicate, work and learn. It has also increased the power of media in the lives of youth. Young people are immersed in media, moving beyond geographic and regulatory boundaries as they access, absorb, communicate, create and repurpose media content. And they are doing this largely without guidance and often without reflection. In this new environment, we believe media education is more critical than ever. It is the entitlement of young people to be equipped with critical thinking skills to handle the maze of messages in their mediated culture. It is their right to be empowered media literate learners and citizens. We need to see this not as an insurmountable challenge, but as a tremendous opportunity.

89

EST-CE QUE LES LIVRES ET LES ARCHIVES ONT TOUJOURS LEUR PLACE DANS LA SOCIT DE LINFORMATION ? / ARE BOOKS AND ARCHIVES STILL RELEVANT IN THE INFORMATION SOCIETY? Barbara Clubb Vice-prsidente de lAssociation canadienne des bibliothques et bibliothcaire en chef de la Bibliothque publique dOttawa Vice-President of the Canadian Library Association and Chief Librarian of the Ottawa Public Library

Jprouve un grand plaisir venir vous entretenir du rle des bibliothques et des livres dans le contexte du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation. / It is a great pleasure to be here to speak on the role of libraries and books in the context of the World Summit on the Information Society. I have been invited to speak in my capacity as the president of the Canadian Library Association; as the City Librarian for the Ottawa Public Library, Canadas capital; and finally, as an active member of IFLA (International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions) Standing Committees for the Public Libraries Section and the Metropolitan Libraries Section. Much of what I have to say about libraries and their collections and services can be equally applied to archives and their services. I have no special qualifications to speak for the archives sector except to say that increasingly libraries and archives are collaborating to provide access to content whether it be unique records or published information. This has been most recently recognized and celebrated in the merger of the National Library of Canada and the National Archives of Canada. These two institutions have been transformed into a single super institution called Library and Archives Canada. It is a special pleasure to be in Winnipeg because it is the city where I was born and raised, where many of my family still live, where I learned to read, discover libraries and books and began my working career at the Winnipeg Public Library and the Government of Manitoba, Libraries Branch. It is also where I began my association with the world of library organizations. I carry my Winnipeg values and experiences with me always. Avant de dbuter, jaimerais dire quelques mots sur la Canadian Library Association : la plus grande association nationale anglophone de bibliothques, dont les membres proviennent de tous les types de bibliothques. Bibliothques publiques, universitaires, scolaires et spciales, sans compter les membres de groupes dintrts tels que les conseils des administrateurs, les diteurs et les Amis des bibliothques./ Before I begin I would like to say a few words on the Canadian Library Association. CLA is Canadas largest English speaking, national library association with members from all types of libraries public, academic, school and special plus library supporters such as library trustees, publishers and automation vendors and Friends of libraries. The association focuses on advocacy, networking and professional development for its members. In my brief presentation today I will be focussing on information societies, access to information and resources, information literacy, libraries and social inclusion, infrastructure and finally, key issues, which we, as representatives of the library, archives and information sector, believe WSIS must address to be successful. WSIS is so very important to Canada and the world.

90

CLA is involved in the World Summit because as librarians we believe that the Summit was initially too focussed on hardware and that providing access to content is just as important as provision of hardware. The issue is that information users are not only or even primarily concerned about how information gets to them. They are concerned however, about increasingly speedy access to content in whatever form, and most importantly, its usability to improve and add value to their lives. For a few thousand years now, libraries have been central in the information needs of their respective societies: from the Great (and newly reborn) Library in Alexandria, Egypt, to the recently opened Grande Bibliothque in Montral, to the small libraries, which dot rural landscapes worldwide, to the metro/subway kiosk libraries of Santiago, Chile, to the camel library services in Kenya or the donkey-drawn library services in Zimbabwe. This leads to the issue of information societies in general. One could argue that all societies have been Information Societies, and the long-term success of a society has always depended largely on its information management capabilities. In some ways we just keep inventing new techniques. The ability to gain and use information, and incorporate the best processes and distribution networks as cultures evolve, are hallmarks of societal success. But in todays post-industrial revolution societies, information has taken on an even-more pivotal role. When we talk about the Information Society today, we are talking about how a citizenrys collective development of the mind is the true wealth of a nation: its educated, literate, human capital as its greatest natural resource. The World Bank refers to this as social capital the glue that holds societies together. Ce concept est voqu dans le Manifeste de lUNESCO sur la bibliothque publique, labor en collaboration avec la FIAB (Fdration internationale des associations de bibliothcaires et des bibliothques), et dans son document daccompagnement, les Directives pour le dveloppement de la bibliothque publique. Le Manifeste proclame la confiance de lUNESCO dans la bibliothque publique comme une force vive en matire dducation, de culture et dinformation, et en tant quagent essentiel de promotion de la paix et du bien-tre spirituel, grce au dveloppement intellectuel des hommes, des femmes et particulirement des enfants. / This concept is reflected in the UNESCO Public Library Manifesto developed in partnership with IFLA (International Federation of Library Associations and Institutions) and its related document the Public Library Guidelines for Development. The Manifesto proclaims UNESCOs belief in the public library as a living force for education, culture and information and as an essential agent for the fostering of peace and spiritual welfare through the development of the minds of men, women and especially children. Increasingly in North America and elsewhere libraries are drawing new attention as community information centres, as civic anchors and mainstays, as vibrant centres of teaching and learning both in the physical and the virtual sense. People, through the process of learning, transform externally gained information into internally held knowledge. An information-rich society permits its citizenry to access information and transform it into knowledge, thus being able to use it to advance their lives in a faster, deeper, more meaningful way. This reduces power imbalances between individuals and groups in society. Access to information levels the playing field. To us much of what the World Summit is about is access. To librarians, who have been providing access to knowledge and learning for a long time, making information available is only the first step in true access. But let us start there. The digital revolution of the past several decades has made more information more widely available. And due to the

91

idealism of the founders and early users of the Internet, a wider and wider range of voices are becoming available not just the voices of the marketplace. Libraries have been very much a part of providing access to (and often creating) digital content whether it be through government funding partnerships, community fundraising and/or working with one of the marketplaces biggest forces: Microsoft and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. Libraries have been successful at this access game because libraries have the physical infrastructure, the hours, the political and financial stability and perhaps most important of all, the confidence and trust of the community. But mostly libraries are successful because they have the trained workers and the philosophy that puts people in touch with books and ideasin their many forms including print, non-print, digital, analog, paper, tape and helps them understand the content. We all know that much of the worlds knowledge is captured in non-digital technologies. Some estimates indicate that as much as 90% of the worlds print material will never be available in any kind of digital form. And while digitization is becoming ever increasingly easier and less expensive, the digitization of the sum of the worlds knowledge is a hugely expensive proposal. In addition, too many large-scale digitization projects are increasingly market-driven and bring with them the danger of excluding minority voices. For example, Googles project to digitize huge portions of some of Americas major libraries is laudable, but has the potential to increase the Americanization and homogenization of digital resources. And so it also prompted the development of a counter plan led by the French government to provide access to European materials in a similar way. Any WSIS proposals for making information available must include the non-digital resources that currently contain, and will contain for the foreseeable future, the majority of the worlds information resources-the memory of the world. That means published and unpublished print, analogue audio and visual recordings, and any of the myriad of other media that have been used to capture data, information, culture and knowledge. In short, books and archival materials are still relevant in the Information Society and will be so for a long time. For example, in my own library, the Ottawa Pubic Library, circulation of materials, the majority of them of the print variety has increased 35% in the last four years to more than 9 million items or 11 items per capita/year as well as five million person visits per year. Last month (April 2005) the increase was a further 9%. We put significant resources into infant and preschool literacy program because the research validates that early exposure to books will have a direct effect on school and social outcomes. There are similar studies that document the importance and value of school libraries to a childs academic performance. Indeed a recent threat of branch closures in my own city prompted huge public outcry and an opinion piece in the Ottawa Citizen, which referred to the library as a cathedral of curiosity and a place for the soul to loaf. And one of the oldest references to libraries found on a portal in the ancient library in Alexandria a house of healing for the soul still resonates with many citizens. The Canadian library community strongly believes that libraries build community, that they are at the heart of the Information Society, and that they are one of the best tools for expanding information societies. Libraries have been, and continue to be, early adopters of ICTs to deliver content to their users. And that has led us into the field of information literacy. I said earlier that making information available is just the first step in making information accessible. Access is not just physical access. Access includes the ability to understand and use the information available. Libraries help users to develop

92

the research skills that empower them, and they provide guidance on evaluating the sources of the information. We call that information literacy: the power to seek out, absorb and critically evaluate the data made available. Unfortunately, this is a role too little understood outside the library world, because libraries are often perceived as repositories for and disseminators of printed materials. The WSIS needs to capture and enable an expanded concept of access to information in a global context. We believe that libraries in their many forms are also instruments of social inclusion. They are at the heart of their communities. They provide a public commons and a public information commons. They are community meeting places and community anchors. And new studies are showing that they are increasingly economic generators. In Canadas public libraries, users are welcome regardless of the quality of the clothes on their backs, the colour of their skin, the religion they practice or their sexual orientation. The public library is one of the few safe, public, non-commercial environments left in our communities. And they are booming social and information enterprises. We are talking about a young mother needing a place to go outside of the home that is not a shopping mall; a place where there is story-time and she can meet other parents. We are talking about immigrants learning Canadas official languages and practising their citizenship test online. We are talking about the working poor and about those who can and do seek out computer skills training in their public library, because it is a welcoming environment with good hours (and sometimes with snack bars where food can be eaten near the computer, hopefully not at the computer). We are talking about adults participating in literacy programs, because when you walk into the library, no one knows you cannot read at the level you need or want to. These are critical elements of access and inclusion that libraries provide. This role of the library as a meeting place an information commons is prevalent in North America and is one that libraries in developing countries are increasingly playing. Wonderful examples can be seen in Colombia, Mexico, Nicaragua, Zimbabwe, in Singapore, in Latvia, in Slovenia. We have seen in North America that libraries are anchors in their communities: we need look no further than our urban centres but I would focus on some outstanding ones such as Vancouver, Salt Lake City, Denver, Seattle and Montral. As social anchors libraries are also becoming tourist attractions that contribute to economic development. It was recently reported that the new public library in Seattle had the equivalent of an anticipated 10 years of activity in the first year since opening in April of 2004. Seattles mayor says that his city is now known for two things: the new central library, and a space ship on top of a stick otherwise known as the space needle. I would now like to address the importance of Infrastructure. WSIS has the image of being about hard infrastructure: ICTs the spread of broadband Internet access both wired and wireless. In Canada, libraries are right there where the action is. For instance all public libraries provide Internet access and instruction and more and more libraries are providing WIFI hotspots. However, even the simplest ICTs must have and must keep renewing a strong supportive infrastructure that is human, physical and technical. In Canada different levels of governments and organizations have collaborated with the public library to build and ensure the sustainability of that infrastructure. The federal and provincial governments have invested in public access through public libraries. Public libraries work with schools. Libraries have formed strategic alliances my public library for instance collaborates with two universities to ensure inter-accessibility to each other resources. University libraries create consortia like the Canadian Research Knowledge Network. And now increasingly, the umbrella is even more encompassing with the

93

collaborative creation of digital libraries. WSIS must recognize that the strong partnership between local and upper-level governments and libraries is fundamental and provides the most stable home for ICT infrastructure that guarantees broad public access. In addition to the issues I have already raised, we propose that WSIS must address three other very important issues. First, exposure to different cultures is always a valuable thing. However, one danger of the spread of knowledge from the so-called developed world to the developing world via ICTs is that it is too heavily focussed on spread of Western knowledge and ideas. As Canadians we know a thing or two about exclusion and submersion of local culture. It is not a good thing. The recognition of the value of local and indigenous knowledge, and a way to ensure its preservation whether based on a written tradition or an oral culture has to be part of the Summit. Again, this is an area where public libraries can help. The public library is a gateway to local knowledge, and frequently to indigenous knowledge. In many communities, the public library is leading the charge to preserve and make accessible archival knowledge in digital form. Second, we propose that one of the core values of the library community that WSIS should adopt is the promotion of freedom of expression. This has been a developing theme in this conference here in Winnipeg. Fulfilment of the individual depends on the ability to access ideas, incorporate them, and disseminate them within the norms of their societies. And the third issue is that the concept of sustainability must be a part of continued broad public access. In Canada for example this means sustained federal funding to the public library access infrastructure that has been so successfully developed and nurtured in the last seven years through the Industry Canada Community Access Program. Ce que cela signifie pour le Canada. La position du Canada doit voquer lquilibre crucial entre le matriel et le contenu. Laccs est crucial. Les bibliothques sont dj au cur de la socit de linformation, il faut donc les utiliser : pour laccs matriel; pour laccs virtuel; pour lautonomisation des personnes par lintermdiaire de la formation (culture informationnelle). What does this mean for Canada? The Canadian WSIS position should present the crucial balance between hardware and content. Access is crucial. Libraries are already at the heart of the information society and should be used for physical access virtual access and empowerment of the individual through training in the form of information literacy. En conclusion, jaimerais insister une fois de plus sur le fait que les bibliothques, grce leur rle dagents de dveloppement communautaire, sont dj au cur de la socit de linformation, et ont lintention dy rester. / In conclusion I would like to again emphasize that libraries, through their role as agents of community development, are already at the heart of the information society.and they intend to stay there.

94

DUCATION DES ADULTES DANS LA SOCIT DE LINFORMATION : QUE FAISONS-NOUS ? Manuel Cisneros Charg de projet, Institut de coopration dducation aux adultes

Contexte Cette communication traite de la ralit qubcoise et, de faon plus prcise, dun portrait de lutilisation des nouvelles technologies en ducation des adultes que lInstitut de coopration pour lducation des adultes (ICA) prpare en ce moment dans le cadre dun projet de suivi des rsultats de la Cinquime Confrence internationale sur lducation des adultes qui a eu lieu Hambourg en 1997. Ce portrait a t prpar sur la base des entrevues faites auprs dacteurs de lducation des adultes de diffrents milieux, en considrant les enseignants et les formateurs, mais aussi les apprenants adultes. Quatre aspects du portrait, ainsi que les orientations que ces acteurs envisagent pour chacune de leur ralit, seront abords. Il sera galement question de quelques propositions plus gnrales. Premire ralit : nous travaillons la formation des adultes lutilisation des nouvelles technologies En 1997, 8,2 % des mnages au Qubec avaient accs Internet partir de la maison. Ce pourcentage est pass 42,2 % en 2002 et on estime quactuellement 59,5 % de la population adulte utilise Internet. Ce progrs dans lutilisation des nouvelles technologies nest pas simplement le rsultat de lintrt des personnes et des programmes dinformatisation des gouvernements, cest aussi le rsultat dun travail de formation dvelopp par diffrents groupes et associations de la socit civile qubcoise qui ont fait un effort pour rejoindre les populations dfavorises, former les groupes communautaires eux-mmes et former des formateurs comme des multiplicateurs dans lenseignement de lutilisation des nouvelles technologies. Deux exemples de ces actions : lorganisme Communautique et ses partenaires ont form plus de 30 000 personnes lutilisation des nouvelles technologies entre 2000 et 2003. Lorganisme lItinraire, un organisme qui produit un journal des itinrants qui sont devenus journalistes de la rue, a russi former plusieurs de ses membres lutilisation des nouvelles technologies non seulement pour consulter linformation, mais galement pour crire leurs textes pour le journal. Ces efforts ont servi aussi dcouvrir et mettre en vidence certaines problmatiques comme celles des difficults pour les personnes handicapes consulter et lire les sites Internet ou celles des personnes peu laise avec lcrit pour qui la documentation crite et disponible nest pas accessible. En plus, lutilisation de plus en plus importante des technologies dans la socit demande une formation sur des ralits et des situations nouvelles pour lesquelles il faut dvelopper de nouvelles connaissances et appliquer dune faon nouvelle certaines comptences. Par exemple, comment utiliser les applications du gouvernement en ligne ou quelle attitude prendre par rapport la protection de nos donnes personnelles ?

95

Devant ces constats et devant le fait quil y a encore prs de la moiti de la population qui nutilise pas les nouvelles technologies, les groupes communautaires et les associations de la socit civile posent comme orientations de travail de dvelopper les activits de formation, de le faire avec une pdagogie pense par et pour les groupes afin de prparer la population lutilisation stratgique de ces technologies et la capacit de devenir des acteurs dans la construction de la socit de linformation. Ils posent aussi comme piste daction celle de rduire la fracture numrique afin que tous puissent bnficier des avantages de ces nouvelles formes daccs linformation, ainsi que des possibilits de communication interactive que les technologies nous apportent. Deuxime ralit : nous travaillons utiliser les technologies comme soutien de lapprentissage et instrument dapprentissage Les centres dducation des adultes au Qubec se sont informatiss et disposent de points daccs Internet. Les adultes qui compltent leurs tudes secondaires peuvent et utilisent les nouvelles technologies. Ils les utilisent plutt comme un soutien pour certains cours, pour faire des travaux de recherche dinformation. Ces technologies pourraient tre davantage utilises, mais la formation des enseignants dans ce domaine est trs minime. De plus, lapproche et lorganisation pdagogiques ne donnent pas beaucoup de place ces usages. Le Service national du RCIT en formation des adultes au Qubec, organisation denseignants, a conclu quil faut suivre une stratgie trois niveaux : technologique, organisationnel et pdagogique pour bien intgrer les technologies dans le processus dapprentissage. Selon eux, il faut montrer aux apprenants adultes non seulement consommer linformation, mais la produire, produire des textes multimdias. Dans ce sens, il faudra aussi travailler favoriser la participation des adultes la conception des activits ducatives. Cela constitue une problmatique qui na pas t aborde jusqu prsent. Mais en gnral, les enseignants demandent beaucoup plus dappui, de formation, de systmatisation des expriences, de dveloppement dune culture du partage, car cette culture est ncessaire mais absente pour le moment. Cette situation se vit aussi dans les cgeps (Collges denseignement gnral et professionnel). Au niveau universitaire, la diffusion des technologies est gnralise. Les apprenants adultes sont convaincus que lutilisation de lordinateur est incontournable dans les tudes suprieures. Les universits ont galement fait beaucoup de progrs dans lusage administratif des technologies. Le problme principal est que les professeurs nont pas tout le soutien ncessaire pour utiliser les technologies dans leurs cours. En conclusion, les acteurs de lducation des adultes dans le systme denseignement considrent que la formation et le perfectionnement lutilisation des nouvelles technologies sont des questions centrales. Il leur faut la formation, laccompagnement et galement lappui institutionnel et les approches pdagogiques qui soient en concordance avec un usage pdagogique des technologies comme instruments denseignement et dapprentissage. Ils pensent galement quil faut rflchir la faon dassocier les apprenants adultes dans toutes ces dmarches. Ils se proccupent beaucoup aussi de ltablissement de standards et de normes et du fait que le droit dauteur ne soit pas un obstacle au partage des connaissances.

96

Troisime ralit : nous faisons de la formation distance qui intgre les nouvelles technologies et qui rpond bien aux besoins dune partie de la population adulte En 2001, 46 093 adultes au Qubec avaient suivi des cours par la formation distance. Au secondaire, ils taient 10 137, au collgial 16 800 et la Tl-universit 19 156. Ces adultes occupaient pour la majorit dentre eux un emploi et avaient des obligations familiales. Les inscriptions la formation distance sont en croissance. Cette formation est encore en grande partie traditionnelle dans le sens quelle utilise du matriel imprim et quelle offre des contenus standards et structurs sur la base des programmes. Lintroduction des nouvelles technologies se fait de faon progressive. Les diffrents acteurs en formation distance considrent quon ne matrise pas suffisamment lusage des nouvelles technologies pour rpondre aux besoins des populations desservies. Cependant, les contributions de la formation distance se situent au niveau de laccessibilit, de la flexibilit, de la diminution des cots de lducation, du contrle donn aux apprenants adultes de leur processus dapprentissage. Quant aux difficults, elles se vivent plutt dans la faon dont la formation distance est pratique : degr de difficult des textes de rfrence, degr de difficult des exercices, adquation thorie/pratique, encadrement et convivialit des systmes technologiques. De plus, les diverses prfrences des tudiants sont inconnues ce qui fait merger lintrt pour la formation ouverte distance, laquelle cherche mieux rpondre aux diffrents besoins des apprenants adultes. Pour leur part, les apprenants adultes considrent quil ne faut pas quil y ait trop dexigences dans lapprentissage de linformatique pour pouvoir suivre les cours distance. Pour plusieurs, cette modalit de formation leur a permis de faire des tudes malgr leurs occupations quotidiennes. Les orientations dans cette ralit visent supporter la formation distance comme une option et une forme de dmocratisation de la formation et enrichir et faire voluer la formation distance. Quatrime ralit : nous commenons les activits dapprentissage virtuel dans les entreprises Lapprentissage virtuel est lexpression utilise, dans les entreprises, pour dsigner tout mode de formation ayant recours un support lectronique. Ce mode de formation est en pleine effervescence en Amrique du Nord et en Europe. Au Qubec, les expriences sont rcentes. La formation la plus utilise dans les entreprises est la formation sur le tas . Elle porte sur des comptences techniques. Lapprentissage virtuel serait plus avantageux pour des postes o il y a un nombre lev demploys et qui toucherait les activits fondamentales des entreprises. Les entreprises voient que lapprentissage virtuel peut permettre dconomiser des salaires de formateurs ainsi que des dpenses de transport et dhbergement. Au Qubec, certaines entreprises ont dj commenc utiliser cette modalit de formation et il y a des projets pilotes en cours et des recherches pour mieux la connatre. Les contraintes de cette modalit de formation se refltent chez les dirigeants des entreprises qui craignent la dsutude rapide des contenus dapprentissage et les difficults de mettre jour et dadapter ces outils en temps rel des situations non prvues. Il faudrait aussi des ordinateurs performants, des travailleurs forms leur

97

usage, un suivi rel et un encadrement des apprenants. Tout cela comporte des cots qui sont importants. Malgr toutes ces contraintes, cest une modalit de formation qui se dveloppe. Les pistes de travail qui sont en cours sont celles de mieux connatre cette modalit de formation, didentifier la prsence dun rel besoin exprim par les entreprises, dadapter lapprentissage virtuel aux capacits intellectuelles des apprenants, de rmunrer les employs durant la formation et de valoriser leurs efforts. Pour tout ce que nous venons de dire, nous pouvons conclure que lducation des adultes : 1 2 3 se dveloppe comme un instrument dappropriation de la technologie et des nouvelles ralits quelles nous apportent; senrichit avec un accs plus grand linformation, la communication et au dveloppement de nouvelles formes dapprentissage; constitue un lment cl pour permettre aux personnes dtre plus actives et de participer la construction dmocratique de la socit de linformation.

La premire phase du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation LInstitut de coopration pour lducation des adultes (ICA) a travaill, avant la tenue du Sommet mondial, dvelopper un point de vue sur le rle de lducation des adultes dans la socit de linformation. Il a prn lide que lducation des adultes est une cl pour le XXIe sicle, telle quelle tait formule par la Cinquime Confrence internationale sur lducation des adultes Hambourg en 1997. Cette position, ainsi que celles des autres organisations, a permis que la dclaration officielle du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation parle de lducation des adultes. Mais cette rfrence lducation des adultes est trop restreinte et il faudra continuer travailler pour lui donner la porte quelle mrite. En effet, lducation des adultes dans la socit de linformation ne peut pas se rsumer montrer aux adultes lutilisation des technologies ni se limiter les aider dvelopper un esprit critique. Elle devrait les prparer dcider de quelle faon intgrer les technologies et linformation dans leur vie et dans la vie de leur collectivit; donc, les prparer construire la socit de linformation qui correspond le mieux leurs besoins et leur plein panouissement (voir graphique 1). Ce type dducation exige que les apprenants adultes et leurs enseignants et formateurs deviennent les principaux acteurs des innovations ducatives. Le Sommet nous a permis de mieux comprendre les trois directions vers lesquelles sorientent les efforts dutilisation des TIC et de lducation : premirement, pour la ralisation des activits dducation, deuximement, pour la recherche de solutions aux problmes sociaux et, troisimement, pour le dveloppement dune ducation sur les nouvelles ralits gnres par la socit de linformation, sur les nouveaux usages des TIC dans les diffrentes dimensions de nos vies, entre autres, dans lexercice de notre citoyennet (voir graphique 2). Cest en fonction de ces diffrents lments que lICA a appuy un nouveau projet de recherche et de formation de lorganisme Communautique ayant pour titre Formation lInforoute citoyenne . Ce projet, qui schelonne sur une priode de trois ans, vise dfinir, partir de la vision des groupes communautaires, des stratgies dducation qui contribuent au dveloppement des comptences ncessaires une participation active

98

des citoyennes et des citoyens la construction de la socit de linformation. Nous appuyons galement le projet Communautaire en ligne : rflexions et actions du milieu communautaire en lien avec le projet de gouvernement en ligne et de la dmocratie en ligne qui vise promouvoir une participation active du milieu communautaire la mise en place du projet de gouvernement en ligne et favoriser l'expression des besoins citoyens concernant le gouvernement en ligne et la dmocratie en ligne. Les enjeux pour la deuxime phase du Sommet mondial Pour prendre en compte les actions qui se dveloppent en ducation des adultes au Qubec, pour considrer les initiatives qui se sont dveloppes aprs la premire phase du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation, pour rpondre aux nouveaux dfis poss par les gouvernements en ligne, les logiciels libres, la surveillance lectronique, le bien commun face la proprit intellectuelle, la diversit culturelle, lducation critique aux mdias, la cybercitoyennet et autres enjeux, il faut insister sur la ncessit de considrer lducation des adultes comme un enjeu central dans la socit de linformation et lui rendre toute son importance, et cela : 1. Par son rle de favoriser lappropriation sociale et dmocratique des technologies pour les utiliser dans lenseignement, lapprentissage et la solution de nos problmes sociaux; 2. Par son rle prparer la population la construction dmocratique de la socit de linformation et au dveloppement dune culture dmocratique, de la citoyennet et du bien commun lheure de la socit de linformation; 3. Par son rle de dvelopper la personne de faon intgrale et la rendre capable daffronter tous les nouveaux dfis, de transformer linformation en connaissances, de savoir traiter le dveloppement exponentiel des connaissances et de la communication avec diffrentes cultures; 4. Par son rle dactualiser les potentialits des personnes dans tous les milieux et particulirement pour les populations dfavorises, pour les personnes peu ou pas laise avec lcrit, pour les personnes handicapes; 5. Par le dveloppement de nouveaux programmes de formation des formateurs, des enseignants et de la population sur tout ce qui constitue la socit de linformation et du savoir, avec la participation des organismes communautaires et des organisations de la socit civile et de tous les rseaux de lducation des adultes; 6. Par un travail collectif des formateurs, des enseignants et des apprenants adultes dans la conception des activits ducatives utilisant les nouvelles technologies et le dveloppement des pdagogies adaptes aux diffrents besoins des personnes et des collectivits; 7. Par le dveloppement de stratgies technologiques qui encouragent des technologies et des environnements technologiques libres et accessibles, par des stratgies pdagogiques qui favorisent des approches ducatives faisant appel une participation plus importante des adultes et des usages pertinents des technologies, par des stratgies dorganisation qui favorisent laccompagnement, la collaboration et le partage; 8. Par le soutien la formation distance comme une option et une forme de dmocratisation de la formation et par son enrichissement avec lutilisation adquate des technologies, par lamlioration de leurs contenus et de lencadrement quils fournissent aux apprenants.

99

Graphique 1 TROIS PERSPECTIVES PROPOS DES FINALITS DE LDUCATION DANS LA SOCIT DE LINFORMATION

ICA avril 2004

Construction de la socit de linformation Adaptation au progrs technologique Les TIC vont transformer lducation. Lducation doit permettre dutiliser les TIC pour sduquer, pour rsoudre des problmes et, dans ce sens, renforcer les capacits des personnes. Prparer ladulte construire la socit de linformation. Former ladulte pour quil devienne lacteur du dveloppement technologique et larticulateur du rapport technologie et socit.

Regard critique Rflchir sur le rapport au savoir. Identifier les bons et les mauvais usages et orienter le dveloppement des technologies. Matriser les TIC pour amliorer nos vies.

100

Graphique 2

LES TROIS DIRECTIONS DANS LUTILISATION DES TIC EN DUCATION Celle des organisateurs du Sommet et de lUNESCO et qui est la plus dveloppe Utiliser les TIC pour lducation Rendre les contenus des cours de diffrents niveaux accessibles tous. Amliorer la qualit de lducation par une offre plus riche de ressources pdagogiques. largir laccs lenseignement suprieur par la formation distance. Complter les mthodes traditionnelles. Encourager linnovation. Renforcer les capacits. Faciliter laccs linformation. Appuyer le rle plus actif et autonome de ltudiant. Dvelopper de nouveaux environnements pour lapprentissage. Dvelopper des politiques de TIC pour lducation informelle. Offrir une formation plus souple et libre des contraintes de temps et despace. Celle qui commence tre dveloppe en fonction de la Dclaration du millnaire des Nations Unies Se centrer sur les problmes sociaux Utiliser les TIC pour combattre lanalphabtisme. Dvelopper des techniques pour faciliter lusage des TIC par les personnes analphabtes. Contribuer la campagne dune ducation pour tous en mettant profit lutilisation des TIC. viter une plus grande exclusion par une dmocratisation des TIC et des connaissances. viter un approfondissement des ingalits, de lmergence de nouvelles classes; viter la polarisation et lexclusion. tre un catalyseur pour la coopration internationale. Celle qui est la moins dveloppe et qui concerne la socit de linformation en gnral duquer pour rpondre aux nouvelles ralits qui dcoulent de la diffusion des TIC et qui sont : La surinformation et la mauvaise information. La mondialisation de loffre de formation surtout postsecondaire. Le besoin accru de formation permanente pour agir dans un contexte en transformation constante. Les demandes dune formation centre sur les aptitudes : rsoudre des problmes, communiquer, travailler en quipe, exercer son esprit critique, synthtiser et interprter de grandes quantits dinformation, capacit de chercher et dexplorer. Le nouveau rle des enseignants, des formateurs et leur condition relle. Le nouveau rle de lapprenant adulte de tout ge. Le gouvernement en ligne et lexpression de notre citoyennet. Le contrle de linformation sur nos vies.

101

LDUCATION DISTANCE AU NOUVEAU-BRUNSWICK ET AILLEURS AU CANADA Jacinthe Robichaud Directrice, Apprentissage en ligne et technologie Ministre de lducation du Nouveau-Brunswick

Le Canada connat une longue histoire en enseignement distance. En fait, le Canada possde un des meilleurs systmes de tlcommunications au monde. Le cot dabonnement Internet est des plus concurrentiels, ce qui facilite laccs au savoir. Le systme ducatif canadien a comme dfi de mettre profit cette valeur ajoute puisque le savoir est la cl du dveloppement social et conomique. La premire forme dducation distance a commenc en Alberta en 1923. cette poque, on parlait de cours par correspondance, cest--dire lenvoi de matriel imprim par la poste aux apprenants gographiquement disperss. Vers 1985, le systme audioconfrence permettait un groupe particulier de recevoir de lenseignement distance. Aujourdhui, les technologies de linformation et de la communication (TIC) nous offrent des possibilits multiples grce aux mdias interactifs. Les apprenants ont maintenant accs des ressources lectroniques telles que simulations, animations, contenus en ligne, documents audio et vido, cdroms, etc. Les tlcommunications ont rorganis le monde dans lequel on vit ainsi que la faon dapprendre. Apprendre est un processus en constante volution. Le savoir continue de grandir et dvoluer. Laccs ce que nous avons besoin est devenu beaucoup plus important aujourdhui quil ne ltait hier. Nous pouvons donc dire que les nouvelles technologies ont redfini lenseignement distance ou encore, de faon plus gnrale, lapprentissage en ligne. Aujourdhui, les apprenants ont interagir dans une varit de champs qui peuvent tre trs diffrents les uns des autres tout au long de leur vie. Il importe donc doffrir un contexte permettant llve dtre actif dans ses apprentissages. Lapprenant se doit dtre au centre du processus. Les nouvelles technologies permettent la diffusion rapide, facile et en quantit des connaissances et laccs des tutoriels aidant lapprentissage. Cest pour cette raison que lapprentissage en ligne touche tous les secteurs de la socit quil soit corporatif, postsecondaire, scolaire ou autre. Le monde des affaires fait de plus en plus appel la formation en ligne afin de faire une conomie de temps et dargent. La formation en ligne favorise le dveloppement de lautoformation en milieu de travail. Cela permet aux employs dobtenir lacquisition de connaissances ponctuelles en relation troite avec le march du travail. Lapprentissage et le travail ne sont donc plus spars lun de lautre. Ils ne font quun. Le cycle du dveloppement du savoir permet aux apprenants de rester jour dans leur profession, et ce, grce laide des rseaux ou communauts dapprentissage quils ont tablis.

102

Les universits et les collges offrent une varit de programmes en ligne qui leur permettent de rejoindre une plus grande clientle. La formation en ligne permet nimporte quel apprenant adulte de choisir la formation qui lui convient, que ce soit pour lobtention dun diplme postsecondaire, de crdits ou encore pour sa croissance personnelle. Au Canada, on peut souligner titre dexemple lUniversit Athabasca en Alberta (http://www.athabascau.ca) ainsi que la tl-universit qubcoise, Tluq (http://www.teluq.qc.ca). Au niveau scolaire (maternelle 12e anne), toutes les provinces et territoires offrent des cours en ligne pour leurs lves demeurant en rgions loignes, frquentant de petites coles ou pour toute autre raison. Au Nouveau-Brunswick, lducation publique vit une situation unique au Canada, la dualit linguistique au ministre de lducation. Les deux secteurs pdagogiques (anglophone et francophone) sont distincts et indpendants lun de lautre. Chaque secteur conoit et livre son propre curriculum et tablit ses exigences pour lobtention du diplme dtudes secondaires ainsi que ses services aux lves et mcanismes dvaluation provinciale. Par consquent, chaque secteur a mis sur pied son propre programme denseignement en ligne (http://clic.nbed.nb.ca). Les objectifs de lapprentissage en ligne sont de promouvoir lquit pour toutes les rgions et coles de la province dans la livraison des cours option; nous voulons ainsi permettre laccs par les lves des domaines plus spcialiss, en plus de contribuer la formation continue du personnel enseignant. Le ministre de lducation jouit dune infrastructure technologique solide o chaque cole de la province a accs au rseau bande passante large qui permet doffrir des cours en ligne trs interactifs et hautement mdiatiss pour les lves et les enseignants. Ces cours font appel essentiellement deux plates-formes, lune synchrone (en temps direct) et lautre asynchrone (en temps diffr). Au secteur francophone, nous avons prsentement vingt (20) cours en ligne dune dure de 93 ou de 110 heures pour les lves du secondaire. Ces cours furent dvelopps en partenariat avec lquipe IDITAE de lUniversit de Moncton (http://eformation.umoncton.ca), partenariat qui sest vu dcerner un prix dexcellence en 2003 par lAssociation canadienne de lducation distance. Nous avons galement trois cours de formation continue en ligne de 45 heures pour les enseignants, avec possibilit de crdits universitaires. Dautres cours sont prsentement en dveloppement. La majorit de nos cours en ligne ont t conus selon lapproche socioconstructiviste qui favorise ltablissement de communauts dapprentissage. Dautres, comme les cours de langue, suivent une approche communicative / exprientielle. Par consquent, ces cours ne sont pas des cours de correspondance, des cahiers dexercice virtuels, un ensemble de faits et de concepts mmoriser ou encore un environnement sans encadrement. Il sagit plutt dun environnement dapprentissage avec interactions humaines, des concepts qui font appel aux diffrents processus mentaux, et galement un environnement qui sappuie sur des technologies performantes et conviviales. Les apprenants se retrouvent ainsi dans un milieu dapprentissage avec encadrement et soutien. La pdagogie est centre sur lapprenant, qui a accs au contenu en tout temps et partout o il ou elle se trouve.

103

La prestation typique dun cours en ligne offre des activits multiples. Quatre principaux types dactivits peuvent tre expriments : 1 Activits asynchrones individuelles : Lapprenant progresse son propre rythme par le biais de lectures, de lcoute de documents audio, du visionnement de vido, de travaux de rflexion, de rdaction, de recherche ou dvaluation formative. Les tches que lapprenant doit accomplir sont rgulirement prcises lintrieur dun calendrier dactivits insr dans le portail des cours en ligne. Activits asynchrones en groupe : Certaines activits de groupe sont ralises diffrents moments de la journe en fonction de lhoraire de chacun des lves. Par exemple, les lves doivent dbattre dun thme dans un forum virtuel en diffr au cours duquel ils expriment leur opinion sur un sujet abord lors dactivits prcdentes ou en classe. Activits synchrones en groupe : Les lves, regroups en temps rel en groupe de deux, trois ou quatre personnes, doivent par exemple complter une grille, mettre en commun des travaux individuels, discuter dun thme, collaborer la rdaction dun texte, partager des rflexions sur un sujet ou encore valuer les travaux de leurs pairs. Diffrents outils peuvent permettre une interaction synchrone entre les lves : plateforme Interwise, le clavardage ou encore NetMeeting. Activits synchrones en classe (sessions plnires) : Les sessions synchrones sont loccasion pour lenseignant de prsenter des contenus de cours plus complexes, deffectuer des rvisions ou encore dinitier des discussions ou tables rondes autour dun sujet donn.

Ce mode denseignement favorise les changes entre les lves puisquils se retrouvent en ligne simultanment. De cette faon, les apprenants peuvent entendre les questions poses par les autres lves et changer des renseignements, des stratgies dapprentissage, des rfrences supplmentaires de mme que sur leurs inquitudes. Ce type dactivit cre des liens de confiance et contribue la qualit des changes. Il sagit galement dune priode trs prise par les apprenants car elle permet dobtenir une rtroaction immdiate et humaine de la part de lenseignant. Ces moments denseignement permettent lenseignant dvaluer ponctuellement lefficacit de son contenu asynchrone (site Internet, diaporama lectronique, forum de discussion). Si par exemple un segment de la matire est plus difficile matriser, le mode synchrone offre loccasion lenseignant dintervenir, de soutenir ses lves et de vrifier leur niveau de comprhension. Cest aussi un moment privilgi pour lenseignant didentifier certaines notions moins bien comprises par les lves en mode asynchrone et ainsi de profiter de la dynamique dune session en mode synchrone pour leur permettre de lassimiler. En plus de lenseignant distance, chaque cole participante dsigne un enseignant facilitateur qui assume les rles de gestion, dencadrement et de soutien aux lves ainsi que dappui lenseignant distance tant sur le plan pdagogique que technique. Ces facilitateurs locaux sont forms et leurs rles et responsabilits sont clairement tablis. Donc, un encadrement soutenu est un lment sine qua non. Les recherches dmontrent que lencadrement offert aux apprenants distance est essentiel au succs

104

(= apprentissage) de ceux-ci. La persvrance est un atout : cest une culture dvelopper et maintenir. Les contenus des cours en ligne sont essentiellement faits dobjets dapprentissage avec contexte pdagogique. Toutefois, la tche revient lenseignant en ligne de grer les apprentissages des lves. Ces objets dapprentissage se retrouvent dans un rpertoire situ dans le portail ducatif du ministre de lducation, soutenu par la technologie MS Sharepoint. Tous les enseignants en salle de classe (face face) y ont accs rapidement; cet accs illustre que les ressources numriques ne sont pas la chasse garde des enseignants en ligne. Ces simulations et animations diverses sont dynamiques et simples utiliser, permettant ainsi rendre plus concret des concepts de nature complexe. De faon plus quantitative, il importe de souligner que des lves provenant de chacune des 21 coles secondaires participent aux cours en ligne. En 2001-2002, on nen comptait que 59 (dans deux cours), alors que ce nombre atteint cette anne plus de 850, soit prs de 10 % des effectifs scolaires. Le taux de rtention est trs lev (au-del de 90 %) et des analyses rcentes effectues cette anne auprs des coles et des lves dmontrent que, par rapport aux apprentissages plus factuels, ces lves apprennent autant que les lves en classe traditionnelle, alors que pour des apprentissages plus transdisciplinaires (rsolution de problmes, communication, autonomie au travail, utilisation de lordinateur, etc.), les lves des cours en ligne font des apprentissages durables et transfrables. Le dfi qui se prsente nous est de continuer recueillir des donnes solides afin de dmontrer la qualit des apprentissages que peuvent raliser les lves dans un cours en ligne. Aussi, nous devons maintenir un dialogue ouvert avec les associations professionnelles des enseignants afin quils ralisent que non seulement cela nlimine pas des postes denseignement (cest plutt le contraire) mais que laccs par tous les enseignants des ressources de qualit est maintenant facilit. Un autre dfi important est celui de la promotion des services et expertises dvelopps chez nous. Dj, nos changes et ententes avec les autres juridictions canadiennes avancent en ce sens; nous voulons maintenant nous ouvrir sur la Francophonie et le reste du monde! En guise de conclusion, il est primordial de souligner que la pdagogie doit mener les technologies et non vice-versa. Cest pour cela que les cours en ligne offerts au secteur francophone du Nouveau-Brunswick ne sont pas autoportants, et ce, par choix. Il en revient toujours lenseignant, en tant que professionnel de lapprentissage, de faire appel cette belle grosse bote outils afin de faire raliser des activits dapprentissage de qualit par ses lves. Je termine en citant monsieur Rozhan M. Indrus : The problem with e-learning is that people are obsessed with the e and forgot the learning part, the instructional design and learnability of the content. The e is just a vehicle or channel of communication.

105

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Amanda Mallon President, Northwest Territories Teachers Federation Le rle de lenseignant/ducateur Les enseignants savent que les ordinateurs sont l pour rester. Dans un sondage rcent de la Fdration canadienne des enseignants et des enseignantes, 64 % des rpondants ont questionn le rle que la technologie joue dans lenseignement. Ils considrent la technologie comme une autre stratgie denseignement et non pas comme un outil essentiel. La crainte que la technologie prenne entirement le dessus est gnralement disparue. Les enseignants sont conscients que leur rle comme partenaires de la technologie est denseigner les capacits de pense critique. Ces capacits ont toujours t prsentes chez les ducateurs. Les ordinateurs ont augment les attentes des enseignants et des lves. Les deux groupes utilisent les ordinateurs. Ils ont chang la faon dont les enseignants enseignent et les lves apprennent. Linfrastructure du travail avec les ordinateurs a contribu modifier la dynamique dans les classes les lves enseignent dsormais des comptences leurs enseignants. Il y a eu transfert dans le rle des apprenants. Il est important que les enseignants ne soient non seulement des experts en technologie, mais aussi des experts en apprentissage. Les enseignants ne rsistent pas au changement et comprennent que la technologie est essentielle aux lves. Plusieurs enseignants ont limpression de ne pas tre leur meilleur avec la technologie.

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Amanda Mallon President, Northwest Territories Teachers Federation The Role of the Teacher/Educator
Teachers know that computers are here to stay. In a recent Canadian Teachers Federation survey, 64% of teachers question the role that technology plays in teaching. They view technology as another teaching strategy, not an essential tool. The fear that technology is going to take over completely has generally gone. Teachers feel that their role as existing partners in technology is to teach critical thinking skills. These critical thinking skills have always been an essential component of educators.

Computers have heightened expectations for both teachers and students. Both teachers and students are using computers. It has changed how teachers teach and students learn. Infrastructure of work around computers contributed to a change in classroom dynamics teachers now learn skills from students. There has been a shift in the role of learners. It is important that teachers are not just technology experts but also experts in learning. Teachers are not resistant to change and understand that technology is critical for student learning. Many teachers feel that they are not doing the best job they can with technology. Right now, teachers use technology for two main purposes; to manage data and communicate with other teachers, students and families.

106

Actuellement, les enseignants utilisent la technologie pour deux objectifs principaux : grer les donnes et communiquer avec les autres enseignants, les lves et les familles. Perfectionnement professionnel pour les ducateurs Les enseignants et les professeurs ont besoin dune formation adquate pour intgrer la technologie leur enseignement. Il y a ncessit dtudier fond la prparation des cours des enseignants versus la capacit dintgrer la technologie. Il est important de reconnatre que plusieurs enseignants ont le sentiment de ne pas avoir t entendus, de ne pas avoir particip au processus de prise de dcision et ils ont besoin dy participer puisque ce quils ont dire est essentiel. Les enseignants doivent tre impliqus dans le choix du perfectionnement professionnel qui leur est propre. Ils veulent participer la cration du contenu. Il y a des sphres dattributions qui accordent aux enseignants le temps et les ressources pour produire le contenu. Le Nouveau-Brunswick fait participer les lves la technologie daprentissage. Lalphabtisation y a t reconnue comme tant extrmement importante. Ils ont dvelopp des activits de perfectionnement professionnel pour que les enseignants puissent tre en mesure de travailler de faon efficace avec les parents des lves. De cette faon, ils obtiennent de bons enseignants avec une bonne pdagogie et des connaissances spcialises en technologie. On y forme des quipes denseignants et dexperts en technologie en vue de crer des animations pour le contenu du programme dtudes. Le NouveauBrunswick voulait un produit de qualit disponible pour tous les lves. Le rle quune bibliothque publique active et nergique peut jouer dans le perfectionnement professionnel des enseignants, des parents, des lves et du public est essentiel. En Ontario, il y a des

Professional Development for Educators Teachers and professors need proper training to integrate technology into their teachings. There is a need to explore teacher preparation courses vs. the ability to integrate technology. It is important to recognize that many teachers feel that they have been the forgotten voice, they have not been part of the decision-making process and they need to be as they are a critical voice. Teachers need to be involved in determining their own professional development. Teachers want input to create content. There are jurisdictions that allow teachers time and resources to produce content. New Brunswick involves their students in learning technology. In New Brunswick, literacy has been identified as extremely important. They have developed professional development activities for teachers to enable them to work effectively with parents of students. They get good teachers with good pedagogies, with expertise in technology. They team teachers with technological experts to create the animations for the curriculum content. New Brunswick wanted a quality product that was available to all students. The role that an active and energetic public library can play in professional development of teachers, parents, students and the general public is essential. There are examples in Ontario where the library team goes into schools to review programs. They also worked with teachers to develop PowerPoint presentations on technology and various other curriculum areas. Peer training is essential; teachers must be able to work with each other. Another suggestion is to mobilize teachers as trainers for other teachers. Setting up mentoring situations has been effective in terms of transferring teaching skills.

107

exemples o lquipe de la bibliothque va dans les coles pour rviser les programmes. Ils travaillent aussi avec les enseignants dvelopper des prsentations en PowerPoint sur la technologie et diffrents autres secteurs du programme dtudes. La formation entre pairs est essentielle; les enseignants doivent pouvoir travailler les uns avec les autres. Une autre suggestion : mobiliser les enseignants tre les formateurs de leurs collgues. Le mentorat sest avr efficace en ce qui concerne le transfert des aptitudes enseigner. Dun commun accord, les enseignants ont demand que la technologie informatique en milieu de travail soit spcifie au programme dtudes comme ne pouvant convenir tous. Les enseignants doivent pouvoir utiliser la technologie efficacement sils veulent voir une diffrence chez leurs lves. Certains enseignants ont besoin de plus de soutien pour appliquer des mthodes denseignement interactif. Dans lenseignement suprieur, particulirement chez les adultes, les gens constatent que la technologie est essentielle. Il faut viter que les enseignants pensent que la technologie sauvera lducation; cest plutt lducation qui sauvera la technologie. Lenseignement rendra aux technologies toute leur signification. Le dfi : Comment pouvons-nous mobiliser les enseignants prparer eux-mmes le contenu? Cest le fond mme de la question. Les enfants sadaptent rapidement. Ils sont llment moteur sous-jacent du contenu des enjeux et des ressources en ducation. Le Rseau ducation-Mdias est conu pour aider les adultes dmystifier le contenu. Il renforce lide que les enfants ont des comptences en technologie, mais que les adultes possdent lexprience de la vie pour mettre le contenu en perspective. Le Rseau ducation-Mdias a cr des ressources pour que les enseignants soient

One common request from teachers is that in-servicing computer technology needs to be curriculum specific Not one size fits all. Teachers need to be able to use technology effectively to make a difference for their students. Some teachers need more support to put more interactive teaching methods. In higher education particularly for adults, people realize that they cannot do without technology. Teachers must not think that technology will save education; rather education will save technology. Teaching will give technologies their meaning. The challenge is How can we mobilize teachers to prepare the content themselves? This is the crux of the issue. Kids are early adaptors. They are the driving force behind the content of educational issues and resources. The Media Awareness Network is designed to assist adults to demystify the content. The Media Awareness Network reinforces that kids have the technological skills but that adults have the life experience to put the content into perspective. The Media Awareness Network has created resources for teachers to create awareness of issues and content, they will be working closely with the Canadian Teachers Federation. As adults and educators, we have a lot to do to develop our partnerships. In terms of the summit, it is very important to mention the Canadian position. Canada needs to take a leadership position as far as what is done in the field of teaching with technology. Practices of integration with technology exist everywhere. It can be seen on provincial and territorial organization websites. When most of the teachers started teaching, there were no resources for working with technology, now there are many fabulous resources. It remains a responsibility of those involve in this area to ensure that teachers and educators are effectively trained on new technologies. There needs

108

conscients des enjeux et du contenu. Il travaillera en troite collaboration avec la Fdration canadienne des enseignants et des enseignantes. Comme adultes et ducateurs, nous avons beaucoup faire pour dvelopper nos partenariats. la lumire du Sommet, il est trs important de mentionner la position canadienne. Le Canada doit prendre une position de chef de file pour ce qui se fait dans le domaine de lenseignement laide de la technologie. Les pratiques dintgration laide de la technologie existent partout. On peut le constater sur les sites Web des organisations provinciales et territoriales. Quand la plupart des enseignants ont commenc dans lenseignement, il ny avait pas de ressources pour travailler avec la technologie. Maintenant, il y a de nombreuses ressources fabuleuses. Cest la responsabilit de ceux qui sont impliqus dans ce domaine de sassurer que les enseignants et les ducateurs reoivent une formation adquate sur les nouvelles technologies . Il doit y avoir un dialogue permanent pour partager les pratiques exemplaires . Stratgies pour une ducation efficace Ce que nous offrons au public dans nos muses est superbe, mais qui enseigne aux enfants comment juger le contenu et ce quoi ils ont accs? Comme ducateurs, nous sommes concerns : qui enseignera nos enfants comment utiliser toutes les nouvelles donnes et le contenu quoffre la technologie? Lre de linformation numrique fait partie de nos vies elle a rendu lducation laide des mdias absolument essentielle. Linformation numrique offre aux ducateurs un outil pour raliser le programme dducation du public. Les connaissances mdiatiques sont un outil essentiel lre numrique et doit tre prise

to be ongoing dialogue to share best practices. Strategies for Effective Education What we are providing for the public in our museums is great but who teaches the kids how to judge the content of what they have access to? This concerns us as educators; who is going to teach our kids to use all the new data and content available to them through technology. Digital information age is part of our lives changed how media education is more critical. Digital Information provides educators with a tool to fulfill public education agenda. Media Literacy is an essential tool in the digital age and must be considered when looking at all areas of the media. The last decade has seen incredible changes in terms of expanded access to information. Media literacy provides educational framework. The focus in media literacy is children and youth, to empower youth to be consumers of media information. It is important to develop an educational policy framework to develop all these goals. One identified goal should be to develop new information in a way that is accessible for all learners how to use new information. How about promoting perseverance in distance learners? In New Brunswick, in terms of ensuring perseverance, they recognize that some students do better with traditional learning strategies. They also promote face-to-face learning; web cams are useful in our smaller and more remote communities. Their teachers make sure to meet with all their students on a one to one basis at the beginning of the school year.

109

Upcoming issues that need to be considered en considration quand on voit toutes les avenues des mdias. La dernire dcennie a are: connu des changements incroyables en - Instant messaging dangers consist of: termes de croissance de laccs gossip/bullying; creating a culture of linformation. Les connaissances cruelty; easy access to hateful and mdiatiques fournissent un cadre inappropriate information. Text pdagogique. messaging is transferable / adapted easily and discreet. Concerns around Ltude des mdias est centre surtout sur text messaging include that it is les enfants et les jeunes, afin de donner la developing its own language; it is also jeunesse la capacit de devenir des eroding use of language. consommateurs de linformation des mdias. - Young people are using multiple arenas in Il est important dlaborer un cadre de the net for social interaction. politique ducationnelle pour dvelopper - Are there groups working to deal with the tous ces objectifs. Lun des objectifs issue of digital content and strategies to identifis devrait tre le dveloppement deal with access to copyright content? dune nouvelle information sous une forme qui rendrait lapprentissage de son utilisation accessible tous les apprenants. Role of Educational Institutions Comment promouvoir la persvrance chez les apprenants distance? Au Nouveau-Brunswick, pour sassurer quils feront preuve de persvrance, on reconnat que certains lves russissent mieux avec les stratgies dapprentissage conventionnelles. On favorise aussi lapprentissage en personne; les camras Web sont utiles dans nos communauts plus petites et plus loignes. Leurs enseignants sassurent de rencontrer tous leurs lves, individuellement, au dbut de lanne scolaire. Questions imminentes dont il faut tenir compte : -Les dangers de la messagerie instantane incluent: les ragots/lintimidation; lapparition dune culture de la cruaut; laccs facile la documentation haineuse et inapproprie. La messagerie texte est transfrable/sadapte facilement et est discrte. Les proccupations au sujet de la messagerie texte sont quelle dveloppe son propre langage; un terrain propice lrosion de la langue. Les jeunes utilisent de nombreux sites de rencontre sur le Net pour avoir une interaction sociale. School boards need to have a plan to integrate technology. Public Libraries are working with literacy groups in communities to make sure that information language can be understood and adapted to all sections of society. Canada has a long history in distance education because the country has one of the best telecommunication systems in the world. Learners need a forum that allows them to be interactive. Online allows any adult learners to get the program they want. The Summit is too focused on hardware. WSIS is about hardware only, e.g. broadband. Hurdles for Effective Education Aboriginal Education there is a problem finding resources and funding for aboriginal histories. The solution is Internet. Access to information levels the playing fields, and as a converse, lack of access creates inequalities. Non-aboriginal children have unlimited access due to their home and school experiences. Aboriginal students do not have

110

Y a-t-il des groupes qui traitent la question du contenu numrique et des stratgies pour faire face laccs du contenu protg par le droit dauteur? Rle des institutions ducationnelles Les conseils scolaires doivent avoir un plan pour intgrer la technologie. Dans les communauts, les bibliothques publiques travaillent avec les groupes dalphabtisation afin de sassurer que la langue de linformation puisse tre comprise et adapte toutes les tranches de la socit. Parce quil est un pays dot dun des meilleurs systmes de tlcommunications au monde, le Canada a de nombreux prcdents dans le domaine de lducation distance. Les apprenants ont besoin dune tribune qui leur permet linteraction. Le service en ligne permet tout apprenant adulte dobtenir le programme dsir.

the same accessibilities in their homes. The majority of Aboriginal peoples do not have access to technology. They live in reduced economic circumstances and connectivity and access issues have not been entirely resolved. Canada has third class citizens. They are looking to get access and they do not have the means to address this imbalance. This message needs to go to whoever can fix it. In India, they have just announced the development of small affordable portable workstations that cost $250. Education Internationals main focus is literacy at an early age, particularly for girls. New methods of distance education should be more open. People must be able to educate themselves even if they do not have access to technology. ICTs are more used in English speaking programs rather than Francophone schools, partly due to lack of available resources in software and hardware resources.

Le Sommet est trop ax sur lquipement technique. Le Sommet mondial sur la socit The Canadian Teachers Federation is currently working on a proposal to start the de linformation porte seulement sur le process of finding out information about lack matriel, p. ex. la bande large. of access for Aboriginal students and female students. Obstacles une ducation efficace ducation des Autochtones - il y a un problme pour trouver les ressources et le financement pour connatre lhistoire des Autochtones. La solution est Internet. Laccs linformation galise les chances et, loppos, le manque daccs cre des ingalits. Compte tenu de leurs milieux familiaux et scolaires, les enfants non autochtones ont un accs illimit. Les lves autochtones ne bnficient pas du mme accs dans leurs maisons. Access to ICTs We are convinced that access will solve all the problems of a developing country. Access in remote and rural areas of Canada is still a problem. In Saskatchewan, for example, the Internet is available although it remains dial up in some cases. In New Brunswick, the content is available to all, whether or not it is accessed by all is another question. Largest use of technology in schools is for research; it is taking over the role of the library.

111

La majorit des Autochtones na pas accs la technologie. Ils vivent dans des conditions conomiques limites et les questions lies la connectivit et laccs nont pas t entirement rsolues. Le Canada a des citoyens de troisime classe. Ils cherchent avoir accs et ils nont pas les moyens de rgler ce dsquilibre. Ce message doit se rendre l o on peut rgler le problme. En Inde, on vient tout juste dannoncer le dveloppement de petits postes de travail portables et abordables au cot de 250 $. Le principal centre dintrt international de lducation est lalphabtisation un jeune ge, particulirement chez les filles. Les nouvelles mthodes dducation distance devraient tre plus ouvertes. Les gens doivent pouvoir sinstruire eux-mmes, mme sils nont pas accs la technologie. Lutilisation des technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) est plus marque dans les programmes anglophones que dans les coles francophones, cela est en partie d au manque de ressources de logiciels et de matriel disponibles. La Fdration canadienne des enseignants et des enseignantes travaille actuellement prparer une proposition pour commencer le processus de recherche dinformations concernant le manque daccs des lves autochtones et des lves fminines. Accs aux TIC Nous sommes convaincus que laccs rsoudra tous les problmes dun pays en dveloppement. Laccs pour les rgions loignes et rurales du Canada est encore un problme. En Saskatchewan, par exemple, lInternet est disponible, bien que laccs soit par ligne commute dans certains cas. Au NouveauBrunswick, le contenu est disponible pour tous. Cependant, la question se pose savoir si tous y ont accd.

Connectivity is a challenge. The Media Awareness website has many resources available to teachers, parents and students. In remote communities, they are trying to make resources available through CDROMs. In the library, all individuals can access databases. There are some problems working with database vendors, including the francophone databases, which do not allow access to remote learners. Digital licensing can be very expensive and time consuming. Public libraries are working in collaboration at a provincial and territorial level. Access to information must be maintained. Access to content must be watched and monitored. Any investments in technology must be invested in the human beings who will be working with the customers of the information age. In the news, we have seen examples of good access on resources. If anything comes out of this, the federal government must maintain the current existing access already enjoyed by average Canadians. 95% is NOT enough and it is the last 5% of the population that does not have access whose needs must be met. On information literacy, a large part of the world is still illiterate, so is a significant part of the underprivileged in Canada.

112

Dans les coles, la technologie est utilise surtout pour la recherche; elle prend la place de la bibliothque. La connectivit est un dfi. Le site Web ducation-Mdias offre plusieurs ressources disponibles pour les enseignants, les parents et les lves. Dans les communauts loignes, on cherche rendre les ressources disponibles sur cdrom. la bibliothque, tous ont accs aux bases de donnes. Il y a certains problmes travailler avec les fournisseurs de bases de donnes, compte tenu que les bases de donnes francophones ne sont pas accessibles aux apprenants loigns. La concession de licences dans le domaine numrique peut coter trs cher et exiger beaucoup de temps. Les bibliothques publiques travaillent en collaboration au niveau provincial et rgional. Laccs linformation doit tre maintenu. Il faut surveiller et mesurer laccs au contenu. Tout investissement dans la technologie doit tre investi dans les tres humains qui travailleront avec les clients de lre de linformation. Dans les actualits, nous avons vu des exemples de bon accs aux ressources. Si quelque chose doit rsulter de cette confrence, cest que le gouvernement fdral doit maintenir laccs dont jouit dj le Canadien moyen. 95 % NEST PAS assez et nous devons rpondre aux besoins des derniers 5 % de la population qui nont pas daccs. Quant la capacit de lire et crire linformation, une grande partie du monde est toujours analphabte, comme une grande part des gens dmunis au Canada.

113

CHAPITRE VI : LA GOUVERNANCE DE LINTERNET La question de la gouvernance de lInternet est lune des questions qui a t reporte du Sommet de Genve celui de Tunis. Actuellement, la gouvernance se dfinit avant tout par lattribution dadresses IP, lattribution des identificateurs de protocole, la gestion de noms de domaines de premier niveau gnrique (gTLD) et de noms de domaines de premier niveau de pays (ccTLD), et la gestion du systme de nom de domaine de premier niveau ainsi que celle du serveur racine. Toutes ces resposabilits incombent lICANN (Socit pour lattribution des noms de domaine et numros sur Internet). ICANN relve du dpartement du commerce des tats-Unis. Au niveau international, le dbat a mis laccent sur ce que la gouvernace de lInternet devrait tre et qui devrait lexercer. Les tats ont convenu quun organisme multilatral devrait tre responsable et que sa mission devrait tre plus gnrale que lattribution des noms de domaines. LUnion internationale des Tlcommunications (UIT), une agence spcialise des Nations Unies responsable de la rglementation, de la standardisation et du dveloppement des tlcommunications dans le monde entier, et organisme chef de file du processus du SMSI, a galement signifi son intrt assumer la gouvernance dInternet. Ainsi, la session sest penche sur les deux premires questions; savoir ce quest la gouvernance dInternet, qui devrait lassurer et pourquoi. Les confrenciers se sont aussi demand comment sassurer quon prenne en considration les besoins des utilisateurs. Trois confrenciers ont prsent leurs points de vue: Don MacLean, membre du Groupe de Travail sur la Gouvernance de lInternet (GTGI), William McIver, Jr., Ph.D, membre de Computer Professionals for Social

CHAPTER VI : INTERNET GOVERNANCE The question of Internet governance is one of the issues that was deferred from the Geneva Summit to the Tunis Summit. Currently, governance primarily consists of Internet Protocol (IP) address space allocation, protocol identifier assignment, generic (gTLD) and country code (ccTLD) Top-Level Domain name system management, and root server system management functions and are the responsibility of ICANN (Internet Corporation For Assigned Names and Numbers). ICANN performs under the United States Department of Commerce. At the international level, the discussion focussed on what Internet governance should be and who should exercise it. The States agreed that a multilateral organization should be responsible and that its mission should be broader than the assignment of domain names. The International Telecommunication Union (ITU), a United Nations specialized agency responsible for regulating, standardizing and developing telecommunications around the world and lead agency in the WSIS process, is also interested in taking charge of Internet governance. Thus, this session focussed on the first two issues; namely, what is Internet governance, who should provide it and why. The speakers also asked how to ensure that users needs are considered. Three speakers presented their points of view: Don MacLean, Member, Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG); William McIver, Jr., PhD, Member, Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility; and Marc Raboy, Full Professor Beaverbrook Chair in Ethics, Media and Communications, McGill University.

114

Responsiblity, et Marc Raboy, professeur titulaire, chaire Beaverbrook en thique, mdia et communication, Universit McGill. La prsidence de la session a t confie Pierre Gigure du Rseau des Chaires UNESCO en communication (ORBICOM) et Maja Andjelkovic de lInstitut international pour le dveloppement durable tait rapporteur.

The session was chaired by Pierre Gigure, UNESCO Chairs in Communication (ORBICOM), and Maja Andjelkovic, International Institute for Sustainable Development, was the rapporteur.

115

INTERNET GOVERNANCE: A PROGRESS REPORT FROM WGIG Don MacLean Member of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG)

In this presentation, I propose to address these questions from the perspective of the Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG) that was set up by the United Nations Secretary-General (UNSG), pursuant to a request made by the first phase of the World Summit on the Information Society. During the preparatory process that preceded WSIS-I, negotiators were unable to agree on a coordination mechanism and concrete lines of action related to Internet governance to be included in the Declaration of Principles and Plan of Action. They therefore asked the UNSG to set up a working group with a mandate to investigate and make proposals for action, as appropriate, on the governance of the Internet, inter alia by: developing a working definition of Internet governance; identifying the public policy issues that are relevant to Internet governance; developing a common understanding of the respective roles and responsibilities of governments, existing intergovernmental and international organizations and other forums as well as the private sector and civil society from both developing and developed countries; preparing a report on the results of this activity to be presented for consideration and appropriate action for the second phase of WSIS.

As directed by WSIS-I, the composition and working methods of WGIG have been designed to support an open and inclusive process that ensures a mechanism for the full and active participation of governments, the private sector and civil society from both developing and developed countries, involving relevant intergovernmental and international organizations and forums. In particular, the 40 members of the working group represent government, the private sector and civil society in a reasonably balanced fashion, taking into account regional, linguistic, and gender factors as well as levels of development; relevant international organizations attend WGIG meetings as observers; WGIG meetings are designed to maximize opportunities for stakeholder input through open consultation sessions, which have been allocated between 25% and 40% of the time available to WGIG at its first three meetings; stakeholders have opportunities to provide input on-line through the WGIG website (http://www.wgig.org), as well as through informal regional meetings and other special events.

What does WGIG mean by Internet governance? WGIG has taken a broad approach to defining Internet governance, and sees it as covering a much wider range of issues and mechanisms than the ICANN vs. ITU (Internet Corporation For Assigned Names and Numbers vs International Telecommunication Union) debate that characterized the preparations for WSIS-I.

116

Although the working group has decided not to propose a working definition of Internet governance until it issues a final report following its fourth meeting in June, the preliminary report that was presented to PrepCom 2 in February, 2005 signaled that WGIG is developing an approach to defining Internet governance that includes both governmental and non-governmental mechanisms. The WGIG approach also recognizes that Internet governance includes different types of actions, ranging from hard decisions that are cast in the form of laws and regulations, to softer decisions regarding technical standards, other norms, policy coordination and international cooperation. As part of its broad approach to defining Internet governance, the working group has clustered Internet-related public policy issues into five groups, in recognition of the fact that different kinds of governance solutions are likely to be required in different areas. The five clusters are : issues related to physical infrastructure (i.e. mainly ITU-related issues); issues related to logical infrastructure (i.e. mainly ICANN-related issues); issues related to the use and misuse of the Internet, such as spam, and information and network security; issues that have Internet-related aspects but are much broader in scope, such as intellectual property rights, trade and commerce, privacy, and freedom of expression; development-related issues, including human, financial, and technical capacitybuilding, which cut across the other four clusters.

Who should govern the Internet and why? Although WSIS-I was unable to conclude negotiations with regard to Internet governance coordination and action lines, the Declaration of Principles (DOP) adopted by the Geneva phase of the summit nevertheless contains provisions that largely answer the question of who should govern the Internet and why at least from the point of view of the governments participating in the summit. In particular, the DOP sets out three frameworks that WGIG has found particularly helpful in providing answers to these questions. Clause 48 of the DOP answers the who question when it states that the international management of the Internet should be multilateral, transparent and democratic, with the full involvement of governments, the private sector, civil society and international organizations. Clause 49 provides an answer to one kind of why question Why should all these actors be involved? This clause states that the management of the Internet encompasses both technical and public policy issues and goes on to specify the roles that States, the private sector, civil society, intergovernmental organizations, and other international organizations should play in Internet governance because of their inherent responsibilities and/or previous contributions. Clause 48 provides an answer to another kind of why question Why does something need to be done to change the basis of Internet governance? This clause states that the Internet has evolved into a global facility available to the public and its governance should constitute a core issue of the information society agenda, before going on to set out a number of goals that existing Internet governance arrangements have not achieved including an equitable distribution of resources, access for all, a stable and secure functioning of the Internet, and multilingualism.

117

In a series of working papers prepared for its third meeting in April, 2005, WGIG used these frameworks to assess the adequacy of existing governance arrangements in relation to the main public policy issues that fall under each of the five clusters described in the previous section. In conducting these assessments, WGIG recognized that inherent differences between different kinds of governance arrangements preclude one size fits all solutions. Given the differences, for example, between the treaty-making processes used by traditional intergovernmental organizations to create international law, and the open, bottom-up governance processes traditionally used to coordinate technical development of the Internet, it seems clear that different kinds of action are required in different institutional settings to reform Internet governance so that it becomes multi-stakeholder, transparent and democratic. In other words, it is only realistic to expect that the application of these general norms will entail different practical consequences in different kinds of organizations. How to ensure that users needs will be taken into consideration? In spite of the natural variations described in the previous section, it is clear from WGIGs assessment of existing Internet governance arrangements that all of them fall short, in one way or another, of achieving the governance objectives set out in the WSIS Declaration of Principles. It is also clear that it is Internet end users typically represented by civil society organizations who usually get the short end of the stick. In examining existing arrangements, WGIG has found that traditional intergovernmental organizations are still dominated by national governments, in spite of the efforts they have made to engage other stakeholders in their decision-making processes. The working group has also found that among non-government stakeholders, the private sector generally has a stronger voice in these organizations than civil society. WGIG has also noted the increasing importance of private governance arrangements that have been set up to perform such functions as developing technical standards, managing core Internet resources, and resolving commercial disputes. Many of these arrangements exclude governments, civil society, and traditional intergovernmental organizations from their proceedings. The Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) is a notable exception, in that it makes provision for limited participation by governments and civil society through its Government Advisory Committee (GAC) and At Large Advisory Committee (ALAC). Although it has not yet developed final recommendations, WGIG is currently focusing on a number of ways in which existing Internet governance arrangements could be reformed to ensure that users needs will be taken into consideration when decisions are made. On a point of principle, it is important to clarify that the intent of the WSIS-I Declaration of Principles and Plan of Action was to call for multistakeholder governance of the Internet, rather than traditional forms of multilateral governance. In the information society, governments are becoming increasingly important Internet users for example, by using the Internet to improve the delivery of health care, education and other public services. This is particularly the case in many developing countries, where public sector requirements are often a more important driver of Internet development than e-commerce and other forms of private demand. Because of the increasing dependence of all governments on the stable and secure functioning of the Internet, including multilingualism, it seems logical that they should have a greater role in shaping policy and providing public oversight in relation to the management of the Internets core technical resources.

118

There currently are no global governance arrangements in place to deal with spam and other emerging threats to the stable and secure functioning of the Internet. The experience of countries that have been pioneers in responding to these threats shows that a multistakeholder, toolkit approach is needed to deal with these kinds of problems i.e. that to be effective, laws and regulations prohibiting harmful activities must be accompanied by public education, industry codes of conduct, and cooperative international enforcement arrangements. Because the effects of spam and related threats are more severe in developing countries, as a result of limited bandwidth and the relatively higher cost of Internet access, international efforts to combat these threats must include developing countries, and help build technical and regulatory capacity. Better coordination is clearly needed between the governance activities of the Internet community and the governance activities of traditional intergovernmental organizations, such as the ITU, WTO (World Trade Organization), and WIPO (World Intellectual Property Organization) , whose general responsibilities are increasingly affected by the Internet, and whose decisions in turn impact the development of Internet technology, services, applications and content. To a large extent, the challenge is to strengthen the voice of end users, as represented by civil society, in these organizations. Bearing in mind that the overall goal of the WSIS process, of which WGIG is a part, is to harness the development of the Internet and other information and communication technologies (ICTs) to sustainable global development goals particularly the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) it is clear that measures to enhance effective participation by developing country stakeholders, including governments, the private sector and civil society, in Internet governance should be a fundamental objective of all reform initiatives. The WGIG experience, like the experience of the G8 Digital Opportunities Task Force and the UN ICT Task Force, has shown the value of informal multistakeholder forums that allow representatives from government, the private sector and civil society to compare perspectives on global governance issues, in order to develop a common understanding of what needs to be done, as well as to develop ideas that can lead to action in appropriate fora. WSIS-II may wish to consider whether there is merit is creating an ongoing Internet governance forum to continue this work.

119

AN EXAMINATION OF THE SCOPE AND PARAMETERS OF GOVERNANCE IN THE INFORMATION SOCIETY William McIver, Jr., Ph.D Member of Computer Professionals for Social Responsiblity Introduction The World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) has presented Civil Society with an important opportunity to contribute to the shaping of information and communication technology (ICT) policy within the rapidly evolving, technologically-enabled environment being called the information society. Phase II of the WSIS is focused on two broad issues. One issue is Internet governance. The other issue is financing mechanisms. These were the two major areas from Phase I of the WSIS in which agreements were not reached. Many issues beyond governance and finance are seen as lacking resolution. The resolution of governance and finance issues are, however, seen by many as the most critical to realizing the original goal of Phase II, which is to put a plan of action into effect to realise the principles, goals, targets and benchmarks agreed upon in the WSIS. This position paper examines three questions in the context of the Internet governance process of the WSIS. First, what is Internet Governance? Second, who should govern the Internet and Why? Third, how do we ensure that users needs are taken into consideration? Particular emphasis is given here to the role of computing professionals. Governance Governance in the information society can be defined as the acts and processes of administering the information and communication technologies that make up the society. For any of the bodies involved this should be built upon a well-defined scope and recognition of their authority to govern. A governing body must have adequate power and means to exercise its authority within this scope. Governance principles must be built upon a substrate of norms agreed upon by those that are to recognize the authority of the body. All acts and processes carried out by a governing body must adhere to these governing principles. Human rights as defined within the United Nations system are, therefore, not just a moral choice for such principles, they are a practical one. Members of the society individuals, governments, and other entities must have meaningful mechanisms to give input into the governance process and to make seek investigation of and redress for violations of these principles. In short, a governing body must be accountable to the entities that recognize its authority. These ideas are not new. They are directly generalizable from existing norms of human rights and democratic governance. Scope The phrase Internet governance is an unfortunate construction. It unnecessary limits the focus of discussion. Perhaps it was chosen in an act of imprecise naming and this is simply more of a question of semantics.

120

Nevertheless, the question that has arisen since Phase I is whether the WSIS should define governance as having a scope beyond just the Internet. The need to focus on the governance of the Internet in the context of WSIS is without question. The Internet and its enabling technologies, technological processes, and technical characteristics will allow it to continue to be the dominant shaper of the information society for the foreseeable future. More importantly, the Internet has become part of the critical infrastructure of the global society. Thus, any major problems or gaps within its governance mechanisms must be addressed. The problem is that such a focus risks eclipsing many other issues and technological environments that should be included in an integrated view of governance mechanisms for an information society. The focus of the Internet governance discourse even preceding WSIS has been centred on Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) and, to a lesser extent, the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF). The scope of this discourse includes: the legitimacy and authority of ICANN; their roles; mechanisms for public participation in decision making; the political and functional relationships between ICANN, IETF and other bodies such as the ITU; as well as many technical, policy, and even diplomatic issues involved in the Domain Name System (DNS) upon which most Internet services depend.

This is by no means and exhaustive list of issues, but these are arguably the central questions. This paper will not attempt to rehash these debates. See Mueller (1999 and 2002) for an overview of the dominant issues here. Clearly the complexity of this corpus of issues requires a dedicated effort, as represented by the Working Group Internet Governance (WGIG); however, WSIS must ensure that other domains are examined with respect to governance. Some ICT domains such as telephony, radio, television, and postal communications have long been under the oversight of international standard-making regimes and governance bodies, including the International Telecommunication Union and the Universal Postal Union (see McIver and Birdsall 2005). It is, however, the convergences of ICT domains and potential conflicts that arise as a result that bring about the strongest arguments for an expanded notion of governance in the information society. In particular, the adaptation of telephony, radio and television to the Internet, have and will continue to bring about test cases for governance. Other policy domains such as data privacy have also seen challenges brought about by ICT-enabled situations. All of this can be seen in the most general way in the WSIS Declaration of Principles, which recognizes in section A.1 the universality, indivisibility, interdependence and interrelation of all human rights and fundamental freedoms (2003a). This must be translated down to the appropriate levels to deal with technological interrelationships and analogs between technological domains where similar governance principles should be applied. It is the case, however, that such governance situations are sometimes being dealt with in asymmetrical ways, often for purposes of supporting non-technical goals such as competition. Several examples from the Canadian context may help to support the arguments made above of where critical governance-related questions would be addressed only indirectly, if at all, in a DNS-focused discourse on governance.

121

Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) vs. traditional telephony: The Canadian Radiotelevision and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) has, for example, recently decided on limiting its regulation of VoIP relative to traditional telephony (CRTC 2005). In the context of WSIS such situations must be examined critically to see how existing rights and protections are transferred to the new technological domain, as well as any situations requiring protections that are unique to the new technology. The Canadian Privacy Act and Sovereignty: ICT have long enabled trans-border data sharing within and between corporate and governmental entities. This has raised legal conflicts between nations. Provisions in the United States Patriot Act, for example, raised concerns about its impact on the Canadian Privacy Act. The USA Patriot Act allows the U.S. government to collect data from U.S. companies. Some of these have subsidiaries in Canada, where data protection laws are in effect. Legislation has been developed in British Columbia to address these concerns, but it highlights the need for a more general approach to governance where information society issues of this type can be addressed (Canton 2004). Sovereignty and Participation Representation and participation must be examined along at least two dimensions with regard to governance of the information society. One dimension is that of sovereignty and the role of the state in governance. The other, no less important, dimension is that of the entities to be afforded rights to meaningful input into governance. Sovereignty Developing a shared understanding of sovereignty is important in governance of the information society in establishing legitimacy, authority and territorial scope of a governing body. Recent civil society discourse on sovereignty relating to the WGIG has referenced the so-called Westphalian model. This is a limited view of sovereignty and it is in some cases an inappropriate model given the technological context to which governance mechanisms are being proposed. Krasner defines the following types or meanings of sovereignty: Westphalian sovereignty, or more properly Vattelian-Westphalian sovereignty; international legal sovereignty; domestic sovereignty; and interdependence sovereignty. These are defined by the types of interactions they address within and between policies recognized in the international community. They are also defined by the character of authority within them. Westphalian sovereignty describes a system that accords to polities the right to exclude other states or external entities from its structures of authority. Krasner points out that this model is more properly attributed to Swiss legal theorist Emmerich de Vattel and not the Peace of Westphalia of 1648. International legal sovereignty has generally referred to what Philpott calls a constitution of international society, in which territorially and juridically independent polities are accorded recognition by other such polities and are entitled to enter into agreements with one another. Domestic sovereignty refers to the recognition of the right of some supreme authority within the state to exercise control within its territory. Interdependence sovereignty refers to control by the state of the movement of material, information, or people across its borders.

122

Technologies of communication enable unique challenges, individually, to each of these different meanings of sovereignty and in some cases they create conflicts between the meanings themselves. These problems create contexts within which issues of culture, polity, and human rights must be addressed. Further, strong arguments exist within a human rights-based regime for challenging so-called Westphalian sovereignty. The genocide in Rwanda is an example. It is important to note here the role that ICT played in setting off that tragedy (see McIver, Rasmussen and Birdsall 2004). An expanded understanding of Philpotts definition of sovereignty as supreme authority within a territory should be considered. This includes his notions of authority and legitimacy and Krasners taxonomy of sovereignty types. Territory in the context of an information society must then include the concept of engineered territoriality. Territoriality is a fundamental aspect of most understandings of sovereignty. It links authority to a specific set of geographic boundaries (see Krasner, 1999, p. 20; Philpott, 2001, p. 16). Sovereignty identifies an entity having supreme authority, under some source of legitimacy, to exercise control over affairs of state over a territory or collection of territories. Such authority has usually assumed some measure of control over ICT; however, many of the technologies of the information society are by their physical nature fundamentally unnameable to sovereign regimes where territoriality is geographic. Satellite and radio broadcast footprints are but a few examples of this. The dimension of sovereignty as applied to governance in the information society must, therefore, include the notion of territory that has been constructed or engineered via technology. Other concepts such as Cultural Sovereignty should be considered here (McIver, Rasmussen and Birdsall 2004). Participation Governance in the information society should build upon the participatory principles set out if not actually observed for the WSIS. Major problems must be resolved within the multistakeholder model set out for WSIS to improve inclusion and meaningful participation. Other models and proposed reforms thereof should be considered here as well. In particular, the discourse around ICANN reform, which has reached a higher level as a result of the WSIS have produced a set of ideas (many competing) that should not be ignored, but as pointed out above these are ultimately too narrowly focused. Existing WSIS principles of participation assume a multi-stakeholder approach, where civil society along with the private sector and UN-sphere organizations are to be afforded meaningful opportunities to give input. If ultimate decision-making authority over governance of the information society is to be given to member states of the United Nations, civil society must be given more significant opportunities for input than seen in the first phase of the WSIS and the ability to hold the governing body accountable to human rights standards. This should include mechanisms that allow the governing body as a whole to counterbalance actions by member states that violate human rights. Recent examples can be cited here, including Internet censorship and threats to journalists by member states participating in WSIS (see Human Rights Watch). In general, the principles of participation within a governing body for the information society must be consensual, democratic, and transparent at all levels; and they should provide reasonable access to accreditations necessary to participate.

123

The Computing Professions WSIS I correctly moved away from the view of an information society as a collection of technologies and applications; however, a major oversight has been explicit discussion with and about the computing professions that are ultimately tasked with implementing the information society. This includes not only computer scientists and engineers, but also manager and communities who interface with them. The issues that should be addressed in WSIS in this context are broader than governance. They include ethical practice by the computing professions, design practices, and sustainable development of human resources that will enable communities to participate more equitably in the information society (see McIver 2003). Governance has a role to play in reviewing standards and practices used by the computing professions in developing life-critical systems. This is not to suggest that personal development and use of ICT should be regulated; it should not. What is warranted is a level of responsibility in reviewing and encouraging the use of best design practices and technological standards for systems implemented for the public. This should not only include support for accessibility standards, but also the use of participatory design practices, where end-users are give input throughout the development of a system. Parts of the engineering and computer science community of which the author is a part have been addressing these issues for a long time, both in terms of research and practice. Yet, the nature of the discourse within the WSIS seems to suggest a reactive approach to addressing the outcomes of bad designs, rather than proactively encouraging the proper processes. Certainly more work is required within the communities that design and deploy technologies to raise awareness and force change around these issues, but in the context of WSIS more needs to be done to speak more directly to computing professionals about they way they work. References Canton, David. (2004). Patriot Act Raises Fears In B.C. London Free Press July 10, 2004 CRTC. (May 12, 2005). CRTC decides on limited regulation for VoIPtelephone services to foster competition. News release. http://www.crtc.gc.ca/ENG/NEWS/RELEASES/2005/r050512.htm Human Rights Watch. http://hrw.org Krasner, Stephen D. (1999). Sovereignty: Organized Hypocrisy. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton. McIver, Jr., William J., Merrilee Rasmussen, William F. Birdsall. (2004). Sovereignty and Communication Rights. International Colloquium Communication and Democracy: Technology and Citizen Engagement, August 4 6, Fredericton, New Brunswick, Canada. Available at http://iit.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca McIver, Jr., William J. (2003). A Community Informatics for the Information Society. IN Sen OSiochr and Bruce Girard (editors). Communicating in the Information Society. Geneva, Switzerland: United Nations Research Institute for Social Development (UNRISD). McIver, Jr., William J. and William F. Birdsall (2005). Technological Evolution and the Right to Communicate: The Implications for Electronic Democracy , Electronic William McIver, Jr. 8 of 9

124

Journal of Communication. Available from http://www.cios.org/www/ejcmain.htm Mueller, Milton. (1999). ICANN and Internet governance: Sorting through the debris of self-regulation.. Info., 1(6) December 1999: 497-520. Access in November 2002 from http://www.icannwatch.org Mueller, Milton. (2002). Ruling the Root: Internet Governance and the Taming of Cyberspace. MIT Press. Philpott, Daniel. (2001). Revolutions in Sovereignty: How Ideas Shaped Modern International Relations. Princeton, NJ : Princeton, 2001. Philpott, Daniel. (2001). Usurping the Sovereignty of Sovereignty?, World Politics 53.2 (2001): 297-324. WSIS. (2003a) Declaration of Principles. World Summit on the Information Society. Document WSIS-03/GENEVA/DOC/4-E 12 December 2003. Available at http://www.itu.int/wsis WSIS. (2003b) Plan of Action. World Summit on the Information Society. Document WSIS-03/GENEVA/DOC/5-E 12 December 2003. Available at http://www.itu.int/wsis William McIver, Jr. 9 of 9

125

THE INTERNET AS A GLOBAL PUBLIC GOOD: TOWARDS A CANADIAN POSITION ON INTERNET GOVERNANCE FOR PHASE II OF WSIS Marc Raboy Full Professor, Beaverbrook Chair in Ethics, Media and Communications, Mc Gill University and Jeremy Shtern, PhD Candidate in Communication at Universit de Montral

Introduction This paper addresses three questions, which are entirely relevant to the development of Canadas position on Internet governance for the second phase of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS): What do we mean by Internet governance? Who should govern the Internet and why? How to ensure that users needs will be taken into consideration? Some of the issues have already been addressed through texts, which can be found both within this volume and elsewhere. Anticipating this, we intend to take a long view. We are interested in communication as a social process, and in governance as the full range of activities that influence that process. Our interest in Internet governance starts there. What is the Internet? Digital information and communication technologies can be defined by their translation of information into binary digital notation a string of 1s and 0s. The first digital electronic computer is thought to have been developed in the early 1940s. In digital form, information is easily transferred to anywhere in the world, at low cost and instantaneous speed, through networks based primarily on telecommunications infrastructure. The most prominent of these digital networks, which have been developed over the last 30 years is the Internet. Personal computer processing power has increased to the point where digitized data, sound and images can all be easily transported over the Internet. As of early 2005, the Internet is estimated to have 750 million users worldwide (Gelbstein and Kubalija 2005). Let us begin with a simple characterization of the Internet: The Internet is basically a set of protocols (software instructions) for sending data over networks. In other words, it is a means of communication. So, to situate our questions more broadly, we might ask: what do we mean by communication governance, who should do it and why, and how do we ensure that users needs are taken into consideration? This is not a new issue. It has been with us at least since the invention of the telegraph. In its modern that is to say, pre-Internet guise, it referred largely to two sets of technologies (both of them strictly speaking telecommunication technologies): broadcasting and telephony. Models of communication governance It is a commonly held misconception that the notion of governance refers, strictly speaking, to the intervention of governments into some area of social or economic life. However, the similarity between these two words reflects more on their shared sense of coordination, which is derived from their common roots in the Latin verb gubernare than it does on one

126

being a function of the other. This distinction is born out in the United Nations Development Programmes (UNDP) definition of governance as a neutral concept comprising the complex mechanisms, processes, relationships and institutions through which citizens and groups articulate their interests, exercise their rights and obligations and mediate their differences (UNDP 1997). In Canada and elsewhere, two distinct models of governance developed in the 20th century for dealing with broadcasting and telephony. These grew out of the particular nature of the technologies, of course, but also out of the historical circumstances in which the technologies appeared and were developed, as well as out of the social and economic purposes attributed to them by our societies especially some would say, out of the tension between these social and economic purposes. Broadcasting was, early on, considered to be part of the public sphere, a space for public dialogue and exchange, a medium of mass communication. Over time, a set of public institutions were created for the production and dissemination of content, as well as specifying the parameters of private sector activity in this sphere. As a means of public speech, broadcasting was and is expected to reflect commonly held social values. Telephony developed on a rather different basis. Here, the public good was defined to mean universal accessibility, and content was left entirely to the discretion of the user. Where broadcasting developed as a point-to-mass communication, telephony developed as pointto-point communication. The role of governance was to ensure access while protecting freedom of use, the integrity of content and privacy. Internet governance Along came the Internet, and what do we have? A medium that combines the possibilities of point-to-point and point-to-mass communication. Sent as data over the series of protocols and instructions, which constitute the Internet, the same message can even be recycled as both point-to-point and point-to-mass communication. This juxtaposes, and often brings into conflict, differing traditions of media regulation. The potential for this convergence only increases with wider broadband access and computers with more processing power. In this respect, the Internet combines the possibilities of broadcasting and telephony as models of communication and raises all the old questions about communication governance in a very new way. Yet, the result of this everything over Internet protocol (IP) medium of communication has most often been paralysis for institutions of communication governance. Until very recently, it was almost impossible to have a serious discussion about Internet governance, in this country at least. After holding national public consultations in 1998, the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) decided in 1999 that Canada will not regulate the new media under the Broadcasting Act (CRTC 1999). Until its May 12th, 2005 ruling on Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) telephone service, the CRTC had not adapted its telephone regulatory framework to the Internet either (CRTC 2005). Thus, despite being the worlds first national regulatory body to be charged (since 1976) with a mandate for both telecommunications and broadcasting, it was not until a full ten years after the Internet began to be commercialized that the CRTC acknowledged that Internet governance has more to do with social values than it does with technology. In its decision on

127

Voice Over IP, The Commission note(d) that the focus of the Act is on telecommunications services rather than on the underlying technologies that are used to provide the services (CRTC 2005). We now realize most of us well before the CRTC finally did that all media are converging on the Internet and that the logic that led us to intervene in broadcasting and telephony also applies to the Internet. That logic has been driven by one fundamental principle, which we argue, must be maintained. And that is that communication is a public good. Or more precisely, the Internet is a public good. Indeed, the Internet is a global public good. Or at least it could and should be. When one person uses the Internet, its utility for other people is not diminished. In fact, it is just the opposite additional users only increase the utility of the Internet as a communication network. In this respect the Internet is unequivocally a nonrivalrous resource, the first of two characteristics, which Kaul, Grunberg and Stern (1999) use to define a public good. The Internet is also a nonexcludable resource, the second characteristic of a public good. That is to say that the political, economic and social costs of legislating and enforcing a restriction on the use of the Internet to certain segments of the population would be far greater than any benefits gained from doing so. The acknowledged existence of numerous so-called digital divides, or uneven levels of access to information and communication technologies, underscores the extent to which the Internet is a public good whose governance structures do not presently allow its full potential to be met nor take into account the interests of all of the groups who might benefit from it. Whats more, the groups who might benefit from the Internet include different countries, populations within countries and sets of generations both present and future. In this sense, the Internet is not only a public good, but a global public good. As the inequalities in access to the Internet increase, it will only become more challenging to justify a governance approach, which treats it as a global public good. This paradox illustrates precisely why the stakes are so high in the discussion of Internet governance, which is going on through the WSIS process. The Internet governance debate in the WSIS The first phase of the WSIS delivered a mandate to the Secretary-General of the United Nations to set up a Working Group on Internet Governance (WGIG) with the aim of defining Internet governance, identifying the relevant public policy issues, developing a common understanding of the respective roles and responsibilities of all stakeholders (governments, existing international organizations and other forums as well as the private sector and civil society) and producing a report for discussion at Phase II. The formation and composition of the WGIG holds some promise for serious discussion. Created at the end of 2004 after extensive multi-stakeholder consultations, its 40 members are broadly representative of the full range of interests engaged in the WSIS process and beyond. It is essential to understand that the WGIG is not a negotiating body, that the substantive power to shape the institutional structures, which will govern the Internet even at the international level still lies primarily at the level of the nation state. The power of the WGIG is that it is setting the agenda according to which Internet governance is likely to

128

develop. The potential contribution of the WGIG lies in its ability to use its issue-constructing mandate to fast-track the discussion of Internet governance to the point so that the inevitable divergence in intergovernmental opinion can only shape the negotiations, not determine whether or not there will be any. The challenge facing the WGIG is to define the parameters of Internet governance as a field of issues, which must be dealt with, so that political bickering does not derail the debate. As this was being written, the WGIG had produced papers on more than 25 policy issues, compressed these into four issue clusters and then produced 12 more papers analyzing the existing governance mechanisms in these areas. Though it had yet to establish its final working definition of Internet governance, the inclusion of, and attention given to these public policy issues seemed to suggest that the WGIG was working with a broader notion than merely the technical coordination functions commonly associated with the pre-WSIS framework of Internet governance. This was reflected in the unofficial draft working definition of Internet governance made public by the WGIG during PrepCom 2 in February 2005. It read as follows: First descriptive sentence: Internet governance means the collective rules, procedures and related programs intended to shape the social actors expectations, practices, and interactions concerning Internet infrastructure and transactions and content. Second prescriptive sentence: Internet governance should be multilateral, transparent and democratic, with the full and balanced involvement of governments, the private sector, civil society, and international organizations. It should encompass both technical and public policy aspects, ensure an equitable distribution of resources, facilitate access for all and maintain the stable and secure functioning of the Internet, taking into account multilingualism (Desai 2005 p.3). This interest in not only the carriage but also the content of the Internet as a medium of communication, in notions such as transparency, democracy, equitable distribution of resources and access for all, held out a promise that the WGIG would be able to frame the debate on Internet governance around the sorts of issues and questions, which have defined the Canadian experience in broadcasting and telecommunications governance. Though pre-WSIS approaches to Internet governance itself have typically stopped short at the descriptive definition, Canadas pre-Internet approach to communication governance has always been interested in the prescriptive. What remains to be seen in the WSIS process is whether the WGIG will receive enough support from national delegations for an approach to Internet governance, which includes a prescriptive component. Canada has a critical role to play here.

129

National positions The initial statements of certain national governments, made in response to the WGIGs preliminary report, seem to support such an approach to Internet governance. Delegates from developing countries, including Brazil, South Africa, Argentina and India, voiced concern about the role of United States law and business in governing and managing the Internet. The European Union expressed a similar desire about the question of internationalization of the management of the Internet's core resources, adding that a new cooperation is needed in order to confer the WSIS principles regarding the crucial role of all actors within Internet governance (E.U. 2005). In contrast, the U.S. sees communication governance as a substantially more narrow activity, which is focused on the coordination and management of technical functions. The U.S. position prefers that the private sector lead Internet governance, that regulation be as minimal as possible, and that the emphasis be placed on competition and system security. The tension between these positions essentially questions whether communication is a global public good or a local private good. Canadas Position? Where does and should Canada weigh in on this debate and what, more broadly speaking is the role for the Canadian position on Internet Governance? The recent CRTC decision that VoIP constitutes merely a telephone call made on a new kind of phone and thus will be governed according to the established institutional framework for telephony in Canada, suggests that there is growing awareness that Canadas traditional approach to communication governance is not incompatible with this new set of technologies. Furthermore, the inclusion and extensive discussion of public policy issues by the WGIG in regards to Internet governance would seem to necessitate that each national delegation in turn consider what public policy issues are relevant to communication governance in its own national context. From this perspective, the forthcoming WGIG report should be seen as a baseline. The Canadian approach to communication governance suggests that a myriad of public policy issues are brought to bear in decisions about the governance of communication. As such, it is incumbent upon the Canadian delegation to make a statement, which not only supports the broad definition of communication governance that may or may not emerge from the WGIG, but goes beyond it as a counterbalance to the narrowly technical coordination approach, which is contrary to established Canadian communication policy. It is incumbent upon Canada to go as far as, for example, Norway does in suggesting that the Internet has now become an integrated and vital part of the basic infrastructure in most nations and also part of a new global public infrastructure (ITU 2005). Norway has argued that the Internet should be seen as a global public good. The Internet as a global public good If we can agree with that starting point, all the rest will fall into place. It means that we need to develop a blended set of regulatory mechanisms, aimed at maintaining a vibrant public sphere (borrowing from the broadcasting model) as well as private uses by individuals (borrowing from telephony). With the Internet, though, the we

130

has changed, and we can no longer do this strictly at the national level and this is where WSIS comes in. The Internet also gives us a more sophisticated understanding of communication as a holistic process involving multiple sets of actors the best depiction of this is in the work of Lawrence Lessig (1999), who describes Internet governance as the result of a set of four interdependent factors: the legal/regulatory framework, the impact of markets, the social uses brought to bear by users, and what he calls code (the software and system architecture). We now recognize that communication systems do not develop on their own, but are driven by such a combination of factors: legal/regulatory, economic, social, and structural. Asking who should govern is to ask which interests should rule. In turn, Lessigs framework makes a compelling case that the tension surrounding the question of Internet governance is not one of whether or not the Internet should be governed as it has so often been framed in Canada and globally. Instead, the implication is that the Internet is being governed regardless of what formal arrangements exist for doing so. As such, the question becomes whether we want a formal arrangement, which is as democratic and transparent as possible or if we want to continue to leave the Internet to actors whose interests and agendas remain hidden and unaccountable to public policy? In considering our response, we should perhaps keep in mind Canadian political philosopher Darin Barneys caveat that arguments, which insist that networks are technically exempt from legal authority cannot be separated from the ideological belief that such exemption is politically desirable as well (2000, p. 328). This is why we insist so strongly that the starting point to this discussion has to be agreement on a broad but simple guiding principle: communication is a public good, the Internet is a public good, the Internet is a global public good. If we have a message to send to the Canadian government, it should be: let your policy on Internet governance be driven by this principle. When you go to WSIS, look at the proposals through this lens, bring this message to the world community, and perhaps the Internet will meet at least some of the great expectations that are being voiced in its name. References Babe, R. (1990) Telecommunications in Canada : Technology, Industry, and Government. Toronto, University of Toronto Press. Barney, D. (2000) Prometheus Wired. Vancouver, UBC Press. C.R.T.C. (1999) New Media: Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 1999-84/ Telecom Public Notice CRTC 99-14. Online www.crtc.gc.ca/archive/eng/Notices/1999/PB99-84.htm (last accessed 31/03/2005), Ottawa, Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission. C.R.T.C. (2005) Regulatory Framework for Voice Communication Services Using Internet Protocol: Telecom Decision CRTC 2005-28. Online http://www.crtc.gc.ca/archive/ENG/Decisions/2005/dt2005-28.htm (last accessed 9/06/2005), Ottawa, Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission. Desai, N. (2005) Preliminary Report of the Working Group on Internet Governance : Introduction by the Chair, Mr. Nitin Desai. Online:

131

http://www.wgig.org/docs/ChairIntroPrepCom.pdf (last accessed 15/06/2005), Geneva, The Working Group on Internet Governance. E.U. (2005) The European Union Statement to the Open Consultations of the Third Meeting of The Working Group on Internet Governance. Online: http://www.wgig.org/Aprilscriptmorning.html (last accessed 16/06/2005), Geneva, The Working Group on Internet Governance. Gelbstien, E. and J. Kurbalija (2005) Internet Governance: Issues, Actors and Divides. Online: www.diplomacy.edu/isl/ig/ (last accessed 10/04/2005), The Information Society Library and The Global Knowledge Partnership. I.T.U. (2005) PrepCom2: Speech on Internet Governance - Houlin Zhao. Online: http://www.itu.int/ITU-T/tsb-director/itut-wsis/files/wsis-prep2-zhao.doc (last accessed 06/06/2005), Geneva, International Telecommunication Union. Kaul, I., Grunberg, I. and M. Stern (eds.) (1999) Global Public Goods: International Cooperation in the 21st Century. New York, Oxford University Press. Lessig, L. (1999). Code and other Laws of Cyberspace. New York, Basic Books. MacLean, D. (ed.) (2004) Internet Governance: A Grand Collaboration - An Edited Collection of Papers Contributed to the United Nations ICT Task Force Global Forum on Internet Governance. New York, United Nations ICT Task Force. Par, D. J. (2003) Internet Governance in Transition : Who is the Master of this Domain? Lanham, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers. Raboy, M. (1990) Missed Opportunities: The Story of Canadas Broadcasting Policy. Montreal & Kingston, McGill-Queens University Press. Raboy, M. and Landry, N. (2004). La communication au cur de la gouvernance globale. Enjeux et perspectifs de la socit civile au Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation. Online : www.lrpc.umontreal.ca/smsirapport.pdf (last accessed 29/05/2005), Montreal, Laboratoire de recherche sur les politiques de communication. U.N.D.P. (1997) Governance for Sustainable Development: A UNDP Policy Paper. Online: http://magnet.undp.org/policy/default.htm (last accessed 15/06/2005), New York, United Nations Development Programme.

132

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Maja Andjelkovic International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD) La discussion qui a eu lieu aprs le panel a port sur plusieurs questions : le genre, les pratiques conformes la dontologie, la durabilit des solutions, la protection du consommateur, la pertinence de la gouvernance dInternet et la libert dexpression. Questions lies au genre Au dbut du dbat du SMSI, les questions taient de nature trs technique. Au fur et mesure que le processus avanait, le sujet sest ouvert pour inclure des questions accessoires , comme celles lies au genre. Ce qui est encourageant. En fait, la discussion a suivi exactement le mme processus dlargissement des questions que celui du plus grand dbat du Sommet. Il existe une dfense active lie au genre au sein du Groupe de travail sur la gouvernance dInternet (WGIG). Pratique conforme la dontologie Les questions relatives lexercice professionnel ou la pratique conforme la dontologie taient plus larges que celles concernant la gouvernance. On pourrait prsenter un argument dmontrant que les questions thiques pourraient tre codifies dune certaine faon dans une rsolution sur la gouvernance dInternet, mais l nest pas le point. Dans la plupart des professions, il y a des lignes directrices sur les pratiques conformes la dontologie et celles-ci doivent tre discutes au cours du Sommet. Quant la brevetabilit des logiciels, les

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Maja Andjelkovic International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD) The discussion that took place after the panel addressed many issues including: gender, ethical practices, sustainability of solutions, consumer protection, relevance of governing the Internet and freedom of expression. Gender issues At the beginning of the WSIS debate, issues were very technical in nature. As the process went along, it opened up to include other, soft issues such as gender. This is encouraging. In fact, the discussion followed exactly the same broadening of the issues that occurred in the larger WSIS debate. There is a very active gender advocate within WGIG. Ethical practice Issues dealing with professional practice or ethical practice were broader than governance. One could make an argument that ethical issues could be codified in some way in a resolution around Internet governance, but that is not the point. In most professions, there are ethical practice guidelines, and these need to be discussed in the WSIS process. Concerning software patents, authors of software should seek protection through copyright, but patents run counter to the logic of where patents are relevant. It is counterproductive to development goals. Locking down certain ideas to make them unusable to others is counter to the principles of WSIS.

133

auteurs de logiciels devraient se protger avec le droit dauteur, mais les brevets vont lencontre de la logique mme de la pertinence des brevets. Cela nuit aux objectifs de dveloppement. Confiner certaines ides pour les rendre inutilisables aux autres va lencontre des principes du Sommet. Durabilit Le dbat porte sur la durabilit des solutions que les communauts adoptent ou crent pour elles-mmes. Si un systme doit tre durable pour une communaut, nous devons prendre en considration le rle des professionnels de linformatique; ce rle consiste dvelopper des ressources humaines, des comptences et des connaissances qui permettent aux communauts de dvelopper leurs propres technologies. En bout de ligne, les communauts doivent avoir le contrle sur leur dveloppement.

Sustainability The discussion addresses the sustainability of solutions that communities adopt or create for themselves. If a system is to be sustainable for a community, we must consider the role that computer professionals have; that role is in human resource development, skills and knowledge that allow communities to develop their own technologies. Ultimately, communities need to have control over development. Consumer Protection

How far does the question of Internet Governance drill down to the way in which Internet services are offered in a particular country? Many people feel that the government should be putting in place consumer protection for Internet users. This position conflicts with the prevailing view that the Internet is being provided in a consumerfriendly manner, that competition is flourishing, etc. Are these issues being considered within WSIS and WGIG? Are we Protection des consommateurs talking about how service should be provided, especially as IP is being Jusquo va la question de la gouvernance dInternet pour connatre de quelle faon les increasingly used? These will be addressed in the WGIG report, especially consumer services Internet sont offerts dans un pays protection. This is sort of a green fields area, donn? Plusieurs pensent que le we need to build from the ground up, and gouvernement devrait instaurer une countries need to learn from one another. protection pour les utilisateurs dInternet. We need to build international understanding Cette position est en conflit avec lopinion of what is entailed, find common approaches prdominante selon laquelle Internet est to take on these issues. At this moment, it is offert de manire conviviale aux not high on the agenda and will hopefully consommateurs, la concurrence y est rise on the agenda as it develops. Another florissante, etc. Ces questions sont-elles set of issues that relate to the fact that the prises en considration au Sommet et au sein du Groupe de travail sur la gouvernance Internet is a platform to the delivery of public services is How do you charge people for dInternet? Y parle-t-on de la faon dont le that kind of service? How do we justify the service devrait tre fourni, particulirement delays that users who are not on high-speed quand lutilisation du IP saccrot? Ces experience [so that the choice is not questions seront traites dans le rapport du between spending more in fees and groupe de travail, notamment celle de la spending more time]. protection des consommateurs. Cest en quelque sorte un domaine vierge o nous devons construire partir de rien, et o les Relevance of Governing the Internet pays doivent apprendre les uns des autres. We have been asking the question Who Nous devons arriver une entente should govern and why? We should ask the internationale de ce qui est impos, trouver

134

des approches communes pour traiter ces problmes. Ce nest pas prioritaire pour linstant, mais a prendra de limportance au fur et mesure de son dveloppement. Un autre ensemble de questions est li au fait quInternet est une plate-forme pour la prestation de services publics : Quels frais demander pour ce genre de service? Comment justifier les dlais que subissent les utilisateurs qui ne bnficient pas de la haute vitesse (pour que le choix ne se fasse pas entre payer des frais plus levs et dpenser plus de temps)? Pertinence de la gouvernance dInternet Nous avons pos la question : Qui devrait rgir et pourquoi? Nous devrions demander : Pourquoi assurer une gouvernance? La tlphonie a t rglemente en raison de ses limites, comme ses lignes limites, le nombre limit de trous dans le mur, mais Internet na pas autant de limites. Internet EST [dj] rgi rgi par quatre ensembles de facteurs : larchitecture, les corporations, lintervention gouvernementale et ce que les utilisateurs choisissent den faire, que cela nous plaise ou non. Nous avons donc intrt, en tant que socit mondiale et communaut, dfinir les paramtres de la gouvernance. Le deuxime ensemble de questions de pourquoi rgir dans un contexte qui nest pas dfini par une raret du spectre est galement intressant. La raret du spectre est un argument pratique pour rgir un espace dans lequel les gouvernements ont un intrt, quil soit conomique ou socioculturel. Si, en tant que socit et communaut, nous pensons que cest un domaine important, cette participation est justifie. Nous faisons affaire avec une abondance de ressources et cette abondance cre le besoin, quil sagisse dun abus de contenu qui dpasse les bornes de lacceptabilit, de pourriels et ainsi de suite. Largument de la raret nest donc pas celui qui convient aujourdhui. La notion de gouvernance est partout. Il y a

question of why should this be governed? Telephony was regulated because of limitations, such as limited lines, limited number of holes in the wall, but with Internet we have far fewer limitations. The Internet IS [already] being governed. It is being governed by the four sets of factors: architecture, corporations, government intervention, and what users choose to do with it, whether we like it or not. So we have an interest as a global society and community of defining parameters of governance. The second set of questions, of why govern in a context that is not defined by spectrum scarcity is also interesting. Spectrum scarcity is a convenient argument for governing a space where governments have an interest, whether economic, or socio-cultural. If as society and community we feel that this is an important area, that involvement is justified. We are dealing with an abundance of resources, and the abundance is creating the need, be it abuse of content that go beyond bounds of acceptability, be it spam, and so on. So the scarcity argument is not the argument today. The notion of governance is everywhere. A popular definition a few years back was steering The issue is not whether it should be happening; the issue is how it is happening, in what way. In terms of content, there are areas, like spam and various forms of abuse, where people feel it is appropriate to govern. The main point of this whole panel is that these technologies raise social, political, economic issues that need to be raised in a meaningful way. In Phase I, the basic problem was the role of ICANN, IP addresses and domain name registration. Since then, it seems that the world has recognized that ICTs are relevant to everything (economic and social development, delivery of government services and so on). A certain number of governments asked: Well, if this is really important, is it appropriate that this private

135

corporation established in California takes care of this for the entire world in partnership with a state government? We can say that we understand why it may have evolved this way, but we have to wonder whether it is time to make it more of a matter of international governance. That was one objection. Another one relates to the management of the CCTLDs (Country Coded Top Level Domains): currently, redelegation has to be approved by the US Department of Commerce. That is offensive to the notion of sovereignty. Countries now realize how important the Internet is and that la phase I, le problme fondamental tait there are a lot of holes in the system, in the le rle de la Socit pour l'attribution des agreements between ICANN and people noms de domaine et numros sur Internet (ICANN), les adresses IP et lenregistrement who run root servers. If security and stability des noms de domaine. Depuis, il semble que depend on these things, what we currently have looks like an awfully shaky system. le monde a reconnu que les TIC sont applicables toutes les fins (dveloppement The private corporate approach does not seem to be bringing solutions. Another conomique et social, prestation des services gouvernementaux, etc.). Un certain concern is that governments are represented in ICANN through the government advisory, nombre de gouvernements ont demand : but they feel that giving advice is not Alors, si cest vraiment important, est-il enough. Some slightly higher level of adquat que cette socit prive tablie en government oversight is appropriate. If a Californie soccupe de cela dans le monde sensible solution is to strengthen oversight entier en partenariat avec un gouvernement over ICANN, it has to be a bit stronger than it au niveau des tats? Nous pouvons dire is currently. Internet addresses are not the que nous comprenons pourquoi cela a pu biggest part of the development challenge, voluer ainsi, mais nous devons nous demander sil est temps den faire davantage but there are these issues, such as une question de gouvernance internationale. sovereignty, where the process has stuck Ctait l une objection. Une autre a trait la and we have to resolve them before moving on to the more important things. gestion des ccTLD (noms de domaines de premier niveau de nom de pays) : actuellement, la redlgation doit tre Freedom of expression approuve par le dpartement du Commerce des .-U. Cela est offensant pour la ligne de Less is more. Whatever changes need to be made to ICANN, should be minimalist, pense de la souverainet. Les pays because there is a real threat to free ralisent maintenant combien important est Internet et quil y a plusieurs lacunes dans le expression. More than 50 countries today have some kind of censorship of the Internet. systme, dans les engagements entre The right to communication, regardless of ICANN et les gens qui exploitent les serveurs racines. Si la scurit et la stabilit borders, is guaranteed by Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, but dpendent de ces choses, ce que nous avons actuellement ressemble un systme there is this trend that some would like to govern things at the national level. affreusement fragile. Avoir recours une socit prive ne semble pas apporter de solutions. Une autre proccupation est que We can all be working on something and you les gouvernements sont reprsents obtain something on a publicly accessible lICANN par le comit consultatif quelques annes, une dfinition populaire dictait la faon dagir.La question nest pas de savoir si cela devrait se produire, mais comment et de quelle manire cela se produit. Sur le plan du contenu, il y a des choses, comme les pourriels et diffrentes formes dabus, pour lesquelles les gens pensent quil est pertinent de rgir. Le point principal de ce panel est que ces technologies soulvent des enjeux sociaux, politiques et conomiques qui ncessitent un traitement significatif.

136

gouvernemental, mais ils ont limpression que donner leur avis ne suffit pas. Il semble quune surveillance plus accrue du gouvernement soit approprie. Si une supervision accrue de lICANN est une solution raisonnable, elle doit tre plus forte quelle ne lest actuellement. Les adresses Internet ne constituent pas la plus grande part du dfi du dveloppement, mais il y a ces questions, comme celle de la souverainet, o le processus a bloqu et nous devons les rsoudre avant de passer aux choses plus importantes. Libert dexpression Le moins vaut le plus. Peu importe, mme sils sont minimes, des changements doivent tre faits lICANN, parce quil y a une menace relle la libert dexpression. Aujourdhui, plus de 50 pays ont une certaine forme de censure de lInternet. Le droit la communication, sans gard aux frontires, est assur par larticle 19 de la Dclaration universelle des droits de lhomme. Mais, il y a une tendance selon laquelle certains voudraient rgir les choses lchelon national. Nous pouvons tous travailler quelque chose et trouver quelque chose sur un site Web accessible au public, puis le tlcharger et lutiliser dans une conversation lectronique prive. Laction combine la communication de masse et point point. Peu importe ce quils dveloppent, les gouvernements doivent tenir compte de cette combinaison. Cest une question importante depuis le dbut. Ds le point de dpart du Sommet, nous avons eu des affrontements importants sur ces questions. Il y a beaucoup de travail accomplir sur ce sujet et le caucus des mdias de la socit civile au Sommet est lun des groupes qui se concentre sur cette question. Il faut toutefois souligner que larticle 19 nest pas encore appliqu et que cest une question qui doit tre rgle. Il ne sagit pas seulement darticuler les choses de manire

website, you download it into a private email conversation. The action combines both mass and point-to-point communication. Whatever governments develop must take into account this blending. This has been an important issue right from the beginning. At the start of WSIS, we had a huge battle around these issues. There is a lot of work to be done there, and the civil society Media Caucus in WSIS is one of the groups focusing on this issue. It needs to be pointed out however that there is not even enforcement of Article 19 yet, and that is something that needs to be addressed. It is not just articulating things in a negative way and the fact that Article 19 in this context should be a positive right. There is a need for a governance regime that balances concerns about censorship, harassment of journalists and so on, but in doing that, it brings us into a certain context of international legal sovereignty. In this case, in the UN context, we have proper enforcement, oversight, etc. on Article 19 and other articles in UDHR. This is a very good example of why it is important to have a deeper view.

137

ngative et, dans ce contexte, larticle 19 devrait tre un droit positif. Il est impratif davoir un rgime de gouvernance qui quilibre les proccupations au sujet de la censure, le harclement des journalistes et ainsi de suite. Mais en agissant de la sorte, nous nous retrouvons dans un certain contexte de souverainet juridique internationale. Dans ce cas-ci, dans le contexte de lONU, nous avons une application approprie, une surveillance, etc. de larticle 19 et dautres articles de la Dclaration universelle des droits de lhomme. Cest un trs bon exemple de la raison qui justifie limportance davoir une opinion plus approfondie.

138

CHAPITRE VII : RESPECT DE LA DIVERSIT

CULTURELLE ET LINGUISTIQUE

CHAPTER VII : RESPECT FOR CULTURAL AND LINGUISTIC DIVERSITY An inclusive information society must offer its various constituent communities the ability to preserve, protect and promote their languages and cultures within education, cultural and scientific materials, in any format. This session aimed to establish whether Canada offers its cultural communities the opportunity to thrive through new technology.

Four speakers spoke at this session: Namir Anani, Director-General, Canadian Heritage Information Network; Ted Bairstow, DirectorQuatre confrenciers ont pris la parole au General, Canadian Culture Online; Victor cours de cette session : Namir Anani, Wong, Executive General, Chinese Canadian directeur gnral, Rseau canadien National Council; and Sylvio Boudreau, dinformation sur le patrimoine Patrimoine canadien, Ted Bairstow, directeur gnral de President and Director-General of Fondation ConceptArt Multimdia. The Assembly of Culture canadienne en ligne, Victor Wong, First Nations representative, Ghislain Picard, directeur gnral du Chinese Canadian could not attend the conference; therefore, National Council, et Sylvio Boudreau, we decided to include three texts prepared by prsident et directeur gnral de Fondation Kenneth Deer of The Eastern Door journal, ConceptArt Multimdia. Ghislain Picard, taken from the position developed by the reprsentant de lAssemble des Premires Indigenous People in preparation for the Nations, nayant pu participer la confrence, nous avons dcid dinclure trois Geneva Summit. textes prpars par Kenneth Deer du journal The session was chaired by Mohinder Singh The Eastern Door, tirs de la position dveloppe par la population autochtone en Dhillon, President, India Canada Cultural and Heritage Association, and Danika Billie prparation du Sommet de Genve. Littlechild, Aboriginal Youth Network, was the La session tait prside par Mohinder Singh rapporteur. Dhillon, prsident, India Canada Cultural and Heritage Association, et Danika Billie Littlechild, Aboriginal Youth Network, tait le rapporteur.

Une socit de linformation ouverte tous doit offrir aux diverses communauts qui la composent la possibilit de prserver, protger et promouvoir leurs langues et leurs cultures dans lducation, le matriel culturel et scientifique, dans tous les formats. Cette session visait savoir si le Canada offre ses communauts culturelles loccasion de spanouir par le truchement des nouvelles technologies.

139

FAIRE ENTENDRE NOS DIVERSES VOIX Namir Anani Directeur canadien, Rseau canadien dinformation sur le patrimoine Introduction

ENABLING OUR MANY VOICES

Namir Anani Director-General, Canadian Heritage Information Network Introduction

Cest pour moi un rel privilge de participer cette confrence prparatoire au Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation (SMSI) et de partager avec vous quelquesunes des tendances dont nous, au Rseau canadien dinformation sur le patrimoine (aussi connu sous le nom de RCIP), sommes tmoins dans le monde virtuel et la possibilit dune plus grande promotion de la diversit culturelle et de la participation entre les communauts. La diversit culturelle nous enrichit tous; elle nous donne des aperus et des perspectives uniques (que nous naurions peut-tre pas autrement) et elle nous donne loccasion de dcouvrir, apprendre et comprendre le monde intrinsque dans lequel nous vivons. tre exposs et participer une varit dexpriences humaines aiguise notre crativit et amliore notre qualit de vie. Notre diversit nous permet de comprendre et dapprcier qui nous sommes. Le savoir et lapprciation de nos diffrences font de nous des gens plus forts et nous unit les uns aux autres.

It is certainly my privilege to be here at the WSIS (World Summit on Information Society) preparatory conference to share with you some of the trends that we at the Canadian Heritage Information Network (known commonly as CHIN) are witnessing in the virtual realm, and the possibility for greater promotion of cultural diversity and participation between communities. Cultural diversity enriches us; it gives us unique insights and perspectives (which we might not otherwise be exposed to) and it provides us with the opportunity to discover, learn, and understand the intrinsic world we live in. Exposure to and participation in the variety of human experiences hones our creativity and improves our quality of life. Our diversity helps us understand and appreciate who we are. The knowledge and appreciation of our differences makes us stronger people and unites us together.

In an increasingly global world, harnessing the potential of our diverse cultural expression is an important element of our creative capital. It is an important human Dans un monde de plus en plus universel, resource that drives innovation and exploiter le potentiel de nos diverses progress. This presentation discusses the expressions culturelles est un lment social impact of ICTs, how they are enabling important de notre capital cratif. Cest une the many voices of Canada to be heard, and ressource humaine importante qui mne linnovation et au progrs. Cette prsentation what insight this could bring to Tunis. traite des rpercussions sociales des TIC, de The essence of my presentation will address the following: la faon dont elles permettent aux diverses voix du Canada dtre entendues et des

140

contributions quelles pourraient apporter la runion de Tunis. Lessence de mon propos portera sur les points suivants : 1. Les rpercussions sociales des TIC : dans quelles mesures ces puissants outils changent-ils notre vie quotidienne? 2. La population en ligne : qui sont ces utilisateurs et quaccomplissent-ils ? 3. Les tablissements du patrimoine et la socit : quel rle jouent-ils dans le virtuel? Je terminerai ensuite ma prsentation en donnant un aperu de ce qui nous attend. Dans le monde entier, le succs des technologies de linformation et des communications est d en grande partie ladaptabilit de ces outils une nouvelle ralit sociale. Les outils jadis rservs aux professionnels de lre de linformation il y a de cela 5 8 ans (Blackberries, ordinateurs portables sans fil, etc.) sont maintenant chose commune et se retrouveront bientt dans tous les foyers. Plus important encore, les communauts qui, il ny a pas si longtemps, ne pouvaient concevoir le recours aux TIC pour partager leurs valeurs et leurs croyances, sont maintenant de plus en plus laise avec la technologie. Elles utilisent une vaste gamme doutils et de services en ligne, tels les sites Web familiaux et personnels, les journaux intimes en ligne, les wikis, la baladodiffusion, lapprentissage en ligne, le clavardage et les forums en ligne (pour ne nommer que ceuxl). Cependant, la population devient plus slective dans le choix de ses services en ligne et favorise ceux qui prsentent les caractristiques suivantes :

1. The social impact of ICT: to what extent these powerful tools are changing our daily lives? 2. The Public Online: who are they and what are they accomplishing? 3. Heritage Institutions & Society : what role are they playing in the virtual realm? I will then be concluding my presentation with a glimpse of what may be the road ahead. The success of information and communications technologies throughout the world is to a great degree due to the adaptability of these tools to a new social reality. Tools once reserved (only 5-8 years ago) for information age professionals (Blackberries, wireless laptops, etc) are now common, and will soon become household tools of the public at large. More importantly, communities that not long ago found it difficult to contemplate using ICTs for sharing values and beliefs are now becoming conversant with technology. They are employing a variety of online tools and services such as family and personal Websites, Weblogs, wikis, Podcasting, elearning, chat, and e-forums (just to mention a few) to their advantage. The public is, however, becoming selective in its choice of online services and is favoring those that provide 1 Personalization (provide me with the information I need and in the manner I need it), hence the on-demand generation; Simplicity of use (since time is becoming a scarce commodity); Relevancy of information to today's issues;

2 3

4 Dynamic (continually changing); 1. Personnalisation (donne-moi linformation que jai besoin et de la 5 Interactivity (with content, or a human faon dont je la veux); do la gnration element). revendicatrice; The publics adoption and use of new 2. Simplicit dutilisation (puisque le temps communication technologies to learn and est une ressource de plus en plus rare); 3. Pertinence de linformation aux questions exchange knowledge is also increasing quickly. Digital literacy is becoming a widely dactualit;

141

4. dynamique (en constante volution); 5. interactivit (avec le contenu ou un lment humain). Ladoption et lutilisation des nouvelles technologies de communication par le public des fins dapprentissage et dchange de savoir augmentent rapidement. Lalphabtisation numrique est une donne dmographique de plus en plus reconnue dans plusieurs pays. Au Canada, on estime que 79 % des foyers (selon Statistique Canada 2004) ont accs Internet, et ce nombre ne cesse daugmenter un rythme sans prcdent. Alors que la question du foss numrique (de ceux qui ont accs la connectivit et aux outils et ceux qui ne le peuvent) demeure une proccupation au Canada et dans le monde entier, la baisse des cots de connexions bande large et de la technologie aident le diminuer. Comme il a t soulign prcdemment, Internet permet de crer du contenu, de partager des donnes et de sexprimer dans une socit virtuelle o peu de barrires sociales existent. Ainsi, le rle des individus volue. De receveurs passifs quils taient, ils sont devenus des crateurs et des distributeurs de contenu. Des tudes dmontrent que les utilisateurs du Web ont cr leur propre matriel pour publication sur Internet, contribuant ainsi accrotre le contenu offert en ligne. Un autre exemple de ce phnomne est lapparition rcente des blogues qui sont devenus des moyens de cration de contenu, de partage et dexpression culturels. Cette nouvelle tendance, bien quelle ne soit pas encore adopte par un grand pourcentage des utilisateurs dInternet, gagne rapidement en popularit. La question de lauthenticit de ce contenu est bien sr une proccupation et les muses sont en bonne position pour devenir des points de rfrence essentiels dans

accepted demographic measure in many countries. In Canada, it is estimated that 79% (according to Statistics Canada 2004) of households have access to the Internet, and this number is growing at an unparalleled rate. While the question of the digital divide (of those who have connectivity and tools to those who do not) remains an issue in Canada and around the world, the decreasing cost of broadband connections and technology are gradually helping to alleviate this issue. As highlighted earlier, clearly the Internet is providing the ability to create content, share data, and express oneself in a virtual society that knows few social boundaries. As a result we are seeing that the publics role online is changing from that of passive recipients to that of creators and distributors of content. Studies indicate that Web users have been creating, in the form of personal or family Websites and diaries, their own material for publication on the Internet, in this way contributing to the growing amount of available online content. Another example of this phenomenon is the recent popularity of blogs, which have developed into a means of content creation, sharing and cultural expression. This new trend, although not yet widely adopted by a high percentage of Internet users, is gaining ground fast. The question of authenticity of this content is naturally an issue, and museums are well placed to become essential points of reference in this neverending sea of content. A substantial increase has also been noticed in the last number of years in the chat rooms, cyber cafs, and e-forums (moderated or not), offered by universities, schools, businesses, and newspapers, with the purpose of expanding the thought process on an original idea and continually evolving it. Hence creating new threads of knowledge that entice yet further interest to

142

cette mer de contenu sans fin. Au cours des dernires annes, on a aussi remarqu une augmentation substantielle du nombre de sites de messagerie en temps rel, de cybercafs et de forums virtuels (modrs ou non) offerts par les universits, les coles, les entreprises et les journaux. Leur objectif est dlargir le processus de pense sur une ide originale et de continuer le faire voluer. Cela permet de crer de nouveaux courants de connaissances qui entranent un plus grand intrt retourner aux sites dorigine. De toute vidence, les muses jouent un rle vital et noble dans le dveloppement et le bien-tre de la socit. Selon le Conseil international des muses (2001), les muses fournissent les services dacquisition, de conservation, de communication et dexposition pour lducation et le plaisir de la socit. Par consquent, ils branchent la population son patrimoine, encourageant une plus grande comprhension et apprciation de nos cultures et de nos langues, en offrant des possibilits de mieux comprendre et de mieux rationaliser le monde dans lequel nous vivons. Les muses profitent dj du potentiel dapprentissage quoffre le viruel dans cette socit du savoir. Ils ont russi faire connatre au public leurs collections indites en crant un contenu numris et de linformation contextuelle riches qui utilisent des prsentations de haute gamme. Les muses ont aussi cr des liens avec les tablissements denseignement pour offrir des produits et des outils pdagogiques au public. Cest l une alliance rflchie et naturelle qui associe les muses, les consignataires du contenu patrimonial autoris et la communaut ducative, qui connaissent le mieux le domaine de lapprentissage et les besoins des tudiants dans la nouvelle conomie. Cependant, les dfis pour livrer les produits pdagogiques au monde virtuel demeurent

return to the originating sites. Clearly, museums play a vital and noble role in the development and well being of society. According to the International Council Of Museums (2001), museums provide acquisition, conservation, communication and exhibition services for the education and enjoyment of society. In so doing, they are connecting the public with its heritage, promoting a higher understanding and appreciation of our cultures and languages, and providing opportunities to better understand and rationalize the world we live in. Museums are already capitalizing on the learning potential of the virtual realm in the knowledge society. They have been successful in educating the public about their original collections by creating rich digital content and contextual information that use sophisticated displays. Museums have also been forging collaborations with educational institutions to provide the public with educational products and tools. This is a thoughtful and natural alliance that partners museums, the custodians of authoritative heritage content, with members of the educational community, who know best the learning domain and the needs of students in the new economy. The challenges to delivering educational products in the virtual realm, however, remain significant. Issues of technological know-how, funding and sustainable business models, standards, copyright, and intellectual property are constant preoccupations. Over the years, however, museums have become increasingly sophisticated in understanding and meeting these challenges as they emerge. It is evident that technologies are greatly transforming our economies and societies, and the improved means of communication and interaction through ICTs are offering greater opportunities for creativity, exchange and participation in cultural content. The

143

importants. Les questions du savoir-faire technologique, du financement et des modles de gestion durables, des normes, des droits dauteur et de la proprit intellectuelle sont des proccupations constantes. Nanmoins, avec le temps, les muses deviennent de plus en plus perfectionns et sont en mesure de mieux comprendre et relever les dfis ds quils se prsentent. Il est vident que les technologies transforment grandement nos conomies et nos socits. Les moyens de communication et dinteraction volus, grce aux TIC, offrent de plus grandes opportunits pour la crativit, lchange et la participation au contenu culturel. Le public en ligne change. De receveurs passifs dinformation, les utilisateurs deviennent des participants actifs la cration et lchange de croyances et de valeurs. Paralllement, la diversit culturelle est touche par ltendue de la mondialisation, la puissance des technologies de linformation et par le rythme effrn impos par lconomie du savoir. Cette mer de changements apporte des promesses et des dfis. Alors que les tendances actuelles offrent de nouvelles et importantes occasions de partage et dapprentissage, lchange global dinformation et dides est souvent mal rparti et crasant pour les cultures de plus petite taille ou locales. Pour ces motifs, nous devons renforcer les outils pour augmenter les changes publics de valeurs et de croyances entre les utilisateurs et nous assurer que la diversit culturelle est un moyen daccrotre la participation afin que toutes les nations puissent profiter des opportunits quoffre le cyberespace. Pour ce faire, il faut : renforcer la prsence en ligne des cultures/ communauts de plus petite taille (minimiser le foss numrique); dvelopper des espaces en ligne qui encouragent la participation communautaire et les changes de valeurs et de croyances (lapprentissage est une activit sociale et les gens

online public is also shifting from being passive recipients of information to active participants in the creation and exchange of beliefs and values. At the same time, cultural diversity is affected by the scope of globalization, the power of information technologies, and the fast pace of the knowledge economy. This flood-tide of change carries both promise and challenge. While current trends offer new and important opportunities for sharing and learning, the global exchange of information and ideas is often unequally distributed and overwhelming to smaller or local cultures. We must therefore strengthen the tools to increase public exchanges of values and beliefs, and ensure that cultural diversity is a means of improving participation, thereby ensuring that all nations benefit from the opportunities afforded by the global environment. This implies: strengthening the online presence of smaller cultures/communities (minimizing the digital divide); developing online spaces that promote civic participation and exchanges of values and beliefs (as learning is a social activity and people learn from each other through healthy debate, dialogue & rationalization); and provides means to integrate content so as to make possible an all encompassing window to global cultural content. In closing, as perhaps the worlds most multicultural country, as well as one of the most technologically privileged, Canada has a unique insight to bring to Tunis. Our successes in embracing our cultural diversity are being consolidated in the virtual realm, enabling our many voices to be heard and understood like never before.

144

apprennent les uns des autres au moyen de discussions saines, de dialogues et de la rationalisation). Il faut aussi offrir des moyens dintgrer le contenu de manire ouvrir une fentre sur tout le contenu culturel global. En conclusion, parce quil est peut-tre le pays le plus multiculturel au monde comme lun des plus privilgis au point de vue technologique, le Canada offrira une perspective unique la runion de Tunis. Le cyberespace nous permettra davoir une meilleure comprhension de notre diversit culturelle, et nos nombreuses voix pourront se faire entendre et comprendre comme jamais auparavant.

145

RESPECT FOR CULTURAL AND LINGUISTIC DIVERSITY Kenneth Deer Publisher and Editor The Eastern Door / Indigenous Media Network

Note: These documents derive from the Indigenous Position Paper for the World Summit on the Information Society. Geneva, December 2003 (Draft version). The papers are available at: http://www.unige.ch/iued/wsis/DEVDOT/02511.HTM

We, the Indigenous Peoples, affirm our right to be part of the global Information Society on our own terms. However, the Information Society, as it is currently evolving, has become another instrument for colonizing, assimilating and marginalizing Indigenous Peoples in a new and subtle way. We therefore emphasize that our participation in building and implementing the Information Society must be based on our right to self-determination and the recognition of our cultural diversity and distinctiveness as Indigenous Peoples. We need to be represented with our own visions, philosophies and concepts in the conceptual framework of the Information Society and any action plan for its implementation. Moreover, our full and effective participation in the evolution of the Information Society must take place in equal partnership with its non-Indigenous actors. Furthermore, the worth of our cultures and the value of our traditional knowledge need to be fully acknowledged for past, present and future positive contributions to global human progress and sustainable development. ICTs and the strengthening of Indigenous cultures and languages We stress that we have the right to shape our future without the risk of losing our cultural identity. The Information Society and its core elements - knowledge, information, communication and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs) - are cultural concepts and expressions. Accordingly, our own culturally defined approaches, protocols, proceedings and obligations have to be respected by non-Indigenous actors when implementing the Information Society. Moreover, we need to develop our own culturally appropriate ICT applications and content that also reflect our modes of communication. ICT use can only take place in the context and in support of the survival and development of our living cultures, not in place of them. Digital museumization of Indigenous cultures has to be avoided. Furthermore, we warn that ICTs must be used very consciously and carefully to not contribute to culture loss, for instance by ignoring necessary intergenerational teaching, participation in our traditional economies and interaction with our ancestral territories for eduational purposes. ICT use cannot replace our traditional methods for transmission of our knowledge, cultural heritage and identity from generation to generation, but could become a useful supplementary tool, if applied in a culturally appropriate way. Furthermore, language loss can occur with language standardization used in the course of codification of our languages to be written. Such standardizations are perpetuated with

146

language teaching methods based on writing, including their ICT applications. We emphasize that these developments must be balanced. We stress, however, the equally important need for the development of free software that provides us with an option for the culturally appropriate digitalization of our languages. It has to be stressed that not all of our knowledge and cultural heritage can be digitalized. Therefore, digitalization can only take place in a culturally appropriate way, in compliance with our cultural protocols and obligations and our customary laws. In this context we also highlight that digital recording and documentation of our knowledge and cultural heritage in order to strengthen our own cultures simultaneously contributes to their easy accessibility for inappropriate use and exploitation by third parties as the content is being considered part of the public domain when displayed. We thus demand respect for our intellectual and cultural property rights with regard to our attempts to preserve our knowledge and cultural heritage in digital form for future generations. Education and language training ICT utilization for Indigenous education has to be based on recognition of our right to our own educational systems and cultural methods of teaching and learning; and our right to pass on our own cultural values to our children. ICT use in education and language training must be fundamental in strengthening and affirming the Indigenous identity of our students. Therefore ICT applications for purposes of Indigenous education and language teaching must be based on the spirit and principles of bi-cultural and bi-lingual education. On this basis, we assert our right to use and to access to all ICT applications and domains related to education and language training, as well as to reject those that negatively affect us. Furthermore, we need culturally appropriate ICT tools for the purpose of language training that preserve and support our linguistic diversity. Without prejudice to our cultural identities, we as well request access to culturally appropriate forms of distant learning as a complement to our methods of oral, personal and intergenerational interaction, indispensable to Indigenous education and language transmission. Recommendations for Action 1. We demand the establishment of legal mechanisms that allow us to control the release of our digitalized knowledge and cultural heritage into the public domain as well as their further use by third parties. Such mechanisms could be part of an international legal instrument to be elaborated for safeguarding our intellectual and cultural property rights in the Information Society. 2. Moreover, we propose the creation of a high-level mechanism that brings together Indigenous and non-Indigenous actors of the Information Society, and provides us with the possibility to continuously contribute our input as equal partners towards the evolution and implementation of the Information Society. 3. At the same time, we stress the importance of our participation as a stakeholder in the formulation and implementation of international and national e-strategies. 4. Furthermore, we request funds to be made available to assist Indigenous Peoples in the development of culturally appropriate ICT applications, content and access solutions on their own terms. These efforts need to be designed and implemented with the

147

involvement of Indigenous ICT experts and should include culturally appropriate capacity-building elements. Projects should preferably be carried out as indigenous-toindigenous development co-operation. 5. We call on Governments to recognize our right to bi-cultural and bi-lingual education and provide funds for implementing these principles, in co-operation with Indigenous Peoples, taking due account of related ICT applications. 6. We also stress the need to develop partnerships for the culturally appropriate digitalization of Indigenous languages, if so requested by the Indigenous People concerned. Such projects must be carried out under the direct control of Indigenous Peoples and with their approval only. 7. Finally, we request that funds be made available to promote Indigenous research projects on the Information Society. We need to carry out our own Indigenous research that will explore the aspirations of Indigenous Peoples towards the Information Society and the potentials and challenges it poses to our communities. Indigenous research will support the development of our own approaches on its evolution and implementation, and thus will assist in achieving the establishment of an equal partnership between Indigenous and non-Indigenous actors. Traditional Knowledge Between the Public Domain and Intellectual Property Rights Our collective traditional knowledge is the very foundation of our cultures. It is indivisible from our identities and our laws, institutions, value systems and cosmovisions. It derives and develops from our daily interaction with our ancestral territories. Thus, the protection, preservation and development of our knowledge can not be separated from our right to maintain and strengthen our distinctive spiritual and material relationship with our lands, territories, inland waters and coastal seas. Indigenous cultures provide for rules and regulations on communicating, sharing, using and applying traditional knowledge. These rules and regulations are cultural obligations we have to comply with and are part of our own customary laws. Our distinctive spiritual and material relationship with our ancestral territories and their environments contains similar duties and responsibilities that we need to attend to when using plants, animals or other living beings for our own needs. Also, future generations are strong rights-holders in our cultures and our responsibility for their rights and well-being requires us to meet specific obligations on their behalf. Our cultural obligations towards communicating, sharing, disseminating, using and applying our knowledge should be legally recognized and respected by the non-Indigenous actors of the Information Society. At the same time, we request the worth of our cultures and the value of our traditional knowledge to be fully acknowledged for past, present and future positive contributions to global human progress and sustainable development. We particularly call for recognition of our historic contributions to human development such as those of our medicines. We insist that Indigenous Peoples are not mere recipients of Western knowledge and treatment.

148

Traditional Knowledge and Genetic Information in the Knowledge-Based Economy of the Information Society Our collective knowledge is not merely a commodity to be traded like any other in the market place. We strongly object to the notion that it constitutes a raw material or commercial resource for the knowledge-based economy of the Information Society. We equally denounce the conception that genetic information of humans and other life forms would be a mere resource for commercial use and economic development. We are deeply concerned that privatization and commodification of our knowledge and natural resources, as currently taking place, will undermine the political, social, economic, and cultural integrity of our peoples. Furthermore, we stress that there are striking similarities between seizing our territories and the taking of our knowledge by defining it as part of the public domain. Both are based on the notion that they constitute res nullius, the property of no one, and can be treated as such. Placing our knowledge into the public domain turns it into a freely available resource for commercial utilization. Thus, it also creates the pre-condition for using non-indigenous Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) regimes to patent inventions based upon our knowledge. The same principle is being applied to our own human genes as well as to genetic information contained in other life forms taken from our ancestral territories. One example is the current practice of third parties to seek IPR protection on medicinal products derived from our medicinal knowledge and curative properties carried by the flora and fauna of our ancestral territories. Other affected areas include our cultural expressions such as oral traditions, literatures, designs and visual and performing arts. In this context, we also highlight that digital recording and documentation of our knowledge and cultural heritage in order to strengthen our own cultures simultaneously contributes to their easy accessibility for inappropriate use and exploitation by third parties - as the content is being considered part of the public domain when displayed. We therefore strongly reject the application of the public domain concept to any aspect related to our cultures and identities, including human and other genetic information originating from our lands and waters. We equally reject the application of IPR regimes to assert patents, copyrights, or trademark monopolies for products, data, or processes derived or originating from our traditional knowledge or our cultural expressions, when conducted without due authorization by our peoples. Genetic material, isolated genes, life forms or other natural processes must be excluded from IPR regimes. Furthermore, we assert our right to control the dissemination and use of genetic information contained in our human cells or in biological material taken from our ancestral territories. We thus request non-Indigenous actors to refrain from unauthorized bioprospecting and research activities on our traditional territories. Finally, we are concerned about current practices by third parties of storing our traditional knowledge on public and private databases for scientific, economic or development purposes. These practices contribute to either placing our knowledge in the so-called public domain or creating private property rights on such databases containing the foundations of our cultures. Also, respect for the integrity of our knowledge has to be shown when creating databases.

149

Much of our knowledge contains teachings and should not be stripped of its holistic contents, when codified for digital storage. Furthermore, not all knowledge can be digitally stored or preserved. Our cultural obligations and customary laws have to be respected and recognized as a guideline when creating databases. Sharing is part of our cultures. We readily contribute our knowledge for the benefit of human kind and global human progress. However, sharing of our knowledge must take place on our own terms and cannot put us at risk of losing our cultures and identities. Recommendations for Action 1. We urge Governments to establish specific legal frameworks, recognizing Indigenous Peoples rights to self-determination and ancestral territories as a necessary prerequisite to ensure the protection, preservation and development of our traditional knowledge. 2. In this context we particularly call on Governments to adopt the United Nations Draft Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples as approved by the UN Working Group on Indigenous Populations and the UN Sub-Commission on the Protection and Promotion of Human Rights. 3. Furthermore, we strongly request the implementation of Agenda 21 recommendation 26.4 to adopt or strengthen appropriate policies and/or legal instruments that will protect indigenous intellectual and cultural property and the right to preserve customary and administrative systems and practices. 4. We therefore demand, in co-operation with Indigenous Peoples, the elaboration of an international legal instrument for the full and adequate protection of our intellectual and cultural property rights in the Information Society. Existing legal mechanisms are clearly insufficient and do not support our right to equal participation in the evolution of the Information Society on our own terms. 5. We request that the elaboration of an international instrument should, inter alia, take into account the following aspects: Our right to the full ownership, control and protection of our cultural and intellectual property; Our culturally diverse concepts and provisions of our customary laws in defining the term intellectual and cultural property; Our cultural obligations towards communicating, sharing, disseminating, using and applying our knowledge; A cooperative rather than competitive system; Alternatives to the application of the public domain concept to our knowledge and genetic information; Alternatives to the application of current IPR regimes to our knowledge and genetic information; The collective status of our knowledge; Our culturally diverse concepts of ownership; A multi-generational coverage span; Our right to be first beneficiaries of our knowledge; Culturally appropriate mechanisms of benefit sharing; Our right to say no; Adequate monitoring mechanisms.

150

6. Until the development of a respective legal instrument we request the exemption of our knowledge and genetic information from application of regulations under the Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights (TRIPs) Agreement of the World Trade Organization (WTO). 7. We further demand the halt of all unauthorized exploitation of our knowledge and our biodiversity. 8. We strongly call for the development of models and guidelines for the culturally respectful creation of databases when using Indigenous knowledge. For this purpose, a process should be set up between Indigenous and relevant non-Indigenous actors of the Information Society, such as the scientific community, the private sector and development agencies. 9. We demand the establishment of mechanisms between the scientific community, the media and Indigenous Peoples to determine the future use of - All human, botanical and genome collections taken from Indigenous Peoples, and - All collections of Indigenous songs, videos, digitized photos and other collections of their traditional knowledge and cultural expressions. 10. Finally, we stress that funds should be made available to establish legal services by Indigenous Peoples for Indigenous Peoples to support them in knowing and excercising their intellectual and cultural property rights. Civil Societys Role in Building a Global Information Society: Partnerships with Indigenous Peoples Our full and effective participation in the evolution of the Information Society must take place in equal partnership with its non-Indigenous actors. Thus, our participation in building and implementing the Information Society must be based on our right to self-determination and the recognition of our cultural diversity and distinctiveness as Indigenous Peoples. We therefore request to be represented with our own visions, philosophies and concepts in the conceptual framework of the Information Society and any action plan for its implementation. Our peoples, no matter where they live, are affected by the digital divide. Lack of basic infrastructure such as electricity and telephone service, the availability of servers and ICT equipment, knowledge on operation and maintenance of ICTs, and financial resources for acquisition of necessary equipment prevents many Indigenous Peoples from access to and participation in the Information Society. We therefore emphasize the need to ensure equitable and affordable access to ICTs on our own terms and serving our needs. Furthermore, we assert our right to bridge the digital divide on our own terms. The Information Society must serve the needs of Indigenous Peoples and ensure our ability to shape our future without risking the loss of our cultural identity. Implementing the Information Society must lead to improving the quality of our lives as Indigenous Peoples and to contributing to poverty reduction of our communities. We emphasize that we consider poverty reduction as inextricably linked to strengthening our cultures and identities.

151

Recommendations for Action 1. We stress the importance of our participation as a stakeholder in the formulation and implementation of international and national e-strategies. 2. Moreover, we highlight the need for co-operation of Indigenous and non-Indigenous actors of the Information Society to develop an ethical code and standards for best practices that will be inclusive of our cultural values and encourage respect for and promotion of cultural diversity. 3. We request that funds be made available to promote Indigenous research projects on the Information Society. We need to carry out our own Indigenous research that will explore the aspirations of Indigenous Peoples towards the Information Society and the potentials and challenges it poses to our communities. Indigenous research will support the development of our own approaches on its evolution and implementation, and thus will assist in achieving the establishment of an equal partnership between Indigenous and non-Indigenous actors. 4. We also urge Governments and other actors to support Indigenous studies on how to bridge the digital divide on our own terms, ensure affordable access for our peoples and utilize ICT applications for poverty reduction in our communities with a particular view on achieving the Millenium Development Goals for our regions. 5. We emphasize, in this context, our right to develop culturally appropriate ICT applications and determine their use. We stress that particular attention has to be paid to the fact that many Indigenous people lack literacy and have no or little command of nonIndigenous languages. We call for the elaboration of culturally appropriate solutions that simultaneously contribute to strengthening our own Indigenous languages. 6. We finally stress the need to develop culturally appropriate capacity-building programs on ICT applications for our communities. We therefore call for promoting the elaboration of adequate models with full and effective participation of Indigenous Peoples and their own ICT experts. 7. Funds need to be made available to assist Indigenous Peoples in the development of culturally appropriate ICT applications, content and access solutions on their own terms. These efforts need to be designed and implemented with the involvement of Indigenous ICT experts and should include culturally appropriate capacity-building elements. Projects should preferably be carried out as indigenous-to-indigenous development cooperation. 8. In this context we also point at the necessity to establish special grant programs addressing our particular needs. 9. Moreover, we request United Nations bodies to provide a platform to encourage new partnerships between the private sector and Indigenous Peoples.

152

LA DIVERSIT CULTURELLE SUR INTERNET : LA CULTURE CANADIENNE EN LIGNE Ted Bairstow Directeur gnral, Culture canadienne en ligne Contexte Les conditions qui ont dessin le paysage culturel du Canada, et qui continuent dinfluer sur son volution, sont assez faciles reconnatre. Russir bien composer avec ces conditions pose une srie de dfis. Tout dabord, le Canada possde une gographie gnreuse, un vaste territoire qui nest toutefois habit que par peine plus de 30 millions de personnes un fait qui rend les Canadiens profondment conscients du besoin de dvelopper tous les moyens possibles pour liminer ces contraintes de distance. De plus, le Canada est extrmement diversifi : deux langues officielles (le franais et langlais), des peuples autochtones, des origines multiculturelles, et le contraste entre les centres urbains densment peupls et les communauts loignes composent le tissu complexe de la ralit canadienne. Dernier lment mais non le moindre, lpanouissement de la culture canadienne est la merci de son amical voisin du sud quasi omniprsent dont linfluence culturelle, la grandeur de la plante, ne peut tre prise la lgre. Aucun de ces dfis nest particulirement nouveau. Depuis la fin des annes 1920, le gouvernement canadien travaille assurer une prsence canadienne sur ses ondes. Le Conseil de la radiodiffusion et des tlcommunications canadiennes (CRTC), responsable de la rglementation, et son prdcesseur, la Commission canadienne de la radiodiffusion (CCR), cre en 1936, rglementent les services de radiodiffusion afin de sassurer quils contribuent atteindre des objectifs sociaux, culturels et conomiques du

CULTURAL DIVERSITY ON THE INTERNET: CANADIAN CULTURE ONLINE Ted Bairstow Director-General, Canadian Culture Online

Background The conditions that have shaped, and continue to influence the evolution of Canadas cultural landscape are fairly easy to grasp. Dealing with these conditions successfully, however, raises a series of unique but fascinating challenges for our country. First, Canada is blessed with a generous geography but its vast territory is only inhabited by slightly more than 30 million people a fact which makes Canadians acutely aware of the need to develop any means possible to overcome the constraints of distance. Next, Canadians are incredibly diverse: two official languages (English and French), Aboriginal peoples, multicultural origins, and the contrast between densely populated urban centres and remote communities make up the complex fabric of Canadian reality. Finally, but no less importantly, the furthering of Canadian culture faces the near-ubiquitous presence of a friendly but much-larger neighbour to the south who exerts a worldwide cultural influence that is anything but negligible. None of these challenges is particularly new. Since the late 1920s, the Government of Canada has been working to ensure a Canadian presence on its airwaves. Canadas national broadcast regulator, the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) and its predecessor the Canadian Radio Broadcasting Commission (CRBC), which was created in 1936, have regulated Canadas broadcasting services in order to ensure that they contribute to the realization of Canadas social, cultural and economic

153

Canada. Le radiodiffuseur public national du Canada, la Socit Radio-Canada (SRC) a t cre en 1936 la suite dune commission royale sur linfluence grandissante des tats-Unis la radio. Larrive de la tlvision a soulev des proccupations similaires, mais encore plus urgentes, de peur que le contenu clairement canadien ne se noie dans une mer dmissions amricaines. Le Canada a ainsi une longue histoire couronne de succs en utilisant une approche essentiellement librale tout en imposant certaines mesures de protection pour assurer la conservation de sa culture. Maintenant quInternet est fortement ancr dans la vie des Canadiens, cette approche combine est vue comme un modle appropri sur la manire dont le Canada doit grer lespace en ligne. Le contenu canadien ne peut tre cr assez rapidement ou tre suffisamment visible ou facile daccs avec ce nouveau mdia qui volue trop rapidement. Voil un risque familier qui reprend de la vigueur et auquel nous sommes confronts. Dautre part, cette caractristique propre Internet offre lopportunit de crer des conditions pour y verser du contenu canadien. Cette caractristique permet aussi de faire de ce mdia un espace interactif qui permet aux gens de se brancher dans un pays vaste et diversifi. Cette situation mnera une collaboration vritable de lexpression culturelle populaire qui entranera une plus grande reconnaissance de la culture canadienne ltranger. Le gouvernement canadien a effectivement rpondu fortement ces nouvelles opportunits dune manire coordonne. Dans le domaine de la culture, sa contribution la plus importante a t la cration de la stratgie Culture canadienne en ligne (CCE). Culture canadienne en ligne Lobjectif de cette stratgie est de diminuer les risques et de profiter des occasions culturelles et interactives offertes en ligne. Alors que linitiative gouvernementale Un

objectives. Canadas national public broadcaster, the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation (CBC), was created in 1936 in response to a Royal Commissions concern about the growing American influence on radio. The advent of television raised similar, but even more pressing concerns with respect to the potential drowning out of distinctly Canadian content. Thus, Canada has a long and largely successful history of combining an essentially free-market approach with certain safeguards that ensure cultural preservation. Now, as the Internet is firmly entrenched in the lives of Canadians, this mixed approach is seen as an appropriate model for the way Canada should deal with the online space. The renewed but familiar risk we face is that within a rapidly expanding new medium, Canadian content cannot be created quickly enough or be made sufficiently visible and easy to access. The opportunity, on the other hand, and one which is specific to the Internet, is that conditions can now be created not only to fill a new medium with Canadian voices but to make the medium itself an interactive space that allows people to connect across a vast and diverse country, leading to true collaboration of popular cultural expression, which may also entail greater recognition for Canadian culture abroad. The Canadian government has, in fact, responded vigorously to these new opportunities in a coordinated fashion. In the cultural sector, the most significant part of its response has been the creation of the Canadian Culture Online (CCO) strategy. Canadian Culture Online This strategy exists to mitigate risks and to realize opportunities in the cultural and interactive online space. Whereas the governments Connecting Canadians initiative has made Canada one of the most connected countries in the world, Canadian Culture Online is about the content and the interaction that flows through the high-speed

154

Canada branch a fait du Canada lun des pays les plus branchs au monde, Culture canadienne en ligne vise le contenu et linteraction qui affluent sur les rseaux haute vitesse existants et futurs. Les rsultats des sondages dmontrent que de plus en plus de Canadiens considrent Internet plus important dans leur vie que la cblodistribution. Culture canadienne en ligne cherche profiter de ce quoffrent les nouvelles technologies afin de rpondre aux besoins changeants des Canadiens en ce qui a trait leur mdia prfr. Voici quelques-unes des questions qui ont permis de dgager ces tendances : 1. Comment le gouvernement peut-il offrir un meilleur soutien aux institutions et au public canadiens dans la cration dun contenu culturel en ligne? 2. Quel quilibre devrait exister entre la numrisation et ladaptation du contenu existant versus la cration dun contenu entirement nouveau? 3. Que peut-on faire pour assurer que le contenu trouv utilise les formes nouvelles et innovatrices de communication, dinteraction et dexpression quoffre la technologie en ligne? 4. Que faire pour que le contenu accessible soit attirant et encourage la participation? 5. Auprs de quels groupes devons-nous consacrer une attention particulire pour favoriser la comprhension de la riche diversit culturelle du Canada et la reflter sur Internet?

networks that have been, and will continue to be, created. With polls showing that more Canadians now consider the Internet a more essential part of their lives than cable TV, Canadian Culture Online seeks to capitalize on the new technological possibilities in order to respond to the shifting media preferences of Canadians. Some of the questions that have guided and informed us in this endeavour have been the following: 1. How can government best support Canadian institutions and the Canadian public in the creation of online cultural content? 2. What balance should exist between the digitization and repurposing of existing content versus the creation of entirely new content? 3. What can we do to ensure that the content we fund uses the new and innovative forms of communication, interaction and expression that online technology offers? 4. How can we make content accessible in a way that is engaging and will encourage participation? 5. On which groups in our society should we concentrate particular attention in order to foster understanding of Canadas rich diversity and reflect it on the Internet?

Our efforts to answer these questions over the past four years constitutes the story of the development of the Canadian governments Canadian Culture Online strategy, a comprehensive approach to fostering the creation of quality Canadian Nos efforts pour rpondre ces questions interactive digital cultural content and making au cours des quatre dernires annes font lobjet de la stratgie du dveloppement de it available to Canadians. The Strategy has Culture canadienne en ligne, une initiative du three pillars, which aim to ensure that gouvernement canadien. Cest une approche Canadians are able to experience their culture in the dynamic venue that is the comprhensive qui encourage la cration dun contenu culturel numrique interactif et Internet: creating innovative and engaging digital cultural content; increasing access to le rend accessible aux Canadiens. Cette this content, especially through gateways stratgie repose sur trois principes qui assurent que les Canadiens ont accs des such as Culture.ca and the Virtual Museum of Canada and supporting innovative produits culturels canadiens grce ce mdia dynamique quest Internet ; cration technologies and applications to advance dun contenu culturel numrique innovateur digital content creation through the funding

155

et prometteur; accroissement de laccs ce contenu, tout particulirement avec des passerelles comme Culture.ca et le Muse virtuel du Canada; financement et projets de recherche et de dveloppement pour les applications innovatrices qui permettent daugmenter la cration du contenu numrique. Jusqu prsent, on retrouve plus de 1 300 nouvelles collections / expositions culturelles en ligne, dans les deux langues officielles. Respect de la diversit culturelle sur Internet Les trois principes de la stratgie Culture canadienne en ligne sadressent en priorit aux groupes suivants : Canadiens dorigine autochtone et de cultures diverses, utilisateurs francophones et jeunes. la suite dune tude en 2003 sur la diversit culturelle, le CCE est arriv la conclusion que le contenu cr avec ce programme ne reflte pas adquatement la ralit contemporaine des autochtones canadiens ou des groupes ethniques. Mme si CCE a appuy la cration dun contenu concernant ces ralits culturelles, le contenu a rarement t cr par les collectivits mmes. CCE a ralis que pour que les Canadiens soient satisfaits dun contenu culturel numrique interactif qui reflte la grande diversit culturelle de la socit canadienne, il faudrait augmenter le contenu cr par les communauts autochtones et les groupes ethniques. la suite de ltude sur la diversit culturelle, un projet pilote a vu le jour dans le cadre du Fonds de la passerelle. En mai 2004, CCE a fait un appel doffres avec concours pour financer des projets pour du contenu culturel pour Internet, cr par et au sujet des communauts autochtones et ethniques. Les projets devaient mettre en vidence la culture contemporaine de manire plaire tous les Canadiens. Cet appel doffres avec concours a remport beaucoup de succs. Le CCE a reu au-del de 150 propositions de projet, plus que pour

of research and development projects. The results so far include more than 1,300 new online cultural collections/exhibits, in both official languages. Respect for Cultural Diversity on the Internet The three pillars of the CCO strategy focus on the following priority groups: culturally diverse and Aboriginal Canadians, French language users and youth. Following a 2003 study, the Cultural Diversity Review, CCO concluded that the content creation supported by the program did not adequately reflect the contemporary reality of Canadian Aboriginal or ethno cultural communities. While CCO had supported a reasonable amount of content creation that dealt with these cultural realities, the content was rarely created by these communities themselves. CCO realized that, if Canadians were to have content choices in the interactive digital cultural realm that truly reflected the vast diversity of Canadian society, more content was required that was created by Aboriginal and ethno cultural communities. Following the Cultural Diversity Review study, a pilot initiative was developed under the Gateway Fund. In May 2004 CCO issued a targeted call for proposals to fund projects to create cultural content for the Internet by and about Aboriginal and ethno-cultural communities. The projects would showcase contemporary expressions of culture created for the enjoyment and appreciation of all Canadians. The call for proposals was a success and CCO received over 150 project proposals, the largest number of requests ever received for a CCO call. Following the advice of a program advisory committee, 30 projects were selected for support. These projects will all be online by the end of May 2005. A second call for proposals issued at the end of January 2005 generated 148 project proposals. They are being processed at this time and CCO anticipates funding of at least

156

tout autre appel doffres avec concours la suite dun appel du CCE. Trente projets ont t retenus la suite des recommandations dun comit consultatif du programme. Tous ces projets seront en ligne dici la fin de mai 2005. CCE a procd un deuxime appel doffres avec concours la fin de janvier 2005 et a reu 148 propositions de projet. Elles sont en cours dtude et CCE prvoit accorder du financement au moins 30 projets. Le Fonds du partenariat a aussi cet objectif daugmentation du contenu cr par les communauts autochtones et ethniques. Ce fonds encourage les initiatives de partenariat entre les organismes but non lucratif et les organismes publics et privs afin de rendre les collections culturelles canadiennes disponibles dans les deux langues officielles sur Internet. Lappel doffres avec concours lanc en septembre 2004 portait principalement sur un contenu compos de : lexpression de la culture contemporaine et artistique du Canada; lhistoire et la culture autochtones; lhistoire et la culture francophones et la diversit culturelle du Canada (incluant les minorits visibles). Le Fonds des partenariats a reu 84 demandes : 26 % concernait des projets autochtones et 21 % des groupes ethniques. Les Canadiens passent de plus en plus de temps dans le cyberespace o ils peuvent non seulement apprendre et se divertir mais aussi partager leurs expriences avec dautres Canadiens. CCE est conscient que si les Canadiens veulent vraiment avoir, dans le domaine numrique interactif, des choix de contenus qui refltent la grande diversit canadienne, il faudra augmenter le contenu qui raconte les histoires des communauts autochtones et ethniques dans leurs propres mots et avec leurs propres images. Grce ses programmes et ses politiques, Culture canadienne en ligne continue de favoriser le respect de la diversit culturelle et linguistique sur Internet.

30 projects. In addition, content by Aboriginal and ethno cultural communities has also been an objective under the Partnerships Fund, which encourages partnership initiatives between not-for-profit, public and private organizations to make Canadian cultural collections available on the Internet in both official languages. The call for proposals launched in September 2004 was targeted to content on: Canadas contemporary culture and artistic expression; Aboriginal culture and history; Francophone history and culture; and Canadas cultural diversity (including visible minority groups). The Partnership Fund received 84 applications: 26% were for Aboriginal projects and 21% from ethno cultural groups. All Canadians spend an increasing amount of time in cyberspace, where they can learn and be entertained, and where they have the opportunity to share their experiences with other Canadians. CCO realises that if Canadians are truly to have content choices in the interactive digital realm that reflects the vast diversity of Canadian society, more content is required that tells the stories of Aboriginal and ethno cultural communities in their own words and images. Through its programs and policies, Canadian Culture Online continues to foster respect for cultural and linguistic diversity on the Internet.

157

CHINESE CANADIAN CULTURE ONLINE PROJECT Victor Wong Executive Director Chinese Canadian National Council

The Chinese Canadian Culture Online Project features cultural expressions by emerging artists and writers. The website is www.ccnc.ca/culture. The project was made possible with the support of the Department of Canadian Heritage through Canadian Culture Online. About the Project: The Chinese Canadian National Council (CCNC) is proud to present the Chinese Canadian Culture Online Project (CCCOP). This exciting new online initiative aims to showcase emerging talents from Chinese Canadians across Canada. CCCOP brings together a special collection of exceptional work fusing together expressions of cross-cultural experiences, perspectives, thoughts, and ideas while merging the old and the new. Through this initiative, we hope to connect, listen, and share stories that instil pride and cultural understanding about our cultural heritage. The CCCOP encourages the public and the Chinese Canadian community to connect, interact and exchange cultural ideas, celebrating our uniqueness and diversity. The Project Objectives are: 1 2 3 4 5 To showcase Chinese Canadian perspectives and experiences from across the country; To enrich and educate everyone about Chinese Canadian culture and history; To be youth focused and youth driven; To build relationships between communities and groups across Canada and abroad; and To celebrate diversity of the Chinese Canadian community.

The Project Highlights include: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 An anthology of 10 stories written by or about Chinese Canadian youth; A collection of 16 emerging talents showcasing the diversity in Chinese Canadian cultural expressions; A unique short video collection by 6 Chinese Canadian youth from Toronto and Vancouver; A selection of writings by youth on important events and periods in Chinese Canadian history; A discussion forum for exchange of events, and ideas; A one-stop resource and listing page of relevant Chinese Canadian cultural sites; and National participation including Vancouver, Ottawa, Toronto, Montreal and Prince Edward Island. May 17, 2005 at 7 p.m. at the National Film Board, Toronto; and July 23, 2005 at the Dim Sum Festival at Harbourfront Centre, Toronto.

The Project will be launched: 1 2

158

VOLUTION DE LA PLACE DE LA FRANCOPHONIE CANADIENNE DANS LES NOUVEAUX MEDIAS ET LES MDIAS TRADITIONNELS Sylvio Boudreau Prsident directeur gnral de Fondation ConceptArt multimdia

Le prsent document fait un bref examen de la situation des nouveaux mdias et des mdias traditionnels, dresse quelques constats et propose des recommandations visant favoriser la conqute de l'inforoute par les communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada. Portrait des communauts francophones Alberta Publications : Lhebdomadaire Le Franco dessert toute la province tandis que le mensuel bilingue Le Chinook est distribu dans le Sud. Radio : Outre laccs la radio de Radio-Canada, il est possible de capter les ondes dune radio communautaire Rivire-la-Paix. Des projets pour la mise en service dautres radios de ce type sont en cours. Tlvision : Les Franco-Albertains peuvent accder aux principales chanes de langue franaise et leur propre bulletin quotidien de nouvelles provinciales diffus RadioCanada. Portail Web FrancAlta Portail de la francophonie de l'Alberta traitant des arts et de la culture, de l'ducation, du commerce, de la sant, etc. http://francalta.ab.ca/ Colombie-Britannique Publications : LExpress du Pacifique est une publication bimensuelle francophone, laquelle sajoutent deux revues bilingues mettant en valeur la diversit culturelle de la Colombie-Britannique. Radio et tlvision : Plusieurs missions dinformation sont produites Vancouver par la Socit Radio-Canada et plusieurs chanes de langue franaise sont offertes par cble ou par satellite. Portail Web La francophonie en Colombie-Britannique Portail sur la francophonie de la Colombie-Britannique traitant de la culture, de l'conomie, de l'ducation, de l'emploi, de la sant, etc. Accs un calendrier d'activits. http://www.ffcb.bc.ca/ le-du-Prince-douard Publications : Un hebdomadaire, La Voix acadienne, informe les insulaires de langue franaise depuis 1975.

159

Radio : Par et pour les gens de lle : la Socit Radio-Canada produit quatre heures de programmation quotidienne. Un projet de radio communautaire lchelle de la province pourrait bientt voir le jour; pour linstant, il est possible de capter Radio Beausjour (CJRM 89,5), une radio communautaire du Nouveau-Brunswick. Tlvision : La Socit Radio-Canada et dautres chanes de langue franaise sont offertes par cble et par satellite aux tlspectateurs de lle. Portail Web Tlcommunaut insulaire francophone de l'le-du-Prince-douard Portail qui vise doter les collectivits rgionales de l'.-P.-. d'un espace virtuel o la distance n'a plus d'importance. http://www.teleco.org/ Manitoba Publications : Chaque semaine, La Libert livre ses informations la grandeur de la province. Ce journal a vu le jour en 1913. Une douzaine de publications locales et de bulletins dassociation participent aussi la circulation des nouvelles. Radio : Informations et varits sont au programme des missions produites SaintBoniface par la Socit Radio-Canada. La station manitobaine est entre en ondes en 1946. La radio communautaire Envol 91 FM, quant elle, a presque 15 ans! Tlvision : En plus de la programmation de Radio-Canada et des autres chanes francophones, soulignons que lmission daffaires publiques LOuest en direct, diffuse au Rseau de linformation (RDI), est produite Winnipeg. Portail Web Site officiel des francophones du Manitoba Portail sur la francophonie manitobaine qui permet de tout savoir sur cette collectivit en accdant plusieurs sites francophones de la province. http://www.franco-manitobain.org/ Nouveau-Brunswick Publications : Depuis 1867, Le Moniteur Acadien tmoigne de la grande et petite histoire des Acadiens de cette province. Aujourdhui, dautres publications comme LAcadie Nouvelle, Le Madawaska, LAviron, Info-Affaires rendent compte de lactualit des rgions de la province. Radio : On retrouve la Premire Chane de Radio-Canada et trois radios prives de langue franaise. Les radios communautaires contribuent lpanouissement de la relve; les tendances musicales mergent souvent de leur programmation. Tlvision : Le tlspectateur acadien a accs la plupart des chanes de langue franaise du Canada. Le studio de Radio-Canada Moncton produit des missions dinformation et de varits, tout comme le rseau priv TVA.

160

Principaux portails Web Acadie.Net Carrefour virtuel acadien qui se veut le point de rencontre sur Internet des Acadiens et Acadiennes. http://www.acadie.net/ CapAcadie Site permettant la dcouverte de la vie culturelle, artistique, sportive et socio-conomique de l'Acadie. http://www.capacadie.com/ Nouvelle-cosse Publication : Lhebdomadaire Le Courrier de la Nouvelle-cosse livre linformation depuis 1937. Radio : La prsence apprcie de deux radios communautaires suscitera bientt laddition de stations de ce type. Tlvision : Les missions auxquelles les Acadiens ont accs proviennent de Moncton (Nouveau-Brunswick) et du Qubec. Portail Web Nouvelle-Ecosse.info Portail Internet des Acadiens de la Nouvelle-cosse. On retrouve sur ce portail d'information les dernires nouvelles, les communiqus, ainsi qu'une srie de liens destins la communaut acadienne. Site qui vise informer et divertir. http://www.nouvelle-ecosse.info Nunavut Publications : Le magazine trimestriel circumpolaire Le Toit du Monde publie les actualits nordiques du Nunavut, des Territoires du Nord-Ouest et du Yukon. LAssociation des francophones du Nunavut distribue priodiquement son bulletin dinformation, Le Nunavoix. Radio : Une radio communautaire francophone diffuse partir dIqaluit. Tlvision : La cblodistribution et la distribution par systme satellite donnent accs Radio-Canada, RDI, TVA et TV5. Portail Web La Francophonie du Nunavut Portail d'accs la francophonie du Nunavut o l'on retrouve les activits culturelles, un magazine d'actualits, un guide touristique et bien d'autres sujets d'intrt. http://www.nunafranc.ca/ Ontario Publications : Le quotidien Le Droit, fond en 1913, et une vingtaine dhebdos rendent compte de lactualit des rgions de la province. Radio : La Socit Radio-Canada produit, de Sudbury Windsor, des missions radiophoniques. Deux stations prives et quatre radios communautaires tmoignent aussi de la vie des Franco-Ontariens.

161

Tlvision : Entr en ondes en 1987, le rseau de la Tlvision franaise de lOntario (TFO) est le seul diffuseur francophone canadien dont les activits se situent lextrieur du Qubec. De nombreux foyers du Nouveau-Brunswick et du Qubec ont aussi accs TFO. Le centre de production de Radio-Canada Ottawa conoit et produit plusieurs missions dinformation et de varits. Portail Web Francophonie ontarienne Portail de l'Ontario franais o l'on retrouve de l'information sur l'actualit, les affaires et l'conomie, les arts et la culture, les communications, la dmographie, l'ducation et bien d'autres sujets. http://franco.on.ca/ Qubec Publications : Les Qubcois consomment le contenu dune dizaine de quotidiens. Chaque secteur de lactivit conomique, sociale et culturelle de la province possde son ventail de publications. De nombreux hebdomadaires sont disponibles dans les diffrentes rgions. Radio : Une centaine de stations forment des rseaux dans le secteur priv, public et communautaire. Tlvision : Quatre rseaux francophones (Radio-Canada, Tl-Qubec, TVA et Tlvision Quatre saisons) sont en ondes depuis plusieurs annes. Loffre diversifie de chanes spcialises sajoute la programmation des rseaux francophones de tl hors Qubec. Principaux portails Web Toile du Qubec, La Outil de recherche des Qubcois sur Internet. Le Web du Qubec class par catgories, des guides offrant une slection des meilleurs sites sur une foule de sujets. http://www.toile.com/ Cano Portail d'information sur l'actualit, le divertissement, les sports, l'conomie, les voyages, les magazines fminins et l'habitation. http://www.canoe.qc.ca/ Sympatico / MSN Portail d'information sur l'actualit, l'horoscope, le cinma, des concours, etc. http://sympatico.msn.ca/

162

Saskatchewan Publications : On dnombre une bonne douzaine de bulletins communautaires et dautres publications priodiques. Lhebdomadaire LEau vive prend le pouls provincial de lactualit. Radio : Une station du rseau de la Socit Radio-Canada est base Regina, o sont produites plusieurs missions tout au long de la semaine. Tlvision : Saskatchewan Ce soir, bulletin quotidien de nouvelles, est lune des quatre missions que Radio-Canada produit Regina. Portail Web Assemble communautaire fransaskoise Portail sur la francophonie de la Saskatchewan traitant de la culture, de l'conomie, de l'ducation, de l'emploi, de la sant, etc. Accs un calendrier d'activits. http://www.fransaskois.sk.ca/ Terre-Neuve et Labrador Publication : Le Gaboteur est un bimensuel ax sur lactualit. Il se veut le lien entre les collectivits de langue franaise de la province. Radio : Les missions proviennent de Montral ou des Provinces atlantiques. Un journaliste, bas Terre-Neuve, rend compte des dossiers de la province. Deux radios communautaires sont en ondes. Lune dessert louest du Labrador; lautre, Terre-Neuve. Tlvision : Les principaux rseaux de langue franaise sont accessibles. Bien quaucune mission ne soit produite en province, un journaliste bas Terre-Neuve livre un compte rendu des vnements se droulant Terre-Neuve et Labrador. Portail Web La francophonie Terre-Neuve et au Labrador Dcouverte de la province et de la francophonie de Terre-Neuve et du Labrador. http://www.francophonie.nfld.net/ Territoires du Nord-Ouest Publications : LAquilon est lhebdomadaire dinformation. Des outils de communication sont aussi publis, tels que le Rpertoire des services offerts en franais et le bottin des entrepreneurs. Radio : Depuis 2001, CIVR Radio Taga, la radio communautaire de Yellowknife, donne la parole aux Franco-Tnois. Les auditeurs peuvent aussi sinformer par le biais de RadioCanada. Tlvision : Les tlspectateurs de Yellowknife peuvent capter Radio-Canada, TVA et TV5. Portail Web Franco-Nord Accs de l'information sur les organismes, les services et l'ducation franco-tnoise. http://www.franco-nord.com/

163

Yukon Publications : Le journal bimensuel LAurore borale traite des actualits francophones et des questions politiques affrentes au dveloppement du Nord canadien. Pour parfaire ses connaissances du Yukon, on peut se procurer le jeu de socit Klondike! Radio : Une mission hebdomadaire, Rencontres, est diffuse sur les ondes du rseau de langue anglaise depuis 1985. Les Franco-Yukonnais veulent accrotre la programmation locale et entreprendront les dmarches ncessaires pour y arriver. Tlvision : Les citoyens dexpression franaise ont accs la grille horaire de la Socit Radio-Canada en provenance de Montral et celle des autres mdias francophones du pays. Le Rseau de tlvision des peuples autochtones APTN consacre quelques heures des missions en franais. Portail Web Francophonie yukonnaise Portail de la collectivit francophone au Yukon qui offre de l'information sur le secteur culturel, l'ducation, l'emploi, le dveloppement conomique, la jeunesse et la sant. On y retrouve galement un rpertoire des services en franais. http://www.afy.ca/ Principaux portails Web francophones du Canada Sites Web prsentant la vitalit des collectivits francophones et acadiennes. Agenda de la francophonie Calendrier des activits de la francophonie canadienne permettant l'ajout et la recherche d'activits partout au pays. http://franco.ca/agenda/ Bonspectacle.com Portail du spectacle en milieu francophone qui tient jour toute l'information sur la diffusion du spectacle au Qubec et dans la francophonie canadienne. http://www.bonspectacle.com/ Calendrier culturel Calendrier des activits culturelles de la francophonie canadienne permettant l'ajout et la recherche d'activits partout au pays. http://culturefrancophone.ca/calendrier/ Culture francophone Prsente un aperu de la vitalit culturelle du Canada franais par la diffusion de collections numrises centres sur les arts et la culture. http://culturefrancophone.ca/ Franco.ca - Votre accs la francophonie canadienne Portail permettant la dcouverte de la francophonie canadienne sur tous les sujets touchant les collectivits francophones canadiennes. http://franco.ca/

164

Francovoyageur Rpertoire de sites Internet sur les collectivits francophones et acadiennes du Canada. http://francovoyageur.ca/ Journaux en ligne de l'Association de la presse francophone Portail de l'actualit de la presse communautaire francophone d'un bout l'autre du pays. http://journaux.apf.ca/ PME en ligne Site regroupant une srie de conseils, d'astuces et de renseignements pouvant tre utiles aux petites et moyennes entreprises. http://pmeenligne.ca/ Rseau de dveloppement conomique et d'employabilit (RDE) - Canada Rseau pancanadien qui optimise le potentiel conomique des communauts francophones et acadiennes; prsent dans l'ensemble des provinces et territoires l'extrieur du Qubec. http://www.rdee.ca/ Zof.ca - Zone francophone Portail des arts et de la culture de la francophonie canadienne. http://zof.ca/ Constats L'analyse du milieu nous permet de faire quelques constats : Constat 1 - Plus grande diversit et pluralit 1. Augmentation depuis 30 ans du nombre de mdias (communautaires et spcialiss) 2. Coexistence et concurrences des modles communautaires, privs et institutionnelles 3. Plus de diversit dans les rgions francophones (Nouveau-Brunswick et Ontario et particulirement au Qubec) 4. Approche des rseaux nationaux et institutionnels toujours trs montralais et qubcois 5. Tendance de la concentration des mdias (Qubcor, Irving, Rogers) 6. Les lois sur les langues officielles fdrales et de certaines provinces ont aid la progression des mdias traditionnels dans les communauts francophones en milieu minoritaire 7. TFO est la seule tl francophone l'extrieur du Qubec. 8. Absence de revues ou priodiques francophones l'extrieur du Qubec, sauf quelques exceptions (ex. Revue d'art Liaison) 9. Contenu francophone sur le Web en progression, mais accuse toujours un retard 10. mergence de nouvelles initiatives sur Internet (ex Radio enfant-ado) Constat 2 - Impacts majeurs des TIC sur les mdias traditionnels 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Outils de production plus conviviaux et accessibles Rduction importante des cots Augmentation de la productivit Modification importante dans les processus de cration et de production Augmentation de la qualit Facilite la participation des producteurs indpendants

165

7. Plus d'change et de visibilit grce l'Internet 8. Coexistence des modles traditionnels et virtuels 9. Modles d'affaires traditionnels de plus en plus viables 10. Modles d'affaires Internet pas encore fait ses preuves Constat 3 - Progression du secteur TIC 1. L'utilisation des technologies toujours en croissance 2. L'accs la large bande de plus en plus une ralit 3. Progressions des applications en ligne et du rseautage 4. Utilisation accrue du sans fil (145 % entre 2002 et 2003) 5. Accroissement de l'utilisation des mdias enrichis 6. Lemploi TIC toujours en croissance malgr la chute de 2002 7. Le commerce lectronique en progression (+ 49,7 % en 2004) 8. La convergence n'a pas encore fait ses preuves 9. La drglementation est maintenue 10. Fin des modles d'affaires non-rentables Constat 4 - Ralits et dynamiques diverses Il existe de grandes disparits au niveau du dveloppement social, conomique et culturel des diffrentes communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada. Cela amne la mise en place de dynamiques multiples : 1. Dynamique rgionale Cette approche favorise l'mergence d'initiatives sur une base rgionale et est surtout possible l o il y a une forte concentration de francophones. Par exemple, au Qubec, la Pninsule acadienne au Nouveau-Brunswick, Sudbury et lEst de lOntario, ou encore Saint-Boniface au Manitoba. 2. Dynamique sectorielle Cette approche permet de rseauter des communauts dintrt, particulirement lchelle nationale, par exemple, la sant, lducation, les mdias, les arts, la recherche Elle permet de mettre en commun des banques de connaissances, des outils de promotion et de crer des liens entre intervenants ayant des mmes intrts, sans tenir compte du lieu de rsidence des intervenants. 3. Dynamique virtuelle Cette approche permet de rseauter l'aide des technologies des communauts rparties sur un vaste territoire. Par exemple, Francalta en Alberta ou Franco.ca au niveau canadien. Il sagit dune combinaison entre lapproche rgionale et sectorielle. 4. Dynamique linguistique Les diffrents mdias visent habituellement une clientle soit de langue franaise ou de langue anglaise. Bien que lapproche bilingue soit prconise par les gouvernements fdral et parfois provinciaux, cette approche est peu pratique par les communauts francophones du Canada. Dailleurs, il suffit dexaminer les diffrentes initiatives commerciales pour constater que les rseaux se sont constitus dans lune des langues mais rarement les deux la fois.

166

5. Dynamique commerciale Le dveloppement de l'Internet et des mdias traditionnels est en bonne partie men par le secteur priv. Le dveloppement d'un modle d'affaires visant la rentabilit est habituellement de mise. 6. Dynamique institutionnelle Il s'agit de la prise en charge par des institutions du dveloppement et de la diffusion de contenu. La tendance vers la centralisation reste encore un problme pour les communauts francophones en rgions. 7. Dynamique communautaire La prise en charge de journaux, de postes de radio ou de sites Web par des organismes est une dynamique trs courante pour donner une voix aux communauts. 8. Dynamique individuelle Reposant sur la participation des individus, plusieurs initiatives sont en mergence, tels les forums d'entraide, les blogues, les sites collaboratifs (ex. wikipedia). Recommandations visant favoriser la conqute de l'inforoute par les communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada Afin dassurer lappropriation de lInforoute par les communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada, plusieurs pistes de solutions sont recommandes. Proposition dune vision Les communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada amlioreront leur mieux-tre grce la mise en place de communauts ingnieuses utilisant les nouvelles technologies de l'information et de la communication, en particulier l'Internet. L'espace virtuel de la francophonie canadienne sera un milieu fdrateur, dynamique et proactif favorisant la cration, les changes et la diffusion de contenus canadiens en langue franaise sur l'Internet. Les communauts acadiennes et francophones du Canada sont des chefs de file dans l'intgration des technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) comme outil de gestion du savoir pour l'amlioration de leur qualit de vie et l'atteinte de leur prosprit.

Objectifs Favoriser l'innovation et la cration de contenus en franais; Faciliter l'accs au contenu et la diffusion des contenus en franais; Contribuer l'amlioration de la qualit du contenu en franais; Contribuer la valorisation de l'ensemble de la francophonie canadienne; Se doter de lieux de rassemblement; Planifier collectivement; Favoriser une prise en charge des nouvelles technologies par les diffrents secteurs et rgions; Favoriser l'tablissement de partenariats en matire de cration et de diffusion de contenus en franais;

167

Diffuser de l'information et faire la promotion des opportunits et des initiatives; Promouvoir les expertises et ressources techniques existantes; Partager les rflexions et crer une banque de connaissances sur les pratiques exemplaires; Dpister de nouvelles sources de financement et favoriser l'mergence de plans d'affaires viables; Favoriser la diversification des conomies en rgions l'aide des TIC; Se doter de moyens de communication rapides; Crer des liens avec le secteur priv; Tisser des liens avec les intervenants nationaux et internationaux.

Les valeurs Les valeurs fondamentales de la stratgie sont les suivantes : Viser le bien-tre des communauts; Favoriser l'mergence d'un sentiment d'appartenance; Construire sur l'existant; Favoriser l'accs et une participation pluraliste; Respecter les capacits d'adaptabilit de chacun et reconnatre l'volution continue; La recherche de l'excellence; Susciter le dveloppement du secteur des technologies de l'information; Inscrire la stratgie dans l'Internet transactionnel; Favoriser une expression multisectorielle de la francophonie canadienne; tre une vitrine de la diversit culturelle l'tranger. Axes stratgiques daction La conqute de lInforoute par les communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada implique plus quune prsence accrue du franais sur le Web. En effet, pour quil y ait rellement une appropriation, cela ncessite dagir sur plusieurs fronts la fois. Une consultation auprs de personnes cls nous a permis de mettre de lavant dix axes stratgiques d'action l'chelle nationale. Dix axes stratgiques d'action l'chelle nationale prioriser : Axe 1- Accrotre une prsence francophone de qualit sur le Web; Axe 2 - Accs aux nouvelles technologies; Axe 3 - tablissement de partenariats et investissement dans les ressources existantes; Axe 4 - Apprentissage continu par la formation; Axe 5 - Consolidation des leaders et promotion de linnovation; Axe 6 Dmarche daccompagnement et animation; Axe 7 - Le commerce lectronique; Axe 8 - Contribution au dveloppement socio-conomique; Axe 9 - La prsence et la promotion lchelle internationale; Axe 10 - Rseautage des lieux communs de communication. Axe 1 Accrotre une prsence francophone de qualit sur le Web Le Web permet une visibilit la fois locale, provinciale, canadienne et internationale et offre une opportunit d'y promouvoir la prsence et le rayonnement des communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada. Il est donc important dy diffuser des contenus francophones la fois par intrt sectoriel et rgional, d'accder des banques de donnes diverses et de favoriser l'interactivit entre les divers sites.
168

Une stratgie de renforcement de l'espace virtuel de la Francophonie canadienne gagnerait aussi amliorer la qualit des contenus en concentrant ses efforts sur des mcanismes d'appui favorisant une valeur ajoute des informations et des procdures de diffusion des informations actuelles (encourager l'adoption de cadres ditoriaux, lutilisation d'expertises reconnues, validation et imputabilit des diffuseurs, etc.). D'autre part, il faut se rappeler quune information inutilisable et inutilise est inutile. Pistes d'actions entreprendre 1. Appuyer les producteurs/diffuseurs de contenus existants, particulirement les initiatives de portails rgionaux et sectoriels, afin qu'ils puissent continuer de diffuser leurs contenus, de les renouveler et d'en proposer de nouveaux; 2. Appuyer la consolidation et la mutualisation (mise en commun) de contenus afin d'offrir de meilleurs services d'information, de partager les pratiques exemplaires, de promouvoir le partage d'outils technologiques, de favoriser la synergie et la convergence des acteurs sur le terrain et d'amliorer la viabilit financire des initiatives; 3. Appuyer l'innovation afin d'assurer la mise en place de l'utilisation plus ingnieuse des technologies (services de veille, banque de connaissances, pratiques exemplaires, outils d'analyse et de planification); 4. Appuyer les initiatives de contenus multimdias enrichis, particulirement au niveau de la formation et de la pdagogie; 5. Appuyer davantage les initiatives de promotion afin daugmenter la visibilit et l'accessibilit des contenus canadiens en franais; 6. Promouvoir le concept de communauts ingnieuses et mettre en place divers services la communaut; 7. Assurer une cohsion entre les organismes, les entreprises et les institutions en diffusant de l'information et en organisant des rencontres de concertation; 8. Encourager l'utilisation doutils communs par exemple un agenda pancanadien, lutilisation de gestionnaires de contenus; 9. Encourager l'tablissement de protocoles et normes d'interconnexion, par exemple pour le partage de bases de donnes. 10. Promouvoir les diffrents programmes d'aide gouvernementale axs sur la cration de contenus tels que Francommunauts virtuelles et Culture en ligne. Axe 2 Accs aux nouvelles technologies Pour qu'il y ait une vritable appropriation des nouvelles technologies, il est essentiel de rendre disponibles aux francophones un outillage technologique (ordinateurs, serveurs, vidoconfrence, logiciels), une connexion adquate lInternet, de favoriser l'utilisation et le dveloppement de logiciels et d'interfaces en franais et d'assurer un appui technique et stratgique constant. Plusieurs intervenants ont dmontr la difficult de trouver de laide et des services en franais en rgion. En plus, certains groupes telles les femmes et les petites organisations connaissent encore des retards au niveau de linformatisation et de laccs lInternet. Les rgions nont pas encore le mme accs que les milieux urbains en ce qui a trait laccs des services large bande.

169

Pistes d'actions entreprendre Promouvoir l'utilisation des centres d'accs communautaires en milieu rural et urbain (PAC); Promouvoir la mise en place de services large bande (haute vitesse) et le dveloppement dapplications favorisant lutilisation de contenus multimdias et interactifs; Mettre en place un site Web de ressources Internet contenant les pratiques exemplaires, les ressources humaines comptentes, les ressources disponibles en rgions, les projets en cours, un babillard d'appels d'offres, des conseils Internet; Faire connatre les sites francophones existants; Mettre en place et promouvoir un site Web sur les programmes d'aide disponibles favorisant les initiatives de contenu, de connectivits et de dveloppement dapplications (http://communaction.ca); Promouvoir l'utilisation d'outils Internet en franais actuellement disponibles (dimage, NetworkCentrix, Agenda de la francophonie...); Mettre en place des campagnes de sensibilisation de l'utilisation de l'Internet et de ses enjeux; Participer la mise en place d'un rseau pancanadien de formation et de soutien en TIC destin aux organismes bnvoles et communautaires du Canada; Promouvoir les sites offrant la formation en ligne et distance sur lutilisation de base de lInternet et les affaires lectroniques; Revendiquer une plus grande souplesse de la part des bailleurs de fonds pour permettre aux organisations de porter aux dpenses de fonctionnement l'achat d'ordinateurs et de logiciels et la mise niveau de leurs systmes; Participer aux initiatives nationales des organismes bnvoles et communautaires en particulier en ce qui a trait un service stable, fiable et peu coteux pour permettre aux organisations du secteur bnvole de crer des sites Web avec leurs propres noms de domaine, ainsi que la mise en place dune ligne sans frais pour le soutien technique et d'autres services d'aide.

Axe 3 tablissement de partenariats et investissement dans les ressources existantes Les initiatives qui ont connu du succs au cours des dernires annes ont su tablir des alliances et des partenariats avec divers intervenants. Que ce soit sous la forme de convergence, de consortium, de partage technologique ou de consolidation des ressources, le partenariat sest avr une avenue gagnante dans plusieurs initiatives. Une initiative TIC cherchera la consolidation des 8C suivants : Capacits technologiques - accs aux technologies (ordinateurs, serveurs, logiciels, programmation); Capital de dpart - soutien de dpart au niveau financier (priv, gouvernemental et communautaire); Commercialisations - gnrer des revenus en vue d'autofinancer les initiatives et dassurer la viabilit long terme; Communication - le dveloppement de rseaux de communication au niveau des intervenants, mais aussi au niveau de la rseautique; Comptences - l'accs des personnes comptentes dans le milieu; Connaissances - cration et partage de bases de connaissances; Contenus - des contenus varis rpondant une vritable demande; Convergence - expertise en convergence d'entreprises mdiatiques et technologiques.

170

Pistes d'actions entreprendre Encourager les initiatives et expertises existantes et favoriser la consolidation, le renouvellement et la mise en commun de contenus; Offrir des services collectifs en TIC; Encourager la mise en place d'initiatives de partenariat dans le cadre des programmes d'aide (exemple : Francommunauts virtuelles); Faire la promotion du Programme de partenariat de Culture en ligne; Favoriser la mise en place de programmes collectifs de pratiques exemplaires; Promouvoir les pratiques exemplaires de partenariats; Encourager le secteur priv investir dans les initiatives communautaires; Favoriser ltablissement de partenariats entre les intervenants des diffrentes provinces et territoires, y compris le Qubec.

Axe 4 Apprentissage continu par la formation Le domaine des technologies tant la fois nouveau, complexe et en constante volution, un apprentissage par la formation continue et sur mesure est une condition juge essentielle. Il est important d'assurer la formation en franais des diffrents intervenants et un accs aux outils de dmarrage. Les institutions et entreprises de formation doivent adapter leur curriculum afin d'y inclure l'utilisation des nouvelles technologies. Cet axe permettrait d'assurer la formation en franais des diffrents intervenants et un accs aux outils de dmarrage. Pistes d'actions entreprendre Identifier les ressources humaines disponibles pour la formation; Identifier les ressources financires pour les initiatives de formation; Promouvoir la tenue d'ateliers de formation; Promouvoir et encourager l'utilisation accrue de la formation distance entre autres les programmes existants de formation en ligne; Promouvoir l'intgration de la formation dans l'utilisation de la technologie; Promouvoir les diffrentes opportunits de formation continue et la formation sur mesure selon les besoins des organismes et des tablissements de formation et d'enseignement; Encourager en rgion le dveloppement d'expertises dans la conception pdagogique distance et en ligne; Encourager et promouvoir le dveloppement d'outils de formation en ligne; Mettre en commun les pratiques exemplaires favorisant lutilisation des technologies.

Axe 5 Consolidation du leadership et promotion de linnovation Il est essentiel d'assurer une prise en charge par les intervenants et intervenantes du milieu: les leaders. Un leadership pluraliste doit tre assum au niveau de la rflexion, mais aussi au niveau de la mise en uvre. Par exemple, la mise en place de centres d'incubation d'entreprises ddis aux nouvelles technologies, d'entreprises spcialises, de fournisseurs de services, de centres de formation, de gestionnaires de site Web, de dveloppeurs d'applications, de groupes sectoriels de travail et de dveloppeurs de contenus.

171

Dans ce sens, une stratgie de renforcement de l'espace virtuel de la Francophonie canadienne devrait encourager la prise en charge de l'Internet par les usagers afin quils ou elles soient davantage outills pour devenir eux ou elles aussi des producteurs et diffuseurs d'information et de contenus. Les solutions techniques pour dvelopper des espaces virtuels, fdrer des informations, cibler des utilisateurs et personnaliser des sites Web existent bien qu'elles changent continuellement. Pistes d'actions entreprendre Diffuser le Plan stratgique l'utilisation de l'inforoute en franais auprs des organismes, des dcideurs et des mdias; Mettre en place et promouvoir un forum d'information / changes / discussions ouvert sur le Web. Favoriser et encourager la prise en charge d'initiatives par diffrents organismes en leur fournissant de l'information sur les programmes d'aide, les ressources et les projets en cours l'aide d'une trousse Internet (http://franco.ca/trousse); Assurer la participation des communauts au sein des diverses tables, conseils et comits de l'Internet, entre autres, au sein de comits consultatifs; Favoriser et promouvoir la participation et contribution des universits et collges au niveau de l'expertise et de l'accs aux outils technologiques; Suivre de prs et appuyer les dmarches entreprises en enseignement par les diffrents intervenants, institutions et rseaux; Favoriser l'achat de services au sein mme des communauts francophones et acadiennes en encourageant les entreprises, les organismes et institutions qui offrent des services dans le domaine des TIC; Promouvoir l'utilisation d'outils Internet en franais actuellement disponible (dimage, NetworkCentrix, Agenda de la francophonie...); S'assurer que les gouvernements provinciaux, Industrie Canada et le ministre du Patrimoine canadien investissent une part quitable de leur financement dans les initiatives des communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada.

Axe 6 Dmarche daccompagnement et animation Afin d'assurer le succs et une appropriation progressive des technologies, il faut encourager la mise en place d'activits d'valuation des facteurs de succs : la formulation continue de recommandations et suggestions d'ajustement; l'animation des intervenants; la mise jour rgulire des contenus; la mise en place de projets utilisant l'Internet comme vhicule de communication; l'organisation d'activits ou d'vnements centrs sur l'Internet. Lanimation et laccompagnement prennent une dimension essentielle dans la mise en place dinitiatives TIC auprs de clientles peu habitues lutilisation de ces technologies. Cest le cas en particulier dans limplantation de projets de communauts ingnieuses o une grande partie des bnficiaires est constitue de la population en gnral, donc pas des spcialistes dans le domaine. Il est alors important de prvoir une appropriation progressive des technologies et de maintenir une aide technique et danimation continue. Pistes d'actions entreprendre Mise en place d'un site Web d'changes de la francophonie canadienne; Promouvoir auprs des intervenants, mais aussi auprs de divers programmes d'aide gouvernementale, la mise en place d'activits et de ressources orientes vers
172

l'animation dans tout projet utilisant les nouvelles technologies; Faire la promotion d'initiatives incluant la participation des jeunes, notamment avec le programme tudiants branchs; Encourager l'auto-formation afin que chaque rseau soit de plus en plus autonome; Animation de la conscience publique par le biais des mdias afin de promouvoir la croissance ingnieuse des communauts acadiennes par la rdaction de chroniques sur les enjeux des TIC; Mise en place d'un programme de formation de base sur la nouvelle conomie destin aux leaders des communauts; Intgrer les jeunes dans les stratgies dimplantation dinitiatives en TIC.

Axe 7 Le commerce lectronique Selon plusieurs spcialistes, l'Internet est vou desservir une gamme de services conomiques : Bancatique; Cybermagasinage (boutique en ligne); Publicit et marketing; Services gouvernementaux en ligne; Transfert lectronique de documents; Transmission lectronique des dclarations de revenus; Transactions entre entreprises. Cependant, lexprience de plusieurs intervenants a dmontr quil nest pas si facile que cela dimplanter des solutions de commerce lectronique favorisant les transactions dentreprise au consommateur et dentreprise entreprise. Il y a galement un manque dexpertises au sein des communauts francophones et acadiennes du Canada, les entreprises francophones sont peu sensibilises aux stratgies utiliser et bien que des solutions de boutique soient assez faciles implanter, les solutions de paiement en ligne disponibles en franais sont plus difficiles implanter. Pistes d'actions entreprendre Sensibiliser les PME aux affaires lectroniques; Consolider les expertises en commerce lectronique au sein des fournisseurs de services Web; Rpertorier les solutions de paiement en ligne disponibles en langue franaise; Promouvoir l'utilisation d'outils Internet en franais actuellement disponibles; Promouvoir les pratiques exemplaires dans le domaine du commerce lectronique; Encourager le gouvernement mettre en place des incitatifs favorisant la croissance du commerce lectronique; Promouvoir des solutions canadiennes de paiement en ligne abordables pour les PME et les organismes.

Axe 8 Contribution au dveloppement socio-conomique Tout projet technologique devrait avoir comme finalit l'amlioration des conditions sociales, mais aussi conomiques des communauts. Les TIC sont la fois une voie de diversification conomique, mais offrent aussi une vitrine du tissu social de la communaut.

173

Pistes d'actions entreprendre Promotion des communauts par le biais du Web; Partage de ressources, de services et de connaissances afin de raliser des conomies; tablissement de communauts intelligentes; Dveloppement de nouveaux services : centres d'appel, services de recherche, services de veille, apprentissage en ligne; Nouvelles opportunits d'affaires; Promouvoir auprs des entreprises et organismes le travail distance et domicile; Promotion des pratiques exemplaires.

Axe 9 La prsence et la promotion lchelle internationale L'entre des communauts dans l're des nouvelles technologies devrait leur permettre de mieux se positionner et faire connatre leur ralit, leurs services et leurs expertises l'chelle internationale. Un dfi important pour les communauts est le fait quelles doivent la fois tre un reflet de la culture locale et pouvoir se positionner dune faon plus universelle lchelle internationale. Par exemple, le march international exige que le dveloppement dapplications Web soit multilingue et universel. Pistes d'actions entreprendre tre prsents et visibles aux diffrentes manifestations de nature internationale; Mettre profit le phnomne de minorit comme une valeur ajoute l'expertise des communauts; Promouvoir l'exportation de nos expertises et de nos connaissances, entre autres par l'organisation de salons virtuels, la participation des foires Internationales et des missions conomiques.

Axe 10 Rseautage des lieux communs de communication l'heure actuelle, il existe une multitude de solutions technologiques pour favoriser la mutualisation de contenus, pour dvelopper des espaces virtuels fdrs, pour faciliter la diffusion et les changes d'information. La constitution d'un coffre outils pour la diffusion dans l'Internet, par exemple, est une action relativement simple raliser. La francophonie canadienne lchelle des organisations et de la socit exprime sa vitalit et sa force par le biais du rseautage. Pistes d'actions entreprendre 1. 2. 3. 4. Un courriel pour tous; Accs des forums privs et publics; Services de nouvelles locales et nationales; Promouvoir l'utilisation de normes minimales qui permettent la mutualisation des efforts et des contenus et le partage de services; 5. Promotion du concept de communauts ingnieuses intgres; 6. Promotion des pratiques exemplaires.

174

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Danika Billie Littlechild Aboriginal Youth Network

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Danika Billie Littlechild Aboriginal Youth Network

Le dfi que pose la promotion de la diversit culturelle et linguistique au sein de la socit de linformation est considrable. Comment faire participer et rallier les communauts culturelles et linguistiques au Canada de manire respectueuse, quitable, participative et novatrice, tout en refltant les ralits fluides de ces communauts? Comment cette implication peut-elle englober la multiplicit didentits au sein de ces collectivits : les femmes, les jeunes et les personnes handicapes? Les dtenteurs de cette culture ou de cette langue doivent crer un contenu culturel et linguistique si on veut permettre ces voix authentiques dtre entendues. La pleine participation, la consultation et le consentement des membres des diverses communauts culturelles et linguistiques du Canada sont impratifs pour arriver des solutions sur mesure. Nous devons reconnatre les rpercussions sociales des TIC et de la socit de linformation. Il faut voir comment les TIC et la socit de linformation peuvent tre utiles pour transformer les personnes, les communauts et le pays. La culture numrique est une donne dmographique de plus en plus reconnue dans bon nombre de pays. Les entreprises et le grand public sadaptent et adoptent les technologies, comme la vido et les techniques de traitement des donnes. En consquence, le public devient de plus en plus slectif dans ses choix dinformation, ce qui entrane une personnalisation de linformation disponible. Les rsidents du Canada sont passs de ltat de rcepteurs passifs celui de crateurs de contenus. Les facteurs principaux du type dinformation auquel un

The challenge posed by the promotion of cultural and linguistic diversity in the Information Society is a significant one. How do you engage and connect cultural and linguistic communities in Canada in a way that is respectful, equal, participatory and innovative, while reflecting the fluid realities of such communities? In addition, how can engagement encompass the multiplicity of identities within these communities: such as women, youth and persons with disabilities? In order to enable authentic voices to be heard, cultural and linguistic content must be created by the holders of such culture or language. Tailored solutions may only be arrived at with the full participation, consultation, and consent of members of culturally and linguistically diverse communities in Canada. We must recognize the social impact of ICTs and the Information Society how ICTs and the Information Society can be useful in transforming individuals, communities and the country. Digital literacy is quickly becoming an accepted demographic measure in many countries. Business, and the public at large, is adapting to and adopting technologies such as video and data technology. As a result, the public is becoming increasingly selective in their choice of information, resulting in a personalization of the information available in access. Residents of Canada have moved from being passive receivers to creators of content. The main factors in what information an individual may access are: convenience; relevance; dynamic / evolving information (vs. stagnant information) and interactivity. Involvement of universities, schools, media and experts in ICTs use has resulted in

175

individu peut avoir accs sont : lutilit; la pertinence; linformation dynamique/volutive (versus linformation stagnante); et linteractivit. La participation des universits, des coles, des mdias et des experts lutilisation des TIC a entran un plus grand apprentissage et des activits sociales dynamiques. Il sagit dune fusion entre le contenu et llment humain. Au Canada, les muses, les archives et les institutions connexes, les populations autochtones, les francophones et plusieurs autres communauts culturelles et linguistiques sont les gardiens dun contenu qui fait autorit. Leur participation et leurs contributions conduiront une meilleure comprhension et un plus grand respect des cultures et des langues qui sy trouvent. Ces communauts doivent relever plusieurs dfis : le savoir-faire technique, la possibilit de financement et les questions entourant le droit de la proprit intellectuelle en sont un exemple. Ltude et la reconnaissance de lidentit, de la crativit et des diffrences nous permet de prendre conscience de la possibilit quoffrent les TIC et Internet pour le dveloppement de la diversit culturelle et linguistique. Une meilleure communication interactive entre Canadiens, experts de la culture et du patimoine de tous les niveaux est ncessaire si nous voulons une plus grande participation du public. Nous devons prsenter une offre globale de contenu culturel un espace pour le dialogue et une meilleure chance de sexprimer pour les communauts de petite taille ou priphriques. Les TIC sont un outil qui peut tre source dinnovation et de progrs pour les ressources humaines. Elles permettent bien des voix de se faire entendre. En 2000, le gouvernement canadien a labor une stratgie pour favoriser une prsence culturelle canadienne unique sur Internet, en raison de laugmentation de lintrt des jeunes ce rseau. Cette stratgie sintitule Culture canadienne en ligne. Elle vise aider les producteurs canadiens crer un contenu culturel novateur et attrayant tout en augmentant la

greater learning and dynamic social activities. It is a merger between content and the human element. Museums, archives and related institutions, Indigenous Peoples, Francophones and many other cultural and linguistic communities in Canada are custodians of authoritative content - their participation and contributions will lead to a better understanding and respect of cultures and languages in Canada. The challenges faced by such communities are technical knowhow, enabling funding, and issues surrounding intellectual property law. We must acknowledge the opportunity presented by ICTs and the Internet for a development of cultural and linguistic diversity by examining and recognizing identity, creativity, and differences. We need to enhance public participation on various levels, as between and among residents of Canada and cultural or heritage experts, for example. We need to provide a holistic offering of cultural content a space for dialogue, with a stronger voice for smaller or peripheralized communities. ICTs is a human resources tool that can bring about innovation and progress. ICTs enables voices to be heard. Due to the increase in interest on the part of youth in the Internet, the Government of Canada in 2000 created a strategy to encourage a uniquely Canadian cultural presence on the Internet. This strategy is called Canadian Culture Online. The mandate of the strategy is to help Canadian producers create innovative and engaging cultural content, while increasing visibility and building audiences for that content. Essentially, the strategy focuses on creating an ideal environment for cultural content creation. Various stakeholders, including Aboriginal peoples, Francophones, youth, cultural and linguistic communities from across Canada, authors and artists have all been invited to participate. In 2004, the Government of Canada launched the Gateway Fund, targeting Aboriginal and

176

visibilit et en trouvant des auditoires pour ce contenu. La stratgie porte essentiellement sur la recherche dun environnement idal pour la cration du contenu culturel. Diffrents intervenants ont t invits participer cette cration du contenu : les Autochtones, les francophones, les jeunes, les communauts culturelles et linguistiques, les auteurs et les artistes de partout au Canada. En 2004, le gouvernement canadien a inaugur le Fonds de la passerelle qui cible les groupes autochtones et multiculturels. Cette initiative a donn naissance 30 projets tels des magazines culturels en ligne, des renseignements sur les festivals culturels, des connaissances traditionnelles ainsi que la narration dhistoires. Parmi ces projets figure le Conseil national des Canadiens chinois nomm Chinese Canadian Culture Online Project. Ce projet traite des jeunes et est ax sur eux. Il met en vidence la diversit de nouveaux talents dans lensemble du Canada, raconte des expriences vcues, prsente des perspectives, des rflexions et des ides transculturelles qui joignent lancien et le nouveau. Le projet se veut aussi une forme dducation culturelle. Il tablit des rapports entre les communauts et les groupes au Canada et ltranger.

multicultural groups, from which 30 projects were created, such as cultural e-zines, information on cultural festivals and traditional knowledge and storytelling. One of the funded projects is by the Chinese Canadian National Council, called the Chinese Canadian Culture Online Project. The Project is youth focused and youth driven, showcasing a diversity of emerging talents from across Canada. The work fuses expressions of cross-cultural experiences, perspectives, thoughts and ideas while merging the old and the new. The Project also serves as a form of cultural education, building relationships between communities and groups in Canada and abroad. The lesson learned from the projects of the Gateway Fund is that the Canadian Government must be encouraged to maintain and strengthen a leadership role in developing tools and resources to this sector. New Canadian content needs nurturing, particularly by government bodies in Canada. It is an opportunity to present the arts, cultures and languages of Canada to the communities, regions and groups of Canada, as well as to the world. Canadians do want to tell their stories; nurturing such content is the key.

An example of how the Government of Canada can support such content in the wider political and legislative context is to Ces projets du Fonds de la passerelle dmontrent bien la ncessit dencourager le examine the ICTs participation of the "francophonie canadienne". Official gouvernement canadien maintenir et languages legislation has greatly assisted renforcer son rle de chef de file dans le the development of the "francophonie dveloppement doutils et de ressources canadienne" media. Accordingly, we cannot dans ce secteur. Les organismes overlook the contribution socio-economic, gouvernementaux canadiens doivent legal and socio-political development may alimenter ce nouveau contenu. Cest une have on diversifying the Internet. occasion de prsenter les arts, les cultures An entry point to greater diversity and et les langues canadiens aux collectivits, aux rgions et aux groupes du Canada et du plurality can be seen in the current traditional media in Canada, including radio, television monde. Favoriser ainsi le contenu est un and print media (particularly local print lment cl qui permet aux Canadiens de media). Traditional business models offer raconter leur histoire. more viability for ICTs development, although we must canvass a multiplicity of Si on porte attention la participation de la solutions to allow for growth of diversity and francophonie canadienne aux TIC, on y voit plurality in ICTs. We may also benefit from a un exemple de la faon dont le

177

gouvernement canadien peut soutenir un tel contenu dans un contexte politique et lgislatif largi. La lgislation sur les langues officielles a grandement aid au dveloppement des mdias de la francophonie canadienne. En consquence, nous ne pouvons pas oublier la contribution que le dveloppement socio-conomique, juridique et socio-politique peut avoir sur la diversification dans Internet. La porte est ouverte une plus grande diversit et pluralit dans les mdias traditionnels actuels au Canada, notamment la radio, la tlvision et les mdias imprims (particulirement les mdias locaux imprims). Les modles commerciaux conventionnels offrent un dveloppement des TIC plus durable, bien que nous devions envisager une multiplicit de solutions pour permettre laugmentation de la diversit et de la pluralit dans les TIC. Une certaine forme de mentorat peut tre bnfique pour favoriser lutilisation des outils existants. Nous devons amliorer la qualit de la production en offrant un espace o les producteurs indpendants peuvent prendre de lexpansion et crer, favoriser lchange et partager la visibilit sur Internet. Les ralits prsentes sur Internet ne cessent daugmenter et donnent naissance des chefs de file dans les rgions, les secteurs, les groupes et les collectivits. Une qualit accrue du contenu culturel, un accs aux nouvelles technologies, aux connaissances et aux ressources, la cration de partenariats et un investissement dans les ressources existantes, permettent une plus grande reprsentation de la diversit culturelle et linguistique. Les Autochtones du Canada sont lextrieur et regardent passer les TIC et la socit de linformation. Leur droit de participer la socit de linformation est parfois ni ou aboli. Les visions, les concepts et lhistoire autochtones ont une valeur qui doit tre reconnue et admise. Les Autochtones ont le droit de faonner leur avenir et leur participation la socit de linformation sans perdre leur identit

form of mentorship process to facilitate the use of existing tools. We need to improve the quality of production, allowing space for independent producers to grow and create, encourage exchange, and share visibility on the Internet. There are an increasing number of realities represented on the Internet, and this has created leaders in various regions, sectors, groups and communities. In improving the quality of cultural content, opening access to new technologies, knowledge and resources, and establishing partnerships and investments in existing resources, we may provide greater representation of cultural and linguistic diversity. Indigenous Peoples in Canada are on the outside looking in with regard to ICTs and the Information Society. Their right to participate in the Information Society is sometimes denied or abrogated. Indigenous visions, concepts and history have value that need to be recognized and acknowledged. Indigenous Peoples have the right to shape their future and their participation in the Information Society without losing their cultural identity in the process. Indigenous participation in the form of data sharing (including knowledge, communication and information) must be based on the right to self-determination, and the recognition of the cultural and linguistic diversity and distinctiveness of Indigenous Peoples. Indigenous culturally defined approaches, protocols, proceedings and obligations have to be respected by non-Indigenous actors in participation and dialogue within the Information Society.This may require recognition of Indigenous traditional and customary laws. It is important to avoid the museumization of Indigenous cultures, or to open the way for appropriation of cultures or cultural loss. ICTs use cannot replace traditional methods of transmission of knowledge, cultural heritage and identity from generation to generation, but could become a useful supplementary tool, if applied in a culturally appropriate way.

178

culturelle en cours de route. La participation des Autochtones dans lchange de donnes (y compris les connaissances, la communication et linformation) doit tre fonde sur le droit lautodtermination, sur la reconnaissance de la diversit culturelle et linguistique et du caractre distinctif des peuples autochtones. Les dmarches, les protocoles, les procdures et les obligations dfinis culturellement par les Autochtones doivent tre respects par les acteurs non autochtones, dans la participation et le dialogue au sein de la socit de linformation. Cela risque dexiger la reconnaissance des droits traditionnels et coutumiers autochtones. Il est important dviter la musisation des cultures autochtones ou douvrir la voie lappropriation des cultures ou la perte des cultures. Lutilisation des TIC ne peut pas remplacer les mthodes traditionnelles de transmission des connaissances, du patrimoine culturel et de lidentit dune gnration lautre. Cependant, elle pourrait devenir un outil supplmentaire utile si elle tait applique dune faon adapte la culture. Les Autochtones doivent participer entirement et nombre gal la formulation des mcanismes juridiques qui protgent leurs connaissances et leur patrimoine culturel. Ces mcanismes devraient tre labors au moyen de stratgies et dinitiatives internationales et canadiennes. Laide du gouvernement est essentielle pour combler le foss numrique, particulirement si on tient compte des obstacles socio-conomiques normes que rencontrent les Autochtones. De ce fait, nous devons appuyer le dveloppement de TIC adaptes aux cultures, qui invitent au dialogue entre Autochtones et nonAutochtones, mais aussi entre les Autochtones eux-mmes. Linfrastructure des TIC et leur accs sont des enjeux considrables pour les Autochtones. Ils ne peuvent tre dvelopps quavec la participation et le consentement

Indigenous Peoples need to fully and equally participate in the formulation of legal mechanisms that protect Indigenous knowledge and cultural heritage. These mechanisms should be created through both international and Canadian strategies and initiatives. The assistance of Government to bridge the digital divide is essential, especially considering the magnified socioeconomic obstacles faced by Indigenous Peoples. Thus, we need to support culturally appropriate ICTs development, which not only enables a dialogue between Indigenous and Non-Indigenous, but also between and among Indigenous Peoples themselves. Infrastructure and access to ICTs for Indigenous Peoples are major issues, and further development can only occur with the participation and free, prior and informed consent of Indigenous Peoples. Considering the existing legal and political structure within Canada with regard to Aboriginal and Treaty rights, we may create a dialogue seated in the context of existing and future recognition of Indigenous Peoples. There are three streams of development for cultural and linguistic diversity for ICTs and the Information Society in Canada: 1. Traditional / historical material contained in museums, archives and related institutions, as well as that held by Indigenous Peoples, Francophones, and other cultural and linguistic communities; 2. Living cultures of Canadians, including Indigenous Peoples, Francophones and other cultural and linguistic communities their representation on the Internet needs to be celebrated while being respected; 3. Creators of content, who want to use the Internet as a vehicle for presentation to the global community.This needs to be done in a respectful manner. In promoting those streams of development, Canada must look to the international context in terms of existing law, policy and innovation to take advantage of a tremendous opportunity.

179

libres, clairs et pralables des Autochtones. Compte tenu de la structure juridique et politique canadienne relativement aux droits des Autochtones et aux droits issus de traits, nous pouvons tablir un dialogue dans le sens de la reconnaissance actuelle et future des peuples autochtones. Il y a trois volets au dveloppement de la diversit culturelle et linguistique dans les TIC et la socit de linformation au Canada : 1. La matire traditionnelle-historique trouve dans les muses, les archives et les institutions qui sont lis, et celle des Autochtones, des francophones et des autres communauts culturelles et linguistiques. 2. Les cultures vivantes des Canadiens, incluant celles des peuples autochtones, des francophones et des autres communauts culturelles et linguistiques. Leur prsence sur Internet doit tre clbre tout en tant respecte. 3. Les crateurs de contenus qui veulent utiliser Internet comme vhicule de prsentation la communaut mondiale. Cela doit tre fait de manire respectueuse. En donnant son appui ces volets de dveloppement, le Canada doit tenir compte du contexte international en ce qui concerne les droits existants, la politique et linnovation, si le pays veut profiter de cette occasion remarquable.

180

CHAPITRE VIII : LA SOCIT DE LINFORMATION EN ACTION

CHAPTER VIII: THE INFORMATION SOCIETY IN ACTION

La session sur la Socit de linformation en action voulait mettre en vidence les diffrentes applications des TIC, identifier les domaines o le Canada excelle et ceux dans lesquels le pays devrait investir davantage. Lexercice a permis aux confrenciers dtudier la situation dans la cyberdmocratie, le commerce lectronique, la tlsant, le tltravail, lapprentissage en ligne, la science et la culture en ligne. Les confrenciers, qui uvrent au sein des communauts ou dans le milieu universitaire, ont prsent un aperu de leur travail et de son impact sur les populations cibles. Les confrenciers taient : Tracey P. Lauriault, docteure en Gographie et tudes environnementales, Universit Carleton, qui prsentait au nom du Dr. Frasor Taylor; Denis Poirier, directeur des services Internet et Intranet des Collectivits ingnieuses de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA); Monique Charbonneau, prsidente et directrice gnrale du Centre francophone dinformatisation des organisations (CEFRIO); et Oliver Zielke, directeur gnral de Web Networks. La session tait prside par Catherine Roy, consultante en technologie de linformation et accessibilit et membre du conseil dadministration de la Commission internationale sur les technologies et laccessibilit, section Amrique du Nord. Doug Robbins, spcialiste en technologie Smart Labrador, tait le rapporteur.

The session on the information society in action was an opportunity to explore the various applications of ICTs, identify the fields in which Canada excels and those in which the country should invest more effort. The exercise allowed the speakers to examine the state of e-democracy, ecommerce, e-health, e-work, e-learning, escience and e-culture. The speakers, working within communities or universities, presented a summary of their work and its impact on the target populations. The speakers were: Tracey P. Lauriault, PhD candidate in Geography and Environmental Studies, Carleton University, presenting on behalf of Dr. Fraser Taylor; Denis Poirier, Director, Internet and Intranet Services, Smart Communities of the Acadian Peninsula (CIPA); Monique Charbonneau, Chair and Director-General of the Centre francophone d'informatisation des organisations (CEFRIO); and Oliver Zielke, Executive Director, Web Networks. The session was chaired by Catherine Roy, Consultant in Information Technologies and Accessibility and Board Member of International Committee on Technology and Accessibility North America. Doug Robbins, technologist specialist for Smart Labrador, was the rapporteur.

181

GEOSPATIAL INFORMATION AND THE INFORMATION SOCIETY: A LEADERSHIP ROLE FOR CANADA

Tracey P. Lauriault Ph.D. Candidate in Geography and Environmental Studies and Dr. Fraser Taylor, Professor, Department of Geography Carleton University

Introduction The objectives of this presentation were to introduce, to WSIS and members of civil society organizations at the WSIS conference, about the leadership role of Canada in the field of geomatics and geospatial information in all sectors. In addition, to discuss the critical importance of geospatial information for sustainable development, health, culture and community based research. Finally, issues that impede progress were also addressed. 1. What is geospatial information (GI)?

GI is data, usually stored with coordinates, that describe the location, shape and spatial relationships of geographic features, such as: Rivers, Lakes, Coastlines; Political Boundaries; Cities, roads, Land Use; Heritage Sites, Protected Areas, etc. Many of the earths physical and social issues can be mapped and modeled in both 2D and 3D to provide visual information to inform decision-making on a variety of issues (e.g., diffusion of SARS, Malaria, or the best site to locate a recreation centre). Framework data are fundamental data sets or base map layers upon which other data can be integrated at a particular scale for a particular jurisdiction. These are the fundamental data sets required for a nation, its agencies and institutions to achieve their objective and responsibilities. These are authoritative and normally produced by National Mapping Agencies. (Lauriault, T. P. (2003), A Geospatial Data Infrastructure is an infrastructure for Sustainable Development in East Timor). Geobase is the program that delivers framework data at no cost to Canadians (http://www.geobase.ca). 2. Why is GI important in an information society? In Knowledge Based Economies (KBE); accessing, integrating and using Geospatial Information (GI) from disparate sources guides decision-making on a variety of issues: transportation; urban planning; security; resource management; health and sustainable development, to name a few.

182

Democracy and government accountability rely on informed citizens and civil society organizations, GI and its analysis enables educated engagement. (For additional information on GI and democracy see: Community Mapping and New Possibilities for Democracy (2003), by Tracey P. Lauriault and David Welch in Canadian Review of Social Polity, Winter 2003 #52.) GIS-Based Decision-Support Systems allow a decision-maker to: 1. build relationships, both spatial and process-based, between different types of data; 2. merge multiple data layers into synthetic information; 3. weigh outcomes from potentially competing alternatives, and 4. forecast. To do this, a spatial decision-support system use requires: data; known relationships between data, and analysis functions and models to synthesize relationships or to test scenarios of different policy or decision-making alternatives (Down to Earth Report www.nap.edu search for Down to Earth). 3. Canada's Achievements a) Canadian Geospatial Data Infrastructure (CGDI) Geospatial Data Infrastructures (GDIs) are the institutions, policies, technologies, processes, standards and framework data that direct the who, how, what and why geospatial data are collected, stored, manipulated, analyzed, transformed and shared. They are multidimensional, intersectoral, cross-domain, interdepartmental requiring regional, national and sub state consensus building. In terms of data GDIs include cultural, social, scientific, economic and historical data to name a few (Lauriault, T. P. (2003), A Geospatial Data Infrastructure is an infrastructure for Sustainable Development in East Timor). GDIs now exist at the global, regional national and sub-state scales. It is suggested that civil society be more engaged with GDI and that overseas development agencies integrated their data within them. The CGDI provides infrastructure tools and services for the discovery of, and access to, geospatial products and services, to serve a wide range of Canadian stakeholders (http://www.geoconnections.org/CGDI.cfm). Some of the programs available to Canadians via the CGDI are: 1 Discovery Portal enables finding and access to GI (http://www.geoconnections.org/CGDI.cfm/fuseaction/cgdiServices.welcome/gcs.cfm ). The Discovery Portal is the prime discovery and access component of the Canadian Geospatial Data Infrastructure (CGDI). Tools and services are developed in close co-operation with CGDI Stakeholders. In the case of Canada, data providers register their data into the portals catalogue. The catalogue can be searched on a variety of topics. Available data sets are returned as search hits, some data are for sale and others are available at no cost to the user. The key word for the search in this slide was Human Effects on the Environment. The available data on the Portal related to this topic are transportation, ecosystem maps, air quality data and etc. Geobase enables the integration of Geospatial Information (http://www.geobase.ca/)

b) The Data Liberation Initiative (DLI) The Data Liberation Initiative (DLI) is a Data Consortium between Statistics Canada and 66 Post Secondary Institutions in Canada that provide data at no cost for non-commercial academic purposes (http://www.statcan.ca/english/Dli/whatisdli.htm). Prior to the DLI, Canadian universities, colleges and students purchased Statistics Canada data, file by file. Students thus conducted research with data from the US as the cost of Canadian data was

183

prohibitive. With the advent of the DLI, participating post secondary institutions pay an annual subscription fee that allows their faculty and students unlimited access to numerous Statistics Canada public use microdata, databases and geographic files. Academic researchers now have affordable and equitable access to the most current statistics and other data, which gives them powerful tools to use in their analysis of Canadian society. Today, civil society organizations, municipalities, provincial governments, federal departments and the general public have to purchase data, which is very expensive. It is argued that a knowledge-based economy requires that data be available at no cost for noncommercial purposes to enable a non-partisan analysis of Canadian culture, society and environment (e.g., homelessness, health determinants of poverty, nuclear waste disposal sites, etc.). At the moment, Canadians pay for this state collected data at a minimum of three times, once with their taxes, again when government and health agencies purchase it for their work, and thirdly when they purchase it themselves. Cost recovery policies impede access to data and knowledge in Canada. The DLI is a cost effective method model that can be extended to the public library, National Library and Archives, high schools and related infrastructures to make data available to civil society organizations and the general public for non-commercial purposes. The DLI is a partnership between Statistics Canada and participating Canadian post secondary institutions: 1 2 3 4 There are 66 participating institutions. Data are made available on a subscription basis. All member institutions must sign a data use license agreement when joining the project. Under this license data are made available for: o Teaching, o Planning of academic/educational services, o Academic Research and Publishing. Data are not to be used in any commercial or private activities. These data are digitally encoded and stored in a file structure. These include: o Public Use Micro Data Files (PUMFs), Census/Geography Files, Databases, Metadata and software are needed to read and understand the data o Main focus of DLI Collection is on Socio-Economic data.: o Health, Education, Literacy, Labour Market, Income, Travel, Justice, Census, Demographic Etc.

5 6

(Extracted from a Presentation by: Mike Sivyer, DLI Products, Services and License.) 4. Communicating Geospatial Information (GI) to Canadians a) The Atlas of Canada The Atlas of Canada communicates the spatial distribution of important issues of Canadians. The Atlas of Canada is the Canadian Geospatial Data Infrastructure (CGDI) program that enables Canadians to visualize GI (http://atlas.gc.ca/site/index.html). The Atlas delivers hundreds of maps on a variety of topics, such as: Human Activities Leading to Emissions, which are related to the Kyoto Protocol; the Economy, Health, and etc. Education modules are also available on these and other topics.

184

The above map depicts aboriginal languages by communities in Canada in 1996. Understanding the distribution of languages informs planning for those co mmunities and also enables users to picture the distribution of a unique aspect of Canadas social, economic and cultural heritage. b) The Cybercartography and the New Economy Project (http://gcrc.carleton.ca) Cybercartography reflects the changing nature of cartography namely: the organization, presentation, analysis and communication of spatially-referenced information on a wide variety of topics, of interest and use to society in an interactive, dynamic, multidisciplinary, multisensory format, with the use of multimedia and multimodal interfaces (D. R. Fraser Taylor, 1997, keynote address entitled Maps and Mapping in the Information Era International Cartographic Conference in Sweden). A key point is that Cybercartography is a theoretical construct and not a product. Elements of cybercartography define a new form of cartography and unlike GIS software; you cannot buy a cybercartographic system. The construct requires people and research as primary elements. The seven elements of cybercartography are: multimedia, multisensory, multimodality, interactivity, applied to a wide range of topics, new partnerships, new ICTs (e.g., open source), and collaboration. The project Aims to create two innovative products and methodologies to complement

185

discovering, utilizing, presenting and distributing existing information and data. The project will deliver: The Cybercartographic Atlas of Antarctica; The Atlas of Canadas Trade with the World; Proof of concept products and prototypes; Research Publications; a Transdisciplinary Approach to Research with Intended users being scientists, decision makers and the general public Focus on Students & Teachers. This R&D project is funded by: Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) Innovation on the New Economy: Collaborative Research Initiatives (http://www.sshrc.ca/web/apply/background/ine_about_e.asp) on Nov. 2002, a 4-year grant of C$2.56 Million was awarded to research Cybercartographic theory and practice, and the project formally started 01/2003 PI Dr. D.R. Fraser Taylor, Chancellors Professor and Director of the Geomatics and Cartographic Research Centre. 1 The Cybercartographic Atlas of Canadas Trade with the World (CTW)

The CTW is part of the Cybercartography and the New Economy (http://gcrc.carleton.ca). Canada depends on Trade for its economic and social sustainability. The CTW aims to provide a rich assortment of trade information in the form of maps, graphs, and tables within a series of chapters that will illustrate how trade works, special case studies, and especially why trade is important to national and global issues. The focus is to provide information about Canada's history as a global trading partner with many industrialized and developing nations, as well as focus on current and future trends in trade. The data are at three nested scales, Canada and the World, the Continent of America, and with the US. The primary target user base for the CTW is for educational purposes at the high school and university level, it is anticipated that this atlas will also serve the general public and some policy analysis. The CTW is being built with the use of open source mapping technologies and interoperability standards. The CTW Atlas will be hosted as part of the Atlas of Canada. Trade data and statistics are provided by International Trade Division (ITD) at Statistics Canada.

186

The above image is a prototype example of provincial patterns of trade with the USd. The Trade Atlas Content Development team: Lead Brian Eddy, Dale Powell, Ilka Guttler, Oksana Pidafula, Charlene Youssf, Darek Ciach, Ken Pawlil, Francis MacDonnell, with User Interface Design and User Needs Analysis being conducted by the Human Oriented Technology Laboratory (HOTLab) (http://www.carleton.ca/hotlab/index.html).

187

The Cybercartographic Atlas of Antarctica

The Cybercartographic Atlas of Antarctica Project (http://www.carleton.ca/gcrc/caap/) aims to develop an on-line atlas portraying, exploring and communicating the complexities of the Antarctic continent for education, research and policy purposes. The atlas will highlight the global importance of Antarctica as the continent of science and peace. Data from a number of international sources will be incorporated into the atlas. In collaboration with experts from different fields of science, these data will be used to develop theme specific modules for use by the general public and policy makers and to facilitate knowledge sharing in multi-disciplinary science. A number of modules are underdevelopment: Exploration; Territorial Claims; Treaty System; Resource Management; Protecting the Antarctic Environment; Science in Antarctica; and Tourism in Antarctica.

The above module on exploration was designed by Sebastien Caquard and Peter Pulsifer. The Atlas Content Development team: Lead Peter Pulsifer, Birgit Woods, Sebastien Caquard, Xiuxia Liu, Yuchai Zhou, Amos Hayes, JP Fiset, Avi Parush, with User Interface Design and User Needs Analysis - Human Oriented Technology Laboratory (HOTLab) (http://www.carleton.ca/hotlab/index.html). 5. Canada's Leadership Role in Cutting Edge Research Canadas funding Councils are a potential model for other countries and need to be more widely appreciated in Canada. These fund research of relevance to Canadian society and industry as well as international issues. The agency & projects highlighted for the context of this conference are:

188

Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC)

SSHRC (http://www.sshrc.ca/web/home_e.asp) is an arm's-length federal agency that promotes and supports university-based research and training in the social sciences and humanities. Created by an act of Parliament in 1977, SSHRC is governed by a 22member Council that reports to Parliament through the Minister of Industry. SSHRC funded research fuels innovative thinking about real life issues, including the economy, education, health care, the environment, immigration, globalization, language, ethics, peace, security, human rights, law, poverty, mass communication, politics, literature, addiction, pop culture, sexuality, religion, Aboriginal rights, the past, our future. See: o Initiative on the New Economy (INE) o Major Collaborative Research Initiative (MCRI) o Strategic Research Grants (SRG) 4 Projects of relevance in this context: o o Cybercartography and the New Economy (http://gcrc.carleton.ca) International Research on Permanent Authentic Records in Electronic Systems (InterPARES 2) (http://www.interpares.org/)

6. Industry Open Source Mapping Open source mapping is a growing geomatics sector in Canada. The technology has come along way. The Atlas of Canada uses open source technologies and as previously discussed both the Cybercartographic Atlases will be built in open source wherever possible. The objective is to develop tools to enable easy content creation, viewed on open source browsers and with archiving in mind. In addition they will use Open Geospatial Consortium interoperability standards and ISO. A leading company in Canada is The DM Solutions Group (http://www.dmsolutions.ca/solutions/tsunami.html) who conduct all of web-mapping business using, developing and promoting open source technologies. DM Solutions Group Inc. is the worlds leading provider of open source Web and desktop mapping solutions and the industry leader in the development of open source mapping technology. The team at DM Solutions Group works with organizations striving to achieve a professional look and feel with custom Web mapping solutions. This is primarily accomplished by adopting and developing MapServer, a leading open source Web mapping product. DM Solutions is responsible for the addition of many key enhancements since 2000, and has become the world's largest contributor to MapServer. They are the largest such geomatics company in the world. They have work with: Health Canada, Environment Canada, Natural Resources Canada, Lignum Forestry, The Atlas of Canada, GCRC, GeoConnections, CIET International, Refractions Research, and GeoSoft, to name a few. One of their latest contributions was the Tsunami Mapping project (http://www.dmsolutions.ca/solutions/tsunami.html).

189

7. GI and Civil Society Currently few civil society organizations in Canada work with geospatial information as the cost for data, technology and human resources is very prohibitive, as previously discussed. The environmental movement in Canada has made some important contributions as has the Social Planning Network of Ontario (SPNO) (http://www.spno.ca/projects.html) with its Social Data Consortium. 1 Social Planning Network of Ontario Social Data Consortium The Consortium has 15 member social and community development organizations in Ontario under the leadership of Community Development Halton (CDH). The Consortium has purchased computer equipment, GIS software, and data (Census, street/boundary files). In addition they have retained a training coordinator to assist all the members. Each of the individual organizations has its own mandates but is connected in the cause of effecting change on social policies, conditions, and issues. The Consortium: provides members with capacity in spatial analysis and research to build and strengthen communities. The Social Data Consortium Progress to date: 1. All members received GIS training. 2. Increased awareness of potential GIS applications. 3. Majority members are using GIS in their work and some are seeking new business opportunities. 4. Ongoing delivery of GIS workshops and development of resource materials. Members are sharing their mapping experiences and lessons learned and examples are: 1 2 3 4 5 Conduct needs assessments of service delivery plans of community legal services; Identify needed health care services of the Out of the Cold programs; Support Incomes and Poverty reports; Compare food bank points of service with low income area; Planning for branch library development.

190

Challenges: 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 Variation in GIS competence among members; More cartographic training to produce meaningful maps; Many members lack dedicated GIS staff; Turnover of trained GIS staff; Cost to acquire customized Census data prohibitive. Continue to gain acceptance and support from members clients by demonstrating the benefits of GIS in providing answers to social questions of importance; Market GIS to other social service providers/ agencies as well as potential funders; Facilitate broad community access to data and mapping capacity; Build strong business case to acquire more powerful GIS software (e.g. Spatial Analyst, Network Analyst).

Opportunities:

For additional Information: Please contact: Ted Hildebrandt, Senior Social Planner, Community Development Halton, thildebrandt@cdhalton.ca, Web: www.cdhalton.ca, www.volunteerhalton.ca. 8. Challenges for an Information Society 1 Data Accessibility: o Cost Recovery impedes access to data for Civil Society organizations and the general public (e.g., Statistics Canada); o The DLI only includes Universities (not schools, or Non for Profit Organizations, public libraries and archives).

191

Scale: o Framework data are national scale only; there are currently very few publicly available provincial, city, municipal and rural area framework data sets. o Need cost free provincial, city and community scale social, cultural, heritage, health, economic, and environmental data. Cost: o Software, data and Human Resources are expensive. Research Funding: o Funding for Non-Government Organizations (NGOs)/civil society organizations to use geospatial information for research (e.g., social planning, community mapping, environmental groups, critical globalization, gender, culture, etc.) is scarce. Few funding agencies comprehend the need and benefits for data acquisition and use for social sector organizations, let alone the use of geospatial information. o NGO funding in Canada comes primarily from government and very little core organizational funding is available for advocacy research. In addition, taking a critical stance against ones funding agency is not always promoted nor welcome. o NGO funding also comes from gambling institutions such as the Trillium foundations, however, taking resources from an agency that supports a social problem to resolve another has serious ethical implications. Further, research on topics related to gambling are discouraged under this scheme. o Research funding primarily goes to universities and very little to NGOS although the CURA (Community-University Research Association http://www.sshrc.ca/web/apply/background/cura2001_backgrounder_e.pdf) funded by SSHRC is a good start. Archiving: o Canada does not have a Digital Data Archive, a Science Data Archives, nor is Canada Funded Research archived. This means that we may not have access to the information and raw data we have created and collected in the last few decades nor the information and raw data we are currently creating and collecting. This is a serious knowledge based economy and information society gap that needs to be further investigated.

3 4

192

MODLE DE COLLECTIVIT INGNIEUSE DE LA PNINSULE ACADIENNE (CIPA) UN PROJET DE SOCIT EN ACTION Denis Poirier Directeur des services Internet et Intranet Collectivits ingnieuses de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA) Inc.

1. Contexte Industrie Canada lanait, en 1999, une comptition nationale en vue de crer 12 Collectivits ingnieuses lchelle du pays. Ce nouveau programme sajoutait toute une gamme dinitiatives visant faire du Canada le pays le plus branch au monde . Le groupe dexperts constitu pour articuler le concept des collectivits ingnieuses canadiennes dfinissait sa vision de la faon suivante : Le but de toutes les collectivits qui poursuivent un programme de ce genre devrait tre la transformation des processus socioconomiques et technologiques, plutt que des amliorations superficielles dans loffre de services et la diffusion de linformation aux citoyens . Devant une telle opportunit, la Pninsule acadienne (PA) a dcid de tenter sa chance et de participer la comptition. Pour ce faire, elle mettait sur pied une coalition dau-del de 70 partenaires communautaires, municipaux et du secteur priv qui se sont mobiliss et engags formellement supporter la dmarche. Cette coalition a mis en place une corporation sans but lucratif appele la Collectivit ingnieuse de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA) inc. et a dpos une proposition de projet intitule La Pninsule acadienne : Le Village global francophone, au cur de la coopration internationale . Il sagissait dun projet ambitieux pour une communaut rurale de 57 000 habitants rpartie sur 2 825 km2 et constitue de quatre petites villes, dix villages et de 47 districts de services locaux. Au printemps de lan 2000, le ministre responsable dIndustrie Canada informait la rgion que son projet tait retenu titre du projet de Collectivit ingnieuse pour la province du Nouveau-Brunswick. Dans sa lettre, il affirmait ce qui suit : Il sagit dune ralisation remarquable dont vous pouvez tre fiers. Vous avez t choisis pour devenir un centre de comptences de calibre international pour lintgration des technologies de linformation et des communications dans la vie communautaire. Votre collectivit contribuera tablir la norme dexcellence laquelle aspireront dautres collectivits canadiennes et trangres . Fire dune telle russite et appuye dun support politique et financier, la CIPA se mettait rsolument luvre afin de devenir un chef de file de calibre international en matire de renforcement des capacits des communauts utiliser les TIC des fins de dveloppement rural durable. 2. Principes directeurs du modle Le modle a t dvelopp partir de quelques principes directeurs fondamentaux. la base, linitiative a t articule autour de lobjectif de favoriser lentre de la Pninsule acadienne dans lre du savoir et des technologies de linformation et des communications. Pour ce faire, elle sest engage dans une dmarche caractre holistique axe sur la mise en interaction dun ensemble de mcanismes dengagement de la communaut appuye dapplications et de services ingnieux susceptibles dinitier des transformations sociales et conomiques en profondeur. Les activits de dveloppement ont touch les secteurs de lconomie, de lducation, de la sant, de la gouvernance et de la socit civile. La mise

193

lessai des diffrentes composantes du modle a t effectue au niveau rgional, provincial, national ainsi qu lchelle internationale. La dmarche a galement t conue dans loptique de renforcer les capacits de la communaut utiliser de manire novatrice les technologies de linformation et des communications comme outil de support au dveloppement rural durable dans les diffrents secteurs dactivits de la communaut. Ce processus a t ralis sous le signe de lengagement et la prise en charge de lexercice par la communaut. Sous un autre angle, il est noter que le modle a t conu pour tre transfrable dautres communauts. Sa flexibilit en fait un outil facilement adaptable aux besoins et aux ralits sociales, conomiques et culturelles des communauts dsireuses dutiliser les TIC des fins de dveloppement. Cette approche a t adopte afin de favoriser le rayonnement national et international de la CIPA. En dernire analyse, il est permis daffirmer que lintention fondamentale a t de proposer un projet de socit visant favoriser des transformations en profondeur de la Pninsule acadienne, en vue de lui permettre daffronter le nouveau millnaire avec confiance et conviction, en plus de lui assurer un positionnement comptitif dans le contexte de la mondialisation des marchs et du village global. 3. Ralisation La CIPA a dvelopp un modle novateur, exportable et de calibre international de renforcement des capacits des communauts utiliser les technologies de linformation et des communications (TIC) des fins de dveloppement rural durable.

194

4. Composantes du modle Le modle est constitu de diffrentes composantes et la suite en fournit une description sommaire soit : 1 Gouvernance et mcanismes dengagement de la communaut : La prise en charge de la dmarche par la communaut a t au cur du processus de dveloppement du modle. Il sagit dune dmarche par et pour la communaut . Les succs obtenus sont directement relis lengagement proactif et soutenu des diffrents secteurs vis--vis le projet de la CIPA. Ceci sest manifest grce au Conseil dadministration compos de seize (16) organismes reprsentatifs des principaux secteurs dactivits de la communaut et dun comit excutif compos de cinq (5) membres. noter galement la mise en place de 9 Comits consultatifs sectoriels regroupant au-del de trois cents (300) intervenants qui ont prt main forte la CIPA dans le dveloppement et la mise lessai du modle. 2 Centre de convergence des applications en TIC La CIPA a mis en place un centre de convergence des applications en TIC. La raison dtre dune telle infrastructure est de centraliser la mme enseigne toute une srie de plateformes convergentes capables de supporter de faon efficace et scuritaire les diffrentes applications et services ingnieux constituant le modle. Les principales composantes du Centre de convergence sont les suivantes : o o o o o o Modle de Base de donnes Intgre Rgional (MBDIR) Services dhbergement dapplications web Services de courrier lectronique Services de collaboration en ligne (Intranet & Runion en ligne) Services de gomatique et fusion spatiale Services danalyse, de support technique et de consultation

3 Infrastructures de connectivit Internet La CIPA a t mandate par le gouvernement du Nouveau-Brunswick titre de champion communautaire pour piloter une opration denvergure pour lensemble de la province concernant le dploiement des services large bande dans les rgions rurales de la province. Lopration a t couronne dun franc succs et les communauts rurales du Nouveau-Brunswick, dans une proportion dau-del de 90 %, seront desservies par un service daccs rapide Internet ds dcembre 2005. Ceci amliorera de faon significative lefficacit des diffrents rseaux daccs de la CIPA : o o o o o o Rseau de 27 Centres daccs communautaire Rseau de 5 Centres de formation et dapprentissage communautaire Rseau de 30 bornes interactives Rseau de 32 sites du Programme daccs aux services Rseau de 5 sites de vidoconfrence Rseau de 200 sites du programme Web pour tous

195

4 Recherche et valuation Depuis les tout dbuts, les activits de la CIPA ont essentiellement t ralises sous un mode de recherche et de dveloppement grce un processus structur danalyse, de dveloppement, dexprimentation et de mise lessai de nouveaux produits et services ingnieux. Laccent a galement t mis sur la mesure et lvaluation de ces activits afin didentifier et divulguer les meilleures pratiques, les leons apprises et le niveau datteinte des objectifs. Enfin, la CIPA a procd un exercice de recherche visant mesurer le niveau et les patrons dutilisation des TIC par la communaut des affaires de la Pninsule acadienne. Cest dans ce contexte que la CIPA et le CEFRIO (Centre francophone dinformatisation des organisations), un centre de liaison et de transfert des savoirs et des savoir-faire du Qubec, ont entam une dmarche de collaboration afin de renforcer les capacits de la CIPA en matire de recherche-action dans le secteur des TIC et dexporter le savoir-faire de la CIPA aux collectivits du Qubec et dailleurs. 5. Applications et services ingnieux Voici quelques applications et services ingnieux qui ont t dvelopps et/ou mis lessai par la CIPA la suite du processus dengagement des communauts dintrts : 1 Gestion-e o o Intranet corporatif & Centre de documentation-e Modle de runion & gestion de projet en ligne

2 Gouvernance-e o o Intranet de collaboration municipale Modle de mesures durgence en ligne

3 Affaires-e o o Services daccompagnement aux affaires-e Modle de carrefour des affaires virtuel

4 Tl sant et mieux-tre o CyberVillageSant Approche de guichet unique

5 Apprentissage en ligne o o Modle de centre de formation et dapprentissage communautaire (CFAC) Tlapprentissage / Vidoconfrence

6 Culture en ligne o Collaboration et partenariats avec diffrents acteurs de la socit civile et le secteur associatif Modle de portail communautaire Toile mondiale acadienne en 3D Cyber cole en 3D

196

6. Perspectives La CIPA a mis son modle lessai sur une priode de plus de 3 ans dans la Pninsule acadienne. Certaines de ses composantes ont galement t exprimentes lchelle provinciale, nationale et internationale. Diffrentes leons apprises et les meilleures pratiques ont t identifies et retenues. En 2003, le projet a fait lobjet dune valuation extrieure. La firme dexperts Hickling Arthurs Low, dsigne par le gouvernement canadien, a tir les conclusions suivantes : CIPA appears to have undertaken a risky strategy with potentially significant returns. If the organization is successful in designing, developing and deploying Smart Solutions that attract and engage its citizens and businesses, it will have achieved what many others, in the public and private sector alike, have failed to do. If successful, there is a potential for the creation of a world class centre of excellence in fostering rural development through information and communications technologies . En effet, le modle a depuis suscit lintrt de divers organismes lchelle internationale tels : 1 2 3 4 5 6 Organisation des Nations unies pour lalimentation et lagriculture (FAO) Agence intergouvernementale de la francophonie (AIF) Agence internationale des maires francophones (AIMF) Burkina-Faso Ville de Ouagadougou au Burkina-Faso Ville de Dakar au Sngal

Cest galement dans ce contexte que la CIPA a entrepris des dmarches afin de dployer un rseau de Collectivits ingnieuses, en collaboration avec les autres rgions rurales du Nouveau-Brunswick. Lobjectif est de transfrer le modle de Collectivit ingnieuse dvelopp par la CIPA aux onze (11) rgions rurales de la province et de les relier par le rseau virtuel Smart NB Ingnieux . En conclusion, il est maintenant permis daffirmer que le modle a maintenant atteint le niveau dexcellence de calibre international quon lui avait prvu. Il est transfrable et exportable tant lchelle nationale quinternationale. Il constitue un ajout novateur lventail des expertises canadiennes en matire de renforcement des communauts utiliser les TIC dans leur dveloppement. 7. Recommandations La CIPA recommande que le Modle de Collectivit ingnieuse de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA) quelle a dvelopp soit retenu par le gouvernement canadien et intgr ses initiatives et politiques futures titre doutil de support en matire de renforcement des capacits des communauts rurales utiliser les TIC dans leur dveloppement durable. Elle souhaite galement que son modle fasse partie du rapport que le Canada prparera pour le Sommet de Tunis.

197

POUR UN VRITABLE PLAN DUSAGE DES TIC AU SERVICE DE LA SOCIT : ACCLRER LINNOVATION ET LES TRANSFORMATIONS SOCIO-ORGANISATIONELLES Monique Charbonneau Prsidente-directrice gnrale du CEFRIO

Dans un premier temps, permettez-moi de remercier la Commission canadienne de lUNESCO doffrir cette tribune privilgie au Centre francophone dinformatisation des organisations (CEFRIO). La question pose est vaste : Dans quels domaines le Canada est-il un chef de file et dans quels domaines doit-il investir au service de la socit de linformation ? La rponse est simple et complexe la fois. Lenjeu que posent les technologies de linformation et de la communication (TIC) et les nouveaux usages dInternet ne nous convient pas choisir entre les secteurs dapplication, comme la sant ou lducation, la culture ou la dmocratie en ligne. Notre regard doit plutt porter sur lensemble des secteurs qui composent le fonctionnement dune socit. Je proposerai donc un regard typiquement CEFRIO, puisque, depuis prs de 20 ans, le CEFRIO examine comment nos socits peuvent mieux sapproprier les TIC pour amliorer le bien-tre de leur population et la performance de leurs organisations. La priorit : des usages multiplis En effet, je suis convaincue que cest dabord lusage des TIC qui devrait retenir notre attention aujourdhui, un usage qui se rpercuterait dans toutes les sphres dactivits : le milieu des affaires et des entreprises, le monde communautaire, les services publics et les institutions politiques aux niveaux municipal, provincial et fdral, les milieux de lducation et de la sant, et les milieux de la recherche. Vous me direz que cest dj le cas, que les TIC ont envahi toutes les sphres de la socit depuis 30 ans et que bien des choses ont chang depuis la naissance de linformatique. Et vous aurez raison, car en effet les grands systmes de gestion des annes 60, la microinformatique des annes 80 et plus rcemment le rseau Internet, ont modifi nos faons de travailler et ont amlior lefficacit de nos institutions. Toutefois, avec le dploiement des infrastructures haute-vitesse, de la fibre optique et de la connectivit, un nouvel environnement prend forme, de nouveaux usages sont maintenant possibles. Beaucoup defforts et dinvestissements ont t consacrs stimuler ces infrastructures depuis 10 ans, grce la vision dacteurs comme CANARIE, Industrie Canada et des entreprises dici, qui ont permis au Canada de btir les nouveaux rseaux lectroniques du 21e sicle. Au Qubec, linitiative Villages branchs du ministre de lducation va assurer toutes les rgions une infrastructure de pointe, pour rejoindre non seulement les coles, mais aussi les municipalits, les institutions et entreprises locales. Dici 2006, tout le monde bnficiera dun accs rapide cette vaste autoroute de linformation. Nous avons donc investi massivement et collectivement dans ces autoroutes quon ne voit pas, qui demeurent invisibles, mais qui, pourtant, ont requis des sommes normes pour se

198

dployer. La question qui nous proccupe aujourdhui est la suivante : que ferons-nous avec la connectivit et au bnfice de qui servira-t-elle ? Cest l une question urgente. Le CEFRIO y travaille depuis des annes, et jaimerais partager avec vous lexpertise que nous avons dveloppe dans des projets dexprimentation. Des usages qui provoquent une certaine rupture avec le pass Un chercheur amricain du Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), Eryk Brynjolfsson, dclarait rcemment : Pour chaque dollar investi dans lacquisition de technologies, les entreprises doivent sattendre en affecter 9 $ au dveloppement de leur capital organisationnel et humain . Alors que les premiers systmes de gestion informatiss des annes 60 ont permis aux tats modernes et leurs services publics de se dvelopper, on constate 40 ans plus tard que la connectivit suppose aujourdhui un nouveau paradigme dans le dveloppement des organisations et des institutions qui nont pas encore atteint leur plein potentiel. En effet, on observe que toutes les applications dont on rve depuis quelques annes ne se situent pas forcment en continuit avec les manires de faire auxquelles nous sommes habitus. La tlmdecine, le gouvernement en ligne, la cyberdmocratie, le commerce lectronique, le tltravail, pour nen nommer que quelques-unes, ne livreront leurs promesses mieux-tre, meilleur service, conomies dchelle, fiabilit, etc. qu la condition o lon accepte de transformer les pratiques actuelles. Car pour tirer profit des TIC, nous savons aujourdhui quil est requis de modifier souvent en profondeur les faons de fonctionner. Et cest ce qui est le plus difficile, car on se heurte aux acquis, aux patrimoines organisationnels, la culture des milieux, bref au noyau dur qui fonde nos faons de faire actuelles. Les initiatives du CEFRIO en tlmdecine illustrent fort bien cet tat de fait. Nous avons men une exprimentation il y a quelques annes dans une quinzaine dhpitaux de lEst du Qubec, visant comprendre les impacts de la tlmdecine auprs denfants ncessitant des interventions spcialises en cardiologie. Avec une quipe de chercheurs universitaires, nous avons observ et analys comment la tlmdecine pouvait simplanter et amliorer la qualit de vie de ces jeunes patients. Tant les pratiques professionnelles des mdecins, infirmires, techniciens que lorganisation des services et des transports ont fait lobjet dune attention minutieuse. Cette exprience nous a montr comment le systme sociosanitaire au Qubec doit se transformer pour intgrer la tlmdecine. Ce nest pas la technologie qui pose problme, mais bien les ralits du systme, comme les pratiques de rmunration des professionnels, la protection des renseignements personnels et la responsabilit mdicale. Limplantation plus large chelle de la tlmdecine requerra beaucoup de courage chez les dcideurs du systme sociosanitaire, car elle vient bousculer lorganisation du systme. Pourtant, avec la connectivit qui se dploie partout au Canada, plus que jamais le terrain est prt pour introduire ces pratiques nouvelles dans les tablissements de sant, au bnfice de la population. Au-del de linnovation technologique, on constate dj limportance de linnovation sociale. Dans le milieu des entreprises, lutilisation des TIC et de la connectivit suppose galement un changement de pratiques daffaires et de processus. Les portails, la e-collaboration, les communauts de pratique virtuelles, le commerce lectronique, qui sont tous des moyens

199

nouveaux pour favoriser les affaires, bousculent aussi nos manires de fonctionner. Il ne sagit pas ici de plaquer des logiciels du jour au lendemain en pensant que tout va changer automatiquement. On a expriment au CEFRIO plusieurs de ces moyens, dans toutes sortes denvironnements daffaires, par exemple chez les producteurs agricoles, les PME du secteur du mtal, les firmes de comptables agrs, de grandes entreprises en ptrochimie, en nergie et en finances. On a constat la difficult que posent la gestion du changement et la rupture avec les pratiques tablies. Les gestionnaires sont au premier chef interpells, ils doivent grer ce changement dans toute sa complexit pour quapparaissent les bnfices des TIC. Qui plus est, on a vu limportance que les associations industrielles et les ordres professionnels peuvent jouer pour acclrer lusage des TIC. Les entreprises deviennent de plus en plus interdpendantes, elles doivent sallier dautres et ouvrir leurs frontires naturelles. Avec une connectivit suffisante dans lensemble des rgions du Canada, les entreprises peuvent vritablement concrtiser ces nouvelles pratiques daffaires, certaines ont dj amorc le processus et amliorent par consquent leur performance globale. Les PME, plus particulirement, ne tirent pas encore pleinement profit des TIC, leur ralit propre (taille, manque de ressources humaines et financires, etc.) les rend moins permables limplantation des TIC. Cest pourtant ici que se jouera aussi le retour sur investissement de la connectivit : les PME, au Canada comme ailleurs, doivent capitaliser sur les TIC et trouver le moyen de dpasser le stade artisanal. Lactualit de la dernire anne en tmoigne, voir le nombre de PME qui ne survivent pas louverture des marchs et aux nouvelles rgles du jeu lchelle mondiale. Une connectivit optimiser par les usages Bref, tant dans les rseaux publics que dans le monde industriel, la connectivit et les investissements publics que nous y avons consentis cre une pression. Cette pression nest certainement pas suffisante ce jour, mais elle va davantage se manifester au fur et mesure que les citoyens et leurs reprsentants prendront conscience de lexistence de ces rseaux haute vitesse qui tapissent le paysage. Par exemple, les partenariats entre le monde municipal et les commissions scolaires au Qubec pour supporter les cots de ces rseaux demeurent fragiles. Les lus locaux devront rpondre devant leur population quant aux bnfices rels de tels investissements, ce qui cre une pression importante sur le monde scolaire et dautres acteurs locaux pour utiliser intelligemment la connectivit. Cela nous amne demble la question de la mise en uvre des usages de la connectivit. En effet, partir du moment o on veut aller de lavant dans un projet dappropriation des TIC, comment sassurer de sa russite ? Il nest pas suffisant de vouloir utiliser la connectivit tout prix, ou dvelopper des logiciels trs sophistiqus utilisant la haute vitesse, encore faut-il savoir quelles fins et pour quelles raisons. On ne fait pas un projet dappropriation des TIC pour le simple plaisir de faire moderne. Les connaissances acquises depuis 10 ans ne nous le permettent plus. Si on veut utiliser les TIC, cest dabord parce quelles constituent un moyen pour favoriser autre chose, un objectif attendu qui est peru lgitime chez les acteurs que ce changement va toucher. Pour un tat, il sagit ultimement damliorer le bien-tre de sa population et la comptitivit de ses entreprises.

200

Grer et valoriser le processus dinnovation Dans ce contexte, le CEFRIO estime que cest la gestion du processus dinnovation qui commande un soin particulier. Quand on souhaite mettre profit la tlmdecine, le elearning, le gouvernement lectronique, etc., il est requis de mettre en branle une stratgie de changement qui supporte la dmarche. Au CEFRIO, nous avons vcu sur le terrain de telles stratgies de changement et avons pu observer quelques conditions cls de russite. Car lobjectif de lappropriation des TIC et des usages de la connectivit est de faire en sorte que le changement simprgne vritablement dans les faons de faire nouvelles. La priorit aux nouveaux usages, partout au Canada, suppose donc aussi quon accorde une priorit la manire de mener les changements et quon mette en place les conditions ncessaires. Cela est dautant plus crucial que, lorsquil sagit des rseaux publics et parapublics, la dmographie et la crise des finances publiques nous obligent trouver de nouvelles solutions. titre dexemple, nous exprimentons actuellement un projet, dans une quarantaine de petites coles de village, partout au Qubec. Lobjectif est dviter la fermeture de ces petites coles, car une cole qui ferme, cest tout un village qui dcline. La connectivit rend possible la mise en rseau de classes, denseignants et dlves qui vivent des situations dapprentissage tout fait indites. Ces coles sont petites, menaces de fermeture, sans ressources. Qui plus est, les enseignants y sont jeunes et dsireux de les quitter, bien souvent, pour un milieu plus riche en ressources. Le projet donne loccasion ces coles douvrir leurs frontires, daugmenter les interactions entre enseignants et lves, bref damliorer lenvironnement ducatif global. Grce la connectivit et ses outils, lcole de village peut tout coup accrotre ses moyens afin de favoriser la motivation des enseignants et des lves, voire amliorer la russite scolaire. Les effets dun tel projet sont majeurs. Pour les commissions scolaires, la mise en rseau des petites coles permet de rorganiser les services sur le territoire, doptimiser, par exemple, les ressources spcialises qui ont couvrir un grand territoire. Pour les municipalits et les institutions locales, a peut signifier la rtention du personnel enseignant, la consolidation du rle de lcole et sa viabilit plus long terme, au bnfice de toute la population. La connectivit devient donc ici un outil de dveloppement socio-conomique. Pour des formes nouvelles dencadrement de linnovation Mais comment un tel processus de changement peut-il se mettre en branle et russir ? Quelles approches de gestion peuvent y contribuer ? Dans le cas du projet des coles de village, le CEFRIO a encadr lexprience dans une structure de gestion trois niveaux. Dabord au niveau dcisionnel du ministre de lducation, alors que plusieurs sous-ministres de lducation et le ministre responsable du Dveloppement conomique et rgional forment le comit directeur. Puis, au niveau des structures rgionales scolaires, en donnant aux commissions scolaires participant au projet un rle, un budget et des responsabilits dans la mise en uvre du projet. Enfin, au niveau de lcole, o le corps enseignant et les parents sont sollicits pour que le projet se ralise dans un cadre prcis et un chancier serr. Le CEFRIO, qui assure la coordination du projet, met un soin particulier, avec son quipe de recherche, aux articulations entre ces trois niveaux. Il faut retenir ici que le niveau politique est essentiel dans un tel processus de changement et que le rassemblement des acteurs tous les niveaux doit tre favoris. Prcisons galement que le CEFRIO documente actuellement lavenir, examine comment le systme dducation pourra implanter le mme modle plus large chelle.

201

En somme, pour russir un tel projet, on doit tenir compte de toutes les dimensions de la mise en rseau des coles de village, dans une perspectives systmique : les pratiques pdagogiques, la russite des lves, lorganisation des services, le dveloppement professionnel des enseignants, le rle de lcole dans sa communaut, les nouvelles avenues de gouvernance pour le ministre de lducation. La connectivit devient le fer de lance dun changement en profondeur dans les faons de faire. Sans un tel processus de gestion et de valorisation de linnovation, les initiatives resteraient fragiles, il serait difficile de les institutionnaliser par la suite, et il est probable que les changements ne rsisteraient pas aux ralits culturelles du milieu. Les nouveaux usages de la connectivit requirent donc quon mette en place des initiatives suffisamment denvergure pour quelles gnrent les effets attendus. Dans le domaine de la sant, le CEFRIO a expriment rcemment un nouveau modle de prestation de services pour un Centre local de services communautaires (CLSC) situ en rgion semi-urbaine. Les professionnels de la sant travaillant en soins domicile auprs de personnes ges ont t convis transformer leurs faons de travailler, laide dun portable et doutils de mobilit. Une nouvelle approche de gestion de linformation sur la clientle a t prvue, facilitant ainsi pour ces travailleurs la gestion de leur temps. Sil ne fallait retenir quun rsultat de ce projet, signalons que les professionnels ont affirm pouvoir traiter davantage de patients dans une journe. Un dbat houleux pourrait souvrir sur ce point, on entend dj certaines corporations sindigner du fait que les TIC reprsentent un asservissement de plus pour les travailleurs dj presss comme des citrons dans le systme de sant. Soit, il faut sattendre ce type de dbat. Mais pour la population, le point de vue sera bien diffrent, car il sagit au bout du compte de lamlioration des services. Au-del du dossier informatis du patient, un travail important de conviction auprs des professionnels de la sant et des services sociaux reste faire. Dans le cas galement du projet du CSLC, une approche de gestion de linnovation a t mise en uvre pour encadrer et soutenir toute la dmarche. Comme cest gnralement le cas dans les projets du CEFRIO, des chercheurs universitaires ont particip au projet, des comits de gestion ont t mis en place, des transferts de connaissances ont t organiss tout au long du projet et le tout a t document. Les autorits de la sant (dont Sant Canada qui a financ ce projet jumel avec un projet semblable au Manitoba, ainsi que le ministre qubcois de la Sant et des Services sociaux) ont suivi de prs lvolution du projet et envisagent de rpercuter ce modle dans dautres territoires. Dans un autre registre, le CEFRIO a initi, il y a trois ans, un projet denvergure, runissant une vingtaine dorganisations prives et publiques, autour du thme des communauts de pratique lre dInternet. Chaque organisation participante mettait en branle sa propre communaut de pratique et bnficiait du soutien dun coach fourni par le CEFRIO. Il sagit ici de la plus grande initiative connue en matire de communauts de pratique au Canada. Lquipe (chercheurs et praticiens) du CEFRIO runissait des chercheurs universitaires canadiens, amricains et franais, des experts en partage des savoirs et des animateurs de communauts de pratique. Tout au cours du projet, les organisations participantes ont pu changer, comprendre les conditions de russite des communauts de pratique et bnficier dun savoir exceptionnel fourni par lquipe du CEFRIO. Le processus dinnovation a donc t gr au moyen dune dmarche daccompagnement et de suivi de chaque organisation participante, dans une approche o le collectif tait privilgi. Il nous apparat que cette approche des communauts de pratique est trs pertinente pour favoriser un meilleur partage de connaissances entre les pays du Nord et du Sud. De plus,

202

ce projet aura permis de publier un Guide sur les communauts de pratique et de tenir un colloque international Qubec sur le thme du partage des connaissances, favorisant ainsi la valorisation des communauts de pratique. Ce projet illustre encore ici les prrequis de linnovation lorsquil sagit dintroduire de nouvelles faons de faire. En runissant plusieurs organisations dsireuses dinnover, lesquelles acceptaient de se soumettre un encadrement venu de lextrieur, il devenait ainsi possible de documenter comment se concrtise lappropriation des TIC. En effet, pour accrotre les nouveaux usages de la connectivit, il nous faut des modles, des histoires vcues, des cas exemplaires pour stimuler nos imaginaires. Les projets collectifs sont de bons vhicules pour accrotre les connaissances sur un phnomne nouveau et assurer par la suite la diffusion de ce quon y a appris collectivement. Le CEFRIO a dvelopp au fil des ans une expertise indite dans la gestion de ce type dinitiative et dans le transfert des rsultats. Quelques conditions cls pour favoriser linnovation Avant de conclure, jaimerais proposer quelques conditions cls pour favoriser linnovation ainsi que quelques grands enjeux pour lavenir. Sil est urgent doptimiser la connectivit, il lest tout autant de prendre un soin particulier la manire dont nous implantons ces nouveaux usages de la connectivit. Et on nimplante pas la tlmdecine de la mme manire que la e-collaboration dans les PME industrielles ou dans les coles. Cest pourquoi un vritable plan dusage des TIC au 21e sicle requiert une dmarche de gestion serre quant aux modalits de mise en uvre du changement. Au cours des dernires annes, le CEFRIO a pu exprimenter sur le terrain les facteurs qui favorisent linnovation sociale et organisationnelle et arrive la conclusion que linnovation sociale et organisationnelle est essentielle linnovation technologique. Jaimerais donc partager avec vous quelques pistes, qui pourraient savrer fort utiles dans le cas o nous aurions laborer un plan dusage et dappropriation des TIC. Ces pistes sont le fruit des expriences que nous avons eues dans des projets innovants et o lusage de la connectivit tait requis. Il faut, selon le CEFRIO : 1 2 3 4 5 Reconnatre la priorit aux usages tout en misant sur la force du Canada en matire de connectivit; Rassembler les acteurs concerns, particulirement les dcideurs et les personnes influentes du milieu vis; Construire une dmarche qui tient compte des besoins de chaque milieu en favorisant des formes dinnovation qui rpondent ces besoins; Privilgier des projets dexprimentation avant de dployer large chelle; Documenter le processus dinnovation, au fur et mesure, et partager cette connaissance avec les acteurs sur le terrain et les dcideurs. Cette faon de faire permet de sapproprier le changement au fur et mesure quon le vit, tout en permettant un espace de rflexion et de dialogue.

203

Quelques enjeux pour lavenir 1 Il faut selon nous acclrer linnovation sociale et organisationnelle en matire de nouveaux usages dInternet et des TIC. Pour que le Canada capitalise sur les infrastructures technologiques mises en place au cours des dernires annes et quil puisse partager ses connaissances sur le plan international, il lui faut vritablement un plan qui mette les nouveaux usages lordre du jour. Cest l un dfi denvergure, car ces usages vont requrir de transformer les organisations, les institutions, la culture et les mentalits. Nous avons l un programme daction qui nest pas facile, jen conviens. Mais il est indispensable pour concrtiser enfin la socit de linformation. Le biculturalisme, voire le multiculturalisme, canadien constitue une force peu commune. Limportance de la diversit culturelle et linguistique nest plus dmontrer, et le Canada joue un rle cl cet gard sur la scne mondiale. Aussi, je crois fermement que le capital socioculturel francophone au Canada doit tre pris en compte dans les usages des TIC et la socit de linformation. Les expriences menes autant par la Collectivit ingnieuse de la pninsule acadienne (CIPA) que le CEFRIO, auprs des communauts francophones au Qubec comme au Nouveau-Brunswick, sont trs innovatrices. Ces expertises pourraient avantageusement tre valorises ailleurs dans la francophonie mondiale, de manire faire du Canada un chef de file dans linnovation par les TIC. La complexit du systme canadien, par sa nature, son fonctionnement et ses institutions, constitue galement une force peu commune. Cette complexit nous oblige faire les choses autrement, concilier des intrts multiples. Deux langues officielles bien sr, mais surtout trois ordres de gouvernement (le fdral, les provinces, les municipalits), la gographie particulire et ses enjeux dmographiques, la mixit de plus en plus grande des cultures venues dailleurs. Toutes ces caractristiques constituent autant de dfis venir pour favoriser la socit de linformation au bnfice de toutes les populations. Dans ce contexte, le CEFRIO sest donn des dfis pour les cinq prochaines annes. Son regard et ses actions porteront plus particulirement sur loccupation du territoire au moyen des TIC, sur le transfert intergnrationnel des savoirs, sur la collaboration interpaliers de gouvernement et sur la comptitivit des entreprises pour une utilisation optimale dInternet et des TIC.

Pour nous, ces dfis sont autant de pistes pour accrotre la capacit du Canada prendre avec succs le virage, non pas des TIC, mais de lusage des TIC. Et russir dans ce domaine passera invitablement par une capacit transfrer les savoirs, en assurer le partage et ouvrir des dialogues constructifs pour que les promesses ne soient pas vaines. Le Canada peut et doit jouer un rle de leader sur la scne mondiale. Il a lavantage davoir dj mis en place les rseaux large bande peu prs partout sur le territoire; il lui faut dsormais dmocratiser intelligemment ces rseaux avec des usages utiles et novateurs. Cest cette tche que nous continuerons duvrer au CEFRIO et nous sommes disposs y travailler avec vous afin de btir un vritable plan dusage des TIC au service de la socit !

204

IN YOUR LANGUAGE Oliver Zielke Executive Director, Web Networks

Kochiro Matsuura has stated that each of the world's languages is a unique response to the human condition and each is a living heritage we should cherish. Introducing Web Networks system for multilingual communities on the web: In Your Language. A proven and affordable, off-the-shelf solution that enables your community and government to work effectively online in multiple languages. In Your Language is a web-based multilingual computing system that brings the power of the Internet to the process of building community in diverse linguistic settings. With In Your Language, your community can: Engage your members and save time and money by quickly publishing your documents and resources online in a searchable archive; Ensure your audience can view syllabics with our glyph web server module; Utilize your current knowledge base by easily importing legacy data into our system; also use your current web page design; Extend face to face meetings with interactive online collaboration tools; Receive donations and registration securely using our e-commerce facility. Get staff, members and citizens engaged quickly with in-person and online training and support. In Your Language is built using open standards, can scale to millions of users, and has modules for directories, calendars, libraries, courses, slideshows, and news releases. Case study: www.attavik.net The Challenge: Help the Government and non- profit groups in Nunavut, Canada protect and promote their rich culture and language. The Solution: Web Networks installed and customized In Your Language for users in Nunavut. We trained municipal administrators and government staff in the system, providing them with a complete multilingual web-based knowledge management and collaboration platform functional in Inuktitut, English, French and Inuinnaqtun. See attavik.net for live, working examples. In Your Language: Information Literacy Culturally based, animated personalities to catch and hold the attention of youth learners. Integrates with recorded voice instructions. Deploys in low bandwidth / infrastructure settings. In the example at www.lctquicklearn.com a Somali speaking character, "Amina", explains

205

how to send an email. End User Testimonial "In the big picture, maintaining the viability of a language is a matter of making things functional in the language. It is ultimately practical. Maintaining pride of language is a part of pride of culture -- and mental health and wellness. People whose first language is English make a lot of assumptions about communicating. Having a Web site in two languages promotes clear communication. Visitors can crossreference to ensure they're getting it right. The real effectiveness of a Web site is to transfer information and to stay up to date. It has to be current all the time and solve problems for people. "If we had to become Web site programmers and be able to write in code, we would have never achieved the functionality that we have, or else we would have gone broke trying to do it. Chuck Gihuly, Executive Director, Nunavut Municipal Training Organization

206

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Doug Robbins Technologist at Smart Labrador

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Doug Robbins Technologist at Smart Labrador

Voici les commentaires faits par les panlistes et les membres de lauditoire aprs la session. La discussion a port sur le modle labor par les ONG pour assurer leur durabilit. Le travail de Web Networks seffectue dsormais selon un modle commercial. Quand lorganisation na pas fait les choses selon un modle commercial, elle a chou. Certains participants ont t offusqus quon ait demand des organisations sans but lucratif dagir comme des entreprises. Certaines organisations NE DEVRAIENT PAS avoir adopter un modle commercial. Par exemple, les maisons dhbergement pour femmes battues, les organisations sociales, etc. Dun autre ct, certains ont exprim des doutes sur le fonctionnement de ces dernires. Un projet dune dure de trois ans a t ralis, a produit des rapports, et a t abandonn. Cet abandon a vu bien des espoirs senvoler. Le modle commercial assure que nous construisons une socit efficace. Certaines organisations sans but lucratif manquent de sens de lurgence . La prsentation du plan de durabilit de lACPIR a soulev les commentaires suivants : il traite du dveloppement daspects pratiques, de lattribution de contrats contre rmunration et de faire travailler les gens. LACPIR peut agir titre de mdiateur pour aider les communauts laborer leurs besoins. On sassoit avec les reprsentants des communauts et on dveloppe des rapports de confiance. Nous avons besoin dorganisations, comme le CEFRIO et lACPIR, qui sont des catalyseurs et unificateurs des communauts et favorisent lexportation des modles. Les ONG ont besoin de mieux connatre les partenariats publics-privs et

Following are comments made by the panelists and the audience after the session. The discussion focused on the model developed by NGOs to ensure their sustainability. The work of Web Networks is now done on a business model. When the organization did things not on a business model it failed. Some participants said that they took offense to non-profit organizations being required to act as businesses. Some organizations should NOT have to adopt a business model. For examples, women's shelters, social organizations, etc. On the other hand, some expressed concerns about how these project work -- a three year project done, reported on, then dropped. That means dashed hopes. The business model assures we build a society that is effectual. Some non-profit organizations lack a "sense of urgency". About the sustainability plan presented by CIPA, it was said that their business plan was about developing practical aspects, to do contracts for money and to put people to work. CIPA can act as a mediator, to help communities develop their needs. They sit down with community representatives and develop trust relationships. We need organizations, such as CEFRIO and CIPA, that are catalysts and unifier of communities and that encourage model exportation. The NGOs need to hear more about public-private and community partnerships. The Canadian government financed health and education projects. There was an important mobilization around these projects that gave concrete results. When financing stops, there is an expertise and knowledge setback. It was also mentioned that best practices in the

207

communautaires. Le gouvernement canadien a financ des projets en sant et en ducation. Il y a eu une mobilisation importante autour de ces projets qui ont produit des rsultats concrets. Quand on finance des arrts, il y a un recul de lexpertise et des connaissances. On a aussi mentionn que les pratiques exemplaires dans les communauts francophones ont besoin dune meilleure publicit car les collectivits anglophones ne les connaissent pas. Le gouvernement devrait prsenter les meilleurs projets dans les communauts Tunis. Les Canadiens sont considrs comme des innovateurs et leurs innovations devraient tre adaptes aux diffrents contextes. La discussion a aussi port sur les donnes gratuites. On a soulev labsence de plan daction officiel pour rendre les renseignements gographiques gratuits pour les municipalits. Certaines provinces sont plus progressistes que dautres, mais il ny a pas de plan national. Les gouvernements devraient cesser dexiger des frais pour des donnes qui sont dj payes par les taxes. Toutes les donnes sur les renseignements gographiques sont gratuites aux .-U. Il devrait donc y avoir une recommandation pour que le Canada fasse de mme. Enfin, il y a eu une proposition pour inclure une rfrence au document du Plan daction 21, Information pour la prise de dcision, chapitre 40, Sommet de la Terre Confrence des Nations Unies sur lenvironnement et le dveloppement Rio 1992, jusquau document du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation. On peut trouver une version jour du chapitre dans le document Down to Earth, Geographical Information for Sustainable Development - Africa 2002, produit par la National Academy of Sciences et prsent Johannesburg (Rio + 10).

Francophone communities need more promotion because they are unknown from the Anglophone communities. The best community projects should be presented in Tunis by the Government. Canadians are considered innovators and Canadian innovations should be adapted to the different contexts. The discussion also addressed free data. It was said that there is no formal action plan to make GI (Geographical Information) data free for municipalities. Some provinces are more progressive than others, but there is no national plan. Governments should stop charging for data paid by taxes already. All GI data is free in the US, so there should be a recommendation that Canada do the same. Finally, there was a proposition to include a reference of the document entitled Agenda 21, Information for Decision-Making, Chapter 40 from the Earth Summit United Nations Conference on Environment and Development Rio 1992 to the WSIS document. An updated version of the chapter can be found in the Down to Earth document, Geographical Information for Sustainable Development- Africa 2002, produced by the National Academy of Science and submitted at Johannesburg (Rio + 10).

208

CHAPITRE IX : LE RLE DE LA SOCIT CIVILE DANS LDIFICATION DUNE SOCIT DE LINFORMATION GLOBALE Quel est le rle de la socit civile canadienne dans ldification dune socit de linformation globale? Les partenariats entre le Canada et les pays en voie de dveloppement sont-ils couronns de succs? Pouvons-nous aller plus loin et comment? Quen est-il du financement de la socit de linformation au Canada et dans les pays en voie de dveloppement? Ce sont l quelques questions auxquelles les panlistes cette session ont tent de rpondre. On a aussi prsent quelques pratiques exemplaires qui se sont avres des plus positives au Canada et qui ont maintenant un avenir prometteur hors du territoire canadien. Les confrenciers cette session taient : Stphane Roberge, associ de recherche, Socit de linformation au service du dveloppement, Direction gnrale des programmes et des partenariats, Centre de recherches pour le dveloppement international (CRDI); Mike Mooney, directeur associ, Tele-Health and Education Technology Resource Agency (TETRA), Memorial University; Peter Frampton, gestionnaire de dveloppment de programme de Learning Enrichment Foundation et prsident de lAssociation nationale des Programmes daccs communautaire (Rseau PAC); Gareth R. Shearman, prsident de Telecommunities Canada; et Terri Willard, gestionnaire de projets, Communication des connaissances, Institut international pour le dveloppement durable. La session tait prside par Franois-Pierre Le Scouarnec, prsident de la Commission sectorielle Culture, Communication et Information la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO. Allison Hewlitt, agente principale de programme, Bellanet International, tait le rapporteur de la session.

CHAPTER IX: CIVIL SOCIETYS ROLE IN BUILDING A GLOBAL INFORMATION SOCIETY What is civil society's role in building a global information society? Are Canada's partnerships with developing countries successful? Can we go farther and how? What about financing the information society in Canada and in the developing world? These are a few questions that the panellists for this session attempted to answer. A few best practices were also presented, including practices that have been extremely effective in Canada and which now have a future outside Canada. The speakers for this session were: Stphane Roberge, Research Fellow, Information Society for Development Program and Partnership Branch, International Development Research Centre (CRDI); Mike Mooney, Associate Director, Tele-Health and Education Technology Resource Agency (TETRA), Memorial University; Peter Frampton, Manager, Program Development, Learning Enrichment Foundation and Chair of the National Association of Community Access Programs (CAP Network); Gareth R. Shearman, President, Telecommunities Canada and Terri Willard, Project Manager, Knowledge Communication, International Institute for Sustainable Development. The session chair was Franois-Pierre Le Scouarnec, Chair, Sectoral Commission, Culture, Communication and Information Canadian Commission for UNESCO. Allison Hewlitt, Senior Program Officer, Bellanet International, was the session rapporteur.

209

THE ICT 4D AGENDA BEYOND WSIS Stphane Roberge Research Fellow, Information Society for Development Program and Partnership Branch, International Development Research Centre (IDRC)

IDRC: 30 YEAR HISTORY OF SUPPORT FOR INFORMATION & KNOWLEDGE: Established in 1970 Support Development of Research Capacity in the Developing World Innovator and Leader in ICTs for Development Federal Corporation Board of Governors Appointed by Government $100 million/annual budget for programs 335 Staff Worldwide (6 Regional Offices) DFAIT Minister is Responsible

ICT4D ACTIVITIES AROUND THE WORLD

ICT4D RESEARCH THEMES Equitable and sustainable access to information and to the use of ICTs for the benefit of the society as a whole. Developments in the information economy (sustainable livelihoods, building social capital): Poverty reduction People development Partnerships Economic opportunities Networking Learning and development

210

BROADENING THE ICT4D DIALOGUE FROM THE MISSING LINK TO THE WSIS

1995: G7 Brussels Conference 1997: GK I 1989: ITU-D

2000: GK II

WSIS

2001: UN ICT Task Force 2000: DOT Force 1996: ISAD, Midrand, SA

1984: Maitland Report

1994: First WTDC

IMPORTANT ACHIEVEMENTS: New central role for countries from the South in shaping the ICT for Development debate; From a techno-centric debate to a more human development and human-rights based approach; WSIS paved the way for new ideas, new collaborations and new projects (ICT4D Platform); Breakthrough in the participation of civil society and the private sector. Recognition of the importance of multi-stakeholder partnerships. KEY CHALLENGES : Despite years of efforts and micro-level impact evidence, ICTs are still not recognized as a central tool for human development and poverty reduction (mainstreaming issue): - UN SG recent report in Larger Freedom: towards development, Security, and Human Rights for All (March 2005); With notable exceptions, the benefits of ICTs has only reached a small segment of elites in most developing countries (scaling up issue).

211

WHAT CAN BE DONE? MEETING, SEPTEMBER 2003 To discuss how ICTs can be used to reduce poverty 30 experts world-wide Speakers from Indonesia Uganda Brazil Bangladesh Mozambique India Costa Rica

FIRST ADVICE 1. (Mainstreaming) Connecting ICT for Development, community development, gender, livelihoods, education, and health organizations/practitioners internationally, regionally, and within countries. ICT could get into a much more successful mode if it tries to form alliances with political agitators and public reason advocates, the basic education people and the gender expansion thing thats the direction I would suggest. Amartya Sen, Nobel Laureate in Economics, Harvard Forum, September 2003 BEST PRACTICE: ACCESS TO KNOWLEDGE: Access to Knowledge (A2K) Global Campaign (Development oriented agenda in IP); Broad-based coalition of consumer organizations (Cptech, Consumer International); ICT practitioners (open source advocates); Think Tank (TWN, ICTSD); Education organizations, and many others : Working together towards protecting and enhance the public domain and ensure that ICTs effectively expands access to knowledge

SECOND ADVICE 2. Scaling-up ICT4D initiatives through social investment and multi-stakeholder partnerships (pooling of resources, knowledge, and expertise). ICT4D for the poor, therefore, will require not simply innovative experimentation, but investment capital, social institutions and human leadership [] socially-driven venture capital is needed to support ICT4D innovations to achieve scale of impact among the poor . Lincoln Chen, Harvard Forum, September 2003

212

BEST PRACTICE: INDIA MISSION 2007 Mission 2007 National Alliance Every Village a Knowledge Centre To provide affordable connectivity and appropriate content to every village in India by August 15, 2007; Example of how an IDRC-funded project (Information Villages Research Project) can be scaled up to build regional capacities. Led by MSSR Foundation, 28M support from government of India; More than 40 founding member institutions.

IN CONCLUSION: ICT for development NGOs and community organizations need to join forces with other social movements so as to integrate their perspectives and work towards common goals; Capitalize on emerging private sector social investment in ICT4D by forming partnerships; Peer-to-peer knowledge networks (collaborate to innovate; beyond simple NorthSouth knowledge transfer); Need to engage in global networks to share rich Canadian experience in ICT for Development (GKP, Open Spectrum, A2K, WDR).

213

BEST PRACTICES - THE TETRA PROJECT Mike Mooney Associate Director, Tele-Health and Education Technology Resource Agency (TETRA) Memorial University, Saint Johns

Background A number of factors came together in Newfoundland and Labrador in the 1970s to make it an ideal location for projects utilizing distance delivery technologies. Early applications centered on telemedicine the use of communication and information technologies to deliver health services, health education and exchange health information when distance separates the participants. A small population scattered over a large, rugged land mass; a harsh climate; a demand for enhanced services (in health and education), the desire to demonstrate the capabilities of new telecommunications technology; and an influential champion. Dr Maxwell House, founder of the Telemedicine Centre at Memorial University of Newfoundland and Labrador created a suitable environment in which to introduce distance delivery applications. Since its beginnings, Memorial University has developed competence in delivering many university programs at a distance. This tradition of distance education also contributed as a background for the need of a services unit to conduct research and development into, and facilitate the use of, information technology and telecommunications to urban, remote and isolated areas. Hence, TETRA (Telemedicine Educational Technologies Resource Agency) was created. Although similar factors have been present in other locations, TETRA at Memorial was, and continues to be set apart in that its activities have evolved and expanded continuously from initial project stage to permanent services. TETRA has been continuously involved in telemedicine and distance education activities, enabling TETRA to provide consultation on issues such as network development, technology integration, human resource training, instructional design and program delivery at the community level. Research and development is also a key element in service delivery, particularly in the documentation and measurement of the effectiveness and assessment of service delivery models. Core services are multimedia application based - including audio, video and internet conferencing that support varied applications with service delivery primarily through the use of real time conferencing that includes the deployment of audio, video and web based Information and Communication Technologies. Service delivery in health, in education (at the high school and post secondary levels), in community based activity, inclusive of government, such as social services, judicial, as well as in the municipal and non- for- profit community group levels.

214

Projects In 1976 Memorial University, in conjunction with the federal Department of Communications (DOC) embarked upon the first Telemedicine Project in Newfoundland and Labrador. This was an experimental communications technology trail, using the Satellite Hermes to provide one way video via satellite, and two way audio technologies, focused on: continuing education for health care professionals; consultation services, the transmission of medical data; and community health education. During the next twenty-five plus years TETRA has developed or collaborated in over fifty projects and programmes designed for delivery on the local, national and international level. Programming related to high school and university distance education, programming directed towards professional development, direct health care applications and educational self-help. A number of technology trials have been conducted from application to telecommunications, from implementation of medical and educational workstations, to multimedia telecommunication services for rural and remote areas. A most recent and ongoing initiative being an International Central Americas Project Promoting Primary Health Care Nursing in Central America 2002/2008 A Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) funded initiative for El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Nicaragua. Providing an opportunity for the Center for Nursing Studies, and TETRA in Newfoundland, to extend their expertise in health, education and development to the international community through distance/distributed learning. One of the expected outcomes of this project include improving primary health care in these countries by increasing the number of nurses available for employment in rural areas. TETRA is a partner in the current Smart Labrador project, funded under the Smart Communities Programme of Industry Canada. The telehealth component, of which, provides telecommunication services to 14 rural health centres and community clinics in Labrador (including a number of aboriginal communities). The telehealth service mix for Smart Labrador includes video conference-based consultations, store and forward consultations, Internet based Continuing Medical Education, nurse practitioner programmes, teleradiology, and public health programmes. Best Practices The topic of todays presentation Best Practices provides an opportunity to share insight from the TETRA experience. A position that centers on the engagement of community and sharing of resources.. Need All proposed activities are based on a legitimate need; a need that is defined at the local country/community level. Action items include identifying with the people(s) who demonstrate a need, conducting an assessment on how to address those needs, and relating that need to a technology(ies) and application(s) that could be used to meet expectations, including delivery of services. First, and most valuable when proposing the use of distance technologies is conducting an actual site visit. An invaluable exercise in assessment, providing an opportunity to collect information in such areas as: available services, access to services, cost of services; access to technologies, as well as infrastructure telecommunications and electricity. Visits also provide an opportunity to measure demonstration of interest and commitment within a community as well as an opportunity to conduct key stakeholder meetings to
215

discuss issues, concerns, potential applications that potentially lead to a definition of goals. Goals, that identify with issues such as enhancement of access and continuity of services in areas of interest that include health, education, community. Team Building The creation of a dedicated application team is a concept, which must be part of any project plan. Team Building; a collaborative process aimed at identifying key stakeholders, as well as cultivating sustainable long term relationships with associated individuals/organizations. Through partnering and collaborative alliances with private enterprises, health and education sectors, and established telecommunication providers, potential sharing concepts and successes are more likely to be developed. Progress is achieved through the development of strategic partnerships and relationships. The nurturing of close working relationships with user groups regional health and education providers, various government and university departments, as well as partnerships within the IT support sector including telecommunications carriers, such as local telephone companies, and technology service providers such as equipment manufacturers, and system integrators. On a national and international scale TETRA has worked productively with the Communications Research Center of Industry Canada (CRC), the Canadian Institute for the Advancement of Research in Industry in Education (CANARIE); Health Canada; Industry Canada; CIDA, and IDRC. Matching Technology to Need Matching toolsets involves the defining of an application and matching of that application to a viable delivery technology. The defining and implementing of an application is a highly interactive process wherein the application helps the user group(s) understand and appreciate the technology and its potential, as well shaping this appreciation into a specific application for the community or user group. This exercise is essential in effectively introducing any technology-based applications. First steps include Technology Assessments that are considered essential before any equipment is purchased. Once the need and application are defined, those applications and the technology, both telecommunications infrastructure and end point based, to support delivery, require performance evaluation through testing before any consideration of deployment and installation in remote/rural settings. This assessment also provides an opportunity to determine the level of training required, to create appropriate support documentation, and to plan the methodology of training sessions. Lessons Learned Adherence to a logical approach leads to a viable solution in technology selection; aspects include verification of functionality, affordability, user friendliness, and sustainability. Engaging the Community One of the most important considerations in implementing a distance delivery program is encouraging community use, through skills transfer, training, and support. Adequate information and training to the staff of the participating sites, individualized handholding and user group specific training contributes significantly to user satisfaction and sustainability. Planning for the technology implementation, training and ongoing support must begin at the onset of a project and must include all personnel involved in the program delivery. This provides a vehicle to deliver overviews on basic communications and

216

telecommunication media. Support Services Ongoing support by the service provider(s) and application user groups is crucial and this team building relationship must be nurtured. Experience has shown that onsite installation and training sessions by the service providers are essential in developing a trusting relationship, allowing the site staff time for hands-on training and time for discussion about various applications. New users are often fearful of the technology and require this hand holding for encouragement and to build confidence, thereby improving their comfort levels with technology adoption. For example, those wishing to implement telehealth in remote areas, may not always have technical resources available to them. A technician may be sent in to install the equipment but on a day-to-day basis, it is often a non-technical person, such as a secretary or nurse at the remote site that has all responsibility for the technology operations. A maintenance support program must consider the barriers of distance, and establish mechanisms to ensure that the end user is provided with a reasonable level of knowledge to understand and implement support and service, whether they reside in urban or remote geographic areas. Also the provision of proper documentation protocols, procedures, and guidelines that support services and programs is essential. These documents help increase understanding and operations. Evaluation Ongoing project evaluation, through conducting community feedback and developing appropriate evaluation tools is critical to inform service provides and user groups as well as funding agents on progress. Information garnered helps to: 1 2 4 5 Determine whether or not expectations were met. Retaining local champions, encourage synergies between social sectors. Evaluate all aspects. Review the model options include flexible development.

Model & Technology The final technical configuration should be based on sound planning; the model and technology have to demonstrate features that include: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Quality of service present an appropriate level of performance. Accessibility technologies must have sufficient capacity to handle users demands, must allow users timely access. Convenience: users must have easy access to the system. Reliability all systems must be reliable in terms of results and also have minimal downtime. User friendliness relatively easy to use. Standardization it is necessary for the system to integrate with other system(s). Flexibility as related to inter-connectivity and interoperability and with varied systems and communications platforms. Scalability Expansion capability.

217

Cost Effectiveness affordable, both from a implementation and operational perspective

Conclusion Sustainability Models, such as Operational Community Centre models that offer shared technology delivery systems to the entire community, confirm the technical viability to provide such multitude of application platforms to remote and under-served areas, and provide a solid base of applications with which to move forward. Collaboration models lower the cost of providing individual applications to the community. As the economic base of the majority of remote and under-served areas is generally low and as such, each community cannot justify and sustain an infrastructure. Consideration should be given, for the sharing of resources, particularity networks, by a variety of users when implementing services in rural and remote communities.

218

THE UNINTENDED OUTCOMES AFTER 10 YEARS OF INVESTMENT CAP- THE COMMUNITY ACCESS PROGRAM IN CANADA Peter Frampton Manager, Program Development, Learning Enrichment Foundation Chair of the National Association of Community Access Programs

In March 2004, building on the Pictou CAP Summit, the National CAP Council Working Group (CANCAP) developed a vision and framework for the future of the CAP Program. From Access to Inclusion set out a bold new vision for CAP transforming the program from a program focused on access to technology to the application of technology in a manner that will support community development and community sustainability in Canada. CAP is unique as it recognizes the people and the strategy in the application of technology. This document is designed to provide tactical advice to the CAP network on how to translate this vision into a CAP II program that can attract renewed support from Industry Canada. The recommendations in this document are put forward in outline form only and are designed as a basis for further discussion in the CAP network and with Industry Canada. The recommendations are based on an assumption that community development requires an integrated strategy that engages the voluntary, private, and public sectors. They build on an assessment of the achievements of the current CAP network, the needs of communities, and the current funding priorities for Industry Canada. The latter includes building a competitive economy with a skilled workforce, strengthening Canadas small business sector as a major engine for job creation, and creating sustainable communities. In order to achieve those goals, CAP II must be supported to identify the types of support a community, its organizations and its citizens require, in order to use the technology in a way that is of benefit to them. In some communities that will entail proceeding with and supporting broadband initiatives, in others direct support to the business sector in cooperation with other lead players in the field, and still in others ensuring that citizens have continued access to the internet as a mechanism to liaise with their governments. The recommendations are designed in such a manner as to build upon the strong networks that have grown out of CAP I. Based on the principles of leadership, inclusiveness and accountability the intent of the renewed CAP program (CAP II) is to increase the capacity of the CAP network to provide value added training and networking services in support of sustainable community development in Canada. There are two principle differences between this framework and the current CAP program. 1 The first is a focus on training and services as opposed to access. CAP II is designed to expand the capacity of the CAP network to help communities apply Internet infrastructure and knowledge management systems to community development challenges. Within this focus there is also a strong understanding that the original goal of access must be maintained and indeed, in some communities must still be developed. This second key difference is a focus on servicing organizations as well as individuals. Organizations served would include both voluntary sector organizations as well as the small business sector including both for profit businesses and non-profit social enterprises. The goal would be to assist these

219

organizations increase their viability and success. CAP II recognizes that economic development and social or cultural development need to happen at the simultaneously for either to sustain themselves. To accomplish these objectives CAP II would: 1 Reduce support for CAP sites that only provide access to the Internet, in a manner that recognizes the different delivery models that exist across the country. The goal here is to increase the level of services that are provided within networks as a whole. Increase support for CAP sites that will have the capacity to provide both access to the Internet as well as training in how to use and participate in the knowledge economy. This will be accomplished by either direct investments in sites, or enhanced investments in networks that can meet this need in a more coordinated manner. Create a new category of CAP sites that also have specific expertise in working with the small non-profit and for profit business sector. Again this may be accomplished at a local level or through a more coordinated networked approach. Increase the capacity of the CAP network, to leverage and network knowledge and resources, at the local, regional and national level. CAP II would continue to work in Dual Digital Divide communities where access and connectivity issues are now being addressed with the advent of BRAND and the NSI. (BRAND Broadband for Rural and Northern Development, NSI National Satellite Initiative) The knowledge transfer that CAP sites can articulate is of even greater significance now, as these communities have not been able to take advantage of the Connecting Canadians programs of the last 10 years. Develop a strong national brand supported by community marketing of the program. Develop and integrate research structures that will support the integration of innovative uses of technologies Develop an integrated funding mechanism that leverages CAPs strong track record in leveraging funding and enables the infrastructure to meet the needs of the whole community.

4 5

6 7 8

By 2010 CAP II would be projected to cost $42,500,000 with 2,360 sites, the majority of which would offer a full range of services.
TELECOMMUNITIES CANADA

Telecommunities Canada (TC) was formed as an association of associations at a meeting in Ottawa in the summer of 1994. This was at the height of the development of "Free-Nets" in Canada. Over the years the organization has evolved with the changes in the response of Canadian communities and individuals to the reality of life on line. What began as a group of Free-Nets have evolved into the now generally accepted term of "community networks". There is no one handy definition of what constitutes a community network. This may be a frustration to some, but it illustrates a very important point. How we all deal with life on-line cannot be neatly categorized. Top down conceptualization just doesn't work. For that reason, TC has really always been a networked community of practice for sharing and advocating the experience of community online as a process, and not really worried about defining community networks as institutions.

220

TC and the regional and local associations, which it supports can look back on a number of accomplishments over the more than 10 year history. There have been many instances where we have provided critical reviews of Federal policies on what is now called the uses of ICTs for development. And key TC members have used it as a sounding board to support their own interventions into provincial programs and policies. TC was one of the founding organizations involved in the development of the Global Community Network Partnership (GCNP) an informal international group that has sponsored several international conferences. GCNP has been important to the WSIS Civil Society Secretariat. They recognized that GCNP is an example of new forms of organization that directly embody the concepts of an "information society" on its own terms. GCNP was actively recruited as a participant early on in the WSIS preparatory process. TC is formally registered with WSIS and we have, and will continue to, input into the process. When Industry Canada's Community Access Program (CAP) was launched in 1995, TC was one of the agencies invited to be on the national advisory council. TC, with support from Industry Canada, developed a template for community portals. A good example of this can be found at portal.victoria.tc.ca It is an untold story that many high profile networks in Canada are actually rooted in connections that occurred through TC: 1 When National Capital Freenet appeared in Ottawa, it showed the Government of Canada that the Internet was going to have a significant impact on daily life. NCFs specific example was the basis for SchoolNet and CAP. Most member agencies have been fully involved in the CAP program and we continue to support CAP and the role of what we are now calling "CANCAP". The Pacific Community Networks Association has gone from a British Columbia FreeNet organization to being actively involved with many agencies in BC and the Yukon that are working with all aspects of community ICT. The Gold Trail Open Network Society is a pioneer in community broadband development and fibre deployment. Their exemplary on line training materials, "Community Network CRAFT" can be found at www.gtnet.ca The Chebucto Community Network in Halifax was the source of the "Chebucto Suite" an innovative software program for community networks that is still being used by some of them to this day. The Vancouver Community Network has been very involved with many of the NGOs in its community and its initiative in taking the Federal Government to court and winning are the reason that so many of our members are registered charities to-day.

2 3

221

The Victoria Telecommunity Network has recently developed an extensive Voice Over Internet Protocol network, can be seen at voip.victoria.tc.ca.

TC has also been actively involved in studying the evolution of ICTs and their impact on communities. In 1995, TC undertook an early study for the Office of Learning Technologies on community networks as a resource for citizens seeking employability skills and employment opportunities. Members have submitted papers to numerous national and international conferences. In 2003, the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council approved a 3-year, $1 million grant to the Canadian Research Alliance for Community Innovation and Networking, a group of researchers, which includes TC, with 2 board members as co-investigators on the project and several others as community partners on various case studies. In all these activities, we have sought to understand and shape the uses of ICTs in our communities. The experience we have gained through our actions and our connections have led us to believe that there are effective policies and practices that are absent from public policy debates on the uses of these technologies in our communities. We have brought our concerns and recommendations to this meeting,in the form of a document you have circulating among you called Beyond the Information Society. In this statement we have repositioned community as the primary agent in the current discussion on social change in the world of rapid technological advancement. We argue that what is really needed is a Learning Society a world which enables communities to access and use the resources they need, including electronic resources, to improve their condition and position in a globalized context. This means sustained financial and program resources that support community-based initiatives something that many in the room can verify is not always a reality here at home. The Internet has changed considerably since the early days of TC when simple search tools like gopher were still a source of amazement. In a very short period, in Canada, at least, it has changed how we work and how we play. In this process, policy and practice have not always moved in lock step. We thank the sponsors of this event for an opportunity to help reconnect the two.

222

BEYOND THE INFORMATION SOCIETY ENABLING COMMUNITIES TO CREATE THE WORLD WE WANT Gareth Shearman President Telecommunities Canada All around the world, communities are at the heart of social and economic life. On-line and off-line, they are dynamic, creative, adaptive and adoptive. We see communities as the social networks that will, together, forge the Learning Society that national and international governments seek to facilitate. Each with their own context and form, communities share the following characteristics: 1. Communities, whether of place, practice or interest, are central to a Learning Society. 2. Communities are dynamic and self-organizing. This is the basis of their formation and governance. 3. Effective communities are composed of individuals who choose to act in a common space and who share a sense of commitment and responsibility to others in that space. 4. Individuals in their communities are able to make effective use of information and communications technologies (ICTs) to inform their choices about what they produce, what they consume and what they do in relation to others. This requires more than passive access across a digital divide. 5. The internet is a global commons and a public good that is fundamental to the networked structure of a Learning Society. Policies and practices that enable the transition to a Learning Society are currently being considered on the national and international stage. But acting to realize the opportunities of community as it goes online requires a vision of open systems of access, design, practice, and policy debate. To ensure those policies and practices align with the quality of community essential to that society, we recommend that: national and international processes affirm the central role of the individual in community as the key to world development; financial and program responses to the digital divide at home and in Less Developed Countries be designed to support community-based initiatives; changes to internet governance not impede the development of the internet as a commons; strategies for support of ICT use and development at home and in Less Developed Countries ensure self-identification, openness, inclusion and participation; those working to design, implement and operate systems of ICT use, take responsibility to ensure that the characteristics of communities are respected and included in the outcomes of their professional work and practices. ______________________________________________________________________ This statement is presented by Telecommunities Canada. We are a group of community networking advocates and participatory researchers who act to understand and shape the uses of ICTs in our communities. We seek to remind Canada's public policy debates that existing community networks are experienced in the effective use of ICTs for community development. Together with like-minded groups, our goal is to connect policy and practice in ways that expand and improve the ability of communities to design their own future.

223

FINANCING THE INFORMATION SOCIETY IN THE DEVELOPING WORLD Terri Willard Project Manager, Knowledge Communications International Institute for Sustainable Development

Financing for What? Information Society is about more than connectivity and infrastructure. WSIS Plan of Action also includes: Increasing access to information and knowledge; Capacity-building; Building confidence and security in the use of ICTs; Fostering an enabling environment; Creating ICT applications (e.g. e-health, e-science); Promoting cultural diversity and identity, linguistic diversity and local content; Media; Ethical dimensions of the Information Society; International and regional cooperation.

Most of these elements contain recommendations for the development of new policies and programmes at the national, regional, and international levels. The IS Financing Gap: Underlying Causes

Large fast change not just in technology, but in systems and institutions; Resources for both policy and program development required; Governments struggling with debt, PRSPs, and global security and health challenges at the same time; Shifts in development assistance in structure and focus.

Not quite sure why everyone seems so surprised that gaps in financing have arisen and the digital divide continues to widen: Emergence of information society has been a large fast change not just on the technology side. Resources for both policy and programme devt policy devt is NOT cheap when you take the time of all stakeholders into account and the need to build peoples capacity to participate in decision-making processes. And while the Plan of Action talks about the responsibilities of all stakeholders, as an intergovernmental process, WSIS does place a special emphasis on the commitment of governments to creating and implementing national e-strategies, which takes these types of activities into account. Theyve been under a bit of pressure.

The IS Financing Gap: ODA Shifts The IS Financing Gap: ODA Shifts Financing Development: Broader Context

224

Millennium Declaration (2000) Noted upcoming major events on financing. Also called on industrialized countries to: Adopt a policy of duty- and quota-free access for essentially all exports from the least developed countries; Implement the enhanced program of debt relief for the heavily indebted poor countries; Grant more generous development assistance. Monterrey Consensus (2002) Emphasis on mutual accountability reaffirmed developing countries full acceptance of their responsibility for their own development (including improvements in governance and public administration); and stressed the critical importance of support from developed countries (0.7% of GNI). Its important to keep the ICT4D financing debates in perspective thoughThe challenges of financing ICT4D are merely a subset of broader trends and debates. In 2000, given global trends, financing for development began to become a key issue on the international agenda again. This was due in large part to the Millennium Summit of global leaders. The resulting Millennium Development Goals set out an agenda for poverty eradication by 2015 and the Millennium Declaration raised the issue of financing this global endeavor. The declaration called on industrialized countries. We are concerned about the obstacles developing countries face in mobilizing the resources needed to finance their sustained development. We will, therefore, make every effort to ensure the success of the High-level International and Intergovernmental Event on Financing for Development, to be held in 2001. We also undertake to address the special needs of the least developed countries. In this context, we welcome the Third United Nations Conference on the Least Developed Countries in May 2001 and will endeavour to ensure its success. We call on the industrialized countries: to adopt, preferably by the time of that Conference, a policy of duty- and quota-free access for essentially all exports from the least developed countries; to implement the enhanced programme of debt relief for the heavily indebted poor countries without further delay and to agree to cancel all official bilateral debts of those countries in return for their making demonstrable commitments to poverty reduction; and to grant more generous development assistance, especially to countries that are genuinely making an effort to apply their resources to poverty reduction.

We are also determined to deal comprehensively and effectively with the debt problems of low- and middle-income developing countries, through various national and international measures designed to make their debt sustainable in the long term. In 2002, the International Conference on Financing for Development focused on six different sources for development funds - domestic resources (such as savings and taxation), foreign direct investment, international trade, international aid, debt relief, and finally systemic reforms. NGOs and others independent voices proposed alternative sources of financing, including especially global taxes and fees. The Monterrey Consensus, adopted at the International Conference on Financing for

225

Development, built on the Millennium Declaration. It laid out a new framework of mutual accountability by reaffirming developing countries full acceptance of their responsibility for their own development, while stressing the critical importance of support from the developed countries. Domestic resources will remain the primary driving force for development. Governments of developing countries and countries in transition need to redouble their efforts to increase the resources spent on development and ensure that they are used effectively. To this end, many developing countries will need to improve their structures of governance and public administration. Financing Development: Broader Context Millennium Project concluded that while many countries may be able to mobilize adequate domestic resources to achieve the MDGs, most of the poorest will not. But would the Monterrey Consensus really work for achieving the MDGs? Possibly. But, there is no one-size fits all approach. Some developing countries will likely be able to achieve the MDGs through the mobilization and targeting of domestic resources. But, many of the poorest countries of the world will face financing gaps of >20% if they were to rely on domestic resources alone. It is in these countries that the greatest ODA will be required. To meet the gaps, the Millennium Project recommends that high-income countries should increase official development assistance (ODA) from .0.25 percent of donor GNP in 2003 to around 0.44 percent in 2006 and 0.54 percent in 2015, particularly in low-income countries, with improved ODA quality (including aid that is harmonized, predictable, and largely in the form of grants-based budget support). Each donor should reach 0.7 percent no later than 2015 to support the Goals and other development assistance priorities. Debt relief should be more extensive and generous. ODA should be based on actual needs to meet the Millennium Development Goals and on countries' readiness to use the ODA effectively. Criteria for evaluating the sustainability of a country's debt burden must be consistent with the achievement of the Goals. Aid should be oriented to support the MDG-based poverty reduction strategy, rather than to support donor-driven projects. Donors should measure and report the share of their ODA that supports the actual scale-up of MDG-related investments. Middle-income countries should also seek opportunities to become providers of ODA and give technical support to low-income countries.

Financing Development: Broader Context 2 Call for New Financial Mechanisms E.g. International Finance Facility (IFF) Proposed by the UK govt. Time limited to 2015 Aim: leverage additional money from the international capital markets by issuing bonds, based on legally binding long-term donor commitments. Five high-income countries have already reached the 0.7 percent international target, while six others have committed themselves to specific timelines to reach this level of ODA (random aside: Canada has not yet committed itself to a timeline for the 0.7 percent target). But even if all existing commitments were met over the next five years, the world would still

226

experience a significant financing shortfall. Several initiatives have explored innovative financing mechanisms to overcome fiscal constraints to a rapid scaling-up of aid volumes. Among them we consider the International Finance Facility (IFF), proposed by the British government, as the most advanced proposal for achieving a rapid increase in development assistance. The IFF would be a time-limited financing mechanism designed to at least double development assistance between now and 2015. It would leverage additional money from the international capital markets by issuing bonds, based on legally binding long-term donor commitments. It responds to the need for rapid scaling-up, or frontloading, development assistance without placing undue constraints on rich countries budgets, while permitting donor countries to achieve the target of 0.7 percent of GNI by 2015. WSIS and the IS Financing Debate Since 2002, WSIS process has been unfolding in context of: decreased private sector financing internationally; decreases in ODA; calls for increased focus within the MDGs; an acceptance of mutual responsibility; a targeting of international collaboration on the poorest countries; and calls for new financial mechanisms. Which brings us back to WSIS and the international debate over financing the information society. Beginning in 2002, the WSIS process has evolved within the context of decreased private sector financing internationally, decreases in ODA, calls for increased focus within the MDGs, an acceptance of mutual responsibility, a targeting of international collaboration and assistance on the poorest countries, which will not be able to achieve development goals by 2015 on their own, and calls for new financial mechanisms. WSIS Phase I
PrepCom

Discussions Became clear by PrepCom3 that no new commitments would be likely; Focus on supporting existing agreements (e.g. Monterrey); Digital Solidarity Fund (voluntary) proposed by Govt of Senegal. documents: Declaration of Principles We will seek and effectively implement concrete international approaches and mechanisms, including financial and technical assistance. Noted division regarding the Digital Solidarity Fund concept.

Summit

Plan of Action - Digital Solidarity Agenda Reinforced Monterrey Consensus on debt relief, ODA, and enabling environments; Called for a Taskforce on financing to review the adequacy of existing financing mechanisms; Suggested that based on the review, the feasibility and the creation of a voluntary Digital Solidarity Fund should be looked at again.

227

Initial Concept of Digital Solidarity Fund was as a type of global tax on technology, e.g: 1 U.S. penny per international communication, $1 per purchase of a personal computer, $1 per purchase of a software , $1 per piece of network equipment, etc. Voluntary contributions from the private sector. Advocated by some of the poorest countries, the Digital Solidarity Fund was envisioned as a U.N.-administered fund to help technologically disadvantaged countries build telephone lines and other infrastructure in an effort to keep the digital and the wealth gap from widening further. Declaration of Principles We recognize the will expressed by some to create an international voluntary "Digital Solidarity Fund", and by others to undertake studies concerning existing mechanisms and the efficiency and feasibility of such a Fund. The Digital Solidarity Agenda aims at putting in place the conditions for mobilizing human, financial and technological resources for inclusion of all men and women in the emerging Information Society. Close national, regional and international cooperation among all stakeholders in the implementation of this Agenda is vital. To overcome the digital divide, we need to use more efficiently existing approaches and mechanisms and fully explore new ones, in order to provide financing for the development of infrastructure, equipment, capacity building and content, which are essential for participation in the Information Society. Digital Solidarity Fund Announcement in December 2003: Voluntary contributions from the Republics of Senegal and Dominica; cities of Dakar, Geneva, Lyon, Paris, Santo Domingo and Curitiba, as well as the Provinces of Turin, Rome. Other countries (e.g. Nigeria) now contributing. Incorporated as a non-profit foundation w/ headquarters in Geneva Geneva Principle 1% contribution on public ICT procurement contracts, paid by the vendor on his profit margin. Only binding on public entities, which voluntarily adopt it. 1 January 2005 City of Geneva has endorsed this. More than 120 mayors from the International Association of Francophone Mayors (AIMF) have committed support Formal Launch in March 2005. During the Summit itself, the Govt of Senegal and the Canton of Geneva muddied the water a bit by launching a Digital Solidarity Fund on a scaled down level as a voluntary fund. Odd collection of supporters and donors. Since the launch, the presence of cities and local authorities led to the development of a new innovation the idea of the Geneva Principle. The Geneva Principle involves a 1% contribution on public ICT procurement contracts, paid by the vendor on his profit margin. Clearly stated in all ICT public call for bids, this obligation to contribute 1% of the transaction to the Fund is neither subject to interpretation nor negotiation, and thus does not cause distortion of market competition. The contribution awards the vendor a digital solidarity label.

228

As of 1st January 2005, the City of Geneva, founding member of the Digital Solidarity Fund, has endorsed the Geneva Principle . It therefore commits to include in all its calls for bids related to the procurement of information technologies, services or telecoms, a clause whereby the vendor who wins the bid must contribute 1% of the total amount of the transaction to the Digital Solidarity Fund, paid on his benefit margin. Taskforce on Financial Mechanisms for ICT for Development: Launched in October 2004 under auspices of UN Secretary General; Work led by UNDP (under Mark Malloch-Brown), in collaboration with the World Bank and the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs; Process; Two formal meetings of the taskforce; Inputs from experts; Consultations with stakeholders; Informal consultations in Geneva on 16 November and, Virtual consultations on WSIS-online and other platforms; Completed report in December 2004; Conclusions Financing Needs. Enabling Environment Financing ICT Infrastructure and Access: since the early 1990s, the international private sector has quickly become the dominant player in infrastructure investment, and has catalyzed rapid growth of the sector in developing countries. While private sector investment and financing in the ICT sector remains highthere has been a shift in the nature of that investment towards domestic, regional, and south-south financing and investment. Content, ICTD Applications and Capacity Development: International Donors are seemingly redirecting their attention to both ICT policy and strategy development and mainstreaming of ICTD initiatives. More may be better, but coordination and support for "scaling-up" strategies is urgently needed. Enhanced international and domestic support for public sector ICT capabilities is a first-level priority.

Conclusions Existing Mechanisms: Fully Exploiting existing mechanisms; Recommendations: Pooling proposals, including ICT4D in PRSPs, elaborating national e-strategies; Adequacy of existing mechanisms; Missing funds for: capacity-building, access/connectivity in rural/remote areas, regional backbones, broadband access, small islands, and useful content; Improvements and innovations to existing mechanisms; Conclusion: It is difficult to pinpoint specific changes that any individual or group of mechanisms should urgently undertake, which those institutions themselves are not already actively considering to one degree or another. E.g. Donor coordination; MSPs; domestic finance; voluntary, consumer based contributions.

229

WSIS: New Paradigms Emerging Most coherent review of the Taskforce Report published by Bread for All Who Pays for the Information Society?: Challenges and Issues on Financing the Information Society (http://www.ppp.ch/cms/IMG/Financing_IS.pdf) Minority Report Open access Deals specifically with backbone development. Separates the provision of backbone infrastructure (public) from the services it provides (private). Public good approach. Grows out of dialogue on global public goods offers rationale for financing beyond what the market implies. Based on significant externalities benefits of ICT4D that accrue beyond the users themselves. Community-driven approach. Shift from last mile to first mile thinking. WSIS II: Options for Canada in Financing IS Debates: Launch a Canadian portal for the private sector on potential opportunities to invest in ICT4D; Promote and invest in minority report perspectives based on Canadian experiences; Launch one or more new flagship ICT4D programmes by WSIS focusing on Canadian areas of strength (e.g. e-government, multilingualism, rural/remote infrastructure); Endorse the Digital Solidarity Fund Geneva Principle at the federal level and/or encourage it at other levels of government; Use WSIS as an opportunity to commit to an overall ODA target, with special reference to ICT4D.

230

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Allison Hewlitt Charge de programme Bellanet International

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Allison Hewlitt Senior Program Officer Bellanet International

Il ny a malheureusement pas eu de temps pour les questions ou les discussions aprs les prsentations. Cependant, trois commentaires ont t faits au cours de la sance plnire qui a suivi la session du panel. Le premier tait une recommandation de soutien pour la continuit du Programme daccs communautaire (PAC). Il faut assurer la durabilit du programme pour ne pas se retrouver Tunis pour dire : Ctait le bon temps, maintenant cest fini, nous passons autre chose . Le deuxime commentaire a soulign le besoin de porter attention au secteur bnvole de recourir ce secteur comme un moyen de promouvoir les TIC4D. Les bnvoles pourraient non seulement promouvoir les TIC dans leur travail, mais ces outils mmes sont aussi un moyen efficace dattirer les bnvoles. Steve Hick, de lUniversit Carleton, a recommand de mieux intgrer les perspectives des travailleurs sociaux et des personnes marginalises la position de la socit civile dans la socit de linformation. Il a cit plusieurs exemples de programmes de TIC caractre communautaire, tel le PAC, qui dmontraient la russite habiliter les gens au Canada. Il tait tout de mme hsitant faire du Canada un modle. Sa conclusion, les dmarches descendantes sont toujours l , la amen recommander au comit de rdaction que la position de la socit civile soutienne les dmarches ascendantes.

Unfortunately, there was no time following the panellists presentations for questions or discussions. However, there were three comments that were made during plenary session following the Panel Session. The first was a recommendation in support of the continuation of the Community Access Program (CAP). We need to ensure sustainability of the Program so that we dont end up in Tunis saying: It was a lovely time, its over, we are moving on. The second comment emphasized the need to put attention on the volunteer sector to use the sector as a means to promote ICT4D. Not only could volunteers promote ICTs in their work but the tools themselves are also an effective means to find volunteers. Steve Hick, of Carleton University, made the recommendation that the perspectives of social workers and those who are marginalized needed to be better included in Civil Societys position on the Information Society. While he stated that there are many examples in Canada of community-based ICT programs, which have been successful in empowering people, such as CAP, he was also hesitant about putting Canada forward as a model. His concluding remark that top down approaches are still around led him to the recommendation for the drafting committee that civil societys position should support approaches that are bottom up.

231

CHAPITRE X : LE RSEAUTAGE DES COMMUNAUTS AU CANADA : DE LA RECHERCHE LEXPRIENCE SUR LE TERRAIN Dot dune vaste exprience des nouvelles technologies, le Canada est en mesure de mener des recherches sur limpact des TIC au sein des communauts. Plusieurs initiatives communautaires se sont concrtises partout au Canada et sont si bien enracines dans leur milieu quil est maintenant possible de les valuer tant quantitativement que qualitativement. Cependant, aprs des investissements importants du gouvernement canadien dans les centres daccs communautaire, la socit civile sinquite dun dsengagement de ltat. On craint que le pays ne perde son avance dans le domaine des nouvelles technologies.

CHAPTER X : COMMUNITY NETWORKING IN CANADA : FROM RESEARCH TO GRASSROOTS EXPERIENCE Canada has gained such experience with new technologies that it can now lead studies on the impact of ICTs in communities. Several community initiatives have begun throughout Canada and are so firmly entrenched in their environment that they can now be assessed quantitatively and qualitatively. However, after considerable investment by the Canadian government in community access centres, the civil society is concerned about government withdrawal. It fears losing its lead in the new technology domain.

This session examined concrete examples of grassroots action by various groups. An analysis of the concept of e-governance was Cette session a offert des exemples concrets presented, which should lead to greater dactions sur le terrain diriges par divers community and citizen participation. The groupes. On y a galement donn une concept of e-government was also analyse du concept de gouvernance presented, which better represents the lectronique qui devrait encourager une plus government services offered to the public. grande participation des communauts et des citoyens. Un concept du gouvernement Four speakers shared their opinions in this en ligne qui reprsente davantage les session: Michael Gurstein, Co-investigator, services gouvernementaux offerts au public Canadian Research Alliance for Community a galement t mentionn. Innovation and Networking (CRACIN) and Chair, Community Informatics Research Quatre confrenciers ont pris la parole au Network; Monique Chartrand, Directorcours de la session. Il sagit de Michael General, Communautique; Brian Beaton, Gurstein, co-investigateur de la Canadian Coordinator, K-Net Services; and Gwen Research Alliance for Community Innovation Friedrich, Executive Director, Community and Networking (CRACIN) et prsident de Outreach Group. Community Informatics Research Network; Monique Chartrand, directrice gnrale de The session was chaired by Sharon Hackett, Communautique; Brian Beaton, Agente de dveloppement Internet et Alpha coordonnateur de K-Net Services; et de [internet and alpha development officer], Gwen Friedrich, directrice gnrale du Centre de documentation sur l'ducation des Community Outreach Group. adultes et la condition fminine. Darlene La session tait prside par Sharon Thompson, Secretary-Treasurer, N-CAP Hackett, Agente de dveloppement Internet (Nunavut) was the rapporteur. et Alpha, Centre de documentation sur l'ducation des adultes et la condition fminine. Le rapporteur tait Darlene Thompson, secrtaire-trsoriere de N-Cap (Nunavut).

232

FROM E-GOVERNMENT TO E-GOVERNANCE: AN APPROACH FROM EFFECTIVE USE Michael Gurstein, Ph.D. New Jersey Institute of Technology Co-Investigator: Canadian Research Alliance for Community Innovation & Networking Foundation Chair: (Global) Community Informatics Research Network

Introduction I have been asked to speak to you today to talk about Community Networking. And of course, Im delighted to be discussing these areas as they have been the subject of much of my activity both professional and a-vocational for the last number of years. I am speaking to you today in part as a representative of the Canadian Research Alliance for Community Innovation and Networking (CRACIN), which is a national SSHRC funded research project, examining the role of Community Technology in the context of community innovation very broadly understood. Im also here representing the Community Informatics Research Network, which is a global network of several hundred academic, policy, and practitioner researchers, concerned with enabling communities with Information and Communications Technologies. And beyond that I am currently, or have recently, worn multiple hats in and around the area of community-based technologies including being on the Board of Telecommunities Canada, the Nova Scotia and British Columbia CAP advisory committees, the Vancouver Community Network and so on. Im speaking to you, as many of you are aware, at a time of considerable unease but also hope, among those with an interest in the area of community-based technology initiatives. CAP, Industry Canadas Community Access Program, which in its time was a world leader in enabling widespread public and community access to the Internet is being rethought, perhaps to disappear. On the other hand there are, one hopes, something more than rumours, concerning the revival of a public vision in support of a national broadband program. And overall, there are the fine words that the Canadian Government presented and supported in the context of its contribution to the first round of the World Summit on the Information Society. At the United Nations Millennium Summit in September 2000, Canada set out access to the benefits of information and communications technologies (ICTs) as one of our aspirations for the worlds people. Together, here in Geneva, and in two years time in Tunis, we will define a vision for a global society where people everywhere will benefit from the potential that the information society brings to all areas of human life. Canada can make a significant contribution to developing and deploying ICTs to create an equitable global society. Our history and geography have made us world leaders in ICTs and their applications. Our long-standing dedication to international development and harmony compels us to help developing countries harness the potential of ICTs, by supporting capacity building and sharing our experience and expertise. Over the past 10 years, we have moved very far, very fast in building an information society within our own country one that fosters innovation and spreads its benefits to people in every corner of our vast nation.

233

Rather than deal with the specifics of either of those programs, or of the somewhat parallel Community Learning Network program from the Department of Human Resources and Skills Development (HRSDC) and others, or address directly the somewhat strained relationship between Canadas rhetoric in WSIS I and the reality on the ground here at home, what Id like to do in these few minutes available to me, is to make the case for a continued public presence in support of community based technology initiatives, and to present some sort of vision of why this is necessary for Canadas future well- being. Canada and e-Government Canada, along with the rest of the world is very rapidly being transformed through, by and with Information and Communications Technologies (ICTs). I need hardly outline, for this audience, the elements or components of this except to say that this transformation is taking place, more or less everywhere but at different speeds and with different effects, and with different attendant structures of opportunity depending on location and other factors, determining differential resource availability and access. Elsewhere I have discussed the notion of effective use, as a goal for those involved in planning for and implementing structured organizational and community responses to ICT enabled opportunities. What I mean by effective use is the range of elements, which are required to be in place for a specific ICT activity or application, to be used effectively by those who are working with particular applications. The elements of effective use include of course, access both electronic, physical and in the French usage logistical, that is software; but it also includes the training, specialized content development, organizational supports and policy, and broad financial considerations needed to make any application sustainable and thus usable over the longer term. It should hardly be surprising that large and well-resourced organizations, and particularly larger corporations and governments located in Developed Countries, and specifically in the financial and business hubs of those countries, are moving ahead with achieving effective use in a wide range of application areas, much more rapidly and successfully than is everyone else. It is those with access to significant human and financial resources who are able to most effectively implement the optimal uses for ICTs, in achieving efficiencies and enhanced operational effectiveness in such areas as Supply Chain Management, Procurement, Transaction Processing, and Information, and increasingly Knowledge Management. The dramatic rise to global stature and in some cases global dominance of the most e-enabled corporations and organizationsDell Computers, Walmart, e-Bay, the US Military are good examples of this. Also, given Canadas position in the Accenture and Waseda University tables on e-Government implementation, the Government of Canada might be added to this list The Canadian Government is justly, I guess, proud of its positioning on those lists and I would assume that it might for many purposes be included among those organizations world-wide, which have most successfully got it, that is have understood at the deep organizational transformative level how powerful and useful ICTs can be in information and communications intensive areas. In its 2003 analysis of 22 countries' e-government initiatives, Accenture, a leading management consulting and technology services company, singled out Canada as the only country whose initiative is on the cusp of true service transformation. Accenture defines this level of maturity as having a vision of improved customer service delivery measured by increased take-up, where e-government is tied to a wider transformation

234

agenda that includes multi-channel integration at all levels across the enterprise, from business strategy to technology. Evidence of having reached this level is service delivery that supports integrated transactions with clients. While we have a long way to go to achieve this government-wide across all channels, we have made progress making it possible for clients to conduct multiple transactions in a single on-line visit. But the question to ask, I think is, what exactly is Canada being lauded for in these eGovernment league tables. The Government of Canada after all is not Walmart and most of us, I guess, consider ourselves citizens of this country rather than simply clients of Canada.com. So, What is eGovernment? The Wikipedia definition of eGovernment is: the utilization of electronic technology to streamline or otherwise improve the business of government, oftentimes with respect to how citizens interact with it. And Wikipedia goes on: E-Government refers to the use by the general government (including the public sector) of electronic technology (such as Internet, intranet, extranet, databases, decision support systems, surveillance systems and wireless computing) that have the ability to transform relations within the general government (bodies) and between the general government and citizens and businesses so as to better deliver its services and improve its efficiency." The most frequent use of the term eGovernment is related to: the delivery of public services, where there is an online or Internet based aspect to the delivery of the services (online government services are sometimes called e-Services, often a label, which is considered to be a distinction from e-commerce but in some cases e-services and e-commerce are practically interchangeable terms). the conduct of government business where the activities of those involved in the process of government itself (such as legislators and the legislative process) where some electronic or online aspect is under consideration. So, since Canada has in the eyes of the world gotten so much right around e-Government, perhaps, it is well to look back to the original mission, which is directing these efforts. The Canadian Government Online website has the following: In the 1999 Speech from the Throne, the federal government announced its intention to become a model user of information technology and the Internet, and set the goal of "being known around the world as the government most connected to its citizens, with Canadians able to access all government information and services online at the time and place of their choosing." It should perhaps be pointed out, and it would be somewhat surprising if others havent pointed this out already, that the mission identified here is a remarkably narrow one. As many are observing in the range of spheres, the power of ICTs is not simply in the capacity to access information or services, but rather in the opportunities it presents for interactivity and exchange. Thus for example, the transformational force of ICTs in the corporate context comes not from putting information up for individuals to access, but rather by providing the means for individuals to act at a distance using these technologies so as to influence and direct for example, their computer should be designed (for Dell computers); interacting with others to develop trusted relationships as a basis for person to person, auction based buying and selling (eBay), or empowerment for distributed and localized decision making (the US Army). It is these applications, which are the basis for the broad social, commercial and organizational transformations, which are sweeping through the corporate world. Equally, it is these applications, which present the opportunity for revising

235

and renewing the nature of citizenship and governance in an Information Society, and to use the means presented by these technologies as a basis to respond to the widely perceived challenges of the democratic deficit. Governance, Good Governance and e-Governance Let me be clear where Im going with this. I want to say that I, as a Canadian, would be rather more proud of the performance of the Canadian Government, if they were to be able to say that they were leading in the league table of countries in implementing good eGovernance as well as e-Government, and let me explain what I mean by this: For the World Bank, good governance is: epitomized by predictable, open and enlightened policy making; a bureaucracy imbued with a professional ethos; an executive arm of government accountable for its actions; and a strong civil society participating in public affairs, and all behaving under the rule of law While the United Nations Development Program defines good governance as: among other things participatory, transparent and accountable. It is also effective and equitable. And it promotes the rule of law fairly. Good governance ensures that the voices of the poorest and the most vulnerable are heard in decision-making over the allocation of development resources, and that political, social and economic priorities are based on broad consensus among the three stakeholders - the state, private sector and civil society This latter definition identifies the attributes that comprise the concept of good governance. These include the adoption of a participatory approach, transparency and openness, accountability through assuming responsibilities for actions, effectiveness, equity and fairness, endorsement of the rule of law, openness of decision-making to the input of vulnerable social segments, as well as the formulation of a national agenda through a consensus between state, private sector, and civil society, which serve as the stakeholders in governance. 1) Participation All men and women should have a voice in decision-making, either directly or through legitimate intermediate institutions that represent their interests. Such broad participation is built on freedom of association and speech, as well as capacities to participate constructively. Legal frameworks should be fair and enforced impartially, particularly the laws on human rights. Transparency is built on the free flow of information. Processes, institutions and information are directly accessible to those concerned with them, and enough information is provided to understand and monitor them. Institutions and processes try to serve all stakeholders. Good governance mediates differing interests to reach a broad consensus on what is in the best interest of the group and, where possible, on policies and procedures. All men and women have opportunities to improve or maintain their well-being.

2 )Rule of law 3) Transparency

4 )Responsiveness 5) Consensus orientation 6 ) Equity

236

Processes and institutions produce results that meet needs while making the best use of resources. Decision- makers in government, the private sector and civil society organisations are accountable to the public, as well as to institutional stakeholders. This accountability differs depending on the organisation and whether the decision is internal or external to an organization. Leaders and the public have a broad and long-term perspective on 9) Strategic vision good governance and human development, along with a sense of what is needed for such development. There is also an understanding of the historical, cultural and social complexities in which that perspective is grounded. Source: The Urban Governance Initiative What I think is important here is to recognize the difference between government and governance and thus differences between e-government and e-governance As I understand these things, government is about the business of governmental activities while governance is about the mutually related roles and responsibilities of citizens and those who act as governments on their behalf. Government is about providing services while governance is about participation and decision-making. Thus e-Government of which we hear much in the Canadian Government context is quite rightly about enhancing the efficiency and effectiveness of service, of government transactions with its clients, and the provision of the information required as part of or supportive of these activities. EGovernance on the other hand would be about the use of ICTs as a means to enhance the role of citizens in relation to their capacity and opportunity for effective participation in the broad structures of governance. 7) Effectiveness and efficiency 8) Accountability It is perhaps interesting to note that a Google search on the key Words e-Governance and Canada only turned up one gc.ca reference, which was to an innovative program supporting Canadian youth working in Less Developed Countries and international agencies promoting principles of e-Governance. $1 million for the NetCorps Coalition for governance initiatives. This project will provide six-month internships for up to 50 Canadians primarily between the ages of 18 and 30. The interns will work in developing countries on e-governance and information and communications technology-related projects mostly with public and para-public organizations, as well as international and regional institutions such as the World Health Organization, the Pan-American Health Organization, the International Organization for Migration, and the African I suggested earlier that corporations and organizations, which had progressed most successfully in implementing ICTs were those that had been successful in achieving effective uses in various areas, that is, not simply installing the infrastructure, the hardware and the software, but also the training, organizational structures and processes, and policy and financing necessary to achieve a successful sustainable implementation and use. Clearly the Government of Canada has been able to achieve these in the e-government areas in which it has chosen to proceed; the question remains however, whether and how they have realized the effective use of ICTs in support of e-governance here in Canada as well as promoting and supporting it for Less Developed Countries internationally.

237

In September 2001, a Government On-Line Advisory Panel (GOLAP) was established with a mandate to advise the President of the Treasury Board on a wide range of issues related to the issues outlined in the 1999 Speech from the Throne. In their 2003 third report it is noteworthy that Panel expressed some concern with respect to which priorities in these areas the Government was working to realize and which it was not: In our Second Report, Transforming Government to Serve Canadians Better (December 2002), we urged the government of Canada to take immediate action to change the way it operates, in order to meet the increasing demands and changing needs of Canadians for government services. The changes we envisage are part of the overall task of government renewal, which has several distinct challenges: 1 engaging citizens more fully in governance processes, not just at election time, but throughout the governance cycle that runs from policy formulation to program planning, service delivery, and performance evaluation; 2 revitalizing Parliament, so that MPs are better informed about the issues they face and participate more effectively in policy-making and administrative oversight; 3 transforming government services with the active involvement of all stakeholders; 4 reforming the inner workings of government in order to improve the efficiency of internal services; 5 recruiting, developing and retaining public servants with the knowledge, skills and abilities required to transform the public service into an innovative, citizenfocused organization. A successful response to each of these challenges is necessary to renew the federal government. What seems clear is that in the assessment of this distinguished group, the Government of Canada is proceeding extremely quickly and successfully on the e-Government side of the equation but rather less quickly or successfully on the e-Governance side. Effective Use Lets suppose that the Government of Canada were to move forward actively towards achieving good e-Governance as an Effective Use for all Canadians. If we accept that the Government of Canada is (or at least should be) committed to achieving the degree of good e-governance that it is promoting for the rest of the world, and we take the seven elements of effective use outlined in the paper cited above, what might an e-governance as an effective use scorecard look like. In this context, we are specifically concerned with how Community Networking as the public or community based provision of access and support could be seen and understood as a potentially key element in a broad based development of ICT enabled good governance. In the discussion below, I will draw, from the experience and current research on community networking in Canada of the Canadian Research Alliance for Community Innovation and Networking (CRACIN) for examples of how community networking is currently contributing in this area. An "effective use" approach to the creation of the means for citizen participation in Canadian e-governance would include: a. Carriage facilities the telecommunications service infrastructure needed to support e-Governance participation.

238

Precisely what this carriage infrastructure might be is not immediately evident. Certainly at a minimum it includes universal accessibility to the services being offered and equally, the opportunity for two-way active communication with those designing and developing the services. Given the volume and sophistication of the web based services being offered, one must assume that attempting to navigate effectively within the range of E-Government services being provided, would require some form of broadband access. The failure to implement or even to commit to universal access to broadband service for all citizens of Canada would thus indicate that the Government is failing on item # 6. (equity, All men and women have opportunities to improve or maintain their well-being). The Vancouver Community Network has since the mid-1990s provided free dial-up Internet service for those requiring such a facility. Operating as a not-for-profit, VCN currently services some 4000 residents of Vancouver, and in addition, provides on-going service, support and training to a network of public internet access centers throughout the Lower Mainland and including, several such centers, which cater to the homeless and the transient in Vancouvers Downtown Eastside. b. Input/output devices the devices (computers, pda's, etc.), which users need to achieve e-Governance as an effective use. It should be evident that simply providing broadband (or any other form of infrastructure), access to citizens is insufficient to achieve good e-governance if for example, citizens have no technological means to utilize this infrastructure to engage as citizens with their government. Recent information indicates that at least 30% of Canadians have no in-home computers or Internet access, which would allow them to engage in e-Governance activities. Thus there is a need by at least roughly one-third of Canadians for some form of alternative to in-home access for them to be able to effectively participate in governance activities (item #1 Participation--All men and women should have a voice in decision-making, either directly or through legitimate intermediate institutions that represent their interests. Such broad participation is built on freedom of association and speech, as well as capacities to participate constructively). The recent elimination of funding for the Community Access Program, without its replacement by any other public support program to provide the means for computer and Internet access for those without the means to realize such access on their own, suggests that rather than moving towards effective e-Governance, in fact, the Government of Canada is retreating from this as an effective use. Of related interest is the matter of access and use for those with physical disabilities. While Canada has been a leader in the development of assistive technologies for providing the means for effective ICT use, it has been rather less active in ensuring that all who would benefit from such devices have access to these. St. Christophers House in downtown Toronto provides multi-lingual access to some 70 ethnic communities in the urban core of Toronto, maintaining computers and related devices and teams of persons able to provide training and support in multiple languages thereby, as one example, providing the means for many recent immigrants to maintain family ties with those in the countries of their origin, while developing skills that will allow them to become employable in their new country of residence. c. Tools and supports the software, physical and service supports, protocols, and tools required to achieve effective e-Governance. Here we get to the crux As the Task Force indicated, a key element of Government

239

Renewal is engaging citizens more fully in governance processes, not just at election time, but throughout the governance cycle that runs from policy formulation to program planning, service delivery, and performance evaluation. Determining how this can be done, designing processes and re-designing administrative practices and procedures for effective e-governance is a truly major challenge and undertaking, and will likely result in a need to re-form both how Canadians act as citizens and the current structures of governance. But as the Panel well understood, and as those from the corporate sector with whom Canadian Government representatives share their prize receiving platforms equally understand, the new technologies are not simply about enhancing the efficiencies of enterprise transactions, rather they are equally about realizing opportunities for finding new ways of realizing broader enterprise missions. Finding ways of enhancing good governance in Canada is surely one of the central missions of any Canadian Government. The challenge is to find further effective ways of achieving participation as an element of Good Governance. What is important here is to recognize that, in an ICT enabled environment such as that created by the Canadian Government in its online services, the need and opportunity for using the same tools that are being used to enhance transactional services can also be used as a basis for strengthening the citizens voice in decisionmaking as a basis of Good e-Governance. Providing online access to tax filing is only one side of the overall process, requirement and opportunity. K-Net based in Sioux Lookout Ontario is supporting one of the largest not-for-profit video and audio conferencing networks in the country, as a basis for local education and health service, and to provide support to band councils in remote areas to maintain contact with their citizens, as well as to link into their representatives and others in the South. d. Content services specifically designed content needed to achieve effective participation in e-Governance including in local languages and for various levels of literacy (or non-literacy). Clearly there will be the need for providing opportunities in both official languages and in Inuktitut. However, there is the equivalent need to provide access to effective e-governance in a manner accessible to all, whatever their education level. But perhaps of most importance, will be the development of a structure of content and administrative design and practice, which allows for useful and on-going consultation, participation, transparency and accountability of policies, programs and services so as to achieve suitable levels and quality of responsiveness (# 4 Institutions and processes try to serve all stakeholders). To date the content of Government of Canada websites consists almost exclusively of one-way information services and in some cases, transactional services with little attention being given to the tremendously enhanced opportunity for transparency of policy development, program management and implementation. The failure for example, to provide reconfigurable access to program budget information restricts the opportunity for effective participation in broad program consultation and analysis. Communautique in Montreal is actively working with a range of Not-for-profits in the City to help them to create electronically enabled advocacy campaigns for the range of municipal issues and including, developing an awareness in Montreal of the issues surrounding the World Summit on the Information Society. e. Service access/provision an appropriate and supportive social and organizational infrastructure both inside and outside governmental structures, links to local

240

and online social networks, para-professionals, training facilities are necessary to achieve effective e-Governance. To achieve the kind and degree of e-Governance applications and transformation that the Panel was pointing to, and that has been achieved in different contexts in the corporate sector, will require very significant changes in internal operations, the introduction of new strategies for ICT-enabled transparency and accountability and particularly, a redefinition of what is understood by the Good Governance criteria responsiveness and consensus orientation in the e-Governance context. In fact, in an online environment achieving responsiveness, as Institutions and processes trying to serve all stakeholders (and in this case particularly the interests and needs of citizens) should be more easily realizable, once a firm commitment to achieving these are in place. The Alberta Supernet is working in among areas with local civic authorities and libraries to link local economic development initiatives with broadband access. f. Social facilitation the local regional authorities/resources, community and environmental infrastructure, training, animation required to enable good e-Governance as for example, Consensus orientation as mediating differing interests to reach a broad consensus on what is in the best interest of the group and, where possible, on policies and procedures. Approaches to active participation in decision making, and thus working towards a broad based and facilitated consensus around government policy making and program development, should equally be additionally enabled by ICT use; The Western Valley Development Authority has been actively engaged in creating the local social and organizational infrastructure for ICT, enabled local enterprise including appropriate levels of Internet access, training programs and local information services in support of these; and g. Governance the required financing, regulatory or policy regime, either for e-governance and to enable the implementation and long term sustainability within the broader national, regional and local legal or regulatory systems? Realizing a common vision for active and effective citizenship in an electronically enabled environment should be a goal for any government concerned with Good governance. Leaders and the public have a broad and long-term perspective on good governance and human development, along with a sense of what is needed for such development. There is also an understanding of the historical, cultural and social complexities in which that perspective is grounded. To achieve a broad understanding and consensus around this strategic vision should be one of the immediate objectives for the Government of Canada, and a suitable commitment to be made in the context of the World Summit. The CRACIN as an alliance of university researchers, community ICT practitioners and government officials is working collaboratively to help identify and define the broad characteristics and policy requirements for sustainable local community technology initiatives. Conclusion In conclusion and in the midst of the widely acknowledged-deserved acclaim that the Government of Canada has achieved for its work in e-Government, it is well to suggest that, as the Canadian Government On-Line Panel suggested, only half of the job is done. The first task of shifting the enterprise elements of the GoCs activities online has been done quickly, efficiently and effectively. The second part of this, which is to translate Canadas capacities for e-management and its continuing traditions of Good Governance into an electronically enabled environment is the second and perhaps even greater challenge. The World Bank and others including Canada in its international development posture have

241

for some time been arguing that ICTs represent a new instrument by means of which good Governance may be realized. These arguments, with the associated aid and development programs, have been made quite frequently in the context of Less Developed Countries where there may to the outside observer be clear governance issues to be addressed. However, again in the context of the statement by the GoL Panel, there are clear indications of problems with governance in the Canadian context as well, with a continuing decline in electoral participation and an on-going distrust of government and politicians. With this paper we are suggesting that the same arguments, made concerning the transformational opportunities presented by ICTs in support of the achievement of the elements of Good Governance, may equally be applied in Canada, and that we would argue that alongside a rhetorical commitment to these areas, there is a need for a practical commitment at least as significant as that which has been made to transactional e-Government processes. We would equally argue that such a commitment would have both immediate and long term policy and programmatic implications, including a renewal of the commitment to universal broadband accessibility and the re-funding of a program in support of community based access, but in this instance with a revision of the program as one providing community supports to an effective use e-governance program, which brings us back to Community Networking where we began. The mandate, and even passion of Community Networking and Community Networkers, has been to support the fellow citizens in first obtaining access and more recently, in obtaining the personal and organizational benefits from online access, Community Networks, and here Im including not simply traditional Community Networks of which the Vancouver Community with which Ive had and continue to have a very close association is one, but also Community Access Sites and Community Learning Networks, in the US Community Technology Centers, elsewhere in the world Telecenters, all have these activities as their mission. In this they are providing, not only to their fellow citizens but also to their governments and others, extremely cost effective service and support for certain of the components required for say, an effective e-governance application. While the need in many communities for public access has diminished (but by no means disappeared), the requirement for ongoing support for the range of effective uses at the community level including the use of Government online services, online training, support for self-regulated health and wellness activities, and of course, the broad range of Civil Society uses, has if anything increased. As the opportunities for effective use have increased with the development of ever more sophisticated user oriented hardware and software, the need for support services to ensure there use has increased apace (one good example is the availability of low-cost multi-media production equipment as a supplement to Civil Societies training and advocacy work). And of course, attempts at creating effective community (whether local or physical) egovernance applications will immediately run afoul of the various digital divides and absence of effective use support systems. Governments would be well advised to use the already in place, and already knowledgeable and community based Community Networks as an element in the delivery of such programs. Community Networks in turn would be well advised to begin to shift their own interests and activities away from the simple provision of access and toward enabling activities in support of active citizenship at the community level.

242

References Asmae El Mahdi, Governance, Good Governance & E-Government, Project Title: A Sustainable E-Government System For The City Of Fez, Morocco. M. Gurstein, Effective Use and the Community Informatics Sector; Some Thoughts On Canadas Approach To Community Technology/ Community Access, In Shade, L.R. And Moll, M. (Eds) Seeking Convergence In Policy And Practice: Communications In The Public Interest Vol. 2, CCPA, Ottawa, 2004. M. Gurstein, Effective Use: A Community Informatics Strategy Beyond the Digital Divide, First Monday, December 2003. http://Www.Firstmonday.Dk/Issues/Issue8_12/Gurstein/Index.Html (Translated Into Russian And Spanish) The Urban Governance Initiative (Tugi). Good Governance Issues Report Card: Solid Waste. http://Www.Tugi.Org/Reportcards/Solidwaste.Pdf Wikipedia: http://En.Wikipedia.Org/Wiki/E-Government

243

L' EXPRIENCE SUR LE TERRAIN : COMMUNAUTIQUE Monique Chartrand Directrice gnrale, Communautique Communautique Depuis maintenant 10 ans, la mission de Communautique est de mettre les technologies de l'information et des communications au service des milieux communautaires et populaires ainsi qu'au service des citoyens et citoyennes potentiellement exclus. Cette mission seffectue dans une perspective d'largissement de la vie dmocratique et de la citoyennet, tout en contribuant au dveloppement d'espaces communautaires sur l'inforoute. Nos grands buts 1 Accrotre l'accs aux TIC et aux inforoutes 2 Favoriser la prise en charge et l'autonomie des groupes communautaires, du milieu et des citoyennes-citoyens 3 Dvelopper une culture tlmatique dmocratique 4 Contribuer au dveloppement de l'inforoute communautaire et des espaces communautaires 5 Contrer l'exclusion sociale lie aux technologies de l'information et des communications Le travail effectu par Communautique depuis 1995 sillustre tant par le nombre de personnes et dorganismes rejoints, de rgions touches, que par la richesse des partenariats dvelopps. Communautique intervient auprs des milieux communautaires au plan de laccs par la formation des intervenants, par lapport en infrastructure, lanalyse et la rflexion, la recherche et linnovation en matire de solutions appropries aux milieux et par lanimation et la concertation lchelle rgionale et nationale. Communautique travaille en rseau et en partenariat avec les autres groupes communautaires du Qubec. Ce travail est ralis en fonction de quelques activits importantes dont il sera question de quelques-unes ici : 1. La formation de la population pour contrer la fracture numrique et le projet Inforoute points daccs; 2. La cration dun espace associatif sur Internet pour partager les expriences dutilisation des technologies par les groupes communautaires; 3. La formulation dune plateforme de demandes et de revendications pour favoriser une action soutenue des organisations de la socit civile : la Plateforme qubcoise de lInternet citoyen; 4. Le dveloppement de trois projets importants autour de la construction dune socit de linformation dmocratique et inclusive : la Journe de linnovation sociale, la Formation lInforoute citoyenne et le Communautaire en ligne, rflexions sur la mise en place du gouvernement et la dmocratie en ligne. Le contexte de nos activits Dans son projet de Plateforme qubcoise de lInternet citoyen ! , Communautique souligne que laccs universel aux technologies de linformation et des communications, pierre angulaire des dveloppements de nos socits des savoirs, pose un dfi lensemble de la socit qubcoise.

244

Ainsi, les statistiques en matire daccs montrent que dimportants segments de la population risquent de se retrouver en marge : les populations les moins branches la maison ou celles qui utilisent le moins Internet demeurent toujours celles faibles revenus, les moins scolarises, les plus ges, les jeunes dcrocheurs, les personnes handicapes, les personnes immigrantes. Des carts importants subsistent toujours entre hommes et femmes ainsi quentre les populations vivant en milieu rural et urbain. Cette partie de la population se trouve ainsi en tat de vulnrabilit vis--vis de sa pleine intgration sociale, de son insertion sur le march du travail, et de plus en plus vis--vis de lexercice de sa citoyennet entire et active. Les risques tout autant que le potentiel sont dsormais de plus en plus reconnus par les gouvernements, les institutions publiques, voire par les entreprises, et ce, tant au Qubec quailleurs dans le monde. Les politiques publiques en traitent et diffrents programmes visant notamment favoriser laccs public sont mis en place pour pallier les risques dexclusion lis aux technologies, et ce, dans un contexte o les projets de gouvernements en ligne sont lordre du jour, o limplantation de linforoute gouvernementale progresse grands pas, o de nombreuses lois sont rvises pour prendre en compte ces nouvelles ralits. Le Qubec compte plusieurs milliers dorganismes communautaires implants dans toutes les rgions et toutes les localits. Les groupes communautaires sont des acteurs dynamiques et reconnus du dveloppement conomique et social au Qubec. Ils travaillent proximit et avec les populations dmunies, ils sadaptent leurs besoins, ils connaissent bien la ralit des populations quils desservent, ils possdent une expertise unique et ils sont au cur de linnovation sociale. Les organismes communautaires se trouvent en premire ligne pour mesurer la globalit des impacts et saisir les enjeux relatifs aux technologies pour les personnes avec lesquelles ils travaillent. Proccups par le risque que la fracture numrique sajoute aux autres fractures sociales et quelle gnre de nouvelles formes dexclusion, les organismes du Qubec ne sont pas rests inactifs. On trouve ainsi au Qubec tout un monde de nouvelles initiatives qui s'intgrent ce vaste mouvement mondial constitu d'associations et de groupes de citoyens qui mettent contribution les nouvelles technologies pour crer de nouvelles solidarits, pour penser de nouvelles faons dagir et faciliter la participation citoyenne. 1. Former la population pour contrer la fracture numrique Nous croyons que laccs doit tre abord de faon large. Nous croyons que le droit laccs doit tre pos en tant que droit fondamental dans la foule des droits humains tels le droit la communication, le droit lducation ou le droit pour tous et toutes de bnficier des retombes du progrs technologique. De prime abord, la notion daccs rfre une infrastructure : points et lieux daccs individuels, collectifs et publics ; quipements et logiciels. Sy ajoutent rapidement les habilets et comptences techniques de base acqurir par les utilisateurs et les utilisatrices. Une telle dfinition de laccs doit tre vue comme ncessaire mais non suffisante.

245

Doivent aussi tre prises en compte les nombreuses barrires dordre conomique, gographique, social, ducationnel, linguistique, physique, culturel, gnrationnel, de genre, qui empchent les citoyens et les citoyennes soit daccder, soit de contribuer au contenu vhicul ou soit son usage appropri. Notre vision de laccs combin, non seulement connectivit technique, formation et initiation aux techniques de base, mais aussi animation du milieu, ducation incluant lducation aux mdias la sensibilisation aux enjeux, la formation continue ainsi que la production dune diversit de contenus pertinents et enrichissants, adapts aux intrts et aux besoins de publics varis. Elle implique aussi ladoption de normes et de standards reconnus ainsi que de mesures pour assurer laccessibilit des outils informatiques, dInternet et des lieux daccs aux personnes handicapes. Afin de favoriser lappropriation des technologies de linformation et des communications, Communautique offre aux organismes du Qubec toute une gamme dactivits de formation des cots accessibles. Ces formations visent outiller les groupes, les intervenants et intervenantes ainsi que les citoyens et citoyennes une utilisation stratgique de linforoute. En tout, depuis le dbut de ses activits, Communautique a donn plus de 500 formations, rejoignant ainsi environ 1400 organismes communautaires. De par ses initiatives, dont le projet majeur Inforoute Points daccs Initiation de la population , Communautique a galement t en mesure de mettre sur pied un grand rseau de partenaires de nombreuses rgions du Qubec. Ce rseautage de partenariat solidement ancr dans les milieux a permis de soutenir le dveloppement de nombreuses initiatives locales et le rseautage tant au plan local, rgional, national quinternational. Les activits spcifiques lies au projet Inforoute Points daccs ont permis doffrir plus de 50 000 ateliers dinitiation linformatique dans plus dune centaine dorganisations communautaires par une approche de proximit auprs de populations dfavorises. 2. LEspace associatif, pour un partage dexpriences en ligne Communautique a mis en ligne, en dcembre 2004, un nouvel espace sur le web pour les milieux communautaires et de l'conomie sociale francophones. Les organismes peuvent partager leur utilisation des technologies de l'information et des communications sur le nouveau site : http://espace-associatif.org. L'inscription permet d'accder divers services tels un forum de discussion public et priv, un calendrier d'activits et une page d'informations sur leur organisme. L'espace associatif comporte aussi un forum public ouvert aux discussions sur les enjeux de la dmocratie en ligne et les impacts des dveloppements de l'usage des technologies de l'information et des communications. Les usagers des Centres d'accs communautaire Internet sont accompagns par des animatrices et animateurs pour sapproprier cet outil dexpression citoyenne. 3. La Plateforme qubcoise de lInternet citoyen Afin de sassurer que lappropriation des technologies de linformation et des communications soit le fait des milieux communautaires et den faire un dveloppement et un usage stratgique, Communautique contribue lanimation et la concertation des organismes terrain et partage ainsi ses analyses, recueille les proccupations du milieu et

246

sassure dun effet multiplicateur sur lensemble du territoire. La Plateforme qubcoise de lInternet citoyen est un des outils privilgis au cours des dernires annes pour interpeller les diffrents intervenants du milieu. Elle vise contribuer au dveloppement dun autre Internet, renforant lexercice de la citoyennet par linclusion de toutes et tous. La Plateforme est aussi destine servir de levier la reconnaissance et au soutien du milieu communautaire. La Plateforme propose divers moyens pour : Contrer la fracture numrique 1 2 3 4 5 6 Soutenir le dveloppement de laccs dans les organismes communautaires et dconomie sociale; Soutenir lanimation des lieux daccs et lintgration aux pratiques communautaires; Soutiller par la formation continue; Soutenir les transformations organisationnelles; Soutenir la cration de groupes de ressources techniques ; Doter le milieu des quipements ncessaires.

Dvelopper lInternet citoyen 1 2 3 4 Que laccs aux TIC soit un droit pour toutes et tous ; Que les politiques et les programmes dfinissent et soutiennent laccs de faon globale; Que laccs Internet et son contenu soit considr comme un service dutilit publique essentiel aux individus et aux collectivits; Que les politiques et les programmes reconnaissent et encouragent la place et le rle du milieu communautaire et de lconomie sociale dans la dmocratisation de la socit de linformation; Que lon fournisse un financement consquent et durable aux projets et initiatives citoyens.

4. Des projets pour construire une socit de linformation dmocratique et inclusive Les groupes communautaires semblent en tre un point de consolidation de leur usage interne des technologies et prts passer un usage plus associatif. Il nous semble donc que pour accder une dimension citoyenne d'usage des technologies plus importante, les efforts doivent permettre de mettre la disposition des groupes tant les ressources techniques que des ressources de formation, d'accompagnement et d'animation o chacun sera la fois crateur et apprenant. Journe Innovation Sociale Cest pourquoi Communautique a dcid, en fvrier dernier, dorganiser une Journe Innovation sociale, laquelle se veut un carrefour technologique communautaire. Cette activit, que Communautique souhaite voir se rpter chaque anne, a pour principaux objectifs de : 1 2 Mettre en valeur les initiatives et utilisations novatrices des technologies par les milieux communautaires et bnvoles en soutien leur mission; Crer une vitrine pour les milieux communautaires et bnvoles qui mettent les technologies au service de l'action communautaire et du dveloppement local;

247

Crer un lieu d'change et de rencontre des acteurs des milieux communautaires et du secteur bnvole.

Le projet de Formation lInforoute citoyenne Ce projet sinscrit dans une perspective de formation de base des adultes adapte aux ralits des socits de linformation en mergence, o lInternet devient un espace dchange important entre les citoyens, les acteurs de la socit civile, les gouvernements et lentreprise prive. Les socits de linformation ou des savoirs partags posent des enjeux et des dfis importants aux socits du monde entier. Les adultes qubcois doivent avoir la possibilit de faire face ces enjeux et ces dfis, notamment en termes dexercice de leur citoyennet, et des contenus de formation nouveaux doivent se dvelopper cet effet. Ce projet de formation vise le dveloppement de connaissances et de comptences chez les adultes qubcois en vue de participer pleinement lespace civique qui est en pleine transformation. Ce projet cherche clairer les lments nouveaux de cette formation et la constitution dun programme qui contribue outiller les adultes qubcois et les rendre capables de participer de faon active au dveloppement des socits de linformation mergentes. Le projet Communautaire en ligne, rflexions sur la mise en place du gouvernement et la dmocratie en ligne. Ce projet permettra dactualiser la participation du milieu communautaire la mise en place du gouvernement en ligne et de la dmocratie en ligne. A partir des travaux raliss par le Comit dtude sur la dmocratie en ligne et les travaux de recherche de Communautique, une vaste consultation des acteurs des milieux communautaires et de la population permettra de produire un rapport sur le gouvernement en ligne et la dmocratie en ligne du point de vue de la socit civile. Nos propositions Nous avons devant nous le dfi de construire dmocratiquement le gouvernement et la dmocratie en ligne en fonction de trois grands chantiers : 1 2 Celui de rsoudre les problmes de l'accs et de l'ducation; Celui de btir des ponts entre ceux qui sont branchs et ceux qui ne le sont pas et de contrer le renforcement des ingalits sociales et de la dmocratie actuelle telle qu'elle est; Celui d'appuyer l'action collective des citoyennes et des citoyens pour dvelopper le dbat public et l'mergence de nouvelles formes de participation la vie politique et dmocratique.

248

TURNING THE CORNERWITH FIRST NATIONS TELEHEALTH

This document was prepared by John Rowlandson & Associates. The speaker, Brian Beaton, did his presentation based on that document. The complete document is available at: http://knet.ca/documents/KOTelehealth-Position-Paper-May2005.pdf

Figure One: Keewaytinook Okimakanak Telehealth First Nations

249

Note from the Executive Director Geordi Kakepetum Developing sustainable economies requires that the basic access to quality healthcare and education are a standard element of everyday life for First Nations communities. This is something that our organization has been working towards from the beginning of the KNET initiative. Today, most people in the North agree Keewaytinook Okimakanak Telehealth (KO Telehealth and Keewaytinook Internet High School (KiHS) are keys to the future growth of our communities. We have come a long way since we began in 1994. We started by working with the people living in our communities and succeeded in showing them the benefits of using information and communications technologies. Quickly we found that everyone from the elders to the young people understood the potential and wanted to participate. From there we have built a strong network that is directed by community interests and supported through tripartite investments by federal, provincial and First Nations partners. Our lives have been completely changed by the services we now receive over the network. Having telehealth care and secondary education services available in our communities is making us stronger as a people. Being able to communicate with our neighbours is making us stronger as a community. Being able to communicate with the world is improving our chances for participating in and influencing that world. More doctors and nurses are still required in Northern communities but telehealth is an important and positive step forward. Telehealth provides timely access to medical evidence and health expertise at multiple points of care. It provides clients and health service providers with a secure and reliable channel for gaining access to comprehensive health, wellness and education services. KO Telehealth is also supporting solutions to broader health challenges. In March 2003, Dr. Roger Strasser, the founding Dean of the Northern Ontario School of Medicine, visited the telemedicine facilities in the Deer Lake First Nation and described them as exactly the kind of experience that our medical students will require if they are going to fully appreciate the opportunities and challenges of practicing in remote and isolated communities in the North. Similarly, Dr. Carolyn Bennett met with our Sioux Lookout staff in November 2004 to identify how telehealth can keep as many First Nations healthy for as long as possible and address broader determinants of health such as poverty, violence, the environment, shelter, education and equity that are often beyond the exclusive reach of the health system.1 The success of the project has inspired other First Nations in the region. People living in northern and isolated First Nations know the advantages of working together. We have approached this project in the spirit of co-operation because for the network to last for the long-term and to be effectively used, we must collaborate, share the investment and build new capacities in each First Nation. Specifically, we need to invest our energies in sustaining this service by building program instruments that will support the capital and
1.

This message is also highlighted by the Health Council of Canada. In their January 2005 report, Accelerating Change, they state that Health disparities are the number one health problem in the country and health care alone is powerless to overcome them and recommend that governments Place a particular focus on reducing health disparities between Aboriginal and other Canadians (p.9).

250

operational costs of an integrated service so that small and isolated communities can successfully challenge the health disparities between First Nations and non-First Nations people in Canada.
Our lives have been

Executive Summary Keewaytinook Okimakanak Telehealth (KO Telehealth) is Canadas busiest and largest First Nations telemedicine service encompassing more than 25 sites by Fall 2005. KO Telehealth works in partnership with NORTH Network to provide integrated access to provincial and First Nations and Inuit Health Branch service providers to deliver health programming on reserve. For the past four years KO Telehealth has designed, implemented and refined a First Nations service model that supports and sustains telehealth services in Ontarios most remote and northern communities. KO Telehealths connectivity service the Kuhke-nah Network (K-Net) provides turnkey technology management and connectivity services. K-Net maintains a service level agreement with NORTH Network, manages a regional broadband network, provides HelpDesk services for all First Nations schools in Ontario and delivers broadband satellite services with remote Aboriginal communities in Ontario, Qubec and Manitoba. K-Net leverages integrated technical and service support resources to address broadly based information and communications technology needs in First Nations on a pan-regional basis. Accordingly, the telehealth network is extensive. It reaches from the isolated Beausoleil First Nation on Georgian Bays Christian Island in southern Ontario to the Fort Severn First Nation, Ontarios most northerly community, and from the Winnipeg Health Sciences Centre in the west to James Bays Weeneebayko General Hospital on Moose Factory Island to the east. Service expansion Looking forward, KO Telehealth has developed an Accelerated Access Plan (AAP) that will link the KO Telehealth network with the provinces Aboriginal health access centre infrastructure and extends its unique Aboriginal service model to 50 additional remote and northern First Nation communities in Ontario. AAP will transform health service access for Ontarios Aboriginal communities. It will deliver quality and comprehensive access to federal and provincial health programming within a common point-of-care network, support health professional retention and recruitment in small, isolated Aboriginal communities and complement local health integration needs and priorities. In the North, flying out of the community to get health care causes serious disruption Direct Service Benefits of Telehealth Improved access and utilization of comprehensive telemedicine services that address community based health and wellness priorities; Increased coordination and integration of federal and provincial First Nations health services programming; Enhanced scope of regional health professional retention and recruitment strategies; Increased community participation and influence over access to the health system; Full integration with the Northern Ontario School of Medicines community-based learning model, supporting medical student learning and practice needs during community placements; Reduced patient and health system travel burden particularly for the elderly and parents with young children who have to travel long distances for access to medical services;

251

 Improved peer-to-peer interaction and team-based approaches to regional care; Decreased isolation for patients at distant points of care using tele-visitation services; Improved community-based health service training and education capacity. Telehealth as an Agent of Change Keewaytinook Okimakanak Telehealth is also witnessing how the introduction of clinical, educational and wellness services is helping First Nations communities change their approach to health service practice and delivery. Increasingly, Nurses and Community Health Representatives, for example, are consulting validated health web resources that facilitate early intervention and preventative measures for managing chronic illness. Similarly, people living in remote communities have access to self-care and selfmanagement information to help them negotiate lifestyle changes in order to modify their individual and family health status. In these and many other minute ways, telehealth is supporting a change management strategy for improving the well-being of First Nations communities. When fully implemented in 2009, KO Telehealth will be the most advanced Indigenous telemedicine network in the Americas. It will provide comprehensive access to health and wellness services to the provinces most vulnerable populations by removing longstanding social and geographic barriers and by placing quality health care closer to home. At the same time, the accelerated access plan (AAP) will enable a shared network environment, defined both by the cultural character of its communities and by the local and regional capacities of the provincial and federal health systems. First Nations Capacity and Socio-Economic Development The introduction of telehealth services has similarly contributed to First Nations capacity development. In a direct way, telehealth has opened up new worlds of education and training for health and social service staff in northern and isolated communities. Telehealth coordinates specifically for First Nations service providers. In a broader sense, KO Telehealth has animated interest in how information and communication technologies can contribute to local well-being by making concrete connections between illness and timely access to treatment, chronic disease and selfmanagement skills, health programming and cultural competence. KO Telehealths service model has demonstrated that the adoption of ICTs can and should include a community capacity to influence and direct services provided through the community and regional networks.

252

THE INTERNET AND BEYONDNEW APPROACHES TO ACCESSIBILITY Gwendolyn Friedrich Executive Director Community Outreach Group Inc.

For persons who are disenfranchised, either because of ethnicity, social situation, or disability, one of the greatest desires in life is to participate fully within the fabric of their community. Feeling part of something or belonging is foundational to an understanding of self as empowered, as having worth, as contributing. In research conducted by the World Health Organization, the Quality of Life Research Institute University of Toronto, and many other national and international researchers, this concept of belonging is measured by Quality of Life Scales. These scales measure an individuals self-satisfaction within a holistic framework (body, mind, spirit and emotion) through three stages referred to as being (who I am), belonging (who I am in relation to society) and becoming (who I am in relation to the hopes and dreams I have for the future of myself and the society I live in). However, in order to even begin the Quality of Life journey through the three stages, people must first be empowered to understand themselves as valued. While understanding ourselves as valued may seem obvious to those of us who have lived lives of privilege, for persons who have become disenfranchised due to societal barriers non-acceptance, inaccessibility, lack of opportunity, and poverty a catalyst is needed to move beyond a sense of hopelessness and begin a journey of discovery that begins with an understanding of self as valued. In the late fall of 2000 a group of community organizations in Saskatchewan, committed to working with persons with disabilities (physical, emotional and social) who were from a variety of ethnic backgrounds and stages of disenfranchisement, met to discuss ways in which we could collectively change the reality for these citizens of our communities. Our challenge in Saskatchewan went beyond the diversity of our population to the challenge of geography. Saskatchewan has a landmass of over 471,000 square kilometres with a population of fewer than 1 million. It seemed unfair to us to develop services that would only benefit those who were clustered around the two major cities. Therefore it became obvious to us that our solution lay in embracing technology as a means of service delivery. For us that meant developing an E-Learning platform from which we could deliver a wide variety of services and supports to persons throughout our province. For us this platform was Learn Linc, a very powerful E-Learning tool partially funded by the developer, and partially funded by our very first corporate sponsor SaskTel. As we began to develop projects we received financial support through the Federal Government Industry Canada, HRDC OLT, and Canadian Rural Partnerships. Through Learn Linc we were able to develop a cooperative solution of service delivery, with each partner contributing the best of their programs and services for the benefit of all participants. In this way, members of partner agencies were able to access the programs of their agency, and also the programs of other agencies, all provided by professionally trained and paid for practitioners. This system has allowed the Community Outreach Group, together with its partners, to develop a wide range of courses designed to empower clients, to develop personal and career goals; and to implement a system of training and mentoring

253

that facilitates the transformation of individual goals into personal realities. Individuals, who participate in the courses benefit directly from the skill content of the course, increased knowledge of computer software and Internet application, increased peer support and enhanced feelings of accomplishment. A frequent benefit to being involved with the Community Outreach Group extends well beyond the materials taught or services provided, to an understanding on the part of each individual that they are not alone --other participants in the courses are struggling and overcoming the same barriers and challenges. The support and dedication of the course facilitators and the peer support mentors, allows our participants to develop goals and to begin a journey towards a new personal reality. With the E-Learning solution these meetings, formal or informal, can take place whenever needed without any regard to cost or distance. They can and do include live voice conversations, text chatting, live video, power points, whiteboards, applications sharing, and Internet searching. The tools are powerful, the system of cooperation strong, -- but what is the impact for the participants? Consider this comment from one of our recent participants in our Mentorship Program: No words can begin to express how much you have done for me. You have taught me how to look within myself and focus on my strengths rather than punish myself for my weaknesses. You have renewed my inspiration, given me hope, opened my eyes to so many new experiences. Another participant echoed these same thoughts: You have not only helped me rediscover and rejuvenate my career passion, youve also helped me discover so much more about myself. I love to share stories, partially because I believe that we often forget statistics, and partially because stories put a human face on the statistics we may already know. So I would like to share another empowerment story from the Community Outreach Group with you. Len (not his real name) joined us for a two-day empowerment workshop. In this workshop we explored who we are, and discovered what we love and need to do to be fully satisfied with our lives. Mid-way through the workshop we began the process we call Dare to Dream. Through mental imaging, and reaching back to the pearls in our past, we begin to understand the keys to happiness in our future. Each participant completes this exercise alone, guided by the facilitator. After this powerful introspection participants are provided the opportunity, should they desire, to share their experiences. Len wanted to share his. He recounted how his black heritage had led him through a series of prejudices and encounters that confused and puzzled him. He shared how he had ended up on the wrong side of the law, and how struggles of poverty and prejudice had shaped his growing up years. Now, here in the Dare to Dream: class, as an adult, he was being asked to go back to one very happy moment a moment we would call a jewel to grasp this moment and to remember it in vivid detail. Len shared how he searched through the years to find that

254

moment. Finally he reached back to a time when as a young teenager he had felt happiness as his grandfather gave him a new bike. Broken, he shared how until this very moment he had not realized that the struggles he had faced had embittered him to the point where he had never again allowed himself to explore and experience pleasure like that. This realization that societys prejudices and wrongs had paralyzed him from moving forward in achieving his own goals and dreams opened a window he had never known existed. He declared that from that day forward he would not allow past hurts to stop him from moving forward. Several months later, after the E-mentoring workshops and support sessions, I had the opportunity to speak face to face with Len again. I asked him how things were going. His answer surprised me. Since the time we had last spoken his personal job situation had worsened. I was worried how are you faring? I asked him. He smiled and provided an answer that assured me that he had firmly understood the empowerment lessons we were trying to show he said that having so many challenges to face had caused him to look deep inside him to understand what he truly needed and wanted out of life. In doing so he realized he really wanted to open a small shop and become responsible for his own destiny. With this resolution firmly in place he was moving forward towards this new dream, a reality that will soon be realized. These features of personal empowerment and directed action are important in enhancing a persons Quality of Life journey. The benefits to the community from the Community Outreach Group are far ranging. First the disenfranchised individual becomes a contributing member of their community. They contribute both through paid employment and within the volunteer sector. Families of clients benefit as they experience, first hand, the difference in attitude as clients engage in their community. The benefits to their childrens attitudes towards involvement in the community cannot be measured economically, but has far ranging implications from a social service and community participation standpoint. Partner agency benefits from the strength derived from participating with other agencies in the community, sharing resources and grouping together to develop collective projects. The collective of agencies benefit as the knowledge base and service delivery is increased for all their clients. Canada benefits as it showcases the learning gained in a Canadian context for International development. It is no wonder with these successes that in just over three years the Community Outreach Group has grown well beyond its original vision of cooperation in Saskatchewan, to embrace organizations throughout Canada. To date over 500 persons have participated in direct programming and over 14,000 persons have benefited from archived classes available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. This expansion is now starting to have a global face. In the summer of 2004 one of the classes on the Sociology of Disability, developed through a partner agency, was offered to delegates of Disabled Persons International. In the winter of 2005 a partner agency of COG presented this system of cooperative service delivery via E-Learning at a Pacific Rim conference on disabilities, and last month a researcher from Melbourne Australia visited us to learn more about how to develop this system for persons with disabilities in her country.

255

Challenges It may seem that COG has only experienced success. Of course, anyone who works in social development knows that with each success experienced many challenges and struggles have been overcome. I will not speak to these challenges of time, energy, and personal commitment made by the members of the COG Team. We all feel that the sacrifices have been worth it, because the many lives we have seen changed. We are proud to have been part of that journey. However, the one challenge we must speak to is sustainability. COG has managed though incredible fiscal management and dedicated co-operation to reach over 14,000 individuals with empowerment services in personal development, employment, entrepreneurship and mentorship. It has done so at an average cost of only $2.70 per visit. This cost has been realized during our inaugural period of initiation, growth and development. We believe this speaks to the effectiveness of the program. However, COG received its funding through pilot project funding. As a program that has achieved considerable success it has not met the eligibility criteria for the programs that spawned its existence. As a result COG needs to find new partners. These partners need to share a desire to see the lives of disenfranchised persons changed through delivery of timely, professional services. They need to share the realization that we are on the frontier of a new time in history, when old service delivery methods may not reach the needs of all persons and therefore may need to give way to new e-methods of cooperation and service delivery. We need partners that share our belief that what we have learned here in Canada can be translated and shared with our International neighbours. We are looking to our former partners in the Federal Government to assist us in developing relationship with for-profit organizations who would like to assist and back a winning social development organization. SaskTel, who has been a corporate funder from our inception, believes that their involvement with COG has been an investment in both in the lives of Canadians and in their own business vision. It is our hope that this dream of sustainability can be reached so that the Community Outreach Group can continue to grow and assist persons disenfranchised by disability, ethnicity and social realities to grow towards their full potential, and to contribute to a better global community.

256

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Darlene Thompson Secretary-Treasurer N-Cap Nunavut La premire discussion a port sur le financement des modles et sur les dfis de lavenir. Brian Beaton, de K-Net, a parl du travail en troite collaboration avec les rseaux communautaires. Une large bande ltat brut est installe dans chaque communaut. Cette dernire prend le contrle de la bande et gre son propre rseau plutt que davoir recours aux compagnies de tlphone. Il a qualifi cette dmarche de modle de rseau communautaire. Monique Chartrand a comment ce point en affirmant que cette dmarche peut tre bnfique pour la socit de lconomie sociale ou un groupe sans but lucratif alors quelle ne lest pas pour une socit commerciale. Si le projet est gr lchelle communautaire, il est possible quil gnre de grandes ralisations trs peu de frais. Envisager simplement le financement nest pas une solution. Nous devons, en tant que communaut, analyser les rles que les compagnies de tlphone et la communaut peuvent jouer respectivement. Les compagnies de tlphone ne devraient pas avoir se rendre dans chaque communaut pour trouver des ressources; cela devrait tre fait dans la communaut. Ainsi, la part de march et les avantages conomiques retourneraient la communaut. Les compagnies de tlphone devraient fournir la large bande, mais ne pas devenir les fournisseurs de services. Si les communauts peuvent se runir en groupes communautaires, elles peuvent fournir les ressources ncessaires pour la prestation des services.

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Darlene Thompson Secretary-Treasurer N-Cap Nunavut The first discussion centred around funding models and future challenges. Brian Beaton from K-Net reported that they have been working closely with community networks. Raw bandwidth is brought into each community and then the community takes over and manages their own community network rather than leaving it up to the telephone companies to do this. He referred to this as a community network model. Monique Chartrand then commented that a social economy corporation or non-profit group can be profitable in a setting such as this wherein a corporation cannot. If managed by the community, great achievements can be made at very little cost. Rather than simply looking at funding, as a community, we need to sit down and look at what role the telephone companies can play and what part the community can play. The telephone companies should not have to go into each community and raise resources; this should be done at the community level. This will bring the market share and economic benefits back to the community rather than leaching it out of the community. Telephone companies should be used to provide bandwidth but not be utilized as service providers. If the communities can band together through community groups they can provide the troops on the ground for service delivery. The next discussion centered on the thought that with all of the advances in technology, how much personal touch are we losing? Telephone calls and video conferencing makes it so that people dont have to come face-to-face and experience the community.

257

La discussion suivante a port sur cette rflexion : avec toutes les perces technologiques, quelle part de contact personnel perdons-nous? Les appels tlphoniques et les confrences vido font en sorte que les gens nont plus se retrouver face face et vivre lexprience de la communaut. Cela est particulirement vrai lorsquon parle des communauts loignes. Sans aller vers elles en personne, impossible de les connatre. On a mentionn plus tt que le Canada est reli par des routes. Ce nest srement pas le cas pour tout le monde! Les gens devraient exprimenter le style de vie des communauts loignes du Canada qui ne sont accessibles que par voie arienne. Ils comprendraient mieux les dfis qui se posent elles. Se rendre dans les communauts est la seule faon dtablir un contact personnel et den tirer les avantages. Bien quil soit essentiel de combiner les runions en personne et les runions en ligne, ces dernires ne doivent pas remplacer les premires, sinon nous perdrons beaucoup. Lchange dides des derniers jours a t utile. Les gens sont sortis de leurs communauts pour partager leurs expriences et leurs rflexions. Ces personnes issues des communauts sont de vritables rudits en ce qui a trait leur vie quotidienne. Tout un dfi pour les organisateurs de cette activit qui doivent rdiger en un seul document lexprience canadienne en matire de TIC. Ce travail est effectu par des personnes sur le terrain, dans des collectivits, qui nont souvent pas t consultes. Comment assurer la participation de ces Canadiens qui excutent ce travail quotidiennement? Le centre et lintelligence dun rseau ne sont pas centraliss, ils sont dissmins dans tout le pays. Chacune de ces personnes a un vcu et un savoir partager. La discussion sest alors tourne vers la communaut. Quest-ce quune

This is especially true when discussing remote communities. Without going out to them, you really cannot experience them. It was mentioned earlier that Canada is connected by highways definitely not everybody is! People need to experience the lifestyle in Canadas remote communities that are accessible only by air in order to come to any understanding of the challenges faced by them. There is no way to get the benefits of personal contact without going out to the communities. Although it is essential to combine face-to-face meeting with on-line meetings, on-line meetings must not replace the face-to-face or else we will lose much. It was felt that the sharing of ideas that has occurred over the past days has been useful. People have come out of their communities in order to share their experiences and thoughts. Such ones from the communities have profound erudition from what they do on a daily basis. Let us challenge the organizers of this event who are trying to put a paper together that will encapsulate the Canadian ICT experience. This work is being done by these on-the-ground, community based people and the majority of them have not been consulted. How do we engage these Canadians that are doing this work every day? The center and the intelligence in a network are at the edges, not based in one centralized place in the country. Everyone has experience and knowledge to share. The discussion then turned to community. What is a community? How scaleable are these experiences? Are we looking at something that only exists in local communities or can it also be regarded as regional, national or even as global communities? In Canadian public policy, community is defined as communities of interest. We need to examine what factors these communities have in common.

258

Again, the ideas of geographic or physical communities are important but there are also communities of interest. The concept of ecommunities for such things as health, education, and governance for the communities are transferable across the sectors. We need to build capacity in all Pour la politique publique canadienne, le mot sectors, no matter what our vision of communaut se dfinit comme tant une community might be. communaut dintrt . Nous devons examiner quels facteurs ces communauts ont en commun. communaut? quel point ses expriences se mesurent-elles? Parlons-nous de quelque chose qui nexiste que dans les communauts ou peut-on envisager des communauts rgionales, nationales ou mme mondiales? Encore une fois, les ides de collectivits gographiques ou physiques sont importantes, mais il y a aussi des communauts dintrt. Le concept de communauts lectroniques pour des questions comme la sant, lducation ainsi que la gouvernance des communauts sont transfrables dun secteur lautre. Nous devons mettre en valeur le potentiel de tous les secteurs quelle que soit notre vision de la collectivit .

259

CHAPITRE XI : RLE DES MDIAS ET LIBERT DEXPRESSION Le sujet est prsent par le prsident de sance, Marc-Franois Bernier, professeur de journalisme lUniversit dOttawa. Pendant quelques annes, certaines personnes ont cru que le Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation ne devait servir qu discuter dinfrastructures technologiques, de noms de domaines ou de programmes daide aux pays dmunis. Certains ont cru ou cherchent encore croire quon peut discuter des technologies de linformation et de la communication en faisant abstraction des usagers. Pire encore, les droits des usagers et les droits fondamentaux dont la libert dexpression ont t ignors. Un tel aveuglement, volontaire ou non, nest plus possible si on considre srieusement les droits de la personne. Le Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation est devenu aussi un sommet sur le respect des droits dmocratiques lis la communication. Il ne peut y avoir une quelconque ouverture numrique sans une ouverture dmocratique. Il ne sert rien de chercher combler le dficit numrique sans combler en mme temps le dficit dmocratique. Ceux qui adhrent encore lcole de pense voulant que lon doive avant toute chose se doter de bonnes infrastructures de tlcommunication avant den permettre un usage libre doivent rpondre quelques questions : 1) Quelles seront, concrtement, les liberts qui seront accordes tous les citoyens une fois les nouvelles technologies de linformation et de la communication implantes ? 2) Si ces liberts rivalisent celles des pays dmocratiques, pourquoi ne pas les accorder tout de suite, et profiter du

CHAPTER XI : ROLE OF MEDIA AND FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION This topic is presented by the Session Chair, Marc-Franois Bernier, Professor of Journalism, University of Ottawa. Some people may have thought for a few years that the World Summit on the Information Society should be used only to discuss technological infrastructures, domain names or assistance programs for disadvantaged countries. Some people may have thought, and may still think, that information and communication technologies can be discussed without considering the users, or, even worse, while denying users fundamental rights, particularly the freedom of expression. Such blindness, deliberate or not, is no longer possible, if we take human rights seriously. The World Summit on the Information Society has also become a summit on the respect for the democratic rights inherent in communication. There can be no numerical aperture without democratic responsiveness. It would be useless to try to fill the numerical deficit without also addressing the democratic deficit. Those who still support the school of thought that believes good telecommunication infrastructures must first be established before allowing free usage must answer a few questions: 1) In concrete terms, what freedoms will be granted to all citizens once new information and communication technology is in place? If these freedoms are to rival those of democratic countries, why not grant them immediately to take advantage of the dynamism of individuals and groups who what to invest personally in the infrastructures as a way of furthering their interests?

2)

260

dynamisme des individus et des groupes qui investiront dans les infrastructures puisquils y verront une faon de servir leurs intrts ? 3) Finalement, pendant combien de mois ou dannes pensent-ils pouvoir freiner lvolution normale et souhaitable des peuples qui ont soif de libert? Finalement, quauront rapport leur pays tout ce temps perdu, toutes ces souffrances inhumaines? Je nirai pas plus loin puisque ces questions me semblent fondamentales et incontournables. ********* Trois confrenciers ont pris la parole au cours de cette session. Il sagit de Serge Paquin, secrtaire gnral de lAssociation des radios communautaires du Canada (ARC); Bob Carty, membre du conseil dadministration de Canadian Journalists for Free Expression (CJFE), journaliste et producteur pour les missions The Sunday Edition et The Current sur les ondes de CBC Radio One; et de Jason M. Young, avocat en proprit intellectuelle et droit des technologies de linformation Deeth Williams Wall LLP. Emily Jacquard, responsable des communications Reporters sans frontires Canada agissait titre de rapporteur.

3)

Finally, how many months or years do they think they can slow the normal and desired evolution of people who thirst for freedom and what will all this lost time and inhumane suffering do to their countries in the end?

I will stop there, but these questions seem fundamental and essential. ********* Three speakers shared their opinions in this session: Serge Paquin, Secretary-General, Canadian Association of Community Radios (CACR); Bob Carty, member of the Board of Directors, Canadian Journalists for Free Expression (CJFE), journalist and producer of The Sunday Edition and The Current on CBC Radio One; and Jason M. Young, Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law, Deeth Williams Wall LLP. Emily Jacquard, Communications, Reporters without Borders Canada, was the rapporteur.

261

RLE DES RADIOS COMMUNAUTAIRES DANS LES RGIONS RURALES ET LOIGNES DANS UN CONTEXTE DE LDIFICATION DUNE SOCIT DE LINFORMATION Serge Paquin Secrtaire gnral de lAssociation des radios communautaires du Canada

Historique 1985 : FJCF 1988 : Premire radio en ondes 1991 : Incorporation de lARC du Canada 2000 : Ouverture officielle de RFA Profil 32 membres 19 stations en ondes 2 projets en priode de mise en uvre 11 en implantation 110 emplois permanents en rgion 8 emplois permanents au sige social Potentiel de 400 000 auditeurs 1 000 bnvoles actifs 17 000 membres 75 000 heures de production radiophonique locale par anne La mission de la Socit est : a) de contribuer l'panouissement des Canadiens et Canadiennes d'expression franaise par la cration, le maintien et le dveloppement d'un ensemble de radios communautaires de qualit, et d'agir comme association de consultation, de coordination, de coopration, d'changes et de promotion pour ses membres, dans l'coute et le respect de leurs particularits locales et rgionales.

b)

Radios membres : situation gographique, zone Nouveau-Brunswick Radios membres : situation gographique, zone Atlantique Radios membres : situation gographique, zone Ontario Radios membres : situation gographique, zone Ouest Radios membres : situation gographique, zone Territoires Dfinition dune radio communautaire (Avis public CRTC 2000-13, article #21) Une station de radio communautaire est possde et contrle par un organisme sans but lucratif dont la structure permet aux membres de la collectivit en gnral dy adhrer et de participer sa gestion, son exploitation et sa programmation. La programmation devrait reflter la diversit du march que la station est autorise desservir.

262

La radio communautaire : outil de dveloppement 1. Social, culturel et conomique 2. Tribune pour la musique des nouveaux talents 3. Diffusion de musique qui nest gnralement pas diffuse par les stations commerciales 4. Diffusion dmissions de crations orales et dinformation locale (15 % ou 25 %) 5. Diffusion minimale de 65 % de musique vocale de langue franaise 6. La radio communautaire : outil de dveloppement 7. Lapprobation des mdias par les communauts collabore troitement leur panouissement, favorisant diffusion et changes, et par le fait mme aidant maintenir leur identit culturelle 8. La radio communautaire est ne dun besoin dexpression locale et cest ce qui fait sa force et sa pertinence 9. Les radios communautaires sont des instruments de communication essentiels au dveloppement des communauts francophones et acadiennes. Ces radios effectuent un travail de premire importance pour la valorisation de la langue et de la culture franaise auprs des francophones vivant en milieu minoritaire 10. Social, culturel et conomique 11. Tribune pour la musique des nouveaux talents 12. Diffusion de musique qui nest gnralement pas diffuse par les stations commerciales 13. Diffusion dmissions de crations orales et dinformation locale (15 % ou 25 %) 14. Diffusion minimale de 65 % de musique vocale de langue franaise 15. La radio communautaire : outil de dveloppement 16. Lapprobation des mdias par les communauts collabore troitement leur panouissement, favorisant diffusion et changes, et par le fait mme aidant maintenir leur identit culturelle 17. La radio communautaire est ne dun besoin dexpression locale et cest ce qui fait sa force et sa pertinence 18. Les radios communautaires sont des instruments de communication essentiels au dveloppement des communauts francophones et acadiennes. Ces radios effectuent un travail de premire importance pour la valorisation de la langue et de la culture franaise auprs des francophones vivant en milieu minoritaire 19. La radio communautaire : outil de dveloppement 20. Faciliter laccs de la collectivit et des regroupements communautaires leur programmation 21. Promouvoir la formation au sein de la communaut 22. Former et superviser les membres de la communaut qui dsirent accder aux ondes 23. Mesurer limpact tangible des radios sur le terrain au sein des communauts de langue officielle en situation minoritaire (i.e. : augmentation significative des enregistrements de disques et des billets de spectacles, augmentation de la vitalit conomique de la rgion, amlioration de la communication entre divers organes de la collectivit, etc.)

263

Enjeux et dfis Assurer la diversit et lindpendance des proprits des entreprises mdiatiques (contenu, sources) Concentration des mdias de masse (radio commerciale de divertissement) Reflter les besoins, les aspirations et les intrts des citoyens Contrer lisolement et lassimilation La radiodiffusion en 2020 Disparition des lments analogiques (mise en ondes et site metteur) Accessibilit de la radio numrique Rcepteur intelligent (programmable, outil de navigation, GPS, etc.) La radio, toujours aussi prsente dans le quotidien de la population La radio demeure un mdium dinformation et de divertissement fort, accessible et efficace Conclusion Les radios communautaires en milieu minoritaire francophone : sont le reflet de lidentit de leurs communauts qui comptent sur elles pour sinformer; sont des outils de communication qui ont un taux de pntration trs important; jouent un rle crucial dans le dveloppement des communauts minoritaires. (Rapport annuel Commissariat aux langues officielles 1999-2000) Rflexion Au cours de son itinraire, le Comit a entendu des tmoignages irrfutables sur lexistence dun cart norme entre la programmation locale et nationale. Un pan complet de la vie et de la ralit canadienne sont absents du petit cran et de la radio. Or, cest srement l que lexprience canadienne est la plus originale et stimulante, cest l que le pays se dcouvre et se dfinit. Extrait du rapport du Comit permanent du patrimoine canadien Notre souverainet culturelle, le deuxime sicle de la radiodiffusion canadienne (juin 2003)

264

FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION: THE FOUNDATION OF AN INFORMATION SOCIETY Bob Carty Member of the Board, Canadian Journalists for Free Expression (CJFE) CBC Producer, CBC Radio One The Sunday Edition and The Current One week ago, some colleagues who are members of the IFEX were visiting Tunisia, the site of the second World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). Tunisia has created one of the most advanced Internet infrastructures in the developing world. But when one of my colleagues went online, he could not access his own Internet account. He then tried to access the web site of Amnesty International. It was blocked. The Secretary of State of the Tunisian government explained that if some sites are blocked by authorities, it is because of the threat of terrorism. Last year, in Ottawa, 12 RCMP officers showed up at the small house where an Ottawa Citizen reporter lives. Her name is Juliet ONeill. They had a search warrant and proceeded to search through Juliet's home her files, her notes, her computer, even her personal family and love letters, her clothes closets and drawers. The police said they were considering charges against Juliet O'Neill that could send her to jail for 14 years. What is wrong with this picture? These two examples of the violation of freedom of expression and there are thousands more violations like this every year are evidence of the Achilles Heal of the emerging information society, a society that may have an increasing ability to produce and share information while at the same time stifling free speech, and thereby thwarting authentic development. 1) The Information Society has to be about more than technology The Information Society has to be about more than technology and how it is delivered, accessed, managed and paid for. It is above all not about digits, but about people. Not that we are against this technology in fact, along with human rights groups and social change activists everywhere, we in the free expression community rely heavily on the Internet. IFEX sends out 2,000 alerts a year; our web site has 1.5 million pages downloaded a month. The Internet has made a huge difference in defending rights and saving lives. However, technology is not a sufficient condition for the protection of free expression or the promotion of democratic development. There are more computers in China every day but also more censorship through state-controlled service providers. Colleagues in Zimbabwe can get information in and out of the country by email but they risk great danger in trying to publish it for the local population to read. There is more Internet connectivity worldwide, but also a growing trend toward Internet censorship. Similarly, it would be a mistake to just concentrate on the 'digital divide' ... most of the members of the IFEX community live in countries, which are still experiencing a very great 'analogue divide', and 'print divide' and 'telephone divide' and 'elementary education divide'. Free expression groups are concerned with all forms of imparting and receiving information. So, wiring the world, giving people more access to the Internet, transferring technologies, promoting more diverse content, may all be laudable goals, but that's not enough to make a better world. An information revolution can greatly increase a country's economic capacity; even improve many measures of its development. But it will not increase integral

265

development, equitable development, democratic development without being rooted in respect for and promotion of freedom of expression. 2) The Information Society must be rooted in Article 19 The Universal Declaration of Human Rights states in Article 19: Everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers. Simple, concise, yet at the same time expansive, even beautiful, Article 19 says our right is not just to hold opinions but also to seek them out and receive them; our right is to impart information AND ideas through any media, and regardless of frontiers. And these rights are unencumbered by any buts, or ifs, or except whens. This is not just a right to be enjoyed and practiced by journalists and media owners; it the right of all citizens of all societies. It is not that this article is more important than the other 29. But in practice, freedom of expression is the precondition for the enjoyment of other rights. Free expression does not guarantee that other rights will be enjoyed but other rights do not flourish without freedom of expression. The media does have a special role here. At its best, media are not lapdogs, but watchdogs checks and balances in a democratic system. And in many countries, journalism is not just part of the political process, it is the political process. Journalists do not always do their job well, but when they do they help make free expression the oxygen of democracy. And because there really isnt, as yet, any entity or international court responsible for policing the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, because international law is so weak, and international sanctions so inconsistent and contradictory, often the only restraint on those who would violate human rights is the punishment of public embarrassment. When the media does its job well, it tells tyrants, and their associates in the global economy, that repression and butchery and arrogance and immorality has a cost. So, an attack against a journalist for doing his or her work, an assault on a media outlet, is an attack against all members of a society. It is an attack against their freedom of expression, their ability to protect other rights, and against their process of public discourse. We know, however, that freedom of expression is under attack. Last year more than 50 journalists were killed for practicing their profession. Iraq, the Philippines, Colombia, Russia, Zimbabwe and other countries remain dangerous, even murderous places to be a journalist. The 2,000 alerts produced each year by members of the International Freedom of Expression Exchange are about killings, imprisonment, harassment and outright censorship. That's bad enough. But these forms of active repression lead to something more pervasive and insidious the practice of self-censorship. At the end of the day, in too many places around the world, the most important events of the day, the things that matter most for a countrys present and a peoples future, are not part of the public discourse. So, wiring the world and improving access to the Internet are laudable goals, and can even enhance freedom of expression, the essential struggle remains a social and political one a struggle against the forces that would censor and repress free speech.

266

3) The WSIS process: getting free expression on the agenda How does this relate to the WSIS? Well, originally, it didn't. In the lead-up to the WSIS Geneva meeting, many of us found the draft documents quite disturbing. In treating the information society as largely a technological challenge, free expression was almost absent as a founding principle. The media was barely mentioned as a key force in this process. And there was a lot of vague and therefore dangerous language reminiscent of the New World Information and Communication Order debate. The consensus of free expression groups is that Geneva was in some ways quite positive, but that it could have been much worse. As a result of intense lobbying by civil society, and the active role taken by some governments, including Canada, the final documents were stripped of some dangerous language that submitted international norms like freedom of expression to national legislation. In addition, a clear reference to Article 19 of the Universal Declaration on Human Rights (UDHR) was inserted near the outset of the declaration. A reference to the important role of the media is now included. It is left up to journalists themselves, not governments, to monitor the ethics of the profession. And we particularly like a phrase in the Action Plan (Para 18), which reads: Nothing in this declaration shall be construed as impairing, contradicting, restricting or derogating from the provisions of the Charter of the United Nations and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, any other international instrument or national laws adopted in furtherance of these instruments. There are still some problems in my view, however. The traditional counterweight to Article 19 Article 29 of the UDHR is included, allowing governments to limit free expression, among other rights, to meet the requirements of morality, public order and the general welfare of democratic societies. There is a troubling phrase about harmful content in the context of discussing pornography, racism and hate speech. Who decides what is harmful? There is wording about Internet-related policies being under sovereign states (Para 49). Diplomats say this is to be expected. But it would allow some 50 countries to continue to censor the Internet. Finally, the text about security (the use of the Internet for criminal or terrorist activities) does not clarify that such security concerns must be subordinate to and not diminish free expression rights. There are also items of importance missing in the WSIS declaration and plan of action. Community radio is not recognized, ignored despite its importance to poor populations. There is no tackling of the issue of media concentration. No serious promotion of public broadcasting. Access to information is not given enough attention. More could have been said about making scientific information and software systems a new commons. As the TUNISIA session of the WSIS approaches we have two broad concerns. One is that any reform in the governance of the Internet in no way establishes the means for controlling freedom of expression. There are governments intent on doing so. It is critical for governments like that of Canada to be vigilant. We are also very worried about the state of free expression within the host country, Tunisia. In the Geneva Declaration of Principles governments of the world, including Tunisia affirmed the centrality of human rights and freedom of expression for creating the information society. However, the Tunisian government continues to violate its commitments and promises. The broadcast media remain dominated by the state, websites and newspapers critical of the

267

government have been blocked or are prevented from publishing, censorship of the Internet is routine practice and Tunisia continues to imprison its citizens for exercising their freedom of expression. (see the report Tunisia: Freedom of Expression Under Seige, by the IFEX members who are part of a the Tunisian Monitoring Group). 4) The Challenge to Canada It is critical that in the WSIS process Canada continues to remind other nations of why freedom of expression is important. It is critical that our diplomats insist that free speech be recognized not only in words, but in actions. It is critical that Canada work to avoid any language or policy in the WSIS process, which could infringe on freedom of expression. That's what free expression groups expect of Canada. But that is the minimum. We expect Canada to go much further. And that means making freedom expression fully respected here at home. It is not. The continuing violation of free expression rights in Canada is a tool in the arsenal of those who would kill free speech around the world. When civil society free expression organizations (and I'm sure this applies to government officials too) make representations about free speech violations to other governments, one of the most common arguments we hear is: "Well, you do the same. You justify the limitation of free expression rights by citing national security concerns why shouldn't we do the same? You practice secrecy why shouldn't we? You raid the homes of journalists and threaten them with imprisonment, why shouldn't we?" Let me enumerate just some of the areas where free expression rights must improve in Canada for us to maintain any credibility on the world stage. First, let me return to the case of Juliet O'Neill and the raid on her home and office in January 2004. The reason given for that raid was that she allegedly had violated a section of the Security of Information Act (which had originally been formulated as the Official Secrets law written in 1939) by writing an article based on a leak from within the RCMP. Now that leak showed, if anything, that Canada's security forces were basing their case against Maher Arar on information extracted from him under torture by Syrian authorities. Such a leak was no doubt embarrassing to Canada's security establishment. But they justified the raid and the pending charges not on the basis of embarrassment but because of considerations of national security. No evidence has ever been published of a national security basis for this raid. If there is proof, it may, just may, be in the affidavits submitted to obtain search warrants. But we don't know. That information is secret, guarded by national security policy. And so it remains hidden from public view, and even from a so-called public inquiry. Many of us are forced to come to the conclusion that this whole affair was motivated by a desire to put a chill on the media, to stifle free expression, to obscure any evidence of Canadian involvement in the "rendition" of one of its citizens to a torture state. In broader terms we remain insistent that there be a public, Parliamentary review of Canada's post 9/11 Anti-Terrorism legislation, which includes a number of threats to freedom of expression and the work of the media including the infamous section 4 of the old Official Secrets Act. A second area of concern arises from the Ken Peters case. Ken Peters wrote a story in the Hamilton Spectator concerning alleged abuses of residents in a retirement home. He obtained information for the story from a confidential source, a source he promised to

268

protect. A court then held Ken Peters in contempt and imposed a thirty thousand dollar penalty on the newspaper. Recent jurisprudence has in fact been moving in the opposite direction. Superior courts in Canada have in recent years been recognizing the importance of a free press to a thriving democracy and accountable government. The decision by Judge Benotto in Ontario suggested that reporters did have a qualified right to refuse to reveal sources. It's that important; in fact we would not know much about everything from the Pentagon Papers, to Watergate, to Shawinigate, to Gomery were it not for the importance of journalists protecting their sources. A third issue is Access to Information or the lack thereof. One of the ways dictators try to remain in power is not just by silencing a free press, but also by not divulging any information about the state other than the spin-doctored information the dictator wants to give out. Public access to public information is critical to a democracy; it keeps government accountable, it is the fuel of public discourse, the raw material of free speech. However, in recent years Canada's Access to Information laws have been deeply perverted by a culture of bureaucratic secrecy and fears about national security. The Information Commission has gone so far as to say that the access laws are being administered as if they were secrecy laws. Instead of being a model to the world of how open government can work, Canada can now be cited as an example of how to silence those who would hold government accountable. A fourth concern I would like to mention a threat to global Internet free expression from a libel case here in Canada. In 1997, the Washington Post carried an article, which appeared briefly on its website, alleging sexual and financial transgressions by a UN official in Africa, Cheickh Bangoura. Mr. Bangoura came to live in Canada in the year 2000. Nonetheless, and Ontario court has ruled (now under appeal), that he can sue the Washington post from Canada. The issue is not about the legitimacy of libel or defamation law such laws can in fact contribute to a healthy media and to freedom of expression. But if the case goes ahead in Ontario, instead of in Washington where it would have less chance of succeeding, any media organisation could be sued anywhere over stories posted on its website. If you will the CBC could be sued in Zimbabwe for making unkind comments about Robert Mugabe. There are many other issues, in Canada and abroad, that need to be addressed as part of a broader discussion of an emerging information society. There is much work to be done here in Canada to make sure that we can continue to be a credible voice on the international stage in insisting that the information society be founded on the principles of freedom of expression. And work on that stage is imperative. Half of the worlds nations attending WSIS violate free expression in some way or other. That must change.

269

DO SECURITY MEASURES UNDERMINE FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION IN CYBERSPACE? Jason Young Intellectual Property and Information Technology Law, Deeth Williams Wall LLP

Introduction Democratic governments do not engage in surveillance to undermine freedom of expression. How then does freedom of expression come under attack in democracies? If you reduce independent judicial oversight of state surveillance authority, you increase the likelihood that surveillance will be used broadly, indiscriminately and that it will have unintended consequences. Ill give you two illustrations. Example #1: Highway Traffic Safety Legislation Starting in the 1970s, provincial governments across the country amended highway traffic safety legislation to make it easier for law enforcement to engage in investigatory stops. We went from a system of roadside checks in which every person transiting the wellpublicized stop had more-or-less the same opportunity to be subject to surveillance, to a system of so-called random roving stops. Under most highway traffic safety legislation, a police officer can only pull over and investigate a driver for purposes related to highway traffic safety, but this is extremely difficult to audit. Its very easy for an officer to pull somebody over based on a whim and justify it later on other grounds. Random roving stops have been used by law enforcement to discriminate against certain individuals, primarily blacks, giving rise to the euphemism Driving While Black, the offence of being black and driving a nice car, or in a nice neighbourhood, etc. Example #2: CCTVs in the U.K. The U.K. has the highest penetrations of surveillance camera systems in the world, an estimated 4.2 million CCTV cameras in 1993. Empirical studies have demonstrated that not all are equally subject to the cameras gaze. Rather, the operators of CCTV systems tend to target certain groups for more scrutiny than others: attractive women, youths, anyone wearing hats (obviously hiding something). Surveillance is arbitrary according to the whims of the operators and there are few checks and balances in the system.

270

Lawful Access With that as a background, Ill turn to cyberspace. Canada signed the Council of Europes Convention on Cyber-crime in 2001 and in the past two years has considered how to ratify this treaty. The federal government has called this initiative Lawful Access. The lawful access proposals currently on the table would make it easier for law enforcement and national security agencies to gain access to certain types of information about Canadians in cyberspace either without a warrant or under a lower threshold than that now required in the Criminal Code for a search warrant or a wiretap. The rationale for a lower threshold is that the information subject to production under lawful access is information in which individuals would not have a reasonable expectation of privacy, but is merely traffic data information. The kind of addressing and routing information you might find, for example, on the outside of an envelope. Conclusion The oversight structure for traditional powers of electronic surveillance under Canada's Criminal Code stipulates that they are procedures of last resort. This is precisely because we, as a society, have decided that their efficacy has the potential, if left unregulated, to annihilate any notion of privacy and freedom of expression in a free and democratic society. We cannot afford to vindicate privacy or freedom of expression only after it has been violated. The chilling effect of indiscriminate surveillance is an anathema to a free and democratic society. This truth is more poignant in the lawful access context, because our legal rights are bounded, in part, by technological and administrative design. Applying traditional rules of electronic surveillance to cyberspace is not simply maintenance of the status quo, but rather introduces new and unique implications for privacy and freedom of expression. Recommendations 1. clear justification constitutional rights should not be abrogated for anything less than reasonable and justifiable cause 2. clear rules there must be clear rules setting forth the conditions under which individuals rights to privacy and freedom of expression can be violated and these rules must be subject to audit of abuse of authority and inevitable defects in the law 3. independent oversight where the technology increases opportunities for surveillance, governments must also increase independent oversight mechanisms a. ex. private-sector privacy legislation, e-voyeurism legislation 4. beware analogies new ICTs should not be analogized to the old when applying traditional legal rules, because these comparisons make it easy to dismiss new inherent values and valences.

271

COMPTE RENDU DU RAPPORTEUR Emily Jacquard Responsable de la section canadienne Reporters sans frontires

REPORT OF THE RAPPORTEUR Emily Jacquard Responsable de la section canadienne Reporters sans frontires

La premire question de lauditoire concernait larticle 19 des Droits de lhomme et les limites de la libert dexpression. La libert dexpression nest pas le droit exclusif des journalistes mais de tous les citoyens. Comment viter la polarisation entre le point de vue libertaire et le point de vue autoritaire lorsquon parle de lgislation? Les mdias et les journalistes ont tendance utiliser cet article 19 pour refuser tout contrle et toute rglementation. Comment lancer le dbat sur ce qui est acceptable et ce qui ne lest pas sans tomber dans le manichisme? Lexemple de la radio CHOI de Qubec met en vidence le problme de la diffamation. La radio sappuie sur les arguments de la libert dexpression et la Charte des droits et liberts du Canada pour faire appel la dcision du Conseil de Radiodiffusion et de Tlcommunication du Canada (CTRC) de ne pas renouveler la licence de diffusion de la radio, la suite des propos diffamatoires de lanimateur Jeff Fillion. Selon Bob Carty, parfois le mauvais travail de certains journalistes peut effectivement nuire et discrditer le droit la libert dexpression de tous les citoyens. Cest pourquoi la formation journalistique est un lment essentiel aux groupes de dfense de la libert de presse, non seulement au niveau pratique mais surtout au niveau thique. Cependant, il faut faire trs attention aux lois anti-diffamation puisque environ une cinquantaine dtats dans le monde ont une

The first question for the audience concerned section 19 of the Declaration of Human Rights and the limits of freedom of expression. Freedom of expression is not only the right of journalists, but also of all citizens. How can polarization between the libertarian and authoritarian points of view regarding legislation be avoided? The media and journalists tend to use section 19 to refuse all control and regulations. How can one initiate a debate on what is acceptable and unacceptable, without falling into duality? The example of radio CHOI in Qubec illustrates the problem of defamation. The radio focussed on the argument of freedom of expression and the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms in relation to the decision of the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) not to renew the station's broadcasting license following the defamatory statements of host Jeff Fillion. According to Bob Carty, the poor work of certain journalists can sometimes undermine and discredit the right to freedom of expression for all citizens. For that reason, journalistic training is an essential component of groups that advocate freedom of the press, not only practically, but also ethically. However, close attention must be paid to anti-defamation laws because approximately fifty states in the world have a criminal law addressing defamation. This same law can be used to silence "disruptive" journalists.

272

loi criminelle pour juger la diffamation. Cest cette mme loi qui est utilise pour faire taire les journalistes qui drangent . Au Canada, les limites de la libert dexpression sarrtent aux discours haineux. Pour Monsieur Carty, lquilibre se trouve dans les lois canadiennes et europennes. Elles sont un juste milieu entre le premier amendement de la constitution amricaine qui met la libert dexpression au-dessus de toutes les lois et les lois liberticides des autres pays. Si, au Canada, la constitution dmocratique garantit la libert et les droits des journalistes et des citoyens, quen est-il lextrieur du Canada? En dehors du Canada, il nexiste pas de mcanismes internationaux qui appuient la dclaration universelle des droits de lhomme. Il existe des appareils rgionaux mais pas internationaux. En Amrique centrale par exemple, les citoyens peuvent sadresser la cour de la commission des Droits de lhomme de lOrganisation des tats Amricains (OEA) sils ne sont pas satisfaits du verdict rendu au niveau national. Le SMSI doit jouer un rle dautorit morale et se doter doutils qui permettent de dfendre et de promouvoir les droits de la personne dans de nouvelles institutions, tout en renforant le rle des institutions dj existantes tels les rapporteurs de la libert dexpression.

In Canada, limits on freedom of expression stops at hate speeches. For Mr. Carty, balance can be found in Canadian and European laws that strike a happy medium between the 1st amendment of the American constitution, which places freedom of expression above all laws, and the liberticidal laws of other countries. If the democratic constitution of Canada guarantees the freedom and rights of journalists and citizens, what happens outside of Canada? Outside Canada, there are no international mechanisms that support the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. There are regional systems, but not international ones. For example, in Central America, if the citizens are not satisfied with a national decision, they may appeal to the court of the Organization of American States Commission on Human Rights. The WSIS must be a moral authority and have the tools to defend and promote human rights in new institutions, but also to reinforce the roles of existing institutions, such as rapporteurs of freedom of expression. The most effective tool for promoting human rights outside Canada is publicity and the censure of states that violate and suppress freedom of expression.

What international legal mechanisms exist regarding cybercrime? To what extent is it easy to obtain personal information on the Internet? Is it technically easy to access tools enabling one to gather private Loutil le plus efficace pour promouvoir les droits de la personne lextrieur du Canada information in Canada and elsewhere in the world? Are legal mechanisms necessary to reste la publicit et la dnonciation de ces obtain and access such personal information tats qui violent et rpriment la libert and research technology? dexpression. Quels sont les mcanismes internationaux lgaux en matire de cybercrime? A quel point est-il facile dobtenir des informations prives sur Internet? Est-il facile techniquement davoir accs aux outils qui Canada has power only over its territory. Although the Convention on Cybercrime that Canada ratified was made public to civil society much later, the Department of Justice Canada is addressing the questions

273

permettent de recueillir des informations sur la vie prive au Canada et ailleurs dans le monde? Des mcanismes lgaux sont-ils ncessaires pour obtenir et avoir accs ces informations personnelles et ces technologies de recherche? Le Canada na de pouvoir que sur son territoire. Malgr le fait que le Canada ait entrin la convention sur la cybercriminalit et lait rendue publique la socit civile que plus tard, le ministre de la Justice Canada sattaque des questions souleves sur la libert dexpression et sur la vie prive par les ONG et les groupes de pressions de la socit civile. De toute faon, il reste de nombreux problmes rgler. Monsieur Young a insist sur le fait que la surveillance dpasse la seule question lgale et va bien au-del des frontires. Le gouvernement du Canada et le ministre de la Justice doivent en tre conscients. Par exemple, Le Patriot Act a des consquences non seulement aux tatsUnis mais a aussi des rpercussions au Canada et ailleurs. La session Libert dexpression a soulev une inquitude au sujet des attentes de la libert de la presse et dexpression Tunis, o les autorits censurent et emprisonnent des internautes. Il est ironique que ce Sommet de la socit de linformation se droule dans un pays qui censure et emprisonne des internautes. Le communiqu est une occasion unique pour la socit civile canadienne dexprimer son inquitude face au pays hte. Bien que le paragraphe sur la libert dexpression condamne les tats qui rpriment et censurent la libert dexpression sur Internet, le fait que Tunis ne soit pas nommment cite pose un problme ces organisations. Monsieur Carty a donc invit tous ces groupes qui dfendent la libert dexpression se joindre et rdiger une dclaration commune. Il est aussi important de continuer le dialogue avec les autorits tunisiennes

of freedom of expression and privacy raised by NGOs and civil society lobby groups. However, many problems remain to be resolved. Mr. Young insisted that surveillance extends beyond legal questions and transcends all borders. The Government of Canada and the Department of Justice must be aware of that. For example, the Patriot Act has consequences, not only for the United States, but also for Canada and elsewhere. The session on Freedom of Expression raised concern regarding the expectations of freedom of the press and of expression in Tunis, where authorities censure and imprison Internet users. It is ironic that the Summit on the Information Society is held in a country that censures and imprisons Internet users. The official statement is a unique opportunity for the Canadian civil society to express its concerns to the host country. Although the paragraph on freedom of expression condemns states that suppress and censure the freedom of expression on the Internet, the fact that Tunis is not mentioned poses a problem for these organizations. Therefore, Mr. Carty invited all groups that advocate freedom of expression to collaborate and draft a joint statement. It is also important to continue the dialogue with Tunisian authorities in Canada and in Tunis, to help make progress. The final question was addressed to Mr. Paquin. How does one get the know-how and skills to develop a community radio station? This is the social fabric representative of the community that creates and develops its own programs with its own skills and means. These individuals share their professional, academic, university and technical knowhow and participate in the development of the community radio station. For youths and

274

aussi bien au Canada qu Tunis afin de faire voluer les choses. La dernire question tait adresse Monsieur Paquin. Comment trouve t-on le savoir-faire et les comptences pour dvelopper une radio communautaire? Cest le tissu social reprsentatif de la communaut qui cre et dveloppe ses propres programmes avec ses propres comptences et ses moyens. Ces individus partagent leur savoir-faire professionnel, scolaire, universitaire, technique, et participent au dveloppement de la radio communautaire. Chez les jeunes et les tudiants, la radio communautaire leur offre souvent une premire exprience professionnelle.

students, community radio is often their first work experience.

275

CHAPITRE XII : Plnires Les rapporteurs ont inclus certains renseignements des plnires dans leurs comptes rendus. Nous vous prsentons ici des sujets qui ont aussi t discuts en plnire et qui compltent les comptes rendus des rapporteurs. La Tunisie et la libert dexpression Les questions de la libert dexpression et de la pertinence de tenir la deuxime phase du SMSI en Tunisie ont fait lobjet de nombreux commentaires et dbats chez les participants. De faon gnrale, on note quil ny a pas assez daccs libre linformation. Une socit de linformation doit favoriser la libert dexpression, la libert dassociation et lapplication de larticle 19 de la Dclaration universelle des droits de lhomme. Ce sont des lments vitaux et ncessaires. Les lecteurs doivent noter que S.E.M. Mohamed Saad, Ambassadeur de Tunisie au Canada et M. Ridha Guellouz, Conseiller du Ministre tunisien des Technologies et de la Communication, sont venus Winnipeg pour assister la confrence. Quelques reprsentants de la socit civile se sont mis daccord pour demander : que les ONG tunisiennes locales puissent participer au Sommet (de nombreuses ONG tunisiennes ne sont pas reconnues par les autorits et ne dtiennent pas les documents qui leur permettent dtre accrdites); que les 17 jeunes internautes tunisiens emprisonns soient librs; que les Tunisiens aient accs tous les sites web et particulirement ceux portant sur les droits de la personne et la libert dexpression; quon ait le droit de publier des journaux tunisiens indpendants et que les Tunisiens y aient accs. Les reprsentants du gouvernement tunisien ont expliqu quil sagissait dun sommet international et que cest le secrtariat du sommet bas Genve qui accordait les

CHAPTER XII : Plenary Sessions Certain information from the plenary sessions has been included in the rapporteurs reports. The points presented here were also discussed at the plenary session and complement the rapporteurs reports. Tunisia and freedom of expression The questions of freedom of expression and the relevance of holding the second phase of WSIS in Tunisia were the subject of considerable commentary and debate among participants. The general consensus is that there is not enough access to information. An information society should promote freedom of expression, freedom of association and the application of Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. These issues are vital and necessary. Readers should note that His Excellency Mohamed Saad, Tunisian Ambassador to Canada, and Mr. Ridha Guellouz, Counsellor, Tunisian Ministry of Communications Technology, came to Winnipeg to attend the conference. A few civil society representatives came together to request: that local Tunisian NGOs be allowed to participate in the Summit (many Tunisian NGOs are not recognized by authorities and do not have the documents they require to obtain certification); the release of the 17 young Tunisian Internet users who are imprisoned; that Tunisians have access to all Websites, particularly those that address human rights and freedom of expression; the right to publish independent Tunisian newspapers and that Tunisians have access to them.

Representatives of the Tunisian government explained that the Summit is an international event, and all certifications of participants are granted by the Summit Secretariat in Geneva, not by Tunisia. They assured

276

accrditations pour tous les participants et non la Tunisie. Ils ont assur les participants que, dans loptique de cet vnement des Nations Unies, la Tunisie a fait preuve douverture politique, conomique. Les participants ont t invits se rendre en Tunisie pour voir ce qui se passe et constater les faits. Le processus du SMSI permet de dbattre des questions cruciales pour lavenir de lhumanit. La Tunisie aimerait jouer un rle positif en servant de pont entre les diffrentes positions exprimes dans le cadre du sommet. La libert dexpression est, bien sr, une question importante mais la question de lInternet ne se limite pas qu cela. La gouvernance de lInternet est une autre question importante. Les reprsentants tunisiens ont demand de cesser de sacharner sur la Tunisie. Ils ont toujours travaill de manire consensuelle avec le Canada et esprent continuer ainsi. Gouvernance de lInternet La gouvernance de lInternet soulve galement des questions au sujet de la libert dexpression et du contrle des contenus. Qui dcide ce qui est acceptable et ce qui ne lest pas? Doit-on mettre en place une cyberpolice pour identifier les cyberdissidents? La question de la souverainet na pas reu toute lattention requise. Dans le domaine de la gouvernance de lInternet, il y a trois positions diffrentes : celle des tats-Unis (pour le statu quo avec lICANN), celle de la Chine (qui veut plus de contrle par les tats) et, au centre, celle du Brsil et de lArgentine qui se joint la majorit silencieuse des pays en voie de dveloppement. Cette dernire position prne que lconomie du futur va sappuyer sur Internet et ses applications. Les pays en voie de dveloppement pensent que si la souverainet nest pas affirme dans la gouvernance, ce concept sera exclu. Les pays en voie de dveloppement ne peuvent laisser les dcisions se prendre ailleurs pour un outil si important pour le dveloppement.

participants that, in anticipation of the United Nations event, Tunisia has displayed political, economic and informational tolerance. They asked participants to visit Tunisia in order to see what is happening for themselves and observe the facts. The WSIS process allows for debate on questions that are crucial to the future of humanity. Tunisia would like to play a positive role as a bridge between the various positions expressed in the context of the Summit. The question of freedom of expression is important, but the Internet issue extends further. Internet governance is another important question. The Tunisian representatives asked that Tunisia no longer be singled out. They have always cooperated with Canada and hope to continue to do so. Internet governance Internet governance also raises questions about freedom of expression and content control. Who decides what is acceptable and what is unacceptable? Must we employ cyberpolice to identify cyberdissidents? The question of sovereignty has not received enough attention. On the subject of Internet governance, there are three different positions: that of the United States (supports the status quo with ICANN), that of China (supports greater control by all States), and that of Brazil and Argentina, in the middle, but who are joined by a silent majority of developing countries. According to the last position, the economy of the future will rely on the Internet and its applications. Developing countries believe that, if sovereignty is not upheld in governance, then this concept will be ignored. Developing countries cannot sit back while other countries make all the decisions about such an important development tool. The Internet does not have the same status as television: it is not a luxury item; it is a tool for development.

277

LInternet na pas le statut de la tlvision,

ce nest pas un produit de luxe, cest un outil de dveloppement. Fonds de solidarit numrique Il a t propos que la socit civile canadienne et le gouvernement canadien appuient le fonds de solidarit numrique. Programme daccs communautaire Il a t propos de continuer de financer le Programme daccs communautaire long terme et non seulement en prvision du Sommet. Les personnes marginalises devraient participer aux discussions pour quelles puissent tre entendues. Le PAC et dautres programmes communautaires contribuent lautonomisation de ces personnes. Certains participants se disent maintenant hsitants qualifier le Canada de chef de file dans lappui aux communauts. Au Canada, le foss numrique va persister si on cesse doffrir un soutien aux communauts. Il faut aussi considrer les groupes de bnvoles qui travaillent en ligne promouvoir les TIC. Ce sont des initiatives communautaires qui mritent plus dappui. La question du genre La question du genre nest pas intersectorielle. En voulant lenvisager comme telle, on arrive lluder compltement. Il est donc prfrable de tenir une session spciale sur la question. On note par ailleurs que la diversit nest pas neutre. Cette confrence compte plus de confrenciers que de confrencires. On devrait viser un nombre gal dhommes et de femmes pour traiter des questions relatives la socit de linformation.

Digital Solidarity Fund It was proposed that Canadian civil society and the Canadian government support the Digital Solidarity Funds. Community Access Program It was proposed that financing of the Community Access Program continue over the long term, not only in anticipation of the Summit. Marginalized citizens should take part in discussions so that their voices may be heard. The CAP and other community programs help to empower such individuals. Certain participants said that they would now hesitate to call Canada a leader in community support. The digital divide in Canada will persist if support for communities is not continued. Groups of volunteers who work on line to promote ICTs must also be considered. Community initiatives such as these deserve greater support. The gender question The question of gender is not trans-sectoral. To consider it as such would obscure the issue. It would therefore be best to hold a special session on the topic. Moreover, diversity is not neutral. The conference has more male than female speakers. An equal number of men and women should address matters concerning the information society. Youth People also took issue with the lack of youth representation at the conference and hope the civil society statement reflects the concerns of young people. First Nations It was suggested that the opinions of the First Nations be included in all aspects of an information society and not only in matters of cultural and linguistic diversity, and traditional knowledge. We must also

Les jeunes On dplore le nombre peu lev de jeunes la confrence et il est souhait que les proccupations des jeunes soient refltes

278

dans le communiqu de la socit civile. Les Premires Nations Il est suggr dinclure les positions des Premires Nations dans toutes les dimensions de la socit de linformation, non seulement au niveau de la diversit culturelle et linguistique mais aussi dans le savoir traditionnel. Il existe galement une diversit entre les trois groupes : Autochtones, Mtis et Inuits. Ces diffrences doivent galement tre soulignes. Les droits humains des Premires Nations ne sont pas toujours respects. Ces personnes sont marginalises et sousreprsentes. Les peuples autochtones reprsentent 7 % de la population mondiale. Nous devons travailler en coopration avec les peuples autochtones et les Mtis. Une plus grande reprsentation de jeunes femmes autochtones est souhaitable, particulirement dans le domaine des TIC o elles sont plus actives. La dlgation canadienne Tunis devrait inviter une jeune femme autochtone. Le foss numrique est aussi un foss socio-conomique. Les Premires Nations nont pas les mmes avantages que les autres communauts. La pauvret et les difficults daccder aux diffrentes prestations de lenseignement public constituent les principaux obstacles laccs aux technologies chez les Premires Nations. ducation Dans le domaine de lducation, il est primordial de souligner le rle des coles et du personnel enseignant dans ldification dune socit de linformation. On doit galement instaurer un concept dducation ouverte et accessible tout au long de la vie. Peu dattention est porte lducation aux adultes dans ce dbat. Elle demeure le parent pauvre de lducation. Lducation distance a beaucoup offrir

underscore the diversity that exists among the three main groups: Aboriginal, Mtis and Inuit. The human rights of the First Nations are not always respected. These peoples are marginalized and under-represented. Indigenous peoples represent 7% of the global population. We must work in cooperation with indigenous and Mtis peoples. We would like to see greater representation of young Aboriginal women, particularly in the field of ICTs, where they are more active. The Canadian delegation to Tunis should include a young Aboriginal woman. The digital divide is also a socio-economic divide. First Nations do not enjoy the same advantages as other communities. Poverty and access to public education at all levels are the main obstacles facing the First Nations in terms of access to technology. Education In the area of education, we cannot overemphasize the role of schools and teaching staff in the edification of an information society. We must also introduce the concept of life-long, open, accessible education. In this debate, little attention has been paid to the concept of adult education, which seems to be the poor relation of education. Distance education has much to offer people who live in rural and remote areas. However, people still need contact in person with an instructor. Participants hoped that the Copyright Act would provide education systems with free access to Internet content. Canadian achievements The technological achievements of Canadians were also underscored and they were encouraged to take pride in the work they have accomplished.

279

aux gens vivant dans les rgions rurales et loignes. Il ne faut pas oublier que, pour ces gens, le besoin de se retrouver face face avec lenseignant est toujours l. Les participants souhaitaient que des dispositions de la Loi sur le droit dauteur permettent aux systmes dducation daccder gratuitement aux contenus de lInternet. Les ralisations canadiennes Les ralisations des Canadiens dans le secteur des technologies ont t soulignes et ils ont t invits tre fiers du travail accompli dans le domaine. Les mdias En ce qui touche les mdias, limportance dune presse libre et indpendante a t ritre. La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO a t invite mieux faire connatre son travail auprs des mdias. Pouvoirs locaux On rappelle quun Sommet des villes et des pouvoirs locaux avait eu lieu Lyon, France, avant le SMSI de Genve en dcembre 2003. Le Sommet des villes, auquel avaient pris part 300 maires de villes du monde entier, avait adopt une dclaration. Peu ou pas de rfrences ont t faites au sujet de la Dclaration de Lyon dans les documents du SMSI. Le gouvernement canadien na pas invit de villes au sein de la dlgation officielle lors du Sommet de Genve. On propose donc quau Sommet de Tunis, le gouvernement donne des exemples de collectivits qui ont pris en main leur destin laide des TIC.

Media As for media, the importance of a free and independent press was reiterated. The Canadian Commission for UNESCO was encouraged to make the media more aware of its work. Local authorities We were reminded that a World Summit of Cities and Local Authorities was held in Lyon, France before the WSIS in Geneva in December 2003. The Summit, attended by 300 mayors of cities from all over the world, adopted a declaration. Few, if any, references were made to the Lyon Declaration in the WSIS documentation. Nor did the Canadian government invite any of the cities among the official delegation during the Geneva Summit. It was therefore proposed that the government present examples at the Summit in Tunis of communities that have used ICTs to take control of their own destiny.

280

CHAPITRE XIII : CONCLUSION En runissant des reprsentants de la socit civile canadienne dans le cadre de la confrence Paver la voie de Tunis, la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO sest vue confirmer limportance de mettre laccent sur la dimension humaine de la socit de linformation. Les divers points de vue exprims ont montr la ncessit de tenir compte des besoins varis des groupes de la socit et, qu ce chapitre, il ny a pas une seule recette. Daprs les commentaires reus, lexercice sest avr utile tant pour les reprsentants de la socit civile que gouvernementaux. Une rencontre en face face a toujours sa place, surtout dans une socit qui privilgie de plus en plus les communications virtuelles. Les technologies ne nous ont pas changs au point que nous ne cherchions plus de contacts humains directs. La structure de la confrence a t dveloppe en se basant sur les priorits de lUNESCO savoir laccs universel linformation et au savoir; le respect pour la diversit culturelle et linguistique; lducation de qualit pour tous; et la libert dexpression. Compte tenu du fait quune grande majorit de Canadiens et de Canadiennes utilisent les nouvelles technologies, lon oublie facilement que laccs aux rseaux nest pas encore un dossier class ! Les familles faibles revenus, les personnes handicapes et les Peuples Autochtones nont pas les ressources financires qui leur permettraient dinvestir une partie de leur budget dans un ordinateur ou dans Internet et encore moins dans Internet haute vitesse. Par ailleurs, les populations vivant en rgions rurales et loignes sont dsavantages du fait que la mise en place dinfrastructures dans ces rgions reprsente des cots prohibitifs pour les fournisseurs de services. Il existe aussi une catgorie de la population

CHAPTER XIII : CONCLUSION In bringing representatives of Canadian civil society together within the context of the Paving the Road to Tunis conference, the Canadian Commission for UNESCO confirmed the importance of emphasizing the human perspective of the information society. The varied points of view expressed demonstrated the necessity of taking into account the diverse needs of societys groups, for which there is no single recipe. According to comments received, the exercise proved as useful to the representatives of civil society as to those of government. A face-to-face meeting always has its place, especially in a society increasingly turned toward virtual communications. Technologies have not changed us to the point that we no longer seek direct human contact. The structure of the conference was developed on the basis of UNESCO priorities, namely: universal access to information and knowledge, the respect of cultural and linguistic diversity, quality education for all and freedom of expression. Given the fact that a large majority of Canadians use new technologies, it is easy to forget that access to networks is not yet a closed file! Low revenue families, people with disabilities and Aboriginal peoples do not have financial resources that allow them to invest a part of their budget in a computer or the Internet, and still less in high speed Internet. Furthermore, populations living in remote, rural areas are disadvantaged by the fact that the cost of installing infrastructures in these regions is prohibitive to service providers. There is also a category of the population that sees no interest in using computers. Human diversity must again be recognized here: some people will not make use of computers, unless forced to do so by the requirements of their workplace, because it

281

qui ne voit pas dintrt se servir de loutil informatique. Il faut aussi reconnatre la diversit humaine ici, certaines personnes ne sapproprieront pas loutil, moins dy tre contraint par les exigences du travail, parce que cela ne correspond pas leurs prfrences en matire dapprentissage. Cela tant dit, on comprendra quil est indispensable que les citoyens aient accs diffrents systmes dinformation tant nouveaux que traditionnels. Lun des plus grands dfis est certainement dassurer la viabilit des communauts virtuelles. La disponibilit des ressources est un facteur essentiel pour lacquisition de la quincaillerie et de son entretien, lacquisition des comptences de base et le renforcement des capacits. Par ailleurs, il faut galement soutenir la cration de contenus par les communauts pour quelles rpondent leurs propres besoins et puissent spanouir dans le respect de leur langue, leur culture et leur tradition. Le concept dinclusion doit prendre forme en permettant aux diffrents groupes dtre plus que de simples rcepteurs dinformation, mais aussi des metteurs et des producteurs de contenus. On la vu la lecture de ce document, linquitude chez plusieurs groupes reprsents la confrence face au dsengagement du gouvernement canadien dans le Programme daccs communautaire est palpable. Comment les communauts vont-elles tre en mesure de conserver les acquis et de continuer de progresser vers de vritables socits de linformation sans le soutien dont elles ont besoin? Cette question est dautant plus pertinente que le SMSI a prconis des partenariats avec trois acteurs principaux pour veiller la cration de socits de linformation : les gouvernements, le secteur priv et la socit civile. Par ailleurs, il savre indispensable dencourager la cration de plus dinformation du domaine public et

is a tool that does not correspond to their preferences in matters of learning. Having said this, we acknowledge that it is essential for citizens to have access to a variety of information systems, both new and traditional. One of the greatest challenges is certainly to ensure the viability of virtual communities. The availability of resources is an essential factor in the acquisition and maintenance of hardware, in the acquisition of basic skills and in building capacities. Content creation by communities must also be supported, so that communities may respond to their own needs and flourish in the respect of their language, culture and tradition. The concept of inclusion must take shape by allowing various groups to be more than mere receivers of information, but also disseminators and producers of contents. As is clear in reading this document, there was palpable concern on the part of several groups represented at the conference with regard to the Canadian governments disengagement from the Community Access Program. How can communities preserve the gains they have made and continue to progress toward true information societies without the support they need? This question is even more pertinent in that the WSIS has recommended partnerships with three main players to watch over the creation of information societies: governments, the private sector and civil society. Furthermore, it is proving indispensable to encourage the creation of more information in the public domain and the use of open source software. A good way to achieve this end is to provide more support to institutions such as libraries, archives and museums in their efforts to provide online access to their material. This being said, the advantage to users in no way denies the rights of creators. The support of creators remains a sine qua non condition in the pursuit and evolution of creation.

282

lutilisation des logiciels code source ouvert. Une bonne faon dy arriver consiste par exemple soutenir davantage les institutions comme les bibliothques, les archives et les muses dans leurs efforts donner un accs en ligne leur matriel. Cela tant dit, cela ne nie nullement le droit des crateurs au profit des seuls usagers. Le soutien aux crateurs demeure une condition sine qua non la poursuite et lvolution de la cration. Les nouvelles technologies sont avant tout des outils dapprentissage et en ce sens elles sont de fantastiques vecteurs de dveloppement. Mais ici encore, elles ne sont pas la panace tous les problmes dans le domaine de lducation et leur utilisation ncessite aussi des engagements sur une base rgulire et de faon continue. Nous lavons dit plus haut, les TIC ne nous ont pas transforms en tant quhumains et la relation lve- enseignant demeurera essentielle lapprentissage. Les TIC ont le mrite davoir cr des salles de classes virtuelles pour des apprenants qui nauraient pas eu accs autrement certains contenus. Sil est une question qui soulve des passions dans ldification de socits de linformation, cest bien la libert dexpression et son corollaire, la libert de la presse. La confrence de Winnipeg ny a pas chapp et pour cause, daucun sait que ldification de vritables socits de linformation est conditionnelle la mise en uvre de ce principe fondamental. Or, on compte encore trop de citoyens sur notre plante qui sont privs de ce droit fondamental et qui lon nie le libre accs linformation. La question qui se pose est de savoir comment amener ces nombreux pays rcalcitrants respecter lArticle 19 de la Dclaration universelle des droits de lhomme aprs quils y aient adhr il y a 57 ans dj Le Canada peut tre fier de ses accomplissements. En raison de leur innovation et de leur adaptabilit, ces russites peuvent tre partages avec des

New technologies are above all tools for learning and in this sense they are fantastic vectors for development. But here again, they are not the panacea to every problem in the field of education and their use also requires commitments on a regular, ongoing basis. As mentioned earlier, ICTs have not changed us as humans and the studentteacher relationship will remain essential to the learning process. ICTs have the merit of creating virtual classrooms for learners who would not otherwise have access to certain contents. If there is an issue that gives rise to strong emotions in the building of information societies, it is certainly freedom of expression and its corollary, freedom of the press. The Winnipeg conference was no exception, and with good reason, for it is obvious that the building of true information societies hinges on rendering this fundamental principle operative. There are still too many citizens on our planets who are deprived of this fundamental right and to whom unhindered access to information is denied. The question before us is how to bring the many recalcitrant countries to respect Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 57 years after having signed it Canada may be proud of its achievements. These successes, with their innovation and adaptability, may be shared with communities located in contexts very different from our own. However, Canada must be cautious. While it is certainly flattering to both Canadian authorities and its citizens that Canada be seen as a model, this does not mean that all challenges have been met with success. Transparency, more than anything else, is the model to follow. It is what citizens living in democracy will always adopt and it is what ensures the progress and development of societies. Therein lies the importance of hearing the multiple voices of civil society and attempting to conciliate their points of view, while at the same time responding to their most important needs.

283

communauts situes dans des contextes trs diffrents du ntre. Le Canada doit toutefois tre prudent, bien sr il est flatteur tant pour les autorits canadiennes que pour les citoyens et citoyennes que le Canada soit considr un modle. Cela ne signifie pas pour autant que tous les dfis aient t relevs avec succs. La transparence est, plus que tout autre chose, le modle suivre. Cest celui que les citoyens vivant en dmocratie adopteront toujours et cest ce qui assure le progrs et le dveloppement des socits, do limportance dentendre les voix multiples de la socit civile et de tenter de concilier leurs points de vue tout en rpondant leurs besoins les plus importants. Comme il a t dit au dbut de ce document, la consultation mene par la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO par le biais de cette confrence relve de son mandat. La Commission aimerait remercier les autorits canadiennes pour avoir cru en son travail en le soutenant. De mme, les autorits canadiennes mritent dtre flicites pour leur dtermination inclure la socit civile dans les rflexions menes dans le cadre du processus du SMSI. Lavnement de la socit de linformation a enclench un processus irrversible. La socit civile dici et dailleurs ne peut plus tre tenue lcart des dcisions qui vont laffecter. Les nouvelles technologies lui permettent de sinformer et de se mobiliser rapidement. Les TIC stimulent la participation citoyenne comme jamais auparavant. La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO est heureuse davoir servi de catalyseur dans la rflexion que mnent les reprsentants de la socit civile au Canada sur cet important dossier.

As mentioned at the beginning of this document, the consultation conducted by the Canadian Commission for UNESCO through this conference is part of its mandate. The Commission would like to thank Canadian authorities for believing in and supporting its work. Similarly, Canadian authorities must be congratulated for their determination in including civil society in deliberations undertaken within the context of the WSIS. The arrival of the information society has set into motion an irreversible process. Civil society here and elsewhere can no longer be distanced from decisions affecting it. New technologies allow it to become informed and quickly mobilized. ICTs are stimulating citizen participation like never before. The Canadian Commission for UNESCO is pleased to have served as a catalyst in the deliberations undertaken by the representatives of Canadian civil society in this important file.

284

CHAPITRE XIV Les membres de la socit civile prsents la confrence ont t invits contribuer la rdaction dun communiqu qui prsenterait leur vision et leurs attentes dans ldification dune socit de linformation. Le communiqu qui suit est le rsultat du travail continu dun groupe de personnes au cours du mois qui a suivi la tenue de la confrence. La Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO dsire remercier tous ceux et celles qui ont pris le temps de soumettre des textes, les ont traduits ou dits. Un remerciement spcial est adress Robert Guerra, de Privaterra et membre de Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility, qui a coordonn le processus du dbut la fin. Le lecteur est pri de noter que les opinions exprimes ne refltent pas ncessairement la position de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO ou de ses partenaires.

CHAPTER XIV The civil society members who attended the conference were asked to help draft an official statement that would convey their vision and expectations in building an information society. The following statement is the result of ongoing work by a group of persons during the month following the conference. The Canadian Commission for UNESCO would like to thank everyone who took the time to submit, translate and edit the texts. We would particularly like to thank Robert Guerra of Privaterra and member of the Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility, who coordinated the process to its completion. The reader is reminded that the opinions expressed do not necessarily reflect the position of the Canadian Commission for UNESCO or its partners.

285

COMMUNIQU DE LA SOCIT CIVILE Prambule Cette dclaration a t rdige et adopte par consensus par un groupe de la socit civile canadienne reprsentant des gens de diverses expriences, expertises et perspectives. Ce groupe de 200 personnes sest runi Winnipeg (Manitoba) du 13 au 15 mai 2005, la confrence Paver la voie de Tunis . Cette confrence a t organise par la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO avec lappui des ministres suivants: Affaires trangres Canada, Industrie Canada, Patrimoine canadien, Ressources humaines et Dveloppement des comptences Canada, le Centre de recherches pour le dveloppement international et le Conseil des Arts du Canada. Lobjectif de la rencontre tait de recueillir les points de vue des organisations de la socit civile canadienne sur le Plan daction adopt lors de la premire phase du Sommet mondial sur la socit de linformation (SMSI) tenue Genve et de discuter des rsultats possibles de la Phase II de Tunis. Les membres de la socit civile prsents cette confrence ont raffirm les valeurs canadiennes portant sur les droits de la personne, la libert dexpression, la diversit, l'galit des genres, le dveloppement durable, le multiculturalisme, la diversit culturelle et linguistique, le droit la vie prive et linclusion quel que soit lge, le statut socioconomique ou le lieu de rsidence. La participation, la consultation et le partenariat dans laction sont des moyens fondamentaux favorisant la cration dune socit de linformation qui soit au service du dveloppement dmocratique. Nous maintenons fermement la position leffet que la dmocratie se fonde sur une citoyennet bien informe et une socit civile qui a accs aux donnes, linformation, au savoir et aux technologies

CANADIAN CIVIL SOCIETY COMMUNIQU Preamble This consensus statement was adopted by Canadian civil society groups representing a diverse range of peoples, backgrounds, expertise, and perspectives. The group of 200 people met in Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, on 13-15 May 2005 at a conference entitled Paving the Road to Tunis organized by the Canadian Commission for UNESCO with the support of Foreign Affairs Canada, Industry Canada, Canadian Heritage, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, the International Development Research Centre, and the Canada Council for the Arts. The purpose of the meeting was to canvass the views of the civil society organizations in Canada on the Plan of Action that emerged from Phase I of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS) in Geneva and the prospects for Phase II in Tunis. Civil society represented at this conference affirmed Canadian values of human rights, freedom of expression, diversity, gender equality, sustainable development, multiculturalism, cultural and linguistic diversity, privacy, and inclusion regardless of age, ability, socioeconomic status and geographical location. Participation, consultation and partnerships in action are fundamental to the creation of an information society that serves democratic development. We firmly maintain that democracy is reliant on an informed citizenry and civil society that has access to the data, information, knowledge and technology necessary to keep governments accountable. Human Rights, Freedom of Expression and Diversity Participants underlined the importance of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights which outlines the rights of every individual, and, in particular, Article 19: "Everyone has

286

qui permettent de tenir les gouvernements responsables de leurs actes. Les droits de la personne, la libert dexpression et la diversit Les participants soulignent les engagements pris par les signataires de la Dclaration universelle des droits de l'homme, en particulier larticle 19 : Tout individu a droit la libert d'opinion et d'expression, ce qui implique le droit de ne pas tre inquit pour ses opinions et celui de chercher, de recevoir et de rpandre, sans considrations de frontires, les informations et les ides par quelque moyen d'expression que ce soit. Ldification dune socit de linformation qui mette le dveloppement humain en valeur exige larrt des violations frquentes de la libert d'expression qui se produisent dans de si nombreux tats du monde. Rien ne doit empcher, limiter ou contrarier le droit une telle socit dans le plan d'action pour ldification d'une socit de l'information. Nous croyons que ce principe doit tre appliqu au processus du SMSI lui-mme, tout particulirement lors de la tenue de la deuxime phase du sommet. Les gouvernements ne peuvent harceler, menacer ou emprisonner des personnes qui exercent leur droit fondamental la libert d'expression. Les individus et les organismes de dfense des droits de la personne doivent avoir accs aux activits du sommet et s'y exprimer librement, sans subir d'accs filtr aux sites Internet. Les lois et les pratiques qui limitent la libert dexpression ont t dnonces dans de nombreux rapports dont ceux de l'IFEX, de Droit et Dmocratie, de la Fdration Internationale des Droits de l'homme, de Reporters sans frontires et de lOrganisation mondiale contre la torture (OMCT). Les participants rappellent l'importance des recommandations incluses dans ces rapports ainsi que leur mise en uvre.

the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers." A first and essential step towards building an information society that enhances human development would be to put an end to the widespread violation of free expression that now occurs in so many nation states. Nothing in the action plan for building a just information society shall impair, restrict, or contradict this right. We believe this principle must be applied to the WSIS process itself, including the conduct of the second phase of the WSIS Summit. Governments should not harass, threaten, or imprison individuals who exercise their fundamental right to freedom of expression. Individuals and organizations that defend human rights should have access to Summit activities, the right to speak, and unfettered access to the Internet. Laws and practices that restrict freedom of expression have been denounced in several reports produced by, among others, organizations such as IFEX, Rights and Democracy, the International Federation of Human Rights, Reporters without Borders and OMCT (Organisation mondiale contre la torture). Participants recalled the importance of both the recommendations contained in these reports, and their implementation. Diversity is a fundamental principle in the U.N. family of nations and should guide the implementation of the WSIS plan of action and the conduct of the Summit itself. Affordability and Accessibility The Canadian government should be a global leader in the promotion of ICTs as a public good to be delivered in a universal and affordable fashion. The Canadian government whether through enabling the market, regulation, direct intervention or by other means, should ensure that access is

287

Au sein de la famille des nations de lONU, la diversit est un principe fondamental et doit par consquent guider la mise en uvre du Plan daction du SMSI et la tenue du Sommet en tant que tel. Capacit financire et accessibilit (TIC accessibles et abordables) Le Canada doit tre un leader mondial dans la promotion des TIC en les considrant comme des biens publics qui doivent tre livrs, dune manire universelle et abordable pour tous. Le gouvernement canadien, par les lois du march, la rglementation, les interventions directes ou par dautres moyens, doit assurer un accs suffisant (cest--dire par des services daccs large bande) pour une utilisation efficace des TIC dans un contexte culturel, social, conomique et de gouvernance. Tous les Canadiens, peu importe leur lieu de rsidence, leur statut social, leurs origines, tous doivent avoir accs aux TIC. Ainsi, tous, y compris ceux qui vivent dans les zones rurales et loignes, les gens faibles revenus, les immigrants rcents et les personnes marginalises, seront assurs de partager les avantages et les occasions offerts par les amliorations et les transformations aux niveaux des services, de la productivit ainsi que des possibilits de production dlocalise pour lconomie canadienne et du monde entier. Nous considrons que les anciens et les nouveaux moyens de communication, y compris la radio communautaire et les systmes communautaires bass sur les TIC, ont un rle important jouer dans la socit inclusive de linformation au Canada. Le gouvernement canadien, de par ses politiques, programmes et lignes de conduite de ses entits et organismes, devrait servir dexemple en offrant un accs libre et utile aux donnes, linformation et au savoir crs par le truchement des ressources publiques. Cela inclut un accs aux donnes primaires, aux dpts darchives du savoir, ainsi qu dautres sources et archives, et ce, gratuitement. Il faut prendre des mesures

sufficient for effective use -- coming to be understood as broadband access -- in the range of cultural, social, governance and economically beneficial ICT applications. Canadians whatever there economic or social circumstance and including those in remote and rural areas should have this access. In this way all, including those in rural and remote areas, living on modest family incomes, recent immigrants, and marginalized populations, will be assured the sharing in the benefits and opportunities, which ICT-enabled enhancements and transformations in services, productivity, and dispersed production opportunities, present in Canadian and global economies. Old and new media, including community radio and community based ICTs, are understood as having an important role to play in allowing an inclusive information society in Canada. The Canadian government, through its policies, programs and the working principles of its bodies and agencies, should provide example of no-cost, open and usable access to data, information and knowledge, created through the use of public resources. This should include providing access to primary data, to knowledge repositories, and to archives and other sources, at no cost and providing the means to ensure effective and widely available use of these resources. Gender Equality Implementation of ICT for development needs to be guided by a clearly articulated commitment to gender equality and the goal of building women's capacity to benefit from ICTs. This includes: 1. Appropriate technologies that account for the roles of women and their interests using both old and new technologies and appropriate software and applications; The use of ICTs as a catalyst for better governance to give women a stronger voice in democratic processes in society;

2.

288

pour sassurer que ces ressources puissent tre utilises efficacement grande chelle. L'galit des genres La mise en uvre dune politique de dveloppement des TIC doit tre guide par un engagement clair en faveur de lgalit des genres et par celui du dveloppement des capacits des femmes pour quelles bnficient des TIC. Cela comprend : 1. les technologies appropries qui tiennent compte du rle des femmes et de leurs intrts dans lutilisation des technologies nouvelles et anciennes, des logiciels et des applications appropries; 2. utiliser les TIC comme catalyseur pour une meilleure gouvernance afin de donner aux femmes une voix plus forte dans le processus dmocratique ; 3. donner, aux femmes et aux jeunes filles, des habilets pour se protger contre le harclement sexuel et lexploitation ; 4. favoriser une reprsentation accrue des femmes et des jeunes filles dans la formation technique et scientifique; utiliser les TIC pour encourager une participation plus grande en ducation tous les niveaux ; 5. offrir plus demplois fminins dans le secteur des TI et lutilisation des TIC dans les entreprises. Personnes handicapes On estime que 17 % des Canadiens sont handicaps. Malgr les efforts dploys et les progrs raliss, ces personnes demeurent les plus exclues de toutes les populations marginalises. Elles ont peu daccs lducation, lemploi et aux moyens de raliser leur plein potentiel. Les femmes handicapes et les personnes handicapes issues des communauts culturelles ou autochtones font face une double exclusion. La socit civile recommande de : 1. promouvoir ladoption et la mise en uvre de standards inclusifs et de formats alternatifs pour les TIC ;

3.

4.

5.

Providing women and girls with the skills to protect themselves from ICTfacilitated harassment and exploitation; Support for increased representation of women and girls in scientific and technical education, and the use of ICTs to promote their increased participation in education at all levels; Promoting increased employment in the IT sector for women and the use of ICTs for their enterprises.

Persons with a Disability Canadians with disabilities account for 17% of the population and, despite efforts and progress made, they continue to represent the most excluded of Canadas marginalized populations, with poor access to education, employment, and the means to realize their full potential. Women with disabilities and persons with disabilities from cultural or aboriginal communities are faced with double exclusion. Actions to take include: 1. Promoting the adoption and implementation of inclusive standards and alternative formats for ICTs; 2. Ensuring that all legislations, policies, programs, and initiatives in the field of ICTs from the initial phase of development include persons with disabilities; 3. Supporting capacity building of persons with disabilities to ensure that they can take full advantage of ICTs. Indigenous Peoples Indigenous Peoples have the right to be part of the Information Society on their own terms and to shape their future without risking loss of their cultural identity. The survival and development of the living cultures of Indigenous Peoples should be supported by ICT use, not replaced by it. The traditional and cultural knowledge of Indigenous Peoples, held individually and collectively, is integrally linked with the exercise of their right to maintain and strengthen their spiritual and material relationships with ancestral territories. We support a culturally

289

2. sassurer que toutes les lois, tous les programmes, toutes les politiques et les initiatives en matire des TIC tiennent compte des besoins des personnes handicapes, et ce, ds la phase initiale de dveloppement ; 3. soutenir le renforcement des capacits des personnes handicapes afin dassurer qu'elles tirent pleinement profit des TIC. Les peuples autochtones Les peuples autochtones ont le droit de participer la socit de linformation selon leurs propres termes et prparer leur avenir sans risquer de perdre leur identit culturelle. Lutilisation des TIC doit veiller la survie et au dveloppement des cultures vivantes des peuples autochtones et empcher la civilisation contemporaine de les clipser. Les savoirs traditionnels et culturels des peuples autochtones, dtenus individuellement ou collectivement, sont lis intgralement lexercice de leurs droits pour maintenir et renforcer leurs relations spirituelles et matrielles aux territoires ancestraux. Nous appuyons une approche culturellement approprie lutilisation des TIC tout en maintenant lobservation des protocoles culturels et des lois coutumires des peuples autochtones. Nous nous opposons la marchandisation du savoir traditionnel et culturel des peuples autochtones, en particulier toute caractrisation des savoirs autochtones traditionnels et culturels comme matire premire, comme ressource commerciale, ou linclusion dun tel savoir dans le domaine public, sans le plein consentement et la participation de lindividu et de la collectivit qui dtiennent les savoirs en question. Nous reconnaissons les dfis et les obstacles auxquels font face les peuples autochtones concernant les TIC, plus particulirement le foss numrique et ses causes. Nous appuyons le droit daccs des peuples autochtones aux TIC et appuyons leur pleine participation comme partenaires part entire et parties prenantes.

appropriate approach to ICT use in compliance with cultural protocols and customary laws of Indigenous Peoples. We object to the commodification of Indigenous traditional knowledge and cultural heritage, in particular any characterization of them as raw material, a commercial resource, or the inclusion of such knowledge in the public domain without the consent and full participation of the individual and collective holders of such knowledge. We recognize the challenges and obstacles faced by Indigenous Peoples with respect to ICTs, specifically the existing digital divide and its causes. We support the Indigenous right of access, and promote Indigenous participation as partners in action and stakeholders. Actions to be taken: 1. Creating a high-level mechanism that brings together Indigenous and nonIndigenous actors of the Information Society to promote its cultural diversity, co-operate in its evolution, develop an ethical code and standards for best practices and jointly monitor its impacts; 2. Enabling the realization of Indigenous research projects to support aboriginal communities by bridging the digital divide on their own terms and by developing culturally appropriate ICT applications, content and capacity-building programs; 3. Establishing special grant programs addressing the particular needs of Indigenous Peoples enabling "Indigenous-to-Indigenous" co-operation. Cultural and Linguistic Diversity Ninety percent of Internet content is in 12 major languages; over 5,000 languages are not represented. Language barriers to information access should be addressed through the development of software applications and multi-cultural and multilingual content. This involves the production of local content by groups to build their own

290

Les actions poser sont : 1. crer un mcanisme de haut niveau qui runit les intervenants autochtones et non autochtones de la socit de linformation, pour quils fassent collectivement la promotion de leur diversit culturelle, cooprent son volution, et crent un code de dontologie et de normes concernant les pratiques exemplaires et quils en surveillent les consquences ensemble; 2. faciliter la ralisation de projets de recherche autochtones pour aider les collectivits autochtones rduire le foss numrique en tenant compte de leurs conditions et crer des applications des TIC, un contenu et des programmes de renforcement des capacits qui conviennent leur culture; 3. laborer des programmes de subventions spciales qui rpondent aux besoins particuliers des peuples autochtones et qui exigent la coopration entre autochtones.

knowledge base, and encouraging racial, cultural and gender diversity of content. Canadas cultural, linguistic, and economic diversity are the product of its physical size, geographical diversity, Indigenous heritage, and colonial history. In Canada, there is a pressing need to foster multilingual and multicultural content with the full participation, consultation, and partnership in action of all cultural and linguistic groups. Privacy Privacy as a right is a prerequisite for participation in the Information Society. Governments should address privacy and security jointly and transparently, in cooperation with all stakeholders. Invasions of privacy must be prevented, and where privacy is outweighed by other societal claims there must be clear rules, subject to independent judicial oversight, setting forth the conditions under which it can be violated.

Many countries are expanding mandatory identification of individuals. Often, the rationale for these schemes is poorly Diversit culturelle et linguistique founded, are unlikely to achieve their Quatre vingt dix pour cent des contenus disponibles sur Internet sont prsents en 12 claimed objectives, and pose significant threats to privacy, freedom of expression langues principales alors que plus de 5 000 and other civil liberties. Governments must langues sont totalement absentes de la Toile. Les obstacles linguistiques laccs ensure adequate prior public scrutiny and debate of these proposals. linformation doivent tre surmonts avec le dveloppement dapplications logicielles qui tiennent compte des considrations Access to Knowledge The Information Society should foster an multiculturelles et multilingues. Cela signifie environment of transparency and access que des groupes doivent produire un among all levels of government, civil society contenu local qui constitue leur propre base de savoir et encourage une diversit raciale, and the public, including access to raw and geospatial framework data. It should ensure culturelle et du genre dans ce contenu. the preservation and fair, equitable, and La diversit culturelle, linguistique et culturally appropriate use of current and conomique du Canada est le rsultat de historical archival records and data, museum limmensit du pays, de sa diversit artefacts, public domain information, and gographique, du patrimoine des peuples printed and non-printed library materials. autochtones et de son pass colonial. Au Raw data from statistical, health, Canada, il y a un besoin urgent de environmental and mapping agencies should promouvoir des contenus multiculturels et be made available at no cost to citizens, civil multilingues avec toute la participation, la society organizations, and to primary and consultation et le partenariat actifs de tous secondary schools for non-commercial les groupes culturels et linguistiques. research purposes.

291

Droit la vie prive Le droit la vie prive constitue un pralable la participation dans la socit de linformation. Les gouvernements devraient rsoudre conjointement et de manire transparente les questions de droits la scurit et la vie prive en collaboration avec tous les intervenants. Il faut empcher les atteintes la vie prive. Lorsque la protection de la vie prive est moins importante que dautres revendications socitales, il faut alors tablir des rgles claires, dont lapplication est assujettie une surveillance par un organisme judiciaire indpendant. Cela permettrait dtablir les conditions justifiant la violation des droits viss. De nombreux pays tendent les contrles didentit obligatoires pour les individus. Souvent, ces pays nont pas de raisons bien fondes dimposer de tels contrles, car ceux-ci ont peu de chances datteindre les prtendus objectifs et ils constituent des menaces importantes datteinte la vie prive, la libert dexpression et dautres liberts civiles. Les gouvernements doivent veiller ce que ces propositions fassent tout dabord lobjet dun examen public et de dbats adquats. Accs au savoir et la connaissance La socit de linformation devrait promouvoir un environnement caractris par la transparence et laccs linformation entre tous les paliers gouvernementaux, la socit civile et le public, ainsi que laccs aux donnes-cadres brutes et gospatiales. Elle devrait assurer la prservation et lutilisation juste, quitable et culturellement approprie des donnes et des dossiers actuels et historiques des archives, des objets des muses, de linformation publique et du matriel imprim et non-imprim des bibliothques. Les donnes brutes des organismes de statistiques, de la sant, de lenvironnement et des services cartographiques devraient tre gratuites pour les citoyens, les organismes de la socit civile et les coles primaires et secondaires, et cela pour des recherches noncommerciales.

Education and the Information Society While access to information and communications technologies is a first stage in the development of an information society, it is not sufficient. The creation of an information society requires full and active participation of women, men, youth, minorities, ethno cultural communities, Indigenous Peoples, people with disabilities, elders, people of all ages, and often marginalized groups such as the poor. Everyone must have access to the skills and knowledge to work, design and produce information and knowledge. Access to ICTs for men and women of all ethnic groups and social classes will be achieved through equal opportunities for technical education, and through the encouragement of mindsets that allow individuals to develop innovative uses of technologies to find and use information and knowledge, to improve their quality of life, and to widen their choices. Virtual and on-line education can never replace the need for traditional institutions. For ICTs to play this role, intellectual property rights must balance the rights of creators with the rights of users. Copyright law must not create overly restrictive legal barriers to the fair use, access and copying of information. Internet Governance New approaches to Internet governance should allow better cooperation on Internet management and not be a pretext to regulate Internet content of news or opinion. In particular, security considerations and the demands of the battle against crime, including terrorism, should not imperil freedom of expression and press freedom. The Internet and other new media forms should be afforded at least the same freedom and protections as traditional media. Public consultation and engagement should be an integral part of the development of ICT-related public policy.

292

Lducation et la socit dinformation Laccs aux TIC reprsente une premire tape dans le dveloppement dune socit de linformation, mais cela ne suffit pas. La cration dune socit de linformation exige la participation entire et active des femmes, des hommes, des jeunes, des minorits, des communauts ethniques, de la population autochtone, des personnes handicapes, des personnes ges, des personnes de tout ge et souvent des groupes marginaliss tels les pauvres. Chacun doit avoir accs aux comptences et au savoir pour travailler, concevoir et produire de linformation et du savoir. Laccs aux TIC pour les hommes et les femmes de tous les groupes ethniques et de toutes les classes sociales doit tre ralis en respectant lgalit des chances lenseignement technique et en encourageant des attitudes bien ancres qui permettent aux individus de dvelopper des utilisations innnovatrices des technologies pour trouver et utiliser linformation et le savoir, afin damliorer leur qualit de vie et dlargir leurs choix. Lenseignement virtuel et en ligne ne peut jamais remplacer les institutions traditionnelles. Pour que les TIC puissent jouer un rle ducatif, les droits de proprit intellectuelle doivent tre formuls de faon permettre un juste quilibre entre les droits des crateurs et ceux des utilisateurs. La lgislation sur le droit dauteur ne doit pas crer des obstacles juridiques dmesurment restrictifs lusage loyal, laccs et la reproduction de linformation. Gouvernance de l'Internet Les nouvelles approches la gouvernance de l'Internet doivent permettre une meilleure coopration dans la gestion de l'Internet et ne doivent pas tre des prtextes pour rglementer le contenu Internet des nouvelles ou des opinions. Les considrations de scurit et les exigences de la lutte contre les crimes, incluant le terrorisme, ne devraient pas mettre en pril la libert d'expression et la libert de la presse. Internet et les autres types de nouveaux mdias doivent avoir, au

Financing Mechanisms Adequate and sustainable resources are required to fulfill the goals of WSIS. We recommend: gender and disability targeted budgeting; the provision of the necessary funding to address the special situation of Indigenous Peoples; support for the Digital Solidarity Fund (DSF); and creative and inclusive financial investment schemes and facilities. The government should continue and expand its support for the preservation and accessibility of current and historical information. Development priorities should focus on investments strategies for ICT enterprises run by under-represented groups. Debates on financing put disproportionate emphasis on private investment to achieve ICT for development goals. Development encompasses more than economic growth, and is premised on social justice and equity. The corporate sector is driven by market mechanisms, which are not necessarily oriented towards equity and inclusiveness. The potential of community driven and owned ICT for Development (ICT4D) initiatives and networks should be explored and integrated into financing strategies. Allocation of finance towards ICT4D must emphasize four interrelated aspects: technological and data infrastructure, systems to deliver ICTs at the community level, and social empowerment processes in the use of ICTs. Financing must be made available for activities related to these elements both within Canada, in order to sustain our own innovation, and in developing countries. Free & Open Source Software (FLOSS) Canadian Civil Society supports Free, Libre and Open Source Software (FLOSS) and innovative intellectual property initiatives, such as Creative Commons, that enable users to have free access to, and build upon, existing tools and creations. Participants consider that Canada's position should be one that supports, encourages,

293

minimum, la mme libert et les mmes protections que les mdias traditionnels. Les consultations publiques et lengagement doivent tre partie intgrante du dveloppement de politiques publiques en matire de TIC. Financement Le SMSI natteindra les buts viss que sil bnficie de ressources adquates et durables. Nous recommandons : des budgets tablis en fonction du genre et de lincapacit; du financement ncessaire pour soccuper de la situation particulire de la population autochtone; un appui au Fonds de solidarit numrique (FSN); et des mcanismes dinvestissement et de financement inclusifs et cratifs, et les facilits techniques. Le gouvernement devrait continuer fournir et bonifier son soutien pour la prservation et laccessibilit linformation actuelle et historique. Le dveloppement des priorits devrait tre centr sur des stratgies dinvestissement dans les entreprises de TIC exploites par les groupes sous-reprsents. Les dbats sur le financement accentuent hors de proportion linvestissement du secteur priv en vue datteindre les objectifs de dveloppement des TIC. Le dveloppement ne se limite pas uniquement la croissance conomique; il repose aussi sur la justice et lquit sociales. Le secteur des entreprises est stimul par des mcanismes de march qui ne sont pas ncessairement orients sur lquit et luniversalit. Le potentiel dinitiatives et de rseaux [gestion et proprit de ICT for Development (ICT4D)] devrait faire lobjet dune valuation et sintgrer dans les stratgies de financement.

and promotes the development, production, and distribution of free and open source software models at the international level. Participants believe that to best take advantage of the potential of wireless technologies, Canada's position, both at home and at international bodies, should reflect the fact that radio frequency spectrum is a global public good. International norms, regulations, and policies should be designed to respect it as such. Partnerships Partnerships should be trans-sectoral and transdisciplinary, creating points of entry for participation of Indigenous and groups identified above in all facets of the Information Society/ICTs. We also call for the development of socially and culturally sensitive partnerships between the business sector and other stakeholders of civil society. Volunteers continue to play a key role in the development of ICTs and in the promotion of the practical use of ICTs by other people. At the same time ICTs can be used to facilitate volunteer collaboration on a global scale and are an effective tool in international knowledge sharing (as in on-line volunteering). Volunteering needs to be recognized and promoted as social capital that can become the principal guide to a new way of attaining economic development, based on mutual respect and exchange. The Canadian civil society organizations who participated in the drafting of this communiqu look forward to the Government of Canada demonstrating a leadership role within Canada and internationally on the items outlined in this document. These same organizations also look forward to further positive consultation and participation in this type of initiative.

Laffectation de fonds aux TIC pour le dveloppement doit mettre en vidence quatre aspects interdpendants : 1) linfrastructure technologique, 2) linfrastructure des bases de donnes, 3) les systmes pour fournir les TIC la June 16, 2005 communaut et 4) lhabilitation sociale pour lutilisation des TIC. Les fonds doivent tre disponibles pour les activits connexes ces

294

lments, tant au Canada, afin de soutenir notre propre innovation, que dans les pays en dveloppement. Logiciels libres La socit civile canadienne appuie le logiciel en libre accs et gratuit, ainsi que les initiatives davant-garde concernant la proprit intellectuelle telles que celles du groupe Creative Commons . Ainsi, les utilisateurs ont un accs gratuit aux outils et crations existants ainsi que la possibilit den crer dautres partir de ceux-ci. Les participants estiment que la position du Canada devra, par son appui et encouragement, faire la promotion du dveloppement, de la production et de la dissmination des modles du logiciel libre au niveau international. Les participants estiment que pour mieux tirer profit du potentiel des technologies sans fil, la position du Canada aux niveaux national et international devrait reflter le fait que le spectre radiolectrique est un bien public global. Les normes internationales, les rglements et les politiques devraient tre conus dans le respect de cet tat de fait. Les partenariats Les partenariats devraient tre intersectoriels et transdisciplinaires, crant des ouvertures pour la participation des peuples autochtones et des autres groupes identifis ci-dessus, dans tous les aspects de la socit de linformation et des TIC. Nous faisons galement appel la mise en place dun partenariat socialement et culturellement appropri entre le secteur des affaires et les autres intervenants de la socit civile. Les bnvoles continuent de jouer un rle cl dans le dveloppement des TIC ainsi que dans la promotion de lutilisation pratique des TIC par dautres personnes. galement, les TIC peuvent tre utilises pour faciliter le bnvolat lchelle mondiale. Ils sont, comme le bnvolat en ligne, un outil efficace pour le partage du savoir lchelle internationale. Il est ncessaire de

295

reconnatre et de promouvoir le bnvolat comme un capital social qui pourrait devenir la base dune nouvelle faon de contribuer au dveloppement conomique fonde sur le respect mutuel et l'change. Les organisations de la socit civile canadienne qui ont particip la rdaction de ce communiqu souhaitent que le gouvernement canadien joue un rle de chef de file dans les dossiers mis en relief dans ce document, tant au Canada que dans le monde. Ces mmes organisations esprent mener plus loin la consultation et la participation constructives dans ce genre d'initiative. Le 16 juin 2005

296

ANNEXE 1 / ANNEX 1 RFRENCES / REFERENCES Chefs de file des TIC au niveau communautaire / Canadian community ICT leaders Canadian communities are leaders in the effective use of ICTs both physical, electronically mediated and/or elements of both. They have also been world leaders in developing and implementing effective uses for ICTs in the accomplishment of community specific tasks. These include: 1 2 3 Le rle de Communautique http://www.communautique.qc.ca appuie le dveloppement dune conomie sociale active Montral et au-del. The Western Valley Development Authority http://www.wvda.com in enabling a transition towards the Information Society in rural Nova Scotia. Keewaytinook Okimakanak (K-Net) http://www.knet.ca in empowering the residents of First Nations Communities in Northern Ontario in the areas of educating their young people and maintaining health service in their communities. St. Christopher's House http://www.stchrishouse.org/ in facilitating the transition of recent immigrants to Canada into the mainstream society. Collectivits ingnieuses de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA) http://www.cipanb.ca dans le domaine du dveloppement d'une collectivit ingnieuse au Nord-Est rural du Nouveau-Brunswick. Lcole loigne en rseau http://www.cefrio.qc.ca/projets/proj_34.cfm in allowing the networking of students, teachers and classes in remote areas with the used of appropriate technologies. Bromont, collectivit ingnieuse http://www.bromont.com in building a smart community in a Quebec rural area

4 5

Documents rfrences / Referenced documents 1 2 CRACIN Executive Position Statement http://www.fis.utoronto.ca/research/iprp/cracin/events/cracin_WSIS.pdf Earth Summit, Agenda 21,Chapter 40, Information for Decision Making (2002) UN Department of Social and Economic Affairs, Division for Sustainable Development, http://www.un.org/esa/sustdev/documents/agenda21/english/agenda21chapter40.htm Telecommunities Canada. (2005) "Beyond the information society; enabling communities to create the world we want. / Au-dla de la socit de l'information; Permettre aux communauts de crer le monde que nous dsirons". http://www.tc.ca/tcadvocacyandreports.html "Why Open Spectrum Matters The End of the Broadcast Nation", David Weinberger http://www.greaterdemocracy.org/framing_openspectrum.html "Tunisia: Freedom of Expression under Siege", The International Freedom of Expression eXchange (IFEX) Tunisia Monitoring Group, Toronto, Canada, February, 2005. English & Arabic http://www.ifex.org/en/content/view/full/64665/, French http://www.ifex.org/fr/content/view/full/66620/ Statement on Human Rights, Human Dignity and the Information Society, Participants to the International Symposium on the Information Society, Human Dignity and Human Rights http://www.pdhre.org/wsis/statement.doc Pole Star: Human Rights in the Information Society by Deborah Hurley, published by Rights and Democracy (CANADA)

4 5

297

10

11 12 13

14 15

16

17

18

19

20 21 22

http://www.ichrdd.ca/frame2.iphtml?langue=0&menu=m01&urlpage=http://www.ichrdd.c a/english/commdoc/publications/globalization/wsis/mainWSIS.html Dclaration universelle des droits de lhomme, adopte par lAssemble gnrale dans sa rsolution 217 A (III) du 10 dcembre 1948, Nations Unies (UNO) http://www.un.org/french/aboutun/dudh.htm Dcennie des Nations Unies pour l'ducation aux droits de l'homme, Haut-Commissariat des Nations Unies aux droits de l'homme, Genve, Suisse http://www.unhchr.ch/french/html/menu6/1/edudec_fr.htm "Turning the Corner Using Broadband Effectively in Canadas North, Keewaytinook Okimakanak DVD video documenting the use of ICTs in remote First Nations, May 2005, available on-line at http://streaming.knet.ca/turning_the_corner_high.wmv "Turning the Corner with First Nations Telehealth", Keewaytinook Okimakanak position paper, May 2005 http://knet.ca/documents/KOTelehealth-Position-Paper-May2005.pdf Keewaytinook Okimakanak e-Community Concept paper http://knet.ca/documents/EComm-concept-final.pdf Civil Society Declaration to the World Summit on the Information Society, WSIS Civil Society Plenary, Geneva, 8 December 2003 http://www.smsitunis2005.org/plateforme/pdf/civil-society-declaration-en.pdf En franais http://www.smsitunis2005.org/plateforme/pdf/civil-society-declaration-fr.pdf The World Summit in Reflection a compendium of submissions collected by Information Technologies and International Development http://cyber.law.harvard.edu/wsis/ Archibald, J. "The Canadian Contribution to WSIS, A Study in the Complementary Roles of Governments, Para public Organizations, the Private Sector, the Language Industry, the IT Sector and Civil Society ". DUBAI: 10th Dubtech Summit on GCC Information Society, 2005. Information Society Research Group (ISRG) http://www.orbicom.uqam.ca/orbi_info/vol03_no10/25mai.html ISRG is an international university consortium that comprises University College London, Queensland University of Technology, The London School of Economics and The University of Adelaide. Members of the group are active in applied research and consultancy for a number of international organisations including DFID, HLSP, World Bank and UNESCO. The ISRG working paper series provides a forum for emerging analysis on ICT, digital divide and the social uses of information, to be rapidly disseminated through this and other electronic resources, such as Eldis, ID21 and The Communications Initiative. Involving Civil Society in ICT Policy: The World Summit on the Information Society, Edited by Association for Progressive Communications (APC) and the Campaign for Communication Rights in the Information Society (CRIS), September 2003 http://www.ictdevagenda.org/devlibrary/downloads/apc_civil_society_ict.pdf Who pays for the Information Society? Challenges and Issues on financing the Information Society (February 2005) Publication dans la srie "Repres" avec des textes de Jolle Carron ; Michel Egger ; Sean OSiochru ; Chantal Peyer ; Yves Steiner ; Marie Thorndahl. http://www.ppp.ch/cms/IMG/Financing_IS.pdf The Role and Place of the Media in the Information Society in Africa and the Arab Region, organized in Marrakech (Morocco), from 22 to 24 November, 2004, Declaration http://www.amarc.org/files/Declaration_of_Marrakesh_EN.pdf WSIS Volunteer Family, Phase 1 Report http://www.worldwidevolunteer.org/wsis2003/EN/DOCS.HTML Consumer Project on Technology, Access to Knowledge (A2K) - News, links and developments http://www.cptech.org/a2k/ Charter of Civil Rights for a Sustainable Knowledge Society, A contribution of German civil society for WSIS http://www.worldsummit2003.de/download_de/Charta-Flyer-

298

english.pdf 23 Catherine Thompson, Louisa Garib, Roadblocks in Cyberspace: Censorship and the Internet at the Ottawa Public Library, online: Canadian Civil Society WSIS Communiqu Mailing List, Privaterra https://secure.privaterra.org/wws/d_read/smsiwsis/drafting/Other/Roadblocks_in_Cyberspace.pdf 24 Teemu Arina, "The State of FLOSS and Future Opportunities", FLOSS Posse: Free, Libre and Open Source Software in Education http://flosse.dicole.org/media/documents/ArinaState_of_FLOSS_and_Future_Opportunities-Draft.pdf 25 "Shaping Information Societies for Human Needs", Civil Society Declaration to the World Summit on the Information Society WSIS Civil Society Plenary, Geneva, 8 December 2003 http://www.smsitunis2005.org/plateforme/pdf/civil-society-declaration-en.pdf 26 Wolfgang Kleinwchter (2005) "Civil Society and Global Diplomacy in the 21st Century: The Case of WSIS or from Input to Impact?", February 2005, Version 1.0. 27 Ned Rossiter (2005) Organised Networks as New Civil Society Movements, Conference Proceedings, Mobile Boundaries/Rigid Worlds: The Contemporary Paradox, Second Annual Conference of the Centre for Research on Social Inclusion, Macquarie University, Sydney, 27-28 September, 2004 http://www.crsi.mq.edu.au/mobileboundaries.htm 28 Fox, T. "Corporate Social Responsibility and Development: In quest of an agenda". Society for International Development (SID) (2004) http://www.iied.org/docs/cred/CSR_development.pdf 29 Gelbstein, Eduardo, and Jovan Kurbalija. "Internet Governance: Issues, Actors, and Divides." DIPLO & GKP (2005) http://www.diplomacy.edu/isl/ig/ 30 PANOS. "Who rules the internet? Understanding ICANN." PANOS Media Toolkit on ICTs #1 (Feb 2005). http://www.panos.org.uk/files/wsistoolkit1.pdf 31 Simonelis, Alex. "A Concise Guide to the Major Internet Bodies." Ubiquity 6.5 (15-22 Feb 2005) http://www.acm.org/ubiquity/views/v6i5_simoneli.html 32 Maclean, Don, ed. "Internet Governance: A Grand Collaboration." UN ICT Task Force, 2004 http://www.unicttaskforce.org/sixthmeeting/background.html 33 Canadian Commission for UNESCO . Information, Communication and KnowledgeBuilding Contemporary Societies. Report on the roundtables organized by the Canadian Commission for UNESCO in preparation for the first phase of the WSIS. The document is available on the Commission's website at www.UNESCO.ca 2004 http://www.UNESCO.ca/en/commission/resources/publications_archive.aspx#WorldSum mitontheInformationSociety 34 Paving the Road to Tunis WSIS II: The Views of Canada's Civil Society on the Geneva Plan of Action and the Prospects for Phase II, Canadian Commission for UNESCO, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, May 14-16 (2005) http://www.UNESCO.ca/en/commission/newsroom/documents/CommuniqueWSISWinni pegUNESCOPRENGrev.pdf 35 The World Summit of the Information Society A Canadian Consultation, The International Commission on Technology and Accessibility (ICTA) and Easter Seals Canada http://www.easterseals.ca/docs/files/international-programs-wsis.pdf 36 The Journal of Community Informatics http://www.ci-journal.net 37 ICTs, Globalisation and Poverty Reduction: Gender Dimensions of the Knowledge Society. Gender Advisory Board, UNCSTD. October 2003 http://gab.wigsat.org/policy.htm 38 Paving the Road to Tunis: WSIS II Webcast archive. The conference, which was hosted by the Canadian Commission for UNESCO, gathered Canadian civil society input into the World Summit on the Information Society preparatory process

299

http://www.fis.utoronto.ca/research/iprp/cracin/events/tunis_sched.htm 39 "Beyond the information society. Enabling communities to create the world we want." / Au-del de la socit de l'information; Permettre aux communauts de crer le monde que nous dsirons." Telecommunities Canada http://www.tc.ca/tcadvocacyandreports.html WSIS, Government and Civil Society Websites 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Canadian Commission for UNESCO http://www.UNESCO.ca Canadian Geospatial Data Infrastructure (CGDI) http://www.geoconnections.org/ Choike: A Portal on Southern Civil Societies In depth, The World Summit on the Information Society WSIS http://www.choike.org/nuevo_eng/informes/703.html Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility (CPSR) http://www.cpsr.org Communication Rights in the Information Society (CRIS) http://www.crisinfo.org/ Creative Commons Canada http://creativecommons.ca/ Data Liberation Initiative http://www.statcan.ca/english/Dli/dli.htm eCommons/Agora C2C Canadian Civil society web space http://wsis.ecommons.ca Resources, official statements, news monitoring, discussion, references (est. 2003 Geneva). European Digital Rights http://www.edri.org/ International Institute for Sustainable Development http://www.iisd.org/ IP Justice, An international civil liberties organization that promotes balanced intellectual property law http://www.ipjustice.org L'Institut de coopration pour l'ducation des adultes (ICA) http://www.icea.qc.ca Open Geospatial Consortium http://www.opengeospatial.org/ Platform for Community Networks http://www.globalcn.org/ Social Planning Network of Ontario (SPNO) Quality of Life and Geographic and Numeric Information Systems (GANIS) community data initiatives http://www.spno.ca/projects.html TeleCommunities Canada http://www.tc.ca/ United Nations Non Governmental Liason Service (NGLS) web Section on WSIS http://www.un-ngls.org/wsis.htm Web Accessibility Initiative (WAI) http://www.w3.org/WAI/ World Forum on Communication Rights http://www.communicationrights.org World Summit on the Information Society (ITU) http://www.wsis.org World Summit on the Information Society (Wikipedia) http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WSIS World Summit on the Information Society Tunis (WSIS) 2005 http://www.smsitunis2005.org/ World Summit on the Information Society (UNESCO) http://www.UNESCO.org/wsis WSIS Canada, The official Canadian WSIS website, which provides information on Canadas involvement in the Summit, including the national preparatory process, http://www.wsis-canada.gc.ca World Summit on the Information Society Henrich Boll Foundation http://www.worldsummit2005.de/ World Summit on the Information Society: Civil Society Caucuses, working groups and coordination spaces http://www.wsis-cs.org/caucuses.html

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26

WSIS Civil Society Working Groups & Caucuses 1 2 3 Africa Civil Society and WSIS http://www.wsis-cs.org/africa/ Asian Civil Society and WSIS http://www.wsisasia.org/ Cities and local authorities http://www.cities-lyon.org/

300

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

People with Disability Caucus at WSIS http://www.dinf.ne.jp/doc/english/prompt/wsisindex.html Education, Academia and Research Taskforce at WSIS http://www.wsis-edu.org The Environment and ICT Working Group at WSIS http://www.wsis.ethz.ch/ The WSIS Gender Caucus http://www.genderwsis.org Human Rights Caucus at WSIS http://www.iris.sgdg.org/actions/smsi/hr-wsis/index.html Indigenous Peoples Caucus http://groups.yahoo.com/group/ip_at_wsis/ Internet Governance Caucus of the Civil Society groups at WSIS http://www.net-gov.org/ UK Civil Society and WSIS http://www.britishcouncil.org/wsis.htm Privacy and Security Working Group http://mailmannew.greennet.org.uk/mailman/listinfo/privsec Telecentres Caucus http://mailman-new.greennet.org.uk/pipermail/telecentres/ Working Group on Volunteering and ICTs http://www.worldwidevolunteer.org Youth Caucus to the World Summit on the Information Society http://wsisyouth.takingitglobal.org/ Youth Creating Digital Opportunities (YCDO) Coalition http://ycdo.net/

301

ANNEXE II / ANNEX II Liste des participants / List of Participants

Lisandro AGUILAR Multimedia Coordinator, Manitoba E-Association Winnipeg, MB laguilar@mb.capyi.ca The Honourable Reginald B. ALCOCK President of the Treasury Board and Minister responsible Canadian Wheat Board Government of Canada Ottawa, ON Namir Anani Director-General, Canadian Heritage Information Network Canadian Heritage Gatineau (Qubec) Namir_Anani@pch.gc.ca Maja ANDJELKOVIC Associate International Institute for Sustainable Development Winnipeg, MB mandjelkovic@iisd.ca www.iisd.org Robert ANDRUCHOW Co-Director VisCom Consulting Edmonton, AB robert@viscom.ca James ARCHIBALD Director, Translation Studies McGill University Montral (Qubec) jak.archibald@mcgill.ca

Sara ARENSON Member at large Prairie Linux User Group Winnipeg, MB sarenson@shaw.ca Meghan BODNER Community Support Manitoba E-Association Winnipeg, MB mbodner@mb.capyi.ca Marcus BORNFREUND Director Creative Commons Canada Ottawa, ON marcus@uottawa.ca Ted BAIRSTOW Director-General, Canadian Culture Online, Canadian Heritage Gatineau (Qubec) Ted_Bairstow@pch.gc.ca or lynda_savard@pch.gc.ca Jim BAKKEN Assistant Deputy Minister Manitoba Energy, Science and Technology Winnipeg, MB jbakken@gov.mb.ca Brian BEATON K-Net Coordinator Keewaytinook Okimakanak Sioux Lookout, ON brian.beaton@knet.ca

302

Jean-Yves BEAUDOIN Directeur, contenus et dveloppement stratgique, Projet Bromont Collectivit ingnieuse Bromont (Qubec) jeanyves.beaudoin@bromont.com Sahbi BEN NABLIA Assistant de recherche, doctorant en communication, Chaire UNESCO-Bell en Communication et dveloppement international , UQM Montral (Qubec) sahbi@videotron.ca Marc-Franois BERNIER Professeur adjoint, Coordonnateur du programme de journalisme Universit d' Ottawa Ottawa ON mbernier@uottawa.ca Sylvio BOUDREAU Prsident et Directeur gnral Fondation ConceptArt Multimdia Ottawa, (Ontario) sylvio@franco.ca Nasser BOUMENNA Producteur multimedia Mediatell Montral (Qubec) nasserb@internet.look.ca ou nboumenna@look.ca Mohamed BOURIGA Membre Association des droits de la personne au MAGHREB (ADPM) Montral (Qubec) bouriga@yahoo.it Peter BRAND FirstVoices Coordinator First Peoples Cultural Foundation Victoria, BC pbrand@mac.com or peter@fpcf.ca www.FirstVoices.com or www.fpcf.ca

Claire BUFFET Coordonnatrice Tl Sans Frontires Montral (Qubec) courrier@telesansfrontieres.com www.telesansfrontieres.com Don BUTCHER Executive Director Canadian Library Association Ottawa, ON dbutcher@cla.ca Louis CABRAL Directeur gnral Asted inc. Montral (Qubec) lcabral@asted.org Vanessa CAIRD Section thtre Conseil des Arts du Canada Ottawa, (Ontario)
vanessa.caird@conseildesartsducanada.ca

Bob CARTY Producer THE SUNDAY EDITION and THE CURRENT CBC Radio Ottawa, ON bob_carty@cbc.ca Monique CHARBONNEAU Prsidente directrice gnrale CEFRIO Qubec (Qubec) monique.charbonneau@cefrio.qc.ca et mnormand@cefrio.qc.ca www.cefrio.qc.ca et www.infometre.cefrio.qc.ca Monique CHARTRAND Directrice gnrale Communautique Montral (Qubec) direction@communautique.qc.ca

303

Chris CHINIEN Director UNESCO International Project on Technical and Vocational Education (UNEVOC) University of Manitoba Winnipeg, MB chinien@mts.net Matt CHOPEE Manitoba E-Association Winnipeg, MB mchopee@mb.capyi.ca Manuel CISNEROS Charg de projet Institut de coopration pour l'ducation des adultes Montral (Qubec) mcisneros@icea.qc.ca Wayne Marvin CLARK Producer Unlimited Digital Communications Vancouver, BC wclark@unlimiteddigital.ca Alain CLAVET Director, Research and Planning Canadian Heritage Gatineau (Qubec) alain_clavet@pch.gc.ca Andrew H. CLEMENT Professor, Faculty of Information Studies (FIS), University of Toronto Canadian Research Alliance for Community Innovations and Networking (CRACIN) Toronto, ON andrew.clement@utoronto.ca http://fis.utoronto.ca/faculty/clement Barbara CLUBB City Librarian and Chief Executive Officer Ottawa Public Library Ottawa, ON barbara.clubb@library.ottawa.on.ca

Bryan CORBETT Representative Association of Canadian Archivists St-Albert, AB bryan.corbett@ualberta.ca Jennifer CORRIERO Executive Director and Co-Founder TakingITGlobal Toronto, ON jenergy@takingitglobal.org Andr G. COTE Directeur gnral Fdration internationale des associations de multimdia Montral (Qubec) andregcote@videotron.ca Alan CUMYN Chair, Writers in Prison Committee, PEN Canada Ottawa, ON acumyn@yahoo.com Lori-Ann CYR Vice-prsidente NordSud.org Saint-Basile, NB lori@nordsud.org ou loricyr@nb.sympatico.ca www.nordsud.org Adriana DAVIES Executive Director Heritage Community Foundation Edmonton, AB
Adriana.davies@heritagecommunityfdn.org

Ren DE MOISSAC Coordonnateur - conomie du savoir Conseil du dveloppement conomique des municipalits bilingues de Manitoba Saint-Boniface, (Manitoba) rdemoissac@cdem.com

304

Kenneth DEER Publisher/Editor The Eastern Door / Indigenous Media Network Kahnawake (Qubec) kend@easterndoor.com Denis DESROSIERS Collectivit ingnieuse de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA) Paquetville, (Nouveau Brunswick) denis.desrosiers@cipanb.ca www.cipanb.ca Mohinder DHILLON President India Canada Cultural and Heritage Association (ICCHA) Winnipeg, MB msdrjrlty@aol.com Victoria DICKENSON Executive Director McCord Museum Montral (Qubec) victoria.dickenson@mccord.mcgill.ca Maurice DION Prsident Rseau qubecois d'accs communautaire Internet Laval (Qubec) maurice@groupe-formacle.qc.ca Betty DION Chair, International Commission on Technology and Accessibility (ICTA) Global Ottawa, ON bdion@magma.ca Pauline DOLE Acting Chief, Public Affairs International Development Research Centre (IDRC) Ottawa, ON pdole@idrc.ca

Wendy DRUKIER Senior Policy Advisor, Un Specialized Agencies Foreign Affairs Canada Ottawa, ON wendy.drukier@international.gc.ca Heather DRYDEN Policy Advisor, International Telecommunications Policy and Coordination Industry Canada Ottawa, ON dryden.heather@ic.gc.ca Pauline DUGR Charge de programme Communication et Information Commission canadienne pour l'UNESCO Ottawa, (Ontario) pauline.dugre@UNESCO.ca www.UNESCO.ca Jetske DUINTJER Program Manager Netcorps - Canada World Youth Montral (Qubec) jduintjer@cwy-jcm.org ou jduintjer@netcorps-cyberjeunes.org Tina FAIZMEHR Co-Director VisCom Consulting Edmonton, AB tina@viscom.ca Luc FAUBERT Coordonnateur ISOC-Francophonie Montral (Qubec) lfaubert@conceptum.ca Hlne FOURNIER Program Officer Red River Collge Winnipeg, MB hfournier@rrc.mb.ca

305

Peter FRAMPTON Manager, Program Development The Learning Enrichment Foundation Toronto, ON pframpton@lefca.org Gwen FRIEDRICH Executive Director Community Outreach Group Inc. Regina, SK gwen@cogsask.com Mark GABBERT Executive Member Canadian Association of University Teachers Ottawa, (Ontario) gabbert@cc.umanitoba.ca Yvon GAGNON Directeur gnral Arrondissement.com Montral (Qubec) yvon.gagnon@arrondissement.com www.arrondissement.com Carol GEDDES Film Maker Tligit First Nation Teslin, YK cgeddes@northwestel.net Roger GERVAIS Prsident-directeur gnral Centre international pour le dveloppement de l'inforoute en franais (CIDIF), Edmundston, NB rgervais@cidif.org Pierre GIGURE Directeur du Programme ORBICOM Rseau des Chaires UNESCO en Communication Montral (Qubec) giguere.p@uqam.ca

Jean-Denis GIGUERE Vice-prsident la communaut Groupe d'utilisateurs de Linux de l'Universit de Sherbrooke (GULUS) Sherbrooke (Qubec) jean-denis.giguere@usherbrooke.ca John A. GILBERT ICT Consultant John A. Gilbert & Associates Ottawa, ON jgilbert@ca.inter.net Debra GINNISH Coordinator First Nations Cultural Centres Memberton, NS deborah@mikmaq-assoc.ca David GOLLOB Vice-President, Public Affairs Canadian Newspapers Association Ottawa, ON dgollob@cna-acj.ca Bill GRAHAM Director, International Telecommunications Policy and Coordination Industry Canada Ottawa, ON graham.bill@ic.gc.ca Karen GRANT Vice-Provost of Academic Affairs University of Manitoba Winnipeg, MB Jean-Claude GUDON Dpartement de Littrature compare Universit de Montral Montral (Qubec) jean.claude.guedon@umontreal.ca Ridha GUELLOUZ Conseiller du Ministre des Technologies de la Communication Gouvernement de Tunisie Tunisie

306

Robert GUERRA Managing Director Privaterra Toronto, ON rguerra@privaterra.org http://profiles.takingitglobal.org/rguerra Michael GURSTEIN School of Management New Jersey Institute of Technology Newark, NJ USA gurstein@adm.njit.edu Sharon HACKETT Agente de dveloppement Internet et Alpha Centre de documentation sur l'ducation des adultes et la condition fminine Montral (Qubec) hackett@cdeacf.ca www.cdeacf.ca ou www.alpha.cdeacf.ca Bruce HARDY President Function Four Ltd CIMNET Inc. Winnipeg, ON bruce@functionfour.ca Paul HEIGHINGTON Senior Policy Analyst Metis Nation of Ontario Ottawa, ON paulh@metisnation.org Tracey HERBERT Executive Director First Peoples Cultural Foundation Victoria, BC tracey@fphlcc.ca www.FirstVoices.com or www.fpcf.ca Allison HEWLITT Senior Program Officer Bellanet International Secretariat Ottawa, ON ahewlitt@bellanet.org www.bellanet.org

Steven HICK Professor, School of Social Work Carleton University Woodlawn, ON steven_hick@carleton.ca www.carleton.ca Debra HITCHMAN Council Member New Brunswick Advisory Council on Youth Fredericton, NB deb.hitchman@gmail.com A. Christie HURRELL Canadian Research Alliance for Community, University of Toronto Toronto, ON cracin@fis.utoronto.ca Sophia HUYER Executive Director, Women in Global Science & Technology and The Gender Advisory Board Brighton, ON shuyer@wigsat.org Emily JACQUARD Responsable du bureau canadien Reporters sans frontires Montral (Qubec) rsfcanada@rsf.org Jamel JANI Porte-parole Association des droits de la personne au MAGHREB (ADPM) Ottawa, (Ontario) jjamel@rogers.com ou jameljani@hotmail.com Michael JANIGAN Executive Director and General Counsel Public Interest Advocacy Centre Ottawa ON mjanigan@piac.ca

307

Gabriel JEAN-SIMON Charg de projet, Groupe de travail sur le dveloppement de la socit de l'information Gouvernement du Qubec - Ministre des Services gouvernementaux Qubec (Qubec) gabriel.jean-simon@msg.gouv.qc.ca Christian KANT Vice-Doyen de la Facult des sciences et professeur d'informatique Universit de Moncton Moncton, NB kantc@umoncton.ca Thierry KARSENTI Titulaire de la Chaire de recherche du Canada sur les TIC et l'ducation Universit de Montral Montral (Qubec) thierry.karsenti@umontreal.ca Lorraine KENNY Lac Seul First Nation Box 521 Sioux Lookout, ON Barry KING Executive Director Community Museums Association of Prince Edward Island (CMAPEI) Charlottetown, PEI cmapei@isn.net Michel LAMBERT Directeur des programmes outre-mer Alternatives Montral (Qubec) michel@alternatives.ca Scott LAMBERTON Director of Community Relations, Linux Professional Institute (LPI) Toronto, ON evan@lpi.org

Yolaine LAPOINTE Directrice, Systme d'information intgr de Laval Laval (Qubec) yolaine_lapointe@ssss.gouv.qc.ca Tracey P. LAURIAULT Cybercartography and the New Economy Project, Geomatics and Cartographic Research Centre, Carleton University Ottawa, ON tlauriau@connect.carleton.ca Manon LAVOIE Coordinator of the International Law Program, University of Ottawa Ottawa, ON mlavoi2@uottawa.ca Franois-Pierre LE SCOUARNEC Prsident Commission sectorielle, Culture, Communication et Information Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO Montral (Qubec) fpls@podiumtech.com Clarice LEADER Project Manager / Executive Director Manitoba E-Association Winnipeg, MB cleader@mb.capyi.ca or cleader@gov.mb.ca Norman LEE Coordinator Manitoba Network for Science and Technology Winnipeg, MB nlee35@shaw.ca Evan LEIBOVITCH Linux Professional Institute (LPI) Toronto, ON evan@lpi.org Michael LENCZER le Sans Fil Montral (Qubec) michael@ilesansfil.org

308

Lynda LEONARD Vice-President, Communications and Research Information Technology Association of Canada (ITAC) Ottawa, ON leonard@itac.ca ric LEVESQUE Agent de projets, Francophonie et Langues officielles / Relations intergouvernementales et internationales Gouvernement du Nouveau-Brunswick Frdricton, NB eric.Levesque@gnb.ca Michelle LVESQUE Teacher River East Transcona School Division Winnipeg, MB michelledl@shaw.ca Danika LITTLECHILD Barrister & Sollicitor Aboriginal Youth Network Hobbema, AB danikabillie@hotmail.com Catherine LOIACONO Communications, Assistant Regional Minister's Office Ottawa, ON morgan.kelly@tbs-sct.gc.ca Jason LOUGHEED President Prairie Linux User Group Winnipeg, MB jason@plug.ca Carrol LUNAU Library and Archives Canada Gatineau ON carrol.lunau@lac-bac.gc.ca Devon MACDONALD Executive Director reBOOT Canada Toronto, ON devon@rebootcanada.ca

Donald MACLEAN MacLean Consulting Ottawa, ON donjmac@sympatico.ca Amanda MALLON President Northwest Territories Teachers' Association Yellowknife, NT amallon@nwtta.nt.ca Dominique MARIN Universit de Montral Montral (Qubec) museologie@fes.umontreal.ca mile MARTEL Prsident Centre qubcois du Pen International Montral (Qubec) enmartel@videotron.ca Raymond MASON Chief Keewaywin First Nation Keewaywin, ON raymondmason@knet.ca www.keewaywin.firstnation.ca Rob MASTIN Manager, Office of Learning Technologies Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Gatineau (Qubec) rob.mastin@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca Samuel MCGILLIVARY President Arboriginal First nation Homelissness Housing Initiative Winnipeg MB William MCIVER JR. Member Computer Professionals for Social Responsibility Fredericton, NB bill.mciver@nrc.gc.ca

309

Ann MEDINA Guest Speaker Toronto, ON amedina@the-wire.com Will MILLER Chair-Electrical/Electronic Engineering Technology, Red River College, Canadian Council of Technicians and Technologists Winnipeg, MB wmiller@rrc.mb.ca Anne-Marie MILLNER Senior Analyst, Canadian Culture Online Canadian Heritage Gatineau (Qubec) anne-Marie_Millner@pch.gc.ca Marita MOLL Director Telecommunities Canada Ottawa, ON mmoll@ca.inter.net Michael MOONEY Associate Director, Tele-Health and Education Technology Resource Agency (TETRA) Telemedicine Memorial University of Newfoundland St. John's, NF mmooney@mun.ca Spencer MOORE Chair, World Press Freedom Committee National Press Club of Canada Ottawa, ON combroad1@rogers.com Marie-Tonine MOREAU Adjointe de Programme, Culture, communication et information Commission canadienne pour l'UNESCO Ottawa, ON marie-tonine.moreau@UNESCO.ca www.UNESCO.ca David MURDOCH Coordinator Halifax Regional CAP Association Halifax, NS djm@eastlink.ca www.hrca.ns.ca

Brendan NAGLE CEO, Technologies for Learning Group (TLG) Winnipeg, MB bnagle@tlg.ca Nicole NEPTON Fondatrice et directrice Cybersolidaires Montral (Qubec) nnepton@cybersolidaires.org Moses NYONGWA Professeur Collge universitaire de St-Boniface Saint-Boniface, (Manitoba) mnyongwa@ustboniface.mb.ca Noreen O'HAIRE Director, Professional Development Canadian Teachers' Federation Ottawa, ON nohai@ctf-fce.ca Richard OWENS Executive Director Centre for Innovation Law and Policy Toronto, ON richard.owens@utoronto.ca Rey PAGTAKHAN Chair, Board of Directors, Global College University of Winnipeg Winnipeg, MB Serge PAQUIN Secrtaire gnral, RFA - Le Rseau francophone d'Amrique Alliance des radios communautaires du Canada Ottawa, (Ontario) s.paquin@radiorfa.com Jean-Franois PARENT Journaliste Fdration professionnelle des journalistes du Qubec Montral (Qubec) jfparent@total.net

310

Shauna PAULL Coordinator, Immigrating Women in Science Project Society for Canadian Women in Science and Technology Vancouver, BC iwis@sfu.ca Katelin PELTIER Communications Officer Metis Nation of Ontario Ottawa, ON katelinp@metisnation.org Denis POIRIER Directeur des services Internet et Intranet Collectivit ingnieuse de la Pninsule acadienne (CIPA) Paquetville, NB denis.poirier@cipanb.ca Hlne POLLEX Coordonnatrice administrative et adjointe du secrtaire gnral Commission canadienne pour l'UNESCO Ottawa, (Ontario) helene.pollex@UNESCO.ca www.UNESCO.ca Jocelyne PREFONTAINE President Canadian Information Processing Society Winnipeg, MB szuk@pcgi.mb.ca Marc RABOY Professeur titulaire de la Chaire Beaverbrook en thique, mdia et communication Dpartement d'histoire de l'art et d'tudes en communication Universit McGill Montral (Qubec) marc.raboy@mcgill.ca Sabinah RAFIQ Program Manager, Manitoba E-Association Winnipeg, MB srafiq@mb.capyi.ca

Regina RAMOS-URBANO Coordinator, Adult Literacy and Technology, Manitoba Advanced Education and Training Winnipeg, MB rramosurba@gov.mb.ca Eva RATHGEBER Chaire conjointe en tudes des femmes Universit d' Ottawa Ottawa, (Ontario) rpr@sympatico.ca Sylvia RIESSNER Program & Techical Services Officer Yukon College Whitehorse, YK sriessne@yukoncollege.yk.ca Lonard RIVARD Doyen, Facult d'ducation Collge universitaire de St-Boniface Saint-Boniface, (Manitoba) lrivard@ustboniface.mb.ca Doug ROBBINS Smart Labrador Forteau, Labrador NF drobbins@smartlabrador.ca Stphane ROBERGE Associ de recherche Centre de recherches pour le dveloppement international(CRDI) Ottawa, (Ontario) sroberge@idrc.ca Carmen ROBERGE Professeure Collge universitaire de St-Boniface Saint-Boniface, (Manitoba) croberge@ustboniface.mb.ca Jacinthe ROBICHAUD Directrice, Apprentissage en ligne et technologies Ministre de l'ducation du NouveauBrunswick Frdricton, NB jacinthe.robichaud@gnb.ca

311

Catherine ROY Commission internationale sur les technologies et laccessibilit - Amrique du Nord (ICTA) Montral (Qubec) zara@arobas.net Isabelle ROY SR ICI Specialist Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) Gatineau (Qubec) isabelle_roy@acdi-cida.gc.ca Peter ROYCE President The Vancouver Community Network Vancouver, BC proyce@vcn.bc.ca Jose A. RUEDA President STRAD Research Inc. Winnipeg, MB arueda@stradresearch.com Craig RYAN Chief of Staff to Mayor Katz City of Winnipeg Winnipeg, MB S.E.M. Mohamed SAD Ambassadeur Ambassade de Tunisie Ottawa, (Ontario) Hamadou SALIAH-HASSANE Professeur Universit du Qubec - Tluq Montral (Qubec) saliah@teluq.uquebec.ca Chris SCHMITT Director, Network Optimization Regulatory Affairs MTS All Stream Ottawa, ON chris.schmitt@allstream.com

Priscilla SETTEE Consultant Native Women's Association of Canada Ottawa, ON Priscilla.Settee@extfc.usask.ca Bernard SEVIGNY Chercheur / Doctorant Universit de Sherbrooke Rock Forest (Qubec) bernard.sevigny@usherbrooke.ca Leslie SHADE Associate Professor, Department of Communication Studies Concordia University Montral (Qubec) lshade@alcor.concordia.ca Gareth SHEARMAN President Telecommunities Canada Victoria, BC shearman@victoria.tc.ca Jeremy SHTERN Ph.D Candidate & Researcher at the Communications Policy Research Laboratory, Dpartement de communication Universit de Montral Montral (Qubec) jeremy.shtern@umontreal.ca Cyrille SIMARD Prsident NordSud.org Saint-Basile, NB cyrille@nordsud.org www.nordsud.org Ute SIMON-OKSHEVSKY Executive Director Museum Association of Newfoundland & Labrador (MANL) St. John's, NF uokshevsky@nf.aibn.com www.manl.nf.ca

312

Moussa SINON Agent de projet Unit Jeunesse de l'Agence de la Francophonie Dieppe, NB moussa.sinon@gnb.ca Mory SIOMY Prsident, Consensus International Qubec (Qubec) mory.siomy@consensus-international.org www.consensus-international.org/ Rick SLASOR Community Programs Manager, Community Information Management Network (CIMNET) Winnipeg, MB rick@cimnet.ca Simone SMITH Director, Design and Development Technologies for Learning Group Winnipeg, MB ssmith@tlg.ca or directors@smartwinnipeg.mb.ca Richard SMITH Professor Simon Fraser University Vancouver, BC smith@sfu.ca Marcelo SOLERVICENS Secrtaire gnral Association mondiale des radiodiffuseurs communautaires Montral (Qubec) marcelo.solervicens@amarc.org Louis ST-CYR Directeur Service d'animation culturelle Collge universitaire de Saint-Boniface Winnipeg, MB louis1@mts.net

Martha B. STONE Senior Partner, Information Scientist, Moenston Associates Ottawa, ON mbstone@ca.inter.net Jane TALLIM Director, Education, Media Awareness Network Ottawa, ON jtallim@media-awareness.ca Randall TERRADA Project Manager St. Christopher House Community Network Toronto, ON randallte@stchrishouse.org Darlene THOMPSON Secretary / Treasurer N-CAP Pond Inlet, NU dthompson@gov.nu.ca Bruce THOMSON Project Manager New Brunswick Museum Saint-John, NB bruce.thomson@nbm-mnb.ca Michael TIGER Senior Policy Advisor, International Telecommunications Industry Canada Ottawa, ON tiger.michael@ic.gc.ca Allan TORBITT Senior Policy Advisor, International Relations Directorate Indian and Northern Affairs Canada Gatineau (Qubec) torbitta@inac.gc.ca Sophie TOUPIN Carrefour mondial de l'Internet citoyen Montral (Qubec) sophie@amarc.org

313

Lila TRAIN Project Coordinator OneWorld Canada Montral (Qubec) lila@alternatives.ca www.oneWorld.ca Francisco-Jos VALIENTE Conseiller Gouvernement du Qubec Ministre des Relations internationales Qubec (Qubec) francisco-jose.valiente@mri.gouv.qc.ca Cherylynn WALTERS General Manager Marieval Enterprise Center Inc. Cowessess, SK cherylynn@marieval.com Carolynne WARNER COG Board Member, manager HR Sakatchewan Telecommunication Regina, SK Lauretta WELSH Director, Finance & Planning Mikmaw Kinamatnewey Sydney, NS lwelsh@kinu.ns.ca Terri WILLARD Project Manager, Knowledge Communications, International Institute for Sustainable Development (IISD) Winnipeg, MB twillard@iisd.ca Victor WONG Executive Director Chinese Canadian National Council Toronto, ON national@ccnc.ca

Max WYMAN President Canadian Commission for UNESCO Vancouver, BC Max.wyman@unesco.ca www.UNESCO.ca Jason YOUNG Deeth Williams Wall Toronto, ON jyoung@dww.com www.dww.com Oliver ZIELKE Executive Director Web Networks Toronto, ON oliver@web.net

314

(English text follows) La Confrence Paver la voie de Tunis SMSI II : points de vue de la socit civile canadienne sur le Plan daction de Genve et rsultats possibles de la Phase II a t rendue possible grce au travail des personnes suivantes : Conceptualisation, planification et dveloppement du contenu Pauline Dugr Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO Logistique et administration Coordination : Luc Pinsonneault, Consultant Soutien : Hlne Pollex et Marie-Tonine Moreau Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO Vanessa Caird, Conseil des Arts du Canada Comptabilit : Alexis Philiptchenko Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO Publication ditrice : Pauline Dugr Mise en page : Hlne Pollex Mlanie Charbonneau Conception graphique de la page couverture et impression : TPH The Printing House Lte Cette publication est disponible sur support informatique de type cdrom. Veuillez communiquer avec la Commission canadienne pour l'UNESCO pour plus dinformation ou pour des exemplaires additionnels de cette publication. Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO C.P. 1047 350, rue Albert Ottawa (Ontario) K1P 5V8 Tlphone : (613) 566-4414, poste 5546 Tlcopieur : (613) 566-4405 Courriel : info@UNESCO.ca Il est galement possible de tlcharger cette publication par voie lectronique ladresse : http://www.UNESCO.ca Autorisation de reproduction Linformation contenue dans cette publication peut tre reproduite, en tout ou en partie et par quelque moyen que ce soit, sans frais et sans autre autorisation de la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO, condition dassurer lexactitude de linformation et de mentionner la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO comme source. La reproduction de linformation ne doit pas tre prsente comme la version officielle ni comme une copie faite en collaboration avec la Commission canadienne pour lUNESCO ou avec son consentement. ISBN : 0-9688906-9-5 septembre 2005, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

315

The Conference entitled Paving the Road to Tunis WSIS II: Canadas Civil Society Views on the Geneva Plan of Action and the Prospects for Phase II was made possible through the support of the following people: Content design, planning and development Pauline Dugr Canadian Commission for UNESCO Logistics and administration Coordination: Luc Pinsonneault, Consultant Support: Hlne Pollex and Marie-Tonine Moreau, Canadian Commission for UNESCO Vanessa Caird, Canada Council for the Arts Accounting: Alexis Philiptchenko Canadian Commission for UNESCO Publications Editor: Layout:

Pauline Dugr Hlne Pollex Mlanie Charbonneau

Cover page design and printing: TPH The Printing House Ltd. This publication is available on CD-ROM. Please contact the Canadian Commission for UNESCO for more information or additional copies of this publication. Canadian Commission for UNESCO P.O. Box 1047 350 Albert Street Ottawa, ON K1P 5V8 Telephone: (613) 566-4414, ext. 5546 Fax: (613) 566-4405 E-mail: info@UNESCO.ca This publication may also be downloaded by computer from the following address: http://www.UNESCO.ca Reproduction The information in this document may be reproduced in whole or in part by any means at no charge and without further permission from the Canadian Commission for UNESCO, provided that the reproduction is accurate and that the Canadian Commission for UNESCO is credited as the source. Reproduced information must not be presented as the official version or a copy issued with the collaboration or consent of the Canadian Commission for UNESCO. ISBN : 0-9688906-9-5 September 2005 Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

316